•McLogan Cat ƒ 12-20-07 qx7 #3: •McLogan Cat ƒ 12

Comments

Transcription

•McLogan Cat ƒ 12-20-07 qx7 #3: •McLogan Cat ƒ 12
Mc Logan Supply Co. Inc.
2010 So. Main Street
Los Angeles, CA 90007
(213) 749-2262
Fax: (213) 745-6540
711 So. East Street
Anaheim, CA 92805
(714) 999-1194
Fax: (714) 999-0195
345 16th St.
San Diego, CA 92101
(619) 595-0270
Fax: (619) 595-0278
21051 Superior Street
Chatsworth, CA 91311
(818) 718-0888
Fax: (818) 718-7008
Email: [email protected]
Website: www.McLogan.com
1
To Our Many Customers And Friends
For more than 85 years we at McLogan Supply Co. Inc. have endeavored to
bring you the best possible service and supplies. This catalog is but an extension
of that desire.
Here is a brief history of our company. The business was started in 1922 by
J.L. McLogan as the first sign and silkscreen supply house west of Chicago. The
company became a NAZ-DAR (now NAZ-DAR/KC) dealer in September 1922
and is among the oldest silkscreen supplier in the country.
Until the untimely death of Mr. McLogan in 1941 the company name was
McLogan Sign Painters Supply House and was used until 1964, when the company
was incorporated with the new name McLogan Supply Co., Inc.
Our company has grown with Southern California. in 1970 we opened our
Orange County facility and have moved three times to larger stores to service our
customers better. In 1975 we opened our San Diego store and have moved to larger
quarters in 1999.
Thanks to our customers and friends over the years we have been able to grow
to service screen printing and sign companies better with NEW products, equipment
and supplies as they become available.
We would personally like to thank all our customers, many of whom have become
friends and have made this growth possible.
The “EXECUTIVE” Board
2
Information, Terms
Information
Ordering
We are proud to present this catalog. Many months of preparation have gone into its production. It contains all of our
standard items. If you are having a problem locating a particular material or equipment, please feel free to call us and we
will try to locate it for you.
Be sure to include the item number, size and description so
your order may be filled correctly. Please indicate if you can
accept a substitute or do not want any backorders. In ordering, please specify method of shipment - such as: United
Parcel Service, Parcel Post, Auto Freight, Air Freight or Bus. A
$10 charge will be added for delivery of your order to the bus
station. Unless otherwise specified, all orders will be shipped
the best way. All shipments are made at purchaser's risk and
all claims for damage should be made to the carrier's agent at
the destination. All shipments will conform to Federal regulations.
We want all our customers to regard our facilities as an extension of your own business - for instance: It is inevitable that
now and then you will be confronted with a job that may present a problem to you...if so,why not pass it along to us. More
likely than not we have provided an answer to the same question many times.
Returns
We carry a complete line of commercial sign painters supplies
and screen printing inks and supplies. Not all of Naz-Dar/KC
screen printing inks are carried in stock at all of our stores,
but items not stocked are available on special order. McLogan
catalogs and equipment brochures are available on request.
Returns will not be accepted unless authorized. A 10%
restocking charge is applicable to acceptable returned goods.
All sales on special orders and closeouts are final. Proof of
purchase is required on returned goods. Return of merchandise over 7 days is not allowed.
Prices
Caution
Catalog prices soon become out of date under current conditions. Therefore, prices are quoted on request.
The information given in this catalog is based on laboratory
tests and experience gathered throughout the country. It must
be understood however that conditions vary from shop to
shop and the suggestion given in this catalog must be considered as recommendations only without warranties expressed
or implied. As the types of surfaces on which inks or paints
are applied are unlimited, it is the users responsibility to
pretest the product selected prior to engaging in production.
All prices are FOB, point of origin, unless otherwise specified,
and are subject to change without notice. All orders will be
billed at prices prevailing on the date of shipment.
Terms
Our terms for open charge accounts are net 30 days, net thereafter, with the exception of equipment, in which case 1/3 of
the value should accompany your order and the balance due
on delivery.
Where an open account has not been established, our terms
are cash with order, or COD, or at McLogan's option, payment of COD orders may require cash or certified check. To
establish an open account, please ask for a credit application,
or use application in back of catalog
All our personnel will assist in recommending inks or paint
products for special stocks submitted. Pre-testing is of particular importance when applying color to plastic surfaces, as
these often vary from batch to batch and are subject to frequent modifications made by their manufacturers.
We accept VISA, MASTER CHARGE, and AMERICAN
EXPRESS credit cards. When placing an order over the phone
or by mail please include your credit card number, expiration
date, bank symbol and number and your name as it appears
on the credit card
Due to increasing costs, we ask a net minimum charge of $25.
For net 30 accounts, when we ship an order less than these
amounts, a $5 service charge will be added to your invoice.
3
Index
A
F
AIRBRUSHES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
FILMS
AUTOTYPE
AUTOTYPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135-136
CHEMICALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144-145
CASEYS’ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
EMULSIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124-131
CHROMALINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
FILMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135-136
KIMOTO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
AVERY VINYLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
ULANO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137-139
AVERY OPAQUE FILMS COLOR CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216-218
FLATBED PRESSES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185-186
AUTOMATIC PRESSES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181-184
FLOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CALL
A.W.T.
FLASH DRYERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
SCREEN STRETCHERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
FLUORESCENT SCREEN INK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CALL
B
FOILS - TEXTILE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CALL
FRAME RACKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
BANNER STOCK NAT’L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
G
BEUGLER STRIPERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
BLANKS (SIGNS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
GLITTERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CALL
BOOKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191-196
GLOSSARY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63-64, 72-75
BRAYERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
GLOVES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
BRUSHES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47-52
GOLD LEAF PRODUCTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
CAP PRINTERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
GRAPHTEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-22
C
GRAPHIC TOOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-37
GROMMETS & TOOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
CARD STOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
H
CASEYS’ PAGE-FILMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
CHROMALINE
HAND CUT STENCILS - SEE FILM
CHEMICALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
HEAT TRANSFER PAPERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58-59
EMULSIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
HEAT TRANSFER PRESSES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167-171
HINGES - SILKSCREEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
FILMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
HOPKINS PRESSES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177-180
CORNER ROUNDERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
HOW TO MAKE AN EMULSION STENCIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-121
COMPRESSORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
I
CREATEX AIRBRUSH PAINTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CALL
CRESCENT BRONZE POWDERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CALL
INK SELECTOR CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
CUTAWL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
INTERNATIONAL COATINGS PRODUCTS
D
MP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105-106
600 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
DECAL PAPER (WATER SLIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
700 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
DIAMOND CHASE FRAME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
900 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
DIGITAL IMAGING PRODUCTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26,175
1100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
DRAWING SUPPLIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29-30
ADDITIVES & REDUCERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
CHARCOAL STICKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29-30
COLOR CHARTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232-233
COLORED PENCILS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29-30
ERASERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29-30
K
STABILOS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29-30
L
INKS - PELIKEN, ETC.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29-30
KIMOTO FILMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
DRYING RACKS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153-156
LETTERING PAINT
E
CAL-WESTERN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
CELL-VINYL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
EASEL BACKS.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
EMULSIONS
CHROMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
AUTOTYPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124-131
DAYGLO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
CHROMALINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
ONE SHOT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
NAZ-DAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142-143
RICH ART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
RONAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
ULANO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132-133
LETTERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
ETCH – SILKSCREEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
LIQUID STENCIL - PATTERN STRIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
EXPERT PRODUCTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CALL
EXPOSURE UNITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
4
Index
M
S
MAGNETIC MATERIALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
McLOGAN PRODUCTS
CHEMICALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
SPRAYS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
MESH INTRODUCTION (FABRIC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115-119
MYLAR (T.C. POLYESTER) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
SAFETY CANS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160-161
SANDBLAST PRODUCTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
SCOOPCOATERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
SCREEN FABRIC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115-119
SCREEN FRAME BARS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
SERIES ONE COLOR CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
SIGN BLANKS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
SIGN STAKES & BRACKETS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
SMOOTHIE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
N
NAZ-DAR INKS
PAPER - 2700 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
5500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
7200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
SP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
PLASTIC - DL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
GV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
PA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CALL
PP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
VF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
70,000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
7900 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
9600 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
9700 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
9800 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
METALS 59000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
& 6100. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
WOOD ADE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
RESISTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89-90
UV
3200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91-93
TEXTILES 8500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
9500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94-100
DA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
PX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
SOLVENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
SPOT CLEANING GUNS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
SPRAY ADHESIVES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31-32
SQEEGEES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
STENCILS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
STORAGE CABINETS (SOLVENT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
T
TAPES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
T-SHIRT PRINTERS
AWT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
BROWN MFG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CALL
JENNINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CALL
HOPKINS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177-180
NATIONAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CALL
RANAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CALL
TENSION METER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
THERMOFLEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212-215
TRIANGLE COLOR CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228-230
U
UPLAND PRODUCTS
CHEMICALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
EMULSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132-133
FILMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137-139
UV DRYERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
UV INK INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
O
OILY WASTE CANS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160-161
OLEC PRODUCTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CALL
OPAQUE PROJECTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
ORACAL FILMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15, 198-207
ORACAL CALENDERED FILM COLOR CHART . . . . . . . . . 208-211
V
VINYL GRAPHICS MATERIALS
AVERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15, 198-207
AVERY OPAQUE FILMS COLOR CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216-218
ORACAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
ORACAL CALENDERED FILM COLOR CHART . . . . . . . 208-211
3M/SIGN GOLD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
SPECIAL CUT MATERIAL FOR TEES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CALL
TOOLS FOR VINYL APPLICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
P
PAINT MIXERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
PAINT ROLLERS & ACCESSORIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
PAPER CUTTERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
PELLON TEST SQUARES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CALL
PERMASET COLOR CHART. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
POLLY BANNERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
PLASTISOL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
PRESSURE WASHERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
PRESTRETCHED FRAMES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
VIDEO TRAINING TOOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
VINYL CUTTERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-23
W
WATER BASE INK INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
WINDOW PAINT
CAL-WESTERN/RONAN AQUACOTE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
R
RANAR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174-175
RECLAIMING SYSTEMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
REGULATORY COMPLIANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
ROLAND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23-25
RICH ART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
R-TAPE PRODUCTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
RULERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-34
CEL-VINYL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
RICH ART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
SIGN-RITE FLUORESCENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
WEEDER SHEETER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
5
Chromatic Paint Corporation
Bulletin Colors
Bulletin Color is ideal for signs and billboards. Preferred for
larger scale signage, Bulletin Color is designed for painting
the background, the lettering copy, and the graphics.
Chromatic Bulletin Color sets the standard for quality, long
lasting signs. Single coat coverage, fast dry, fast cut in,
extreme high gloss and pure color clarity produce a dazzling
finished product. Available in 34 colors, including the
Chromatic Matching System, a range of colors that closely
match basic ink colors. Chromatic is the world’s leading manufacturer of Bulletin Color. Other uses include above-water
marine and industrial applications where a premium full
gloss enamel is needed.
Dry Time to Touch: 2 to 8 hours.
Application Methods: Brush, Roll, Spray or Airbrush.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
021
021
100
101
101SW1
02
104
106
108
114
115
116
124
130
132
134
140
142
143
144
145
148
150
152
153
155
156
158
162
163
164
165
166
195
Background Enamel - Fast Dry
Background Enamel is ideal for sign backgrounds where
speed of dry is of critical importance. This high gloss enamel
is designed for production environments where same day
recoat is desired. It can be force dried.
Dry Time to Touch: 15 minutes to 2 hours.
Recoat Time: Up to 48 hours, after which solvent wipe is
recommended.
Application Methods: Brush, roll or spray.
Color
White
Black
Bright Red
Lemon Yellow
Medium Green
Brilliant Blue
Black
Flat Black
Vermilion (Warm Red)
White
Super White
Fire Red
Bright Red
Carmine
Maroon
Medium Brown
Dark Brown
Ivory
Medium Orange
Primrose Yellow
Lemon Yellow
Chrome Yellow
Light Green
Emerald Green
Process Green
Medium Green
Green Transparent
Dark Green
Blue Green
Light Blue
Process Blue
Blue Transparent
Brilliant Blue
Dark Blue
Purple
Magenta (Rhodamine Red)
Process Purple
Rubine Red Transparent
Reflex Blue
Medium Gray
6
Chromatic Paint Corporation
PBOW Fast Dry Block Out White
Ti-Cote For Vinyl
Fast Dry Block Out White is a fast drying, high opacity coating designed to "block out" previously painted sign faces. It is
also an excellent primer for "MDO" type plywood, new wood
or metal surfaces. It sands easily. Dry Time to Touch: 15 minutes to 1 1/2 hours. Application Methods: Brush, Roll or
Spray.
Ti-Cote is a water based primer for vinyl which stops plasticizer migration and allows the use of One-Coat Lettering
Enamels or Bulletin Color on vinyl. Available in gloss or flat
versions. Dry Time to Touch: 30 minutes to 1 hour.
Application Methods: Brush, Roll, or Spray.
Chromaflo
PBOW602-602 High Viscosity Block Out White
Chromaflo is a paint additive which thins paint while enhancing gloss and durability. Chromaflo is recommended as a primary thinner for most oil based paints. Eliminates brush drag,
and brush strokes by enhancing the flow, leveling and workability.
Block Out White 602 is a high viscosity Block Out White.
Higher in pigmentation than regular Block Out White, this
material is chosen when virtually complete coverage over previously painted sign faces is desired. Dry Time to Touch: 15
minutes to 2 hours. Application Methods: Brush, Roll or
Spray.
Chromasolv High Temperature Reducer &
Chromasolv Low Temperature Reducer
PMPW Masonite Primer White
Masonite Primer White is made expressly for tempered
masonite, providing excellent adhesion and durability while
retaining the smooth appearance of the masonite sheet. Dry
Time to Touch: 15 minutes to 1 hour. Application Methods:
Brush, Roll or Spray.
These two products are specifically formulated "thinners" for
extreme weather conditions. The "High" is for hot weather
and the "Low" for cold weather. They are a blend of solvents
which allows you to thin paint to the proper working consistency without over thinning. They can be used alone or in
conjunction with Chromaflo or EDGE.
PMWPW Metal & Wood Primer White
Edge "The Sign Painter’s Thinner"
Metal & Wood Primer White is a high opacity primer with
extremely good adhesive qualities. It is an excellent "all purpose" primer for shops desiring one primer for wood and
metal substrates. It is good for use as a primer-sealer under
gold size. Exhibits better sanding characteristics than Block
Out Whites. Preferred primer under poster panel billboards to
minimize "flapping. Dry Time to Touch: 30 minutes to 1 hour.
Application Methods: Brush, Roll or Spray.
EDGE is a unique thinner formulated for modern Lettering
Enamels and Bulletin Colors for use with quills and flats.
Similar to Chromaflo but a different formula, EDGE will
properly condition enamels for brush control, speed and accuracy never possible with conventional thinners. Used with
fitches and cutters, it will produce the same superior working
qualities for bulletin cut-in work.
Clear Acrylic Topcoat
This product is a water white, pure acrylic resin system that
dries clear. High gloss finish. Long term exterior durability
and non-yellowing.
V0002 Sign Finishing Clear
Sign Finishing Clear may be used as a top coat to equalize differences in gloss. Pictorial Oil Colors are frequently top coated
for this reason. Excellent medium for use with Bulletin Colors
and One Coat Lettering Enamels to create glazes and stains.
As a clear coat maximum exterior durability is 2 years. Dry
Time to Touch: 2 to 8 hours. Application Methods: Brush, Roll
or Spray.
7
T.J. Ronan Paint Corp.
Outdoor Bulletin Colors
Quick Dry Background Enamel
For Signs, Billboards, etc.
For Smoother and More Uniform Backgrounds.
These colors have been developed to meet the strictest
demands of the most discriminating sign men the world over.
RONAN BULLETIN COLORS are specified after factual durability tests by NATIONAL ADVERTISERS and ADVERTISING
AGENCIES. The unfailing reliability of these brilliant, durable,
solid covering, colors makes them the accepted standard of the
sign industry.
RONAN QUICK DRY BACKGROUND is a high gloss,
durable enamel specially formulated for background work,
where a quick drying finish is required. Its speed of dry lends
itself to spray application for production use. May also be
brushed or rolled.
RONAN QUICK DRY BACKGROUND ENAMEL dries to a
hard. porcelain-like finish which is weather and mar resistant.
and is ideal for use on metal, wood or masonry surfaces. They
are available in 20 colors matched to OUTDOOR ADVERTISING ASSOCIATION of AMERICA standards.
RONAN BACKGROUND COLORS may be reduced with VM
& P Naptha to speed the drying time or mineral spirits to
retard drying.
RONAN'S OUTDOOR BULLETIN COLORS provide the "ultimate" in a high gloss, quick drying, quality enamel. They dry
to a tough,. weather resistant, porcelain-like finish, which is
free from brush marks, Iaps, and imperfections. These colors
are formulated for use on outdoor advertising bulletin boards,
metal highway signs, all types of wood and masonite board,
metal structures, etc.
QD101
QD021
QD102
QD104
QD108
QD115
QD116
QD124
QD132
QD134
Available in 26 colors, they are made in strict conformity to the
OUTDOOR ADVERTISING ASSOCIATION of AMERICA
standards. The recommended solvent for RONAN BULLETIN
COLORS is mineral spirits.
Vinylcote
White
Black
Fire Red
Bright Red
Maroon
Dark Brown
Ivory
Medium Orange
Lemon Yellow
Chrome Yellow
QD142
QD144
QD148
QD150
QD152
QD154
QD156
QD158
QD180
Emerald Green
Medium Green
Dark Green
Blue Green
Light Blue
Process Blue
Brilliant Blue
Dark Blue
Dark Gray
This product is to coat vinyl so it will accept oil base paint.
Superfine Japan Colors
Fast Dry Blockout White
Made with patented process to give excellent one-coat coverage to obscure lettering on old signs. Its fast drying saves sign
men time and labor. Available in white only. May be tinted to
any desired shade with oil colors on universal tinting colors.
Made by the oldest manufacturer of Japan Colors in the
United States. RONAN'S SUPERFINE JAPAN COLORS are
used for lettering, striping. stenciling, and glazing on automobiles, trucks, signs, and furniture; as well as for tinting flat
paints where a control of lustre is desired. These flat, quick
drying colors are superior to any Japan colors on the market
and excel in purity, tone, uniformity. strength and fineness of
grinding. Available in 33 LEAD FREE colors. Recommended
solvent mineral spirits.
Sign Finishing Clear
A high grade synthetic clear with excellent flowing and drying
properties. May be brushed or sprayed. Gives any surface a
plastic hard finish. Recommended where durability is important.
American Vermilion
Bulletin Blue
Bulletin Red
Burnt Sienna
Burnt Umber
C.P. Green L, M, D
Chrome Yellow LL, L, M
Chrome Yellow O
Cobalt Blue
Dropblack C
Emerald Green
Flake White
French Zinc White
French Yellow Ochre
Liberty Red M
Water-Borne Acrylic Primer/Stain Kill
Prime-All is a unique interior-exterior, water-borne, acrylic
primer that combines fast dry convenience with outstanding
adhesion, sealing, stain blocking, corrosion resisting, and
weathering properties. This high performance coating exhibits
excellent adhesion to flexible vinyl, steel, galvanized metal,
aluminum, wood, MDO plywood, Sign Foam™, conventional
plywood, cement, fiberglass, concrete, plastic, ceramic and
glass substrates. Prime-All prevents flash rusting. Its stain
killing properties prevent bleeding of water stains, smoke
damage, wood tannin, asphalt stains, crayon, and most graffiti. The absence of harmful solvents, the low odor and the ease
of clean up make Prime-All superior to solvent based products.
8
Permanent Blue
Permanent Striping
White
Poster Red
Prussian Blue
Raw Sienna
Raw Umber
Refined Lampblack
Rose Pink
Signcraft Red
Solid Covering
Lampblack
Turkey Red
Ultramarine Blue
Van Dyke Brown
Venetian Red
Sign Enamels, Sign Kits
Brush Cleaner (4004)
Lettering Enamels
A premium product designed for cleaning brushes which
have been used with 1 Shot and Chromatic oil based paints.
Excellent for reconditioning, softening and renewing hardened natural and nylon brushes and has been specifically formulated not to interfere with the properties of oil based sign
paints.
Reducer (6000), Low Temp Reducer (6001), High Temp Reducer (6002)
The Reducer is formulated to improve flow of normal temperature conditions by reducing viscosity without significantly altering the quality of the coating being reduced. The Low
Temp Reducer is formulated to improve flow and leveling of
low temperatures by reducing the viscosity and accelerating
the evaporation rate without significantly altering the quality
of the coating being reduced. May also be used as a thinner
for spray applications. The High Temp Reducer is formulated
to improve flow and leveling at high temperatures by reducing the viscosity and slowing down the evaporation rate
without significantly altering the quality of the coating being
reduced. The reducers may be used with Lettering Enamels,
Bulletin Colors, Art and Sign Poster Colors, Pearlescent
Enamels or Fluorescent Colors.
Lettering Enamels are unexcelled for toughness, durability,
hiding, flow and high gloss. They are color-fast and nonchalking. Color card will be sent on request. Available in 1/2
pint, pint, quart and gallons.
No.
100-L
101-L
102-L
103-L
104-L
108-L
109-L
110-L
111-L
114-L
115-L
116-L
117-L
118-L
120-L
124-L
130-L
132-L
134-L
142-L
143-L
144-L
Color
Vermillion
Lettering White
Fire Red
Polar White
Bright Red
Maroon
Metallic Gold
Copper
Brass
Medium Brown
Dark Brown
Ivory
Tan
Chamois
Coral
Orange
Primrose Yellow
Lemon Yellow
Chrome Yellow
Emerald Green
Process Green
Medium Green
148-L
149-L
150-L
151-L
152-L
153-L
154-L
155-L
156-L
157-L
158-L
160-L
162-L
162-L
163-L
164-L
165-L
168-L
191-L
193-L
195-L
199-L
4001
Dark Green
Aqua
Blue Green
Robin Egg Blue
Light Blue
Process Blue
Peacock Blue
Reflex Blue
Brilliant Blue
K.C. Teal
Dark Blue
Violet
Proper Purple
Purple
Magenta
Dk Magenta
Rubine
Salmon Pink
Imitation Gold
Imitation Silver
Medium Gray
Lettering Black
Shading Black
Smith's Cream (D406)
A non-yellowing drying painting medium used for creating
subtle blending effects, on anti-sagging paint extender, a
painting lubricant and artist's glazing medium. Smith's
Cream can achieve the subtle blending effects of an air brush
in less time without all the extra work of masking, cutting,
peel and peel off and air brush clean out.
Speed Dry UV Acrylic Clear - 4005
"1 SHOT"® Speed Dry UV Acrylic Clear is a super clear, fast
dry, and blister/stain resistant topcoat. It's a multipurpose solvent base acrylic clear with ultra violet absorbers that help
protect against color fading. This product is for interior or
exterior use on PVC pressure sensitive vinyl, wood, Masonite,
MDO, drywall, metal, and plastic. Also excellent for use as a
clear overcoat for most ink jet prints. The UV absorber will
help extend the color of prints from large format printer. The
acrylic nature of this clear coat is non-yellowing and waterproof, We recommend that all materials top coated with our
new clear coat be edge sealed. "1 SHOT"® 4005 Speed Dry UV
Acrylic Clear is very flexible and makes a great clear over
gold leaf.
1 Shot
ONE SHOT ART and SIGN POSTER COLORS - Ideal for
paper signs, signcloth, backgrounds and all types of display
uses. One Shot Poster Colors are deadflat, waterproof, free
flowing, self leveling, and they won't wrinkle paper. Available
in 1/2 pints, pints and quarts.
3001 Light Yellow
3002 Chrome Yellow
3003 Orange
3004 Fire Red
3005 Bright Red
3006 Magenta
3007 Purple
3008 Dark Blue
Hardener
Designed to accelerate drying time for alkyd based paints
including: Lettering Enamels, Bulletin Colors, Gloss Enamels,
and Pearlescent Enamels. "1 SHOT"® Hardener will improve
adhesion to most substrates as well as extend color life and
increase gloss. Also, will aid in preventing lifting when an
automotive clear coat is to be applied over the paint. Use for
lettering, striping, or coating out various substrates where
drying time needs to be accelerated in order to speed up production.
3009 Light Blue
3010 Blue-Green
3012 Light Green
3013 Dark Green
3014 Brown
3016 Ultra Blue
3000 White
3099 Black
CAUTION - All One Shot paints have lead content
and are intended for sign and display use only.
9
Day-Glo®
215 Sunbonded® Brushing Paint
1 heavy coat of DAY-GLO 215 paint (1.5 mils dry) - 3 to 6 months
DAY-GLO SUNBONDED Brushing Paint is a premium fluorescent brushing paint. Maximum lightfastness and film integrity
are dependent upon the use of DAY-GLO SUNBONDED FILTERAY® Type “D” (clear overcoat) which is described below.
1 heavy coat of DAY-GLO 215 paint (1.5 mils dry) with 1 uniform
overcoat of FILTERAY Type “D” (1.5 mils dry) - 6 to 12 months
2 heavy coats of DAY-GLO 215 paint (3 mils dry) with 1 uniform
overcoat of FILTERAY Type “D” (1.5 mils dry) - 12 to 24 months
Available Colors:
Studies indicate that if an all-purpose single color is desired for
impact, Blaze Orange and Fire Orange are generally best for contrast with most natural backgrounds. A significant characteristic
of DAY-GLO fluorescent colors is that they do not tend to appear
white, gray, or black (achromatic) at extreme distances and at
dusk, dawn or low light conditions as do most non-fluorescent
colors.
One coat of DAY-GLO SUNBONDED 215 Brushing Paint is usually sufficient for interior markings as the color is virtually unaffected by light sources other than direct sunlight. For store fronts,
panel truck signs, etc., which must last a year or more, apply a
coat of FILTERAY Type “D” overcoat over two coats of DAY-GLO
SUNBONDED 215 Brushing Paint.
Undercoat: DAY-GLO SUNBONDED 215 Brushing Paints are
semitransparent and therefore brightest when applied over a
clean white surface. White semi-gloss enamels, white enamel
undercoaters, primer-sealers and bulletin blockout whites are
ideally suited for this purpose. Over old finishes, apply a white
undercoat or primer that offers good adhesion to both the old
finish and new DAY-GLO paint. However, best performance can
be achieved by removing old finishes and starting with a freshly
primed surface.
Applications:
The DAY-GLO SUNBONDED Brushing Paint can be used anywhere that requires a high visibility brushing paint. Some of the
general areas of use include:
Graphic Arts: For outdoor advertising signs, painted bulletins,
store signs, truck signs, and trade exhibits.
Safety: For aviation, industrial and marine uses on aircraft,
ground support equipment, navigational aids, safety markings,
equipment, machinery, fire protection equipment, first aid kits,
traffic controls, boats, buoys, docks, and life saving equipment.
Hobby-Sports: For use on models and toys, markings on easily
lost sporting equipment (boomerangs, arrows, fishing gear) and
identification markings on personal equipment.
®Trademark
CEL-VINYL COLORS
Outstandingly brilliant, high chrome, photogenic, unusually opaque,
quick drying, smooth flowing vinyl acrylic copolymer colors for animation cel painting, overlays of all types, animation background
painting and for general use by all artists, illustrators, designers,
architectural renderers and hobbyists.
of Day-Glo Color Corp.
Sunbonded® FILTERAY® Type “D”
CEL-VINYL is available in 44 COLORS, 32 GRAYS, 646 TINTS, 10
RADIANT fluorescent COLORS, BLACK, WHITE and TRANSPARENT BASE. These highest quality artists colors are formulated for
use on acetate, illustration and Bristol board, water color paper,
drawing paper, canvas, wood, foil, plastic, vinyl, glass and on most
clean, non-oily surfaces.
FILTERAY Type “D” is a clear overcoat designed for use over the
215 Brushing Paint. The FILTERAY Type “D” absorbs some of the
harmful rays of the sun that cause premature fading of fluorescent colors during continued exposure to direct sunlight. A top
coat of FILTERAY Type “D” can double The lightfastness of DAYGLO fluorescent colors. Ordinary varnishes and overcoats do not
have the protective action of SUNBONDED FILTERAY overcoat
and can do more harm than good when used over DAY-GLO fluorescent colors.
FILTERAY Type “D” is not recommended for interior use where
coatings are exposed to black light or artificial ultraviolet light
sources. Fluorescent surfaces coated with FILTERAY will not fluoresce in the dark under black light.
The final surface produced by the FILTERAY Type “D” overcoat
is harder and has a higher gloss than the DAY-GLO 215 Brushing
Paint alone. This means that it will be more resistant to wear and
more easily cleaned. The quantity of FILTERAY overcoat required
is usually 2/3 that of the paint.
The useful outdoor life of the color is determined by the thickness and uniformity of the DAY-GLO 215 coating. For greatly
increased resistance to sunlight, an overcoat of SUNBONDED
FILTERAY Type “D” is required.
The following table gives a guide to expected lightfastness. The
lower number is representative of exposure in southern latitudes;
the larger number in northern latitudes.
CEL-VINYL COLORS are made with the finest artists' pigments
available and the highest grade of vinyl acrylic copolymer. CELVINYL COLORS are completely intermixable, non-bleeding, light
resistant, dry quickly to a matte finish and are thinned with water.
CEL-VINYL may be removed from brushes with mild soap and
water while still wet and when dry may be removed from eels and
brushes with isopropyl alcohol. CEL-VINYL paint is non-hygroscopic and is not affected by wet or dry weather. CEL-VINYL is waterproof when dry and will not chip, crack or flake.
CEL-VINYL may be used in an air brush if properly thinned with
water and if great care is taken to keep all parts of the air brush thoroughly clean. Like other acrylic artists paints, CEL-VINYL COLORS
offer the artist a variety of techniques - from opaque and transparent
water color techniques to those resembling oil painting.
All CEL-VINYL COLORS are constantly tested and their accuracy
and consistency maintained by our use of the Spectrophotometer.
10
Tempera Colors
Rich Art Poster Color
Tempera, Showcard Color
Highest grade, professional quality opaque water color, manufactured from the finest obtainable pigments. For better type
sign and display work, school, poster and art work where
brilliance, complete covering power and a smooth flowing
quality are demanded. Used extensively by artists, designers,
teachers, and art students.
Rich Art Poster Color is finely ground and can be used with
brush, pen or airbrush. All shades are non-bleeding, fully
intermixable and dry to a flat brilliant finish.
Order by Number
1 White (Spectrum)
14 Poster White
18 Gray (Spectrum)
20 Black (Spectrum)
24 Poster Black
30 Light Yellow
31 Spectrum Yellow
32 Dark Yellow
40 Yellow Orange (Spectrum)
42 Orange (Spectrum)
43 Red Orange (Spectrum)
44 Flesh
50 Blazing (Light) Red
51 Vermillion
52 Red (Spectrum)
53 Crimson Red
54 Dark Red
56 Brilliant Red
57 Pink
58 Maroon
60 Light Blue
61 Turquoise Blue
62 Blue (Spectrum)
63 Ultramarine Blue
64 Prussian Blue
65 Navy
70 Yellow Green (Spectrum)
71 Emerald Green
72 Green (Spectrum)
78 Dark Green
74 Extra Dark Green
75 Blue Green (Spectrum)
76 Olive Green
77 Holly Green
78 Cyprus Green
80 Lavender
81 Light Magenta
82 Red Violet (Spectrum)
83 Violet Spectrum)
84 Blue Violet (Spectrum)
90 Yellow Ochre
91 Brown (Spectrum)
92 Burnt Sienna
93 Burnt Umber
94 Vandyke Brown
95 Raw Umber
97 Raw Sienna
Deluxe Gold
Deluxe Silver
D-6
A small assortment of the most popular shades in the Rich
Glow Series. An excellent way to introduce this product line.
Fluorescent.
6 Color Psychedelic Set.
Six 3/4 oz. jars in Display Box.
Poster Color Sets
Attractively packaged assortments of Rich Art Poster Color in
student size jars. Nontoxic, balanced Spectrum Shades. 6 color
set: White, Black, Yellow, Red, Blue and Green.
Rich Art Window Paint
Designed specifically for glass and windows, it is ideal for
any weather. It is rain-proof yet easily removable. No need to
worry about damaging windows while scraping off dried
paint. It is removed with warm, soapy water and ammonia.
Perfect For:
Temporary Signs, Displays and Window Splashes, Retail
Outlets, car dealerships, Franchise Stores.
Available in 14 colors and 6 fluorescents:
Colors:
Fluorescents:
White
Blazing Red Deep Green
Yellow
Black
Red
Purple
Red
Lemon Yellow Turquoise
Burnt Sienna
Blue
Yellow
Deep Blue
Burnt Umber
Green
Orange
Green
Pink
Rich Art Sign Shades
33 Sign Yellow
45 Sign Orange
55 Sign Red
59 Sign Cerise
66 Sign Blue
79 Sign Green
85 Sign Magenta
86 Sign Violet
Extremely Opaque - Excellent Flow - Fade Resistant
Water Base - Non-Toxic
Sign Rite
Fluorescent Water Color
Professional quality temperas, made from high quality pigments. Brilliant NEON colors flow smoothly from the brush.
Dries to a flat finish. Ideal for signs, displays and posters.
Available in Pints, Quarts, Gallon and 5 Gallon.
11
Special Colors
Cal-Western Paints, Inc.
"ARTISTIC ACRYLIC"- Products may be intermixed to create an
infinite number of colors Fluorescents may be mixed with
metallics with standard colors, standard colors with fluorescents
or any combination of “ARTISTIC ACRYLIC” Products. “ARTISTIC ACRYLIC”- colors are special ultra-deep high intensity colors that are made for use in the display, art and show fields.
Made from an acrylic-resin “ARTISTIC ACRYLIC”- colors will
retain their sharpness and clarity for a longer period of time than
conventional acrylic paints. All products in the "ARTISTIC
ACRYLIC" color line may be thinned and cleaned up with water.
A word of caution regarding the use of fluorescents reds and yellows these colors must be used over a solid background for satisfactory results. A coat of #565 Block-out White will provide the
proper surface For special effects when using black lights use
#519 black for the background.
Tough Prime
Rosco offers a unique
water-based primer
with special adhesion
properties that allow
it to bond to the hardto-prime scenic materials found in every
scene shop. Tough
Prime covers just
about any surface,
including PVC pipe,
aluminum, foams and plastics, as well as muslin, wood and
foam core. This quick drying, acrylic emulsion primer dries to
a tough, durable coating which can be painted over with any
paint and is excellent for both interior and exterior use, Tough
Prime is white and available in Gallon and Five Gallon pails.
"ARTISTIC ACRYLIC" Products are NOT-TOXIC, LEAD FREE
and NON-MERCURIAL. Available in 18 standard colors, 4
metallic colors and 7 fluorescent colors.
Roscoflamex
Flame Retardants
Rosco now offers a full range of flame retardants to serve virtually every need. The range includes products for treating
the full spectrum of theatrical materials from non-absorbent
synthetics to wood and the traditional natural fabrics.
WATER-BASED • LEAD FREE
Each product can be easily applied with a roller, sprayer or by
immersion to the raw substrate. When properly applied, these
compounds will render materials flame retardant according to
NFPA 701. The standard unit is a gallon, but larger packing is
available by special order.
WATER-BASED BULLETIN ENAM-
Roscoflamex C26
An improved version of Rosco’s original flame retardant for
cotton muslin. By adding 2 or 3 parts water, each gallon
yields 3 to 4 gallons of economical flame retardant. The “C26”
identifies the cotton formulation and should be specified
when ordering. Gallons are packed two per case.
The perfect twenty-first century finish for you, background and lettering.
Ideally suited for today's demanding environment compliance standards,
AQUACOTE Is environmentally friendly, VOC compliant, and a pleasure
to use on the brush. AQUACOTE adheres to wood, concrete, galvanized
steel, aluminum, and most vinyl substrates including banners and awnings.
Roscoflamex S33
A formulation for treating synthetics including polyester,
nylon, acrylic, rayon and a variety of blends. The liquid is
premixed and ready for use. Specify “S33” when ordering.
Gallons are packed two per case.
WB021
Black
WB142
Emerald Green
WB101
White
WB143
Process Green
WB102
Fire Red
WB148
Dark Green
WB104
Bright Red
WB152
Light Blue
WB107
Imitation Gold
WB154
Process Blue
Roscoflamex W40
WB108
Maroon
WB156
Brilliant Blue
WB114
Medium Brown
WB162
Purple
WB116
Ivory
WB164
Process Purple
Rosco’s flame retardant for raw wood. The liquid is premixed
and ready for use. Specify “W40” when ordering. Gallons are
packed two per case.
WB124
Medium Orange
WB166
Magenta
WB130
Primrose Yellow
WBFL
Flattening Clear
WB132
Lemon Yellow
WBCL
Clear Base - Gloss
12
Gold Leaf Supplies
Rolco
Chromatic
COMPLETE GOLD LEAF SUPPLIES
Clear Overcoat Varnish is recommended as the final back up
coat for gold leaf applied on glass. After shade or outline is
complete Clear Overcoat Varnish provides final protection. It
is also a quality varnish designed to increase the vehicle content of Japan colors and can be used as a mixing varnish for
stains and other paints. It can also be used as a size when
quick surface gilding is desired.
GOLD LEAF: Sheet size is 3 3/8" by 3 318". A book contains
25 sheets will cover about 1.5 square feet. A pack contains 20
books (500 leaves) and will cover about 30 square feet.
GLASS GOLD LEAF: Selected free from patches, holes, joints
and other spots.For glass gilding with watersize. May be used
for surface gilding with a varnish size.
Permagild
PATENT GOLD LEAF: For gilding 'tin the wind." The leaf is
lightly adhered to a thin tissue for handling in air currents
without a giIder's tip. For surface gilding with a varnish size.
EXTERIOR • NON-TARNISHING GOLD ENAMEL
KEMP PERMAGILD: A durable, brilliant non-tarnishing gold
enamel for exterior or interior application. Dries dust free in 1
hour and hard in 3 hours. Apply with brush,roller or spray.
Stocked in 1/2 pints, pints, quarts.
LEMON GOLD LEAF: 18 karat leaf similar to pale gold. For
glasswork, will tarnish on exterior surfaces without a varnish
coat.
CLEAR FIBROSEAL - An old time favorite with the sign
artist. Used as a mixing varnish, it adds greater life to colors,
flows free and dries in 30 minutes. Stocked in 1/2 pints, pints,
quarts.
FLORENCE JAPAN - Used for quick gilding and adding to
colors as a binder. Available in 1/2 pints, pints.
W-W WINDOW SPAR - A pale amber varnish for backing
gold letters on windows. It adheres well to glass, is resistant
to moisture and does not turn white. QUICK RUBBING VARNISH- A fine quality varnish for wood. It will rub in 24 to 36
hours and leave a durable protective film. LAMP BLACK
JAPAN - A smooth warm black Japan for gold leaf backup.
Available in 1/2 pint cans.
PALE GOLD LEAF: 16 karat gold and silver alloy. For glass
work only. Lighter color than lemon gold.
COMPOSITION LEAF (Dutch Metal ) 5.5" x 5.5"
ALUMINUM LEAF: Sheet size: 5.5" by 5.5". Extra thin and
brilliant. Exterior application requires a varnish coat.
VARIEGATED LEAF: A copper alloy leaf with a patchwork of
colors, mostly reds, with greens, blue and purple. Use on
glass for matte centers. Sheet size is 5.5" x 5.5".
GOLD LEAF KARAT
GLASS
PATENT
PALE
LEMON
WHITE
22K
22K
16K
18K
10K
STA-ZON Glass Paint
STA-ZON BLACK GLASS PAINT- Dries in 5 minutes. Non
conductive, waterproof paint for gold leaf back-up. Available
in quarts, pints, 1/2 pints.
STA-ZON THINNER- Available in quarts, pints, 1/2 pints.
STA-ZON RETARDER THINNER- Available in pints.
Gilders Tip, Watersize Brush
GILDERS TIP: Squirrel hair, double thick, for gold leaf.
WATERSIZE BRUSH: Single thick camel hair. For flowing
gelatin size on glass.
GOLD SIZES
Quick Dry Synthetic Size:
Ready for gilding in 1 to 3 hours. Available in 1/2 pints, pints,
quarts.
Yellow Oil Gold Size:
Slow drying, ready for gild in 10 to 12 hours, holds it for
many hours. Produces the most brilliant gild. Stocked in 1/2
pints, pints, and quarts.
13
Paint Rollers, Paint Additives
Grumbacher
Roller Covers
Mohair blend pile, phenolic core, for enamels and
varnishes on smooth surfaces. Pile is 1/4" deep.
Seamless foam rollers and
covers provide smooth and
even paint flow. Won't mat
down. Recommended for
all smooth surfaces. Not to
be used with shellac or lacquers. Available in 3", 4", 7", and 9"
lengths, with 3/8" and 3/16" depth.
Cobalt drier (Linoleate)
An additive for the preparation of mediums to speed drying
time. Add small amounts to mediums.
594-2............................................................2 1/2 fl. oz. (74 ml) bottle
Japan Drier
Oil painting medium that speeds drying, improves flow,
increases gloss. Add directly to color in small amounts.
557-2 ............................................................2 1/2 fl. oz. (74 ml) bottle
Linseed Oil (Purified)
Finest quality purified alkali refined linseed oil. An oil painting medium, improves flow, increases gloss.
558-8 ...................................................................8 fl. oz. (236 ml) can
Penetrol a paint additive that stops
pull and drag of bulletin enamels for
soft hair brushes. Adjusts paint to
weather conditions. Paint flows out
easily, covers more area with less
work. Available in pints, quarts and
gallons.
Mohair trimmer - Short nap, use with all types of paint.
Bright wire handle. 3" wide only.
Try Edge and experience the tremendous
difference it will make in the working
qualities of your paint. Once having lettered with Edge, you will never go back
to conventional "house painters' thinners".
Roller frame - Five wire cage, heavy gauge shank. Available
in 7" and 9".
Tray - Heavy gauge steel. Size 11x16x3 1/2”.
Chip brushes - White bristle, economically priced wooden
handle nickel plated ferrule in sizes 1/2”, 1”, 1 1/2”, 2”, 2
1/2”, 3”, 4”.
Since 1951, Smoothie has worked
safely with enamels, lacquers and
synthetics to prevent fish-eyes,
improve flow out and increase gloss.
Smoothie is full strength. Just one
ounce of Smoothie will condition
over six gallons of ready to spray
paint.
Poly brushes - Good quality foam brushes with wide flexible
paddle inside attached to round wooden handle. Sizes 1", 2",
3", 4".
Handi-Roller carded with tray 3" plastic handle. Replacement
covers also available.
14
Automated Graphic Machine Products
Avery Graphics
Ultra Metallic
Avery Graphics™ Ultra Metallic cast vinyl films are premium
quality, brilliant metallic, flexible opaque vinyl film, designed
primarily for use in a variety of non-printed decorative
decals, diecut letters and numbers, product identification and
accent striping applications. Ultra Metallic trims offer the ultimate brilliance in metallic cast vinyl trims.
A9 Opaque
Avery Graphics™ A9 Opaque high performance cast vinyl
films are premium quality, flexible opaque solid color, high
gloss thin vinyl films designed for use in architectural transportation and general signage markings. Avery Graphics™A9
Opaque films offer exceptional value for applications requiring high quality gloss and color films with extended durability.
Fluorescent
Avery Graphics™ Fluorescent cast vinyl trims are designed
for short-term exterior safety promotional and high visibility
applications.
A6 Opaque
Avery Graphics™ A6 Opaque intermediate films are flexible,
high-gloss calendered vinyls designed for use on computer
sign cutting equipment. This construction provides excellent
cutting, weeding and transferring characteristics for signage
applications.
Metallized
Avery Graphics™ Metallized trims are top-coated metallized
polyester trims coated with a permanent pressure-sensitive
adhesive designed to give the appearance of a brushed
chrome or copper material.
A6 Translucent
Avery Graphics™ A6 Translucent trims are high performance,
flexible, translucent cast vinyl trims which are especially suited for architectural graphic applications involving flexible
and rigid backlit signage and awnings, as well as window
graphics. Avery Avery Graphics™ A6 Translucent films maintain consistent color under both transmitted and reflected
lighting conditions and adhere to a wide variety of properly
prepared substrates. A6 Translucent trims may also be used
with thermoforming, backlit applications.
Easy Removable
Avery Graphics™ Easy Removable film is a high gloss flexible
vinyl with a removable pressure sensitive acrylic adhesive.
Avery Graphics™ Easy Removable features a wide array of
colors allowing for the development of eye-catching graphics
with the flexibility of clean removal.
Etchmark™ Film
Avery Graphics™ Etchmark™ film is a specialty cast vinyl
film that provides the look of real etched glass at a fraction of
the cost by eliminating the need for sandblasting.
A9 Translucent
Avery Graphics™ A9 Translucent intermediate films are flexible translucent cast vinyl films which are designed for nonspecified computer-cut graphic applications including internally-illuminated signs and awnings. Avery Graphics™ A9
Translucent films offer excellent cutting and weeding on computer sign machine equipment, and adhere to a wide variety
of properly prepared substrates.
Oracal
651 This plotter film is designed for short to medium-term
application both indoors and out. Its versatility makes it perfect for a myriad of decorative works It displays excellent
opaqueness and has a permanent acrylic adhesive to give it
an outdoor durability of up to four years. 55 brilliant colors with glossy
finish.
A7 Reflective
Avery Graphics™ A7 Reflective high performance vinyl films
are premium quality, enclosed lens, retro-reflective trims
which meet or exceed the available requirements ASTMD4956-99 for reflectivity. Specifically designed for use on computer sign cutting equipment, Avery Graphics™ A7 Reflective
trims provide excellent cutting, weeding, transferring, and
conforming characteristics. Place Rite™ adhesive combines
initial positionability for each application with high ultimate
bond.
631 This plotter film is given a matt surface to suppress
unwanted reflection and to add elegance to your displays. It
is ideal for trade fairs because its semipermanent acrylic
adhesive allows easy, residueless removal. Wherever clean
precision work with an outdoor permanence of up to 3 years
is required. 631 series with its 48 colors is the perfect choice.
8300 This W-stabilized, transparently dyed, glossy special
purpose film boasts a permanence of up to 5 years and is
used to create high-quality illuminated signs and to decorate
back-lit glass surfaces. Available in 30 colors of brilliant transparency. Films of this series can be superimposed to obtain
fine nuances of color, making the creative possibilities virtually infinite.
A3 Reflective
Avery Graphics™ A3 Reflective intermediate utility grade
products are enclosed lens retro reflective films which meet or
exceed the applicable requirements of ASTM-D4956-99 Avery
Graphics™ A3 Reflective films have been primarily designed
for use in non-engineer grade computer cut signage and markings.
Other Oracal products available: High performance translucent digital printing materials.
Luster Metallic
Avery Graphics™ Luster Metallic cast vinyl trims are a premium quality, brilliant, flexible, vinyl, designed primarily for
use in a variety of decorative decals, computer cut letters and
product identification and accent striping applications.
Other specialty films also available
Computer blades and pens available for most plotter machines.
15
3M Vinyl Graphics
3M CONTROLTAC Films are durable, dimensionally stable,
vinyl films with a positionable pressure activated adhesive,
which may be screen printed for the production of multicolor
emblems, labels, markings, striping or point of purchase displays for commercial and industrial applications that will
withstand severe weather and handling conditions.
Includes a punched roll of FPCLEAR which protects and
extends the life of surface printed graphics.
SCOTCH™ and STAMARK™ Laminating Adhesives are
widely recognized as the preferred method of graphics attachment. They eliminate labor-intensive drilling and the potential for corrosion and tearing. 3M scientists have engineered
adhesives to provide a full range of performance characteristics.
3M SCOTCHCAL Films are durable, dimensionally stable,
and are intended for the production of attractive emblems,
labels, markings, striping and signs for commercial and
industrial type applications which withstand severe weather
and handling conditions.
SCOTCH™ and STAMARK™ Membrane Spacers separate
and bond flexible circuitry in membrane switch touch panels.
They are polyester sheets coated on both sides with acrylic
adhesive. SCOTCH and STAMARK brand spacers meet a
broad range of performance requirements and are available in
a wide variety of thicknesses to meet most needs.
SCOTCHLITE™ Reflective Sheeting is a highly durable, flexible, enclosed lens reflective sheeting designed for the production of attractive multicolor markings, displays or signs which
have the same appearance in the daytime and at night even
when viewed at wide entrance angles. SCOTCHLITE™
Reflective Sheeting retains its reflectivity even when totally
wet by rain.
3M vinyl graphics are available in various widths and sheet
sizes custom width and sheet sizes are available by special
orders. Normal turn around time on custom sizes is 7-10 days
plus transport time. Please call with your part number, for
exact size of rolls, sheets or custom sizes for that product.
Full range of Screen Printing Inks for SCOTCHCAL™, CONTROLTAC™ Films and SCOTCHLITE™ Sheetings, including
four color processing, are available by ordering
Sizes:
1" to 48” x 50 yd. 48" x 50 yd.
24" x 10 yd.
24" x 36" sheets: 50/carton
24 x 50 yd.
20 x 27 sheets: 100/carton
36 x 50 yd
SCOTCHMARK™ Sheet Label Stocks, Sheet film and foil
label stocks are used in the silkscreen graphics industry to
create durable decal’s for many industrial applications including warning, instructional, identification and decorative
labels. SCOTCHMARK sheet label stocks yield labels that
offer excellent long-aging characteristics.
THE WEEDER
A simple mechanical device to remove the unwanted background from computer cut vinyl images and letters, greatly
reducing the time consuming process of “hand” removal, and
eliminating the need for a long work table.
SigngoldOne™
Your choice for the gold leaf look without the expensive, labor
intensive “hand gilded” expertise. 22Karat encapsulated gold
in the underside of clear ultra-violet light resistant Tedlar"
(PVF) that is not affected by sunlight, saltwater solvents
cleaning agents and other chemicals. Ultra-thin 1 mill gold
cuts, applies and conforms like vinyl. This material carries a
10-14 year indoor/outdoor like warranty against fading or
delamination from glass, metal, painted wood, plastic and
other commonly used sign making substrates. Available
punched or unpunched in 15 and 24” widths. 2 yard and 5
yard rolls.
Vinyl media is inserted through a separate blade where waste
material is reattached to a collection spool and background is
pulled away from letters. Simple turning of the handle weeds
vinyl in seconds. Waste “weed” material is compacted and
collected onto a paper tube covering the collection spool,
allowing for easy removal and disposal. (Recycles the paper
tube from empty roll of new viny). Attaches to any table edge.
Shipping Weights
26" WEEDER 7.75 Ibs.
32” WEEDER 8.75 Ibs
Dimensions
8” x 9” x 31"
8” x 9” x 37"
Florentine Swirl Gold and Silver
15” punched centuries old swirl effect used by italian artisans.
THE SHEETER
Satin Surface Gold and Silver
Satin luster and elegance that Hand Gilders achieve with gold
leaf in an oil based sizing.
A simple “cold” laminating device to apply transfer paper
onto the surface of vinyl copy eliminating bubbles, wrinkles,
the need to hand squeegee transfer paper, and eliminates the
need for a long work table.
Burnished Glass Gold
Mirror-like for reverse cut application behind glass. 3 mil
Vinyl media is inserted into rollers, Simple turning of the handle applies transfer paper. (Transfer paper is dispensed from
the top spool so that no “pre-masking” onto vinyl surface is
needed.) Attaches to any table edge.
Surface Matt Gold
Satin luster for reverse cut application behind glass. 3 mil
Shipping Weights
26” SHEETER 17.50 Ibs.
32" SHEETER 20.00 Ibs.
SignGold Thermal Print Ready'
Surface receptive to the new system that thermal print on 157
punched vinyl. Also enamel paint and screen ink receptive.
16
Dimensions
8” x 11” x 33"
8” x 11” x 39"
3M Graphic Tapes
218 FINELINE TAPE A specially extruded matte finish
green polypropylene film tape that provides the finest
color line separation available because of its thinness.
Stretches easily for smooth curves—yet tears easily by
hand. Excellent solvent and moisture resistance. Allows
taping over fresh acrylic lacquer and enamel paint jobs
sooner with less chance of imprint damage.
811 REMOVABLE MAGIC-TAPE Post-It™ adhesive
makes this popular transparent tape removable from
most surfaces. Its an ideal tape for documents that will
be photocopied. No shadows will show up on the photocopy and corrections can be written on the tape's
matte acetate surface. Longer length rolls are available
for industrial and commercial applications.
222 POLYESTER FINELINE TAPE No. 222 consists of a
1-mil white polyester film backing and an acrylic adhesive designed for high temperature paint masking
1300°F (149°C) for 1 hour). This polyester backing
results in extremely sharp breaklines with minimal
paint edge build-up.
850 POLYESTER TAPE A silver or gold metalized polyester film tape . . . or a transparent and colored (red,
white, black) polyester film tape. Excellent chemical
and thermal stability, resist most common solvents;
won't discolor.
898 FILAMENT TAPE A transparent, high performance
"Scotchpar" film backed tape reinforced with continuous glass yarn filaments. Stain resistant, "mirror finish",
aggressive high shear adhesive. Printable by "Print
Seal" process. Preferred construction for the closure and
reinforcement of many corrugated fiberboard-box
styles. also intended for use in high performance holding, reinforcing, combining, bundling and unitizing
applications.
232 HIGH PERFORMANCE MASKING TAPE A
tough and extremely smooth natural colored high performance crepe paper tape. Excellent tape for paint
masking as well as many industrial applications. Tape
will generally function during bake cycles of up to
200°F, 93°C) for periods up to one hour. Should not be
subjected to outdoor exposure.
235 PHOTOGRAPHIC TAPE A black-colored opaque
crepe paper tape for photographic masking. It features
excellent holding power, yet is removable from emulsion films and plates. Designed for use in both commercial and private photography.
909 ASSEMBLY AID POSITIONING ADHESIVE
Assembly Aid is an adhesive film designed to aid in the
positioning of parts in the assembly process. This
acrylic adhesive is unique in its controlled, cohesive
strength and ability for specific transfer to most contacted shapes. It is designed for use with the M-635
Assembly Aid Dispenser. Saves labor costs through fast,
easy part positioning.
471 PLASTIC FILM TAPE A vinyl plastic tape with
either transparent or yellow, white, black, red, blue,
green, orange, purple, brown, or red-orange backing.
Highly conformable; vivid colors withstand heavy
abrasion. Resistant to most common solvents; avoid
ketones, chlorinated hydrocarbons and esters.
924 - 926 ATG Tape A variety of Scotch ATG adhesive
transfer tapes are available for use with the Scotch ATG
adhesive applicators. All are formulated based on 3M's
advanced acrylic adhesives technology. Each features a
specific combination of properties to meet a broad
range of requirements for joining, bonding, mounting,
laminating and more. In every instance you can count
on clean, precise adhesive application and exceptional
performance.
600 TRANSPARENT FILM TAPE A transparent film
tape. Long aging highly transparent adhesive features
excellent holding power, instant adhesion, stain and
sunlight resistance. Film backing offers excellent transparency and superior moisture resistance. Surface treatment allows controlled unwind and resists splitting.
Typical packaging applications include carton sealing,
holding, combining and attaching.
4008, 4016, 4032 Foam Tapes 4432 Black
The foam carrier makes them flexible and conformable,
great for filling space and for joining rough and irregular surfaces. There are many other advantages provided
by Scotch-Mount double coated foam tapes, too. They
cushion and dampen vibration and sound, provide
excellent impact resistance and can be die cut to match
almost any configuration. Moreover, some provide a
good seal as well as a bond, withstand a wide range of
temperatures and have good insulating qualities.
616 LITHOGRAPHERS TAPE A ruby red transparent
“Paklon” film tape. Specially formulated to block out
the light range affecting photo-sensitive films and
plates, while allowing optimum visual transparency for
accurate positioning of the tape. It is resistant to moisture and dryness. Designed for opaquing,stripping and
edging in printing industry. Resists slippage and oozing.
810 MAGIC™TAPE Scotch"'Magic™Tape appears
frosty on the roll, yet it is invisible on most paper. Long
aging and non-yellowing adhesive eliminates reapplication. Matte acetate surface can also be written on with
pens and pencils.
4930 VHB (Very High Bond) Tapes
High-strength Scotch™ VHB™ Tapes are used throughout industry today to replace screws, rivets, welding,
liquid adhesives and other permanent assembly methods. They offer greater design flexibility and are often
the key to dramatic improvements in styling and performance. Moreover they allow faster, easier assembly,
eliminate cleanup, and increase profits.
17
Vinyl Graphics Application Tools And Supplies
PA-1 Gold Applicator
4075 RLA
Features:
• Durable, long lasting and reusable.
Uses:
• For squeegeeing film to substrates or premask tapes to film.
• Proper edge may be maintained for effective application.
• Flexible, allowing the proper pressure to be applied during
application .
Conformable Application Tape
Conformable premask from R-Tape resists moisture and lays
flatter without wrinkles and curls. It offers greater conformability to regular surfaces. This application tape features a
heavy weight latex saturated white translucent paper. The
cloth-like characteristics of the paper allow for the superior
conformability and provide for an easy unwind. Also, provides superior transfer and protection of printed graphics,
whether they are large format or die cut. R-Tape has incorporated “RLA” - release liner adhesion technology into their
application tape. This tape is factory cut having the cleanest
sharpest straightest edges of any tape available.
SA-1 Low Friction Sleeve
Features:
• Reusable.
Uses:
• Slips over the PA-1 Applicator to protect the film or markings from scratches etc.
Sealit Pens
This pen seals edges of vinyl
Protex 20S
RBA-1 Rivet Brush Applicator
Uses:
PROTEX 20S is a 20 mil. latex impregnated material which
was designed for use in areas where extra protection is needed and high tack is required. PROTEX 20S can also be used
for movie studio backdrops, cover-ups, and painting of sets. It
can withstand 60 pounds of sandblasting pressure for decorative applications, i.e. glass etching, and light blasting on
wood. Do Not Use On Copper, Brass or Anodized Aluminum.
Uses:
• Useful in the application of film over rivets or corrugations.
PA-1 Blue Applicator
Features:
• Inexpensive.
Uses:
• For squeegeeing film to substrates or premask tapes to film.
Sharpline 200
Uses:
SHARPLINE 200 is used for masking surfaces to be painted,
and for die cut/hand-cut spray mask stencils. One of the
many applications is for car striping where paint is used. The
adhesive has been formulated to withstand temperatures as
required in a baking cycle of painted surfaces, 200˚ to 350˚ for
short periods of time. SHARPLINE 200 stencils are used for
aircraft markings where paint is used instead of decals. This
paper is structured to prevent paint from penetrating or
bleeding through the paper onto the surface underneath, even
where polyurethane paint is used.
PA-1 Mc Red Applicator
McLogan’s own Squeegee
391X Air Release Tool
Features:
• Retractable point.
• Replacement points are available.
Uses:
• Used to puncture the film to remove entrapped bubbles.
Rapid TAC Application Fluid
Rapid TAC application fluid - is an aid for vinyl applications
of all kinds (except paper). It is very fast evaporating and
helps reduce bubbles. Sizes: 4, 8, 32 oz. with sprayer and 1
gal. jug.
AT-60
Clear Application Tape
Clear application tapes allow more precise registration, especially
with light and multi colored vinyls. They are ideal for wet
method applications and humid environments, and can remain
applied to graphics during extended storage. It is hand tearable
for easy dispensing. Easy to apply with clean removal. The controlled adhesion leaves no "build up."
Splash Transfer Solution Concentrate
8 oz. bottle makes one gallon, before applying graphics, surface must be completely clean. Splash may be used as a surface prep and clean up solution.
The backing is a co-polymeric matte finished, clear plastic. A natural rubber with adhesion levels to perform a clean pick up and
transfer of vinyl graphics regardless of type of vinyl used.
Designed for computerized signmaking applications.
Sprayway #707
Super quick tack vinyl aerosol. A wet application spray for
pressure sensitive vinyl signs, graphics and decals. Allows
repositioning, helps eliminate bubbles and wrinkles. 18 oz
can.
18
Vinyl Graphics Application Tools Printers And Supplies
CE5000 Series 24" & 48" Cutting Plotters
CE5000-60
24" wide model
24 ips speed/300g maximum cutting force
Max cutting width of 23.7
Digital servo driven, smooth and quiet operation
Includes a sturdy floor stand and roll media bracket
Advanced ARMS for precise contour cutting
CE5000-120
48" wide model
39 ips speed/450g maximum cutting force
Max cutting width of 47.7"
Digital servo driven, smooth and quiet operation
Includes a sturdy floor stand and roll media bracket
Advanced ARMS for precise contour cutting
CE5000-60
Superior Value + High Performance
Fast & Accurate Digital Servo Motors
Auto Registration Mark Detection
4-Point, Dual-Axis Skew Correction
Tangential Control enhances precision
ROBO Master Pro with Auto Tracing
Cutting Master Z software
PC & Mac
Two Year Warranty
Applications:
Vinyl Graphics
Banners & Signs
Paint Masking film
Contour Cut Decals
Thermal Image Transfer
CE5000-120
19
Vinyl Graphics Application Tools Printers And Supplies
Specifications
CPU
Configuration
Drive system
Maximum cutting area
Assured Accuracy
Compatible media widths
Maximum media thickness
Maximum cutting speed
Cutting Speeds
Cutting Force
Minimum character size
Mechanical resolution
Programmable resolution
Repeatable precision
Number of tools mountable
Compatible cutter type
Compatible pen type
Compatible media
Interface
Data buffer
Command modes
Display panel
Power supply input
Power consumption
Operating environment
Recommended environment
Dimensions w/stand (w x d x h)
Equipment weight w/stand
Shipping weight (approx)
Warranty
CE5000-60
CE5000-120
32-bit CPU
Microgrit-rollers, moving media
Digital servo motor
23.7 in x 164 ft (603 mm x 50 m)
47.8 in x 164 ft (1213 mm x 50 m)
23.0 in x 16.4 ft (584 mm x 5 m)
47.0 in x 16.4 ft (1194 mm x 5 m)
Min: 2 in (50 mm) Max: 28.0 in (712 mm)
Min: 3.3 in (85 mm) Max: 53 in. (1346 mm)
10 mils (0.25 mm)
24 in/s (60 cm/s) in all directions
40 in/s (100 cm/s) @ 45° angles
1-10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60cm/s
1-10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60cm/s
0.2-2.9N (20gf to 300gf ) (31 levels)
0.2-4.4N (20gf to 450gf ) (38 levels)
Approx. 20 point, 0.196 inches (5mm) for alphanumeric characters (depends on the medium, font, etc.)
0.0002 in (0.005 mm)
GP-GL: 0.01, 0.025, 0.05, 0.1 mm HP-GL: 0.025 mm
0.1 mm or less (Using Graphtec recommended media and appropriate cutting conditions)
1-blade or pen
Graphtec Supersteel Blades 0.9mm and 1.5 mm diameter
Graphtec Water-based fibertip pens
Vinyl film, fluorescent, decal, light reflective (except high luminosity), paint masking,
banner, thermal transfer vinyl, flex, flock, image transfer media, vinyl print media, etc.
RS-232C / USB2.0 high speed
2 MB
GP-GL, HP-GL® (selectable in Command menu)
Liquid Crystal Display (16 characters x 1 row)
100 to 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz 1.2A
100 VA
50 to 95°F (10 to 35°C), 35 ~ 75% RH (non-condensing)
61 to 80°F (16 to 32°C), 35 ~ 70% RH (non-condensing)
33.5 x 23.0 x 39.5 in. (851 x 585x 1004 mm)
58.5 x 29.3 x 47 in. (1487 x 744 x 1194 mm)
55 lbs. (25kg)
88 lbs. (40kg)
67 lbs. (30.5kg)
100 lbs. (45.5kg)
Two years parts and labor. (30 Day warranty on consumables: blades, pens, teflon cutting mat, etc.)
Accessories Included
AC power cord
USB 2.0 cable
Software Installation CD-ROM
1
1
1
3 Wire Grounded, Detachable, 10ft
6 ft, A to B
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Getting Started, Usage Precautions
PHP32-CB09N-HS
CB09UA: 0.9mm 45° blade
Black
Supports up to 50 Yard rolls
Assembly required
Cutting Master 2 supports multiple
languages: English, Spanish, Portuguese,
French, Italian, German, Russian,
Chinese, Korean and Japanese
Quick Start Manual
Blade Holder
Cutter Blade
Water-based Fiber-tip pen
MedialSupport Bracket
Floor Stand Kit
MediaCut off Knife
Includes drivers and controllers, User’s Manuals (PDF)
ROBO Master Pro desing software (Windows 2000XP, USB Only)
Cutting Master 2 plug-in for Adobe Illustrator and CorelDRAW
Windows 98SE/ME/2000/XP: Illustrator 8/9/10/CS/CS2,
CorelDRAW 10/11/12/X3 Apple Macintosh: Adobe Illustrator 10/CS/CS2 - Compatible with
PowerP, OS X 10.2 or newer Intel Core Macs, OS X 10.4 or newer
Recommended Supplies
Blade Holder, Graphtec Super Steel Cutter Blades, Fiber-tip Pens Water Based, Loupe, Media Catch Basket
20
Vinyl Graphics Application Tools Printers And Supplies
FC7000 Series
Advanced Multi-functional Cutting Plotter Technology for
Plotting, Cutting and Pouncing Applications
Store Banners
Traffic Signs
Window Signs
Screen Photo Masks
Vinyl Graphics
Sandblast Signs
ARMS!
The advanced 4-point Automatic Registration Mark Sensor
allows users to easily align a printed image for contour cutting
Industry-leading cutting speed
Up to a maximum of 58.5 ips with no sacrifice to cutting
quality
Process thicker materials & reduce cost
Superior blade design and cutting force provide the ability to
cut through thicker, harder materials while maintaining
longer blade life
User friendly
Packaged plug-in software allows you to design in Adobe
Illustrator. or Corel Draw. and output your design directly to
the cutter
Built wider
A larger design lets users cut wider than ever before, up to a
maximum of 30", 42", 54", or 64"
Smooth & accurate
Tangential Emulation out-performs more expensive tangential
cutters, ensuring smooth curves and unmatched accuracy
down to 1/16" on vinyl
Built-in cross-cut feature
Quickly cuts straight across the entire width of your material
21
Vinyl Graphics Application Tools Printers And Supplies
FC7000 Series Specifications
Configuration
Maximum cutting area
Compatible media width
Maximum auto cross cutting width
Automatic sheet cutter max. thickness
Maximum media cutting thickness
Maximum cutting speed
Programmable axial cutting speeds
Maximum axial acceleration
Programmable cutting force
Mechanical resolution
Programmable resolution
Repeatability
Tools
Blade types
Pen types
Media types
Pouncing function
Perforated line cutting
Interfaces
Data buffer
Command set
Control panel display
Language
Registration and axis alignment
Media supply mechanism
Media pre-feed
Tangential emulation
Power requirement
Operating environment
Guaranteed accuracy environment
Certifications
Floor stand
Standard software
Options
Factory installed options
FC7000-75
FC7000-100
FC7000-130
FC7000-160
Digital Servo Friction feed with MicroGritroll™ drive
30.0 in x 164 ft.
42.0 in x 164 ft.
54.0 in x 164 ft
64.0 in x 164ft
(762 mm x 50 m)
(1067 mm x 50 m)
(1372mmx50m)
(1626 mm x 50 m)
2.9 in to 36.2 in
2.9 in to 48.2 in
2.9 in to 60.2 in
2.9 in to 72.2 in
(74 mm to 920 mm)
(74 mm to 1224 mm)
(74 mm to 1529 mm)
(74 mm to 1834 mm)
35 in
47 in
59 in
69 in
11 mil including release liner
59.1 mil
58.5 in/s (1485 mm/s) (45° direction)
0.4 to 41.3 in/s in 105 steps ( 10 to 1050 mm/s) (from PC operation)
4.0 G (39.2 m/s2)
20 g to 600 g (0.2 N to 5.88 N) in 40 steps
0.0002 in (0.005 mm)
GP-GL™: 0.0004 in (0.01 mm); H P-GL® with MicroGritroll™ drive emulation: 0.001 in (0.025 mm)
0.0039 in / 80 in (0.1 mm / 2 m) travel or better
Accepts ( I ) cutting blade, ( I ) plotting pen, and ( I ) pouncing tool; Second penholder (optional)
Supersteel (0.9 mm or 1.5 mm), ceramic ( 1.5 mm), sapphire ( I .5 mm)
Water/oil-based fibertip, water/oil-based ballpoint, and ceramic tip
Self-adhesive vinyl film, diamond grade, fluorescent film, reflective film, Amberlith™, Rubylith ™, sandblast
resist rubber, high-intensity reflective film, window film, paint protection film, etc.
Requires optional pouncing tool (tool diameter is 1.2 mm)
The perforated Iine is selectable through the standard function menu
RS-232C serial, USB2.0 (compatible with USB 1.1 )
2 MB
GP-GL™ / [email protected] (control panel selectable)
20 digits by 4 lines LCD with comprehensive icon-corresponding soft keys
Japanese, English, German, French, Spanish, Italian, Portuguese
Standard Registration Mark Sensor for automated alignment of printed digital images for contour/die cutting
Standard LED beam positioning system
Brake system and reverse tension mechanism for tightening the media upon loading; Guide line
Standard built-in SmartFeed™ function automatically unwinds and pre-feeds media for an operatorspecified distance upon self-recognition of plot file length
Standard
100-240 VAC, 50/60 Hz; auto switching, 120 VA max.
50° to 95° F ( 10° to 35° C), 35% to 75% RH (non-condensing)
60° to 90° F ( 16° to 32° C), 35% to 70% RH (non-condensing)
CE maHk, FCC, VCCI, cUL, UL
Standard
Cutting Master™ plug-in software, QuickCut™ plug-in software, Cutting Plotter Controller software
(Windows®/Mac® compatible)
Additional Media Rack, Pouncing Tool, Media Catch Basket, Registration/Axis Alignment Loupe
Second Penholder
*I When operated with Graphtec-specified media and conditions.
Brand names and product names listed here are the trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners. Specifications are subject to change without notice.
22
Roland Inkjet Media and Inks
Consistently high-quality printing is achieved by utilizing media, ink
and profiles that have been carefully matched to the printer. Roland
offers a wider variety of coated and uncoated banner materials, papers,
adhesive-backed vinyls, films, and fine art materials than any other
manufacturer. Our Media Application Guide assists you in determining the best substrate for your particular needs. To order yours, or for
more information on the latest Roland media offerings, please visit our
web site at www.rolanUdga.com/media. Media Swatch Books are also
available from any authorized Roland reseller.
EGO-SOL MAX mild solvent ink boosts the performance of SOLJET
and VersaCAMM inkjets with improved scratch resistance, faster drying time, higher density, wider color gamut, broader uncoated media
support, and lower cost per square foot. EGO-SOL MAX is virtually
odorless and durable up to three years outdoors without lamination.
Both CMYK LcLm and CCMMYK inksets are available.
Featuring enhanced scratch resistance, improved alcohol resistance and
superior bonding with uncoated substrates, Eco-Xtreme solvent ink is
available in 3-liter cartridges of CMYK+LcLm. Eco-Xtreme ink provides high quality color graphics with wide color gamut and smooth
tonal gradations even at high speed.
HeatWave sublimation inks, featured in all Roland sublimation systems, achieve outstanding clog-free performance and an exceptionally
vibrant color gamut. These advanced inks generate professional sublimation graphics for textiles, promotional items, jerseys, photo gifts,
awards, signage, tile and more.
Roland aqueous pigment ink has an extremely wide, vibrant color
gamut. The CMYKOG inkset is ideal for matching color and reproducing a huge color gamut, while the CMYK LcLm inkset offers smooth
gradations of pastels, shadows and skin tones. Roland dye inks are
ideal for indoor applications.
MPX-70 Metaza Impact Printer
Roland BizTools® Certified Personalizes pendants in less than six minutes
Achieves resolutions up to 529dpi
Imprints acrylic, aluminum, stainless st brass, gold, silver and platinum
Personalizes objects up to 3.54" x 3.54' 0.78"
Dr. METAZA2 photo editing software included
23
Roland Inkjet Printers/Cutters
INKJET PRINTER/CUTTERS
SOLJET™ PRO III
XC-540
VERSACAMM™VP SERIES
VP-300 VP-540
VERSACAMM™ SP SERIES
SP-300V SP-540V
All Roland integrated printer/cutters use durable EGO-SOL MAX ink,
delivering improved drying time and scratch resistance, wider color
gamut, and greater ink density - all at a lower cost per square foot. EGOSOL MAX prints beautifully on both uncoated and coated media for
graphics that last up to three years outdoors without lamination. Our
industry-leading cutting technology includes Quadralign., a unique fourpoint optical registration system that automatically generates four corner
crop marks, allowing you to remove a print, laminate it, and then reload it
for contour cutting. The system compensates for skew and distortion,
ensuring precision results time after time.
SOLJET™ PRO lIl Six-Color high-Speed Eco-Solvent™ Printer/Cutter
The 54" SOLJET PRO lll XC-540 is the ultimate production tool for signs,
banners, vehicle graphics, labels, decals, retail displays, billboards and
more. Combining precision 6-color (CMYK+LcLm) printing and contour
cutting in one device, the XC-540 prints at up to 441 sqft./hr. and produces
photorealistic images at 7440x1440 dpi resolution. EGO-SOL MAX ink
delivers vibrant color and superior scratch resistance for outstanding
results every time. Backed by new two-year warranty. Roland VersaWorks
RIP included.
VersaCAMM™ VP Four-Color Eco-Solvent Printer/Cutters
The new VP Series is our fastest and most powerful VersaCAMM model to
date, featuring four print heads for maximum print speeds up to 161
sqft/hr, enhanced print clarity, a host of advanced productivity tools, and
a new compact design that is ideal for virtually any office environment.
Available in 30" and 54" models, the VP Series uses EGO-SOL MAX ink to
deliver durable 4-color (CMYK) printing and contour cutting in o,ne
device. An enhanced media feed system improves cutting precision and
provides greater performance during long print runs. For unattended
printing, VPs feature a new heavy-duty optional take-up system. Backed
by new two-year warranty. Roland VersaWorks RIP included.
VersaCAMM™ SP Four-Color Eco-Solvent Printer/Cutters
Roland's best selling VersaCAMM SP Series professional inkjet
printer/cutters set the industry standard for price/performance while
delivering durable indoor and outdoor graphics on uncoated media.
Available in 30" and 54" models, the SP series uses an integrated media
heating system and EGO-SOL MAX ink to print a wide range of brilliant,
four-color (CMYK) graphics. Roland VersaWorks RIP included.
VersaCAMM™ SPs are also available in sublimation models that come
complete with HeatWave. sublimation ink, transfer paper and powerful
color management RIP software to ensure perfect results every time.
New VersaWorks™ with Enhanced Productivity Tools
VersaWorks™ adds powerful productivity tools to our robust software RIP with easy-to-use interface that allows
even novice users to take advantage of our printers and printer/cutters full potential. VersaWorks includes the
Roland Color System and Variable Data Printing - tools to increase productivity
Roland Color is a revolutionary spot color fidelity system that allows you to select the right color to match an
established corporate or team color, or other vector graphic - and then print that color with 100 percent accuracy
every time. With Roland Color, spot color matching isn't a target...it's a promise. Variable Data Printing allows you
to quickly and easily produce a series of digital prints in which text and graphics change from one print to the
next. This feature is ideal for producing labels, name badges, plaques and menus.
24
Roland Inkjet Printers
INKJET PRINTERS
SOLJET PRO II V Six-Color or Four-Color Eco-Solvent Printers PRO II V printers
use EGO-SOL MAX ink to achieve startling print clarity and stunning color reproduction. Poland V Technology combines several hardware and software refinements that boost production speed up to 340 square feet per hour while allowing
PRO II V printers to produce detailed graphics with amazing ease and precision. In
addition to CMYK LcLm, PPO II V printers include a CCMMYK ink mode ensuring
quality images at even the fastest production speeds. Available in 64", 74" and 104"
widths. Roland VersaWorks RIP included.
SOLJET™ PRO II V SERIES
SJ-645EX SJ-745EX SJ-1045
ADVANCEDJET AJ-1000 Industrial Six-Color 104” Solvent Inkjet Printer The
Advanced JET AJ-1000 sports a host of remarkable features that establish it as the
most versatile, low maintenance, high production grand format inkjet printer available. Innovative engineering in combination with super-wide print heads deliver a
top print speed of 968 sqft/hr, making the AJ-3000 the fastest printer in its class.
The AJ-1000 features new, advanced Eco-Xtreme ink in 1-liter cartridges for unattended printing. Its 6-color ink configuration produces high-quality graphics with a
wide color gamut and smooth tonal gradations. Roland VersaWorks RIP included.
ADVANCED JET
AJ-1000
Hi-Fi EXPRESS FP-740 Four-Color 74" Sublimation Printer This 74" sublimation
printer creates bold, crisp graphics for flags, banners and other soft signage.
Durable, rigid construction, an extended capacity ink delivery system and an
impressive maximum print speed of 548 sqft./hr. make the Hi-Fi Express FP-740
ideal for the high-volume production of flags, banners, textiles and much more. The
FP-740 is just as easy to operate and maintain as the rest of our inkjet printer line.
Roland VersaWorks RIP included.
Hl-FI EXPRESS
FP-740
Hi-FI JET™ PRO II
FJ-540
GX PRO SERIES
GX-300 GX-400 GX-500
GX DESKTOP
GX-24
EGX DESKTOP ENGRAVERS
EGX-300
Hi-Fi JET PRO II Six-Color Aqueous Pigment Printer Available in a 54" width, the
Wi-Fi JET PRO II printer combines Piezo print heads and variable droplet technology to achieve stunning color reproduction at speeds of up to 300 square feet per
hour at 450 x 360 dpi. Vibrant pigment or dye inks provide an extremely wide color
gamut. True 3440 x 3440 dpi resolution makes it ideal for the production of fine art,
photography, and backlit graphics. Roland COLORIP software included. Roland
VersaWorks RIP included.
VINYL CUTTERS
GX PRO Series Engineered for Performance and Versatility Shift your business into
high gear. With the GX Pro Series, vinyl vehicle graphics, window tint, signage,
labels, stencils and pinstriping come out crisp and clean. An advanced optical registration system makes it fast and easy to contour cut full color pre-printed graphics.
With an existing printer, you can produce full-color POP displays, vehicle wraps,
and heat-transfer graphics on T-shirts. Available in 36", 46" and 54" models, these
professional grade cutters come complete with Roland CutStudio™ software and
plug-ins for Adobe® Illustrator and CorelDRAW.
GX-24 Desktop The No. 1 Choice of Signmakers Worldwide
Ideal for cutting a wide range of jobs - from vehicle graphics and signs to decals,
stencils and pinstriping - this advanced 24" desktop vinyl cutter uses a digital servomotor to achieve maximum cutting speed and accuracy. Its optical registration
system automatically recognizes desktop printer crop marks, letting you create custom T-shirts, hats, and more. Includes easy-to-use Roland CutStudio™ software and
plug-ins for Adobe® Illustrator and CorelDRAW..
ENGRAVERS FOP ADA SIGNAGE
EGX Series Desktop Engravers
The Roland EGX-300 expands your business with a variety of indoor signage
applications. In addition to personalizing awards, corporate crests and promotional
items, the 32-by-9-inch engraver turns out quality indoor and ADA signage. Your
signs will have an upscale look while meeting all ADA regulations. Perfect for
hotels, restaurants and apartments.
25
Graphtec Ink Jet Printer
JS300-18ES SignJet Printer
The SignJet JS300-18ES 72” wide, eco-friendly solvent InkJet
printer is an incredible value at $19,995 MSRP. These printers
feature several output configurations, depending on desired
output quality. Select from uni or bi-directional and single or
multi-pass printing modes.
The JS300-18ES is designed for
high production output of:
Backlit signs
Tradeshow graphics
Large Posters
Outdoor signs
Vinyl banners
Billboard graphics
Floor graphics
Vehicle graphics and wraps
Large POP signs
Contour cut POP displays
Colorful product comps
Promotional graphics
Temporary directional signs
26
Paasche Air Brushes, Compressors
H-SET or HS-SET
SINGLE ACTION AIRBRUSH SET
H#1L Single-Action Airbrush
H-1/4-oz Metal Color Cup (7cc)
H-1-oz Color Bottle Assembly (29cc)
H-3-oz Color Bottle Assembly (88cc)
H-194 1 oz. Bottle, Cap/Gasket (29cc)
H-3 & H-5 Color Adjusting Part
HC-3 & HC-5 Aircaps
V-62 Wrench and F-186 Wrench
A-34 Hanger and A-1/8"-6' Air Hose
TTALB "22 Airbrush Lessons" Booklet
Parts List
Shipping Weight: 1 lb. 8 oz. (680g)
VL-SET DOUBLE ACTION
AIRBRUSH SET
VL#3 Double-Action Airbrush
VL-189 Head Protecting Cap
VL-1/40Z Metal Color Cup
VL-1-OZ Bottle Assembly (29cc)
VL-3-OZ Bottle Assembly (88cc)
H-194 1 oz. Bottle, Cap (29cc)
VLT-1 and VLT-5 Tip
VLN-1 and VLN-5 Needle
VLA-1 and VLA-5 Aircaps
A-34 Hanger and V-62 Wrench
A-1/8"-6' Air Hose
TTALB "22 Airbrush Lessons" Booklet
Shipping Wt: 1 lb. 8 oz. (680g)
VL Set Double Action Airbrush Set
AEC-K Air Eraser Kit
VLS-SET DOUBLE ACTION
AIRBRUSH SET
VLS#3 Double-Action Airbrush
VL-1/4-OZ Metal Color Cup
VLS-1-OZ Bottle Assembly (29cc)
VLS-3-OZ Bottle Assembly (88cc)
H-194 1 oz. Bottle, Cap (29cc)
VLT-1 and VLT-5 Tips
VLA-1 and VLA-5 Aircaps
VLN-1 and VLN-5 Needles
A-34 Hanger and V-62 Wrench
A-1/8"-6' Air Hose
VL-1 89 Head Protecting Cap
TTALB "22 Airbrush Lessons" Booklet
Shipping Wt: 1 lb. 8 oz. (680g)
H-Set or HS-Set
Single Action Airbrush Set
HS#1L Single-Action Airbrush
H-1/4-oz Metal Color Cup (7cc)
HS-1-oz Color Bottle Assembly (29cc)
HS-3--oz Color Bottle Assembly (88cc)
H-1 94 1 oz. Bottle, Cap/Gasket (29cc)
HS-3 & HS-5 Color Adjusting Part
HC-3 & HC-5 Aircaps
V-62 Wrench and F-186 Wrench
A-34 Hanger and A-1/8"-6' Air Hose
TTALB "22 Airbrush Lessons" Booklet
Parts List
Shipping Wt: 1 lb. 8 oz. (680g)
This airbrush spray kit is ideal for
auto, van, cycle, hobby and ceramics enthusiasts. Includes everything
needed for touch-up, detail and
striping.
This kit is for the professional
technician, manufacturer or hobbyist who needs to delicately
abrade. It can be used for decorative etching of glass, dental lab
work, rust removal, color erasing
or to smooth castings
AEC Air Eraser with Steel Tip
and Carbide Insert
AEX-66 oz. Jar of Fast Cutting
Compound (170g)
A-1/8"- 4'MT Air Hose with
Moisture Trap
V-62 Wrench
A-34 Hanger
2DS Five Disposable respirators
Parts List
Ship. Weight: 1 lb. 14 oz. (850g)
HAPK Kit includes:
FP-1/32" L Flow Pencil
62-1 -3 Sprayer 3 oz. (88cc)
H#3L Single-Action Airbrush
H-3-oz Bottle Assembly (88cc)
H L-3/1 6"-6' Air Hose
A-1/8"-6' Air Hose
V-62 Wrench
F-186 Wrench
TTALB "22 Airbrush Lessons" Book
Ship. Weight: 2 Ibs. 10 oz. (1.191 kg)
HAPK Hobby and Auto Paint Kit
This durable, "studio quiet" oil less
diaphragm air compressor is ideal
for home, office, studio or workshop. It is the workhorse of the
Paasche Air Compressor line.
Designed for use with any airbrush
and delivers up to approximately
40 P.S.I. operating pressure.
Equipped with a six foot 3 wire
cord and on/off switch. The D
operates on 115 volt, 1 phase, 60
cycle,
1/4 HP, 4.9 amps and delivers
.5 CFM @ 20 P.S.I.
1/5 H P
0.4 Gal. Tank
0.7 CFM Free Air
55-85 PSI Op-Pressure
Shipping Weight: 40 lbs.
Voltage: 110 V-60
Designed for one operator
using1or 2 airbrushes.
Shipping Weight: 24 Ibs. (10.9kg)
D Air Compressor
ACCESSORIES WHEN SETTING
UP FOR TWO AIRBRUSHES:
HF-467 3 Way Tee or UM-13
Coupler
HFM-2-1/4" Manifold
Super Silent 20-A
1/3HP
0.9 Gal.Tank
1.08 CFM Free Air
84-114 PSI Op-Pressure
Shipping Weight: 45 lbs.
Voltage: 110 V-60
Designed for one operator using
1 or 2 airbrushes.
Automatic Shut Off
3/8 HP
1.8 CFM Free Air
0-40 PSI Operating Pressure
Voltage- 110 V 60Hz.
Shipping Weight 14 Ibs.
Super Silent 30-TC
Werther Mac-A Compressor
27
Crescent Quality Cardboard
Tempera/Poster Paints
Pen & Ink
Airbrush
Vinyl Letters
Markers
Silk Screen
Art Poster Board Media
Fluorescent Boards
Crescent quality Art Poster & Display Boards accept traditional sign media on the wide variety of surfaces available. It is
recommended that media be tested for each application use.
Bright “Attention Getting” fluorescent surfaces - white back.
Ideal for hand-lettering or silk screened signs and posters.
Coated one side. Foil surfaces - 32x40 - 5 ply.
Art Poster Boards
Heavy duty Poster Board with laminated middle for extra
strength and rigidity. Clay coated one side with gray imprinted backing. Quality clay coated surface is bleed and fade
resistant and accepts all sign painting media and vinyl lettering.
600 Smooth White 620 Silver
650 Silver Gray
670 Autumn Gold
601 Satin White
621 Gold
651 Neutral Gray
671 Tangerine
602 Primrose
633 Turquoise
652 Beaver Brown
672 Bright Green
603 Seafoam
639 Autumn Brn 653 Green
604 Shellrose
640 Yellow
656 Midnight Blue 674 Marine Blue
605 Buff
641 Orange
657 Maroon
675 Blue
606 Light Blue
644 Corn
658 Royal Blue
676 Navy Blue
607 Dark Buff
645 Lavender
660 Oriental Yellow 677 Purple
No. 100:
Sizes 15x20 20x30 30x40 40x60 - D.T. (.085 - .095 thick)
No. 300:
Sizes 15x20 20x30 22x30 30x40 - S.T. (.050 - .060 thick)
Very popular, high rag content, medium surface - all purpose
illustration boards. This subtly textured surface is excellent
for wash drawings, felt tip markers, designers colors, acrylic,
pencil, pen and ink, charcoal, crayon and airbrush. The nonfluorescent surface is also suitable for fluorographic process.
Heavy duty Poster Board with high quality glossy surfaces.
Ideal for all exhibit and display purposes. Coated one side.
689 Dark Green
695 Blue
686 Maroon
692 Dark Blue
699 White
682 Pink
687 Green
693 Light Gray
683 Rose
688 Black
694 Gray
2108 Pink
Illustration Board
Glossy Poster Boards
685 Red
2107 Orange
2105 Green
6 ply for political signs. These weather proof boards are
22”x28”. Perforated on center to fold over and staple to wood
stakes. Great for construction sites as well.
Crescent Board 28 x 44
681 Yellow
2103 Red
2102 Orange-Yellow
Silk Board
673 Bright Blue
680 Cream
2101 Chartreuse
No. 201:
Sizes 15x20
20x30
22x30
30x40 - S.T. (.050-.060 thick)
The workhorses of hot press illustration boards. State-of-theArt surface sizings and high rag content, provide a foundation that is suitable for most all commercial art applications.
These versatile boards respond to the toughest pen and ink
techniques. Erasure, tape removal, art repositioning, mounting and fluoro art are achieved with optimum results.
Railroad Board 28 x 44
Process board coated 2-sides. Inexpensive for quick hand lettering signs or silkscreened political signs. Available in four
thicknesses: 4 ply, 6 ply, 8 ply and 10 ply.
6 ply also available in 28 x 44.
No. 215:
Brite White: Sizes 15x20 20x40 30x40 - S.T. (.050-.060 thick)
Silkboard 28 x 44
Fine quality, super brite white, hot press boards created for
the artist who desires a pleasing, improved contrast for presentations. Pen and ink, acrylic washes, transparent colors
plus finished art and type, sparkle on this whiter smooth surface.
Very smooth and firm, bright white through the core .050
thickness only economical and excellent for hand lettering,
silkscreening and vinyl graphics.
Anniversary Matboard 32x40
Available by special order only. 25 sheet minimum per color.
28
Pencils, Charcoal, Erasers
Ticonderoga Pencil
RubKleen Eraser Faber-Castell
Dixon Ticonderoga Co. A familiar school supply, this yellow No. 2 pencil writes with a writing core which produces
smooth, even lines. Includes a quality pink eraser encased
in Ticonderoga's distinctive green ferrule with yellow
stripes.
For cleaning drawing boards, tracing cloths, books, etc. Will not
smear or crumble, leaves no greasy film.
Pink Pearl Erasers Faber-Castell
Soft-pink, pliable pencil eraser. EF100 and EF101 are oblong with
beveled ends. EF400 (pencil style) is paper-wrapped and has a
pull string which exposes the point. EF400-A is also pencil style
but comes in a convenient plastic holder with a clutch for easy
adjustment. Sold.
Turquoise Pencils Berol
The finest quality drawing pencils measured by the toughest, stringent standards. With consistent grading, strong
opacity, clean erasability and precise line definition. Berol
has set the standard in the U.S.A. with modern production
techniques and old-fashioned materials such as the clear
aromatic California cedar that is used to encase every quality tested lead. Hexagon-shaped turquoise blue finish with
silver tip.
Magic Rub Erasers Faber-Castell
Drafting eraser made of vinyl. Excellent for erasing on drafting
films and on delicate drawing or tracing papers. Available in a
block, paper-wrapped stick or a professional plastic clutch holder
(FC73203).
Draughting-Eagle Pencil Berol
Kneaded Rubber Erasers
Faber-Castell
Round, standard diameter woodcased pencil with a very
large soft black lead. Superb for sketching, drawing and
layouts.
Excellent for removing and highlighting
chalks, charcoals and pastels. Kneads onto
any shape, removes marks cleanly and leaves
surfaces smooth and bright. Block shapes. Sold
in full packages as noted below.
All-Stabilo Pencils Schwan-Stabilo
A water-soluble pencil that will mark clearly, densely and
legibly on any surface including acetate, paper, glass,
metal, photo and film. Wipes off with a damp cloth on
smooth surfaces and erases on paper.
Artgum Eraser Faber-Castell
Natural rubber eraser and dry cleaner. Sale
for cleaning artwork on boards, papers, and
fabrics. Block wears away - will not mar or
scratch. Sold in full packages as noted below.
Rolling Writers Pentel
Smooth roller ball in a plastic cushion socket is sensitive to
pressure. Tip assembly regulates the rich black liquid ink
flow.
Speedball Lettering & Drawing Pens
Hunt-Speedball
Style A Square - for block and poster Gothic letters, ornamental
borders and decorations.
Style B Round - for Gothic or outline letters, cartoons, uniform
line drawings, borders and display posters.
Style C Flat - for Roman, texts and italic lettering and for accented line drawing scrolls or scripts.
Style D Flat - for bold Roman, texts and italic letters and for bold
line posters, scrolls and scripts.
Charcoal - Grumbacher
Finest artist quality natural medium charcoal sticks, selected for uniformity of texture and drawing quality. Available
in medium grade in square and round forms, approximately 6" in length. Sold in full boxes as noted below.
Order No.
Item (Box)
GRV6A
1/4" Round (5)
GRV 17
1/4" Round (SO)
GRV16
1/4" Square (50)
GRV9
1/2" Round, Jumbo (25)
Sign Pens - Pentel
127A Koh-l-Noor pen holder, Cork finder grip.
Fiber-tipped pen with fine acrylic point. Water-soluble ink flows
evenly and smoothly writing possible. An architect's favorite.
Magnum 44 Markers Sanford
For big marking jobs. Feature 5/8" wool tips for broad, bold
strokes, are permanent and dry quickly. Excellent for posters,
signs and charts.
Artist Set No. 5
Super Color Markers Pilot
Hunt-Speedball
Hard-working, industrial ink markers write permanently on
most non-porous surfaces. The chisel-tip market provides both a
wide or fine stroke, and the bullet-tip market features a thick,
slightly pointed tip which produces sharp lettering. Each colorcoded marker writes with brightly-colored, quick-drying ink.
Contains 6 Speedball pens, penholder, Hunt #102 crow quill pen,
Hunt drawing pens #56 and #513, and a pocket size lettering and
drawing folder.
29
Technical Pens, Points & Accessories
Pen Cleaning Syringe Kit
Koh-I-Noor
For cleaning drawing points. Uses squeeze pressure. Comes with a plastic
syringe, threaded connector and 2 oz. jar of Rapido-Eze. Syringe also available
Rapidograph 3165 Technical Pens
separately.
Koh-I-Noor
3165 Series pen is made of impact and chemical-resistant components for uni-
Rapido-Eze
versal use with drawing and specialty inks. Cap has pocket clip, and airtight,
Koh-I-Noor
double-seal liner. Thirteen double designated line widths.
A non-flammable cleaner for use with all technical pens that will not harm plastic or metal pen parts. Rapido-Eze can be used in ultrasonic cleaners, on
clogged points or on any part covered with hard, dried ink.
Rapidograph Points
Rapidraw Drafting Inks
Koh-I-Noor
Interchangeable tips for 3165 series pens. The standard Stainless Steel points are
Koh-I-Noor
hard-chromed stainless steel and are recommended for use on paper or drafting
Very black, opaque ink for drafting film, paper and cloth. Because
cloth. Hardened Tungsten Carbide Points offer the strength and durability
it is formulated with a high concentration of carbon particles, it is
needed for working on drafting film or with engineering plotters.
recommended. Permanent, yet erasable after long periods of time.
Available in 3/4 oz.
Universal India Drawing Inks
Koh-I-Noor
Universal drawing inks are waterproof and extremely versatile for use on
paper, film and cloth. They are free-flowing, fast drying with permanent adhesion yet are easily erasable from drafting film. Available in high-opacity black
India, opaque white in 3/4 oz. filler-spout.
Pelikan “A” Drawing Inks
Koh-I-Noor
Full range of inter-mixable colors that can be diluted with distilled or boiled
water. For use with most technical pens on engineering, graphic and fine art
How To Maintain Technical Pens
papers or cloth. Not recommended for fountain pens.
The best way to keep a technical pen in good working order is to follow the instruc-
Pelikan “T” Inks
tions that come with the pen when you buy it. Be sure to only use fresh inks made
specifically for technical pens, and always cap your pen tightly when not in use.
Koh-I-Noor
Keep your pen filled to avoid air bubbles, and store it in a horizontal position.
Permanent, waterproof black ink–use on matte-surface coated drafting film,
Clean your pen regularly, following these instructions:
hard-surface detail papers or waterproof tracing cloth.
1. Gently tap the rear of the pen body on paper to remove residual ink.
Higgins Black Magic Ink
2. Using a nib key, unscrew the nib from the pen body. Never disassemble the nib.
3. Use warm water to wash out the reservoir, pen body, and cap.
Faber Castell
4. Carefully scrub the point’s breathing passage, and clear the breathing hole of
Formulated for use on polyester film. Non-etching, non-corrosive. Also use on
any dried ink.
tracing vellum, cloth and other drafting film surfaces. Free-flowing, non-clog-
5. If the pen is clogged or drawing poorly, soak the nib in non-toxic pen cleaning
ging. Reproduces well.
solvent for 3-4 hours and rinse.
T-100 Black Technical Ink
6. After general cleaning, give the pen a final rinse in clean water.
7. This may be repeated several times, if needed, until all of the ink is dissolved.
Faber Castell
8. Shake out the remaining liquid, blot dry, and re-assemble.
For polyester drafting film and vellum. For top quality reproduction; dense
9. After refilling, start the ink flow with a gentle horizontal shaking motion.
black, waterproof, non-corrosive, non-clogging and permanent. In 1 oz. bottles.
Film Opaquer Pens & Liquid
These pens are for drawing on polyester film to make a positive for silkscreen.
They come in black & red, extra fine, fine & bold.
30
Spray Adhesives, Fixatives, Glues
77 Spray Adhesive
A translucent permanent adhesive that bonds a variety of
materials. High initial “grab,” but with enough open time to
allow repositioning. 17 oz. net weight can.
6065 Spray Mount
A fast quick tack, easy to position, all purpose
adhesive.Crystal clear, won’t discolor thin films or paper.
Excellent for layouts, general mounting and display work. 16
oz. net weight can.
RUBBER CEMENT
DISPENSER
6094 Photo Mount
Best Test Cement
For mounting photographs quickly and permanently. No danger of damaging prints. Heat and moisture resistant. Also
excellent for mounting art prints, maps, posters. 16 oz. net
weight can or #6092 8 oz. net weight can.
White rubber cement made from a special quality of crude
rubber treated and blended to a formula which results in a
superior paper cement. Won’t curl or wrinkle the thinnest
papers. Available in cans: 4 oz., 8 oz., pint, quart or gallon.
Bestine Solvent And Thinner
Made for thinning or reducing rubber cement. Also for cleaning all types of metal. Available in pint, quart or gallon cans.
1303 Krylon Crystal Clear
An acrylic permanent coating for drawings, art work. Goes on
clear, stays clear. 13 oz net weight can.
1306 Krylon Workable Fixatif
McLogan Mist
A matte finish coating that can be re-worked. Perfect for
drawings, sketches, layouts. 11 oz. net weight can.
A superior textile screenprinting pallet adhesive. Wil
not transfer to T-Shirt or piece goods.
1311 Krylon Matte Finish
McLogan Flash
A mist spray when flashing will remain tacky under
heat.
Permanent non-glossy finish for eliminating sheen and light
reflection from any surface. 13 oz. net weight can.
McLogan Screen Opener
To open screen when ink is drying in screen
McLogan Screen Wash - Waterbase
This is for opening water base ink in screen as well as a
clean up
31
Spraway, Inc. - Pioneer in Aerosol Products
Sprayway 707 Super Quick Tack
Sprayway 22 Repositionable
Clear Spray Adhesive
A wet application spray for pressure sensitive
vinyl signs, graphics and decals. Allows repositioning. Helps eliminate bubbles and wrinkles.
Film adheres to film without shadows or streaks.
Non-wrinkling. non-staining - long tack. Excellent
for tacking appliques. Will not build-up on needles.
Sprayway Formula 40 Glass Cleaner
Sprayway 945 Silicone Spray
Cleans In seconds - guaranteed to leave no film,
streaks, or scratches. Use on copy boards, camera
lens, film negatives, vacuum frames, stripping
tables, glass printing cylinders, etc. Keeps glass
sparkling clean insuring rapid exposures and
clean and sharp prints.
STOPS STICKING - Lubricates Silk Screen
Vacuum Beds for ease in printing on various substrates. Will not clog holes in vacuum beds.
Sprayway C-60 Solvent Cleaner
& Degreaser
Sprayway 950 Ink Anti-Skin
No Wash-Up Spray
Removes unwanted ink spots, soil, grease,
machine oil and other troublesome stains fast.
Leaves no ring. Easy to do - Just attach tube to
nozzle and place clean absorbent cloth (Webril,
etc.) under the ink stain or soil and blast the stain
onto the absorbing cloth.
A screen ink retarder. Delays drying of inks in
screens. Eliminates screen washups during breaks.
Speeds production, saves time. Stops ink skinning
when sprayed in cans.
Sprayway 80 Web Type Spray
Adhesive
A quick drying translucent tack adhesive that provides temporary holding of textile fabrics to the
printing pallet. Printing can follow immediately
after application. After printing, fabrics strip
quickly.
Sprayway 955 Anti-Static Spray
Stops static electricity on paper, plastic, and cellophane.
Sprayway 101 TFE Dry Lubricant/
Release Agent
Stops sticking on dies & cutting knives. Contains
no silicone. Paintable. Will not cause “fish-eyes”.
Sprayway 957 Instant Screen Opener
Opens up dried-in areas of screens. Use with all
types of screen printing inks. Spray a very thin
application to the died-in areas, then 2 or 3
squeegee passes will open the mesh completely.
Sprayway 205 Film Cleaner
Cleans positives & negatives, removes tape marks,
grease, ink, dirt, lint, smudges, fingerprints. Nonflammable - Leaves No Residue. Also an excellent
cleaner for silk screens to remove grease, oil and
fingerprints.
32
T-Squares, Triangles, Rulers
Construction Features
• Solid extruded aluminum for lasting durability
• Bright yellow color stands out anywhere
Safety & Accuracy Features
• Innovative Fence Finger Guard protects hand from
nicks and cuts
• Offers a comfortable hand position for firm grip
• Non slip backing for enhanced stability and secure
positioning
• Precision edge and measurement gauge
Clear Edge Wood/Acrylic T-Squares
Fullerton Trading Company
Our most popular T-Square. Constructed of a polished hardwood blade lined
with clear acrylic, firmly attached and bound with a spine across the end. This
blade is glued and screwed to the large ebonized wood head and provides permanent accuracy. Available in 6 lengths.
ldeal Edge For . . .
...anyone requiring a secure, safe and accurate cutting
edge.
Heavy Duty T-Squares
Fairgate
Aluminum Rulers
Made especially for those who prefer extra-durable tools. A hard-tempered aluminum blade securely riveted to a super-rugged plastic blue head. Calibrated in
Non-Slip Inking Rules - Fairgate
16ths and 8ths. Available in 4 lengths.
Non-skid cork back on aluminum rule allows for smear-free ink ruling.
Calibrated in 16ths and 8ths.
Fluorescent Orange Triangles
Fullerton Trading Company
Precisely cut triangles made from .080”-thick orange fluorescent acrylic. Center
cut-out provides fingerlifts.
30˚/60˚/90˚ Triangles
45˚/45˚/90˚ Triangles
Center-Finding Rules - Fairgate
Professional Triangles
Finds the center of any 2- or -3 dimensional object. Eliminates calculating and
Fullerton Trading Company
the need for dividers. Aluminum with increments in 16ths and 32nds.
Popular with both the professional and the student, these excellent quality triangles are made from .080” clear acrylic. Center cut-outs provides fingerlift
30˚/60˚/90˚ Triangles
Designer’s L-Square - Fairgate FR106-L
14” x 24” aluminum double-sided rule. Accurate 90˚ angles. Long arm calibrated in
24ths, short arm in 32nds, reverse side in 8ths.
Mini L-Square - Fairgate FR306-ST
Made for small jobs in tight places. Calibrated both sides in 16ths and 8ths, and
4” to 14”
the short arm is a center-finding rule.
4” to 14”
Adjustable Engineers’
Triangles
Fullerton Trading Company
Made from .080” thick clear acrylic, these adjustable triangles features 3 scales:
Aluminum Corner Marker - Fairgate FRM33
degrees, tangent and secant, which are marked on the triangle body, with the
For creating borders and making mats quickly, saving measuring time. Simple
index marked on the arc. The arc is securely bonded to the long arm of the
to use. Invaluable for artists, picture framers, photographers and model makers.
body. Available with either a standard edge, or raised edge for inking.
Calibrated in 8ths. Size: 13” x 7-1/6”.
Individually packaged in a styrofoam box.
33
T-Squares, Triangles, Rulers
Professional Triangular Scales
Fullerton Trading Company
High impact plastic scale with deeply and precisely engraved calibrations. Crisp, black lines contrast sharply with the smoothly buffed,
gloss white faces. Furrows are color-coded for easy identification.
Individually packaged in a plastic case.
Order No.
Item
FT3705
Architect’s Scale-open, 3/32”, 1/8”,
3/16”, 1/4”, 3/8”, 1/2”, 3/4”, 1”, 11/2” and 3” to the foot; inches to 16ths.
FT3715
Engineer’s Scale-full, 19, 20, 30, 40, 50
and 60 parts to the inch.
FT3725
Metric Scale-full, 1:20, 1:25, 1:50,
1:75, 1:100, 1:125.
Circle Radius Master
Berol BPR-142
Contains 62 Large circle diameter sizes from 3/64” to 7-1/2”.
Size: 7-1/2” x 10-3/8” x .030”.
Combination Ellipse Master
Student Grade Triangular Scales
Berol BPR-479
Fullerton Trading Company
Contains 79 ellipses with projections of 15˚, 30˚, 45˚ and 60˚. Fifteendegree projections from 3/16” to 1-5/8”, 30˚ projections from 1/8” to
1-1/2”, 45˚ projections from 1/8” to 1/34”, and 60˚ projections from
1/8” to 1-5/8”.
Size: 11” x 8-1/2” x .030”.
High impact plastic scale with accurately molded graduations.
Polished faces provide easy reading.
Order No.
Item
FT3706
Architect’s Scale-open, 3/32”, 1/8”,
3/16”, 1/4”, 3/8”, 1/2”, 3/4”, 1”, 11/2” and 3” to the foot; inches to 16ths.
Large Isometric Ellipses
Berol BPR-124
Twenty-five ellipses from 1-1/2” to 7” in varying increments. Drawn
in halves and lined up on large axis.
Metric Beveled Laboratory Ruler
C-Thru
CTB95
2” x 18”
Identification Enclosures
A laboratory ruler with 1 edge divided in 16ths and the other edge in
millimeters. Each centimeter is extended to the inch scale offering a
comparison between English and metric scales.
Picket PK1007PI
An extremely useful general purpose template with 74 circles,
squares, rectangles, hexagons, octagons, directional arrows, dimensioning arrows, diamonds and triangles in assorted sizes. Includes
built-in ink risers. Size: 6” x 10” x .030”.
Styrene French Curve Sets
Fullerton Trading Company
Sets of either 4 or 8 french curves packaged in a plastic envelope.
Order No.
Item
FT37311-54
Set of 4 – Includes #6, #18, #20, #26
Flexible Curves
Fullerton Trading Company
This multi-purpose tool easily forms any desired smooth curve.
Makes curves as small as 1” in diameter. Double-edged, with one
edge raised for inking and the other flush. Individually packaged in
clear plastic display envelope. Available in 6 popular lengths.
Order No.
FT3314-18
FT3314-24
FT3314-30
FT3314-36
Acrylic Protractors
Fullerton Trading Company
Crystal clear acrylic with precisely engraved calibrations. The
circumference and center are beveled to minimize parallax,
the distortion often associated when viewing through clear
acrylic. Calibrated in 1/2” in all sizes except the 4” which is
calibrated in 1”. Packaged in individual plastic envelopes.
Size
18”
24”
30”
36”
Circular Proportion Scales
C-Thru
Used for the calculation of enlargements or reduction of photographs, artwork and layouts. Provides a number of times of
reduction as well as percentage of enlargement.
Standard Pantograph
For copying drawings and sketches in the same, larger or smaller
sizes. Will reduce or enlarge from 1-1/8 to 8 times. Easy-to-use.
34
Grifhold Knives and Tools
Grifhold #113 Swivel Knife
For Circles And Curves
Lightweight durable double action knife that swivels free and
easy For cutting those arcs, curves, and circles. Ball bearing
for smooth action. Blade also locks tight for straight work.
Blade is replaceable, and made of the finest steel. Perfect for
screen process film, stencils and frisket work. Uses #113-B
Blade.
Grifhold #161 Dualflex Cutter
Cut circles. parallel lines. Just loosen the handle of the
DUALFLEX Dual Cutter, use one blade point as a pivot, and you
can cut out perfect circles! Grifhold’s DUALFLEX is the most
Flexible tool you can find For cutting stencil film. Two tempered
steel replaceable blades arc encased in an adjustable spring platform. Press more heavily on one blade (as in curves). the spring
effect compensates and holds the opposite blade to the cutting
surFace and waver is eliminated. The lightweight aluminum handle has a swivel head For cutting curves or scrolls: the head will
also lock rigidly For straight line work. The blade width is
adjustable From very fine to 5/8”... all of these important features speed up your stencil work.
Grifhold #114 Low Cost Precision
Swivel Knife
For easy, precise cutting of intricate arcs, curves, circles in
lightweight materials. Blade swivels easily to follow exactly
the direction of desired cut. Blade turns freely on Teflon bearing. Polished aluminum. Handle is machined aluminum.
Blade is precision ground, surgically sharp and replaceable at
low cost. Uses #114-B Blade.
Grifhold #88 Adjustable Dual Cutter
Parallel cuts are quick and easy. Rapid adjustment to 1/2 inch
at the turn of a screw. Uniform cuts every time for lithography, silk screens. stencils, or type strips for paste ups. Many
other uses where dual cuts and fast adjustment are needed.
#88-B Replaceable Blade.
Grip-hold #24 Streamlined Stencil Knife
A professional well-balanced tool For removing ink lines and
emulsions, cutting screen process and other stencils. etching
and retouching, to lay out paste-ups, scribing, trimming,
perForating and even dentures. Uses #24-A, #24-B, #24-E,
#24-J.
Grifhold #119 All Purpose Safety Knife
Grifhold # 108 Yardstick Compass
The blade locks inside the handle for safe carrying in the
pocket.Just twist its handle and slide the blade to the desired
position. Locks with top nut. When not in use, drop blade
inside and tighten nut to loch the blade in. It will fill the
needs of anyone that has a cutting, etching, scraping or carving job. Excellent For printed circuit boards. The handle is
pencil size, made of durable aluminum, light, and very sturdy. Clip for carrying, also to keep it from rolling off the bench
or desk. Comes with a #119-J blade ground on both ends.
This compass fits a standard soft wood yardstick.
Adjustments made quickly. easily, visually. One quick swing
and swing your arc. For cutting circles and arcs - replace the
lead with either #19 swivel blade or the #20 or #24-F blades.
Grifhold #43 Sharpening Stone
This high quality, aluminum oxide sharpening stone will keep
cutting tools sharp.
Grifhold Featherweight Knives
#3 - 1/16 blade, #4 - 1/8 blade, #5 - J7
3/16 blade.
These knives are made of a high grade steel blade pressed
into an aluminum tubing handle. They are so light and easy
to use, you will love them for cutting friskets stencils, correcting printed circuit boards, or just cutting and trimming.
Disposable. Get plenty of each size.
Grifhold #99 Lightweight
Take-Apart Mahlstick
Designed for the sign painter and artist who want only the
best. Made oF aluminum tubing to give it strength. and yet it
is feather light. Its 30 inch length weighs only 3 1/2 ounces.
Handy take-apart feature makes neat compact unit for storage
in your box. Rubber tipped For no slip. no mar.
35
Grifhold Knives and Tools
Grifhold Pounce Wheels
Grifhold #46 Professional Graphic Arts Kit
Now mark patterns and trace lines more easily with
Grifhold’s Pounce Wheels. You’ll really like the fit in your
hand of the tapered polished aluminum handle. The pounce
wheel is fitted in such a way that it may be swiveled to follow
around circles and curves or locked for straight work. Rivet
Simulation. Trace Quilt Patterns. Alarm Foil Splicing.
#9 - The #9 Pounce Wheel is 1/4’’ in diameter with 21 teeth
per inch and is used for fine work.
#10 - is 1/4” in diameter with 15 teeth per inch and is beveled
on both sides to the center.
#11 - is also 1/4” in diameter 15 teeth per inch with bevel on
one side in order to Follow a straight edge.
#12 - with 15 teeth is 7/16” in diameter.
A New Grifhold Deluxe Kit for professional use. Includes:
Our new swivel knife for easy, accurate cutting of curves,
arcs, intricate contours. Stylus-burnisher with needle point on
one end of wooden handle and smooth wide burnisher on
other. Combination aluminum handle that holds three different polished metal burnisher heads (spoon, I/8” ball and
l/16” ball) on one end, interchangeable blades on the other
end. Both ends have 4 jaw chuck for positive gripping.
(Blades #7-A, C, D, E, F). Five different blades and an extra
swivel blade in protective clear plastic tube. All tools and
blades are neatly nested in styrene case.
Grifhold #12-A Pounce Wheel Kits
6” Bow Compass for use as a pencil and divider. Rigid construction to prevent creeping during use, yet adjusts freely
with no binding. Excellent for cutting stencils when used with
Grifhold #24-F blade in both the pivot and lead positions
makes this an excellent instrument for cutting parallel lines.
Compass adjusts from zero to nine inch circle. Complete with
#24-F blade.
Grifhold #2804 (imported) 6-Inch Bow
Compass Circle Cutter
#9, #10 and #12 above are available in a handy plastic case at
a substantial saving.
Akukut
Grifhold # 18-A Film Rule Cutting Set
A precision cutting instrument for use on
film, paper and vinyls. Use as a straight cutter or backslitter with a depth adjustment
from 1 to 30 thousandths of an inch.
Cut or rule silk screen film neatly and accurately with this
Grifhold cutting set. The spoon-type cutting edge enables you
to obtain sharp. clean lines without scratching. penetrating or
otherwise damaging the film. The easy grip plastic handle
simplifies guiding and controlling pressure on its cutting
edge. Three tools for ruling fine, medium or heavy lines.
Compass Cutter Olfa
Cuts precise circles from I cm. in diameter
up to 15 cm. A receptacle in the compass
body holds 5 spare blades and a pencil lead
(included) keeping them always at hand.
Grifhold #41 Burnisher Set
3 tools in one for the artist and graphic arts. Replaces three
separate tools. Three interchangeable tips all fit one handle
and are held securely by Grifhold’s 4 jaw chuck which has
been a feature of Grifhold holders since 1946. Spoon burnisher is ideal for transfer lettering. Spoon burnisher comes complete with 1/8” ball, 1/16” Ball.
Dexter Mat Cutter
Cuts mats of any thickness, with a professional beveled edge, due to the
adjustable depth of the cutting blade.
Perfect for scoring cardboard to get
proper bend. Chrome-plated, made to fit comfortably in the
hand. Allows blade adjustment for any angle or depth. Boxed
with instructions and 5 No. 3 blades.
Grifhold #45 Stylus-Burnisher
Ideal For anyone doing layouts. It’s a hard wooden handle,
rounded for burnishing, with a needle in the other end, for
cutting acetate, piercing shades, self addressing headers and
sheets, picking item up and placing it accurately. Sold 6 to a
blister card.
All-Around Shears - Dahle
These high quality 8” shears are made for heavy-duty cutting. Unlike regular scissors, they will cut mat board, heavyduty cardboard, canvas, etc. Made from Solingen steel, the
blades are self-sharpening. Molded plastic handles provide a
comfortable grip for both left and right-handed people.
Including adjustable tension screw.
Grifhold #45-A Paste Up Kit
This kit has everything to help the layout and mechanical paste-up
artist. Feather touch tongs for lifting tiny pieces and strips of type
balanced aluminum holder with extra blades. Stylus and burnishers to position and rub down type. High quality - Low price.
36
X-Acto Knives and Blades
#11 Blades
#l Knife - X-Acto
Aluminum handle, 4-7/8” long, #11 blade.
#11 - X-Acto
#2 Knife - X-Acto
Extremely sharp point for fine-angle cutting stripping and
trimming. Fits #1 and #3 handles. Sold in full packages of 5
blades.
Aluminum 5” handle with #2 blade for precision cutting of
medium to heavy-weight materials such as wood, board,
paper, plastic, acetate, etc.
#l Knife w/Safety Guard - X-Acto
#16 Blades - X-Acto
Roll-resistant hexagonal chuck and clear plastic shield. Takes
#11 blade.
Use for stenciling, scoring and etching. Fits #l and #3 handles.
Sold in full packages of 5 blades.
#2 Blades - X-Acto
Sharp angle for precision cutting. Sold 5 blades per card or
tuck pack.
Gripster Knife - X-Acto
The latest in the evolution of the #I Knife, the Gripster features a soft rubberized barrel for proven comfort and control,
a rear-release mechanism for easy and safe blade changing
and the added benefit of an anti-roll design. Barrels available
in 5 different designer color. Each knife is blister-carded with
a safety cap.
Craft Swivel Knife Blades - X-Acto
Fits #3241 Craft Swivel Knife only. Sold in carded packages of
2 blades.
Craft Swivel Knife - X-Acto
Blade rotates 360° for easy cutting of curves, circles and
designs in light-weight materials such as paper, film, acetate,
stencils, cloth and balsa. With protective cap. Carded.
X-Calibre RT Blades - X-Acto
Strongcast, precision-made: stainless steel blade by X-Acto.
Use with X-Calibre RT Knife. Sold in carded packages of 5
blades.
X-Calibre RT Knife - X-Acto
McLogan Brand Bulk
Pack
Refined blade release, safety cap and precision-balanced for
use by any artist or hobbyist. With push-button, retractable
stainless steel blade and pocket clip. Available carded or
packaged in an attractive gift box.
#11
Bulk Pack Knife Blades
X-Acto
#16
Boxed bulk pack blades. Sold in
full packages as noted below.
Professional Graphic Arts Set - X-Acto
A leatherette case with a professional swivel knife, a Super #I
knife with #11 blade and safety cap, 1/8” ball burnisher, pinpoint lifter, 6 swivel blades and 15 #11 blades.
Blade Dispensers - X-Acto.
Pointed Tweezers - X-Acto
Convenient safety dispenser of 15 blades. All
dispensers are blister-carded.
Nickel-plated steel, medium points, 4-3/4”.
37
Projectors and Striping Tools
PJ968
APCO Projector Heavy
duty and professional
projector. 400 watt illumination with 6” x 6”
opening at the base for bottom loading. A handle on top for
convenient movement. Powerful cooling fan to ensure good
ventilation.
Kwik-Draw
Enlarge any art work
quickly and easily.
Simply place the art into
the projector and focus to the desired size, up to 1500%.
Projected image will be sharp, bright and clear. The Kwik
Draw is lightweight (only 6 lbs.) and with a convenient handle makes it portable and ideal to take on location. Get professional results!
Electro Pounce
Senior
Perforates any weight
paper. Adds speed,
accuracy and simplifies
the making of pounce
patterns. Will pay for
itself in a short time.
Beugler Striper
For every purpose where a perfect stripe is needed. No clogging,
simple, easy to clean. Handles all types of paint.
Deluxe Model
PJ768
3 heads, 5 guides, double guide holder, cleaning brush and
instructions.
Projecta scope. Enlarges
pictures, photos, patterns, designs or even 3
dimensional objects
such as coins or jewelry.
An adjustable lens permits accurate projection
in exact colors from a tiny original. Projecta scope uses 60
watt standard household bulb.
Craftsman Model
2 heads, 5 guides, cleaning brush and instructions.
Professional Model
7 Heads, 5 guides, cleaning brush, and instructions.
Jumbo Striper Kit
Includes 2 Jumbo wheels (1/4”, 1/8”) for making wider
stripes, double guide holder and 3 guides. Jumbo set has
about four times the capacity of kits above.
38
Magnetic Sheeting
Flexible Magnetic Sheeting
Performance In Processing
Use top-coated magnetic sheeting for excellent ink adhesion.
It is ideal for screen printing, hot stamping, thermography
and hand lettering.
Consult your ink supplier for recommended inks (vinyls,
enamels, polyesters, etc.) to be used in your processing and
always pre-test inks before initiating a run. Use only solvents
recommended by your ink supplier.
A thermoplastic permanent magnetic material. Is double
polarized to produce greater holding power on all magnetically attractive metal surfaces. It also stands up to outdoor
weather conditions because is laminated with tough coatings
held in place by a super-stick adhesive.
Holding Power
Double charged with high intensity lines of magnetic polarity
to one face for optimum magnetic performance. 30 mil thickness, 24 inch widths, exhibits 85 pounds per square foot of
holding power. Maximum-energy: 650,000 gauss oesteds.
Coatings Available
20 mil matte white, 20 mil Hi-gloss white, 20 mil uncoated, 30
mil matte white, 30 mil Hi-gloss white, 30 mil uncoated, 30
mil with pressure sensitive adhesive.
Properties
• Flexible - can be wrapped around a two inch diameter at 68
degrees without cracking.
• Machinable - can be die cut, knife cut, strip cut and
trimmed
easily and efficiently.
• Specific gravity - 3.75
• Hardness - 93
• Tensile strength psi -1100
• Elongation percentage - 150
Colors Available
Composition & Characteristics
These come pressure sensitive in slabs of 10 - die cut the size
of a business card.
Blue, Green, Black, Yellow. Chrome, Burnt Orange, Chocolate
Brown, Silver, Gold, Red,
Sizes Available
24” x 5O’ Also custom cut lengths available by the lineal foot.
Not all coatings indicated are carried in stock. Those items not
stocked are available on special order.
Business Card Magnets
• Designed for years of minimum maintenance. It contains no
plasticizing agents or solvents of any kind, so it can’t crack
or dry out. Very durable.
Mylar Rolls
Polyester is an exceptionally strong, flexible, durable film
with properties that make it extremely suitable for most
graphic arts applications. Flexible plastic with high tensile,
tear and impact strength. Dimensionally stable, will not crack
or embrittle with age. Treated transparent plastic used as protective cover or for color separation overlays.
• Its weather resistant - stands up to Mother Nature’s
nastiest moods, taking wind, rain, snow, frost and searing
heat in stride.
• Its stable - designed for locktight adherence whether its a
frigid minus 40 or a sizzling 160 degrees Fahrenheit.
Coatings also are designed to withstand continuous
exposure to temperatures as high as 100 degrees.
40” x 25 ft.-.003
40” x 50 ft.-.003
40” x 100 ft.-.003
Flexible Magnetic Strips
Flexible Magnetic offer the product designer hobbyist, signmaker and crafter a uniquely desirable combination of properties at lower cost than other magnet materials. The flexibility and machinability of this material permits design innovations and automated manufacturing techniques not possible
with rigid or bridle material. This product is made by a special process that orients the barium ferrite during manufacture and prior to magnetizing for a stronger magnetic field.
The barium ferrite in this material gives high resistance to
demagnetization.
Sold by the lineal foot or by the roll. 100’ per roll.
39
40” x 25 ft.-.005
40” x 50 ft.-.005
40” x 100 ft.-.005
Letters
Hallcraft Tripl-Thick Wallboard Letters
ACME Display Letters
Tripl-Thick letters are made of rugged laminated board and
can be used over and over again. They have an embossed
pebble surface and are quite effective when used with their
natural finish. Easily attached to any surface with a good
adhesive. They can be painted or stained with any color by
brush, spray, or dip method. 2” size are 3/16” thick. All other
letters are 1/4” thick.
Sizes: 2”, 3”, 4”, 5”, 6”, 8” and 12”. Gothic & Roman.
These are ACME's alphabets of excellence - fine quality, injection molded with engineer precision. The ACME Display
Letter is at home inside or out and has been endurance
proven in Florida’s blazing year round sun.
The sign industry, display specialists, and architects enjoy
selecting from the many faces of ACME’S Display line.
There’s an ACME Display style to complement any motif.
Our graphic people are style conscious - hence our ever
expanding line.
Hallcraft Diecut Display Letters
Available in many ”Ready to use” forms:
Hallcraft Diecut Display Letters provide the professional displayman and amateur alike with the most effective and economical means of telling their message. Hallcraft Letters are
cut from the highest quality, extra smooth board; and heavier
than double thick showcard. Soiled letters may be cleaned
with a damp cloth. Letters may be attached to all types of
backgrounds by adhesives, tacks, staples or magnets. On surfaces not to be marred, double faced tape may be attached.
Colors: Natural, Black & White - 4” & 6” Gold Foil Roman.
Sizes: 3/4”, 1”, 1-1/4”, 2”, 3” and 4-1/2”.
GOTHIC STYLE
APEX STYLE
ABCDEFGHI ABCDEFGHIJKLMN
OPQRSTUVW OPQRSTUVWXYZ
1234567890$
$1234567890$c?!-.
PLAIN, STANDARD COLORS: By plain, we mean this letter
has no pre-applied adhesives. The back is clean, smooth plastic. Standard available colors are Black, and White. Other colors available by special order.
PLAIN, DUO-TONE. This letter has no pre-applied adhesives.
A Duo-Tone Letter is hot-stamped with a bright metallic gold
or silver finish. Many other colors and finishes are available
for Duo-tone on special custom order. Duo-tone is best suited
and recommended for interior use.
LOWER CASE STYLE
abcdefghi
jklmnopqr
Gemini Letters
Many different styles & sizes of different materials: Metal
Letters, Plastic Formed Letters, Changeable Letters. These letters are great for buildings, plaques, and other signage where
you need dimensional letters.
40
Stencils & Grommets
Adjustable Brass Stencils
The fast easy way to mark all types of surfaces.
Stencils slide together for quick marking, accurate spacing.
Durable, easy-to-clean brass construction. Create crisp, legible
signs using markers, brush, spray ink or paint.
Osborne No. K-235
Krasel Oiled Board Stencils
A complete and inexpensive kit for consumer use. Each kit
consists of a No. 235 Grommet Die, a No. 245 Cutting punch,
three dozen brass plain rim grommets and washers, a small
cutting board and complete instructions. Packed in a caseboard box.
For signs, posters, lettering layouts.
SIZES: 1”,1-1/2”, 2”, 2-1/2”, 3”, 4”,
5”, 6”, 8”, 10”, 12”, 15”, 18”
Oiled Stencil Board
Heavy weight brown board for knife cutting. Stocked in
sheets 24 x 30, .007 and .015 thick.
Setting Die
For inserting round grommets. Made of best grade of forged
tool steel, properly hardened.
Brass Grommets
Made of heavy gauge brass, assuring maximum strength and
resistance against “pulling out.” Meet Government
Specifications AN-230, MIL-G-16491D and MS-20230. When
inserted with Astrup Setting Dies, a smooth coil is made providing a finished appearance.
Brass Grommet w/Plain Washer
No.
0
1
2
3
4
Hole Size
l/4 in.
9/32 in.
3/8 in.
7/16 in.
1/2 in.
Rawhide Mauls should always be used to strike setting dies
and cutters to obtain best results. Never use a steel hammer if
you want efficiency and longevity of setting dies and cutters.
A steel hammer strikes so severe a blow (without absorbing
the shock) that it crystallizes the steel in the die or cutter.
Tapex No. 292 Grommeter Complete with Heavy Duty
Professional 3 piece tool set. 10 Grommets & 10 Washers. No.
2 (3/8” Hole)
Single Wing Easels:
4”, 6”, 8”, 9”, 10”, 12”,
15”, 17”, 19”, 22”, 30”
Double Wing Easels:
4”, 6”, 8”, 9”, 12”, 16”,
19”, 25”, 30”, 36”
Easels
Made of sturdy cardboard, these die-cut easels with locking
tabs are available in both single wing and double wing styles.
Height of easel should be at least 3/4 the height of display.
On extra wide cards, it is sometimes desirable to attach 2 single-wing easels.
Grommet Machine
Punchs and sets grommet with one pull.
41
Sand Blast Material
3m Sand Blast
507 "BUTTERCUT" SANDBLAST STENCIL
A green rubber sandblast stencil designed for general
purpose use during sandblasting in the monument
industry. Primary use of the stencil is for the protection
of granite or marble during sandblasting for singleprocess technique and straight blasting, doing twoprocess shape carving and diecutting with Scotchkut™
letters and designs.
STYLE 125
A high-tack stencil designed for sandblasting on raw
wood. Has easy-release orange liner. The strength of the
adhesive eliminates the need for filler or spray adhesive. CAUTION: This stencil has a very aggressive
adhesive system and is not recommended for use on
some woods without first testing a sample piece. Do
not use on prepainted, pretreated or glass surfaces. Size
available: 25” width only.
510 GENERAL PURPOSE SANDBLAST STENCIL
A green rubber sandblast stencil with easy release liner.
It is designed for a variety of sandblasting protection
applications. Primary use of No. 510 stencil is for the
protection of granite, marble and wood during sandblasting. It is designed for single process technique and
straight blasting as well as for doing two process shape
carving. It is excellent for wood Sign sandblasting and
for applications as a gasket or for cushioning where
high caliper is desired. Can be used with "Scotchkut"
letters.
STYLE 128
This 18-mil glass stencil is designed mainly for glass
etching, but can also be used on wood, tile, acrylic, and
urethane foamboard. Paper liner is easily removed.
Style #128 is easily hand-cut and allows clear design
detail. Has great blast resistance and can be easily
pulled off without leaving a residue on the glass. Also
conforms and holds securely to curved and irregular
surfaces. Sizes available: 15", 30" widths.
STYLE 130
Computer cut version of our well known #128 stencil.
The 18mil #130 can be run through tractor-feed or frictionfeed cutters. #130 can be used on class, tile, acrylic
and pretreated urethane foamboards. Sizes available:
15", 20”, 30” widths.
STYLE 111
A low-tack stencil for use on pre-painted or soft wood
surfaces. Designed specifically for easy hand-cutting,
which means less wear on knives. White release liner is
easily removable. When blasting on raw wood, Anchor
Filler #211 is recommended. Sizes available: 12-3/4”,
18-3/4”, 25” widths.
SBX™
• Liquid resist emulsion creates mask directly on object
• Ideal for large and small flat surfaces
• Lowest price per square inch
• High resolution imaging
STYLE 116
A high-tack computer stencil for use on raw wood surfaces. Features trimmed edges and strong, clear film
liner that offers easy alignment and smooth, precise
running on computerized signmaking machines. CAUTION: This stencil has a very sensitive adhesive system
and is not recommended for use on soft woods without
first testing a sample piece. Do not use on prepainted or
pretreated surfaces. Sizes available: 15”, 30" widths.
STYLE 117
Medium-tack version of Style #116, specially designed
for pretreated and prepainted surfaces. Excellent for
soft woods without the risk of surface lift. Can also be
used safely on glass, marble, stone and urethane foamboard. Trimmed edges allow smooth, accurate backing
through computerized signmaking machines. Sizes
available: 15", 30” widths.
42
Banners - Pre-Made Rolls
Pre-Made Banners
Made from: Woven 8 x 9 900 denier polyethylene with
a 1.5 mil coating each side
Available in colors: White, yellow, blue, black, red, green
Widths: 2’ - 3’ - 4’
Lengths: 4’ - 6’ - 8’ - 10’ - 12’ - 14’ - 15’ - 20’
Banner Roll Goods
We have other types of vinyl 36” and 72” widths.
Samples available on request.
Made from: Woven 10 x 10 1500 denier polyethylene
with a 1.75 mil coating each side
Available in colors: White, yellow
Polly & Super Polly Banners are priced very competitively
Available in: Pre-Made Banners & Roll Goods
Premade 10 oz. Vinyl Banner
Vinyl ink only, pressure sensitive vinyl. Available in
different sizes, colors, widths.
Banner Roll Goods
Banner rolls come not sewn and no hems. They come
by the roll or by the yard.
Taracloth
All purpose ultrasmooth sign cloth for use with most
types of paint and vinyl graphics. Triple coated not
intended for high wind areas. Available 52” x 12 yds
and 52” x 48 yds.
Tyvek
.008 A sunbonded olefin in white, tear resistant, 36”x
100 yds and 51” x 100 yds.
43
Sign Link
SIGN LINK
Sign Link is a special glass filled nylon injected part
designed for installing signs or other items on all grid
sizes of chain link fences and sign posts.
Patent
Pending
How to install signs on chain link fences using SIGN LINK
There are four grid sizes made in chain link fencing, but two inch is the most common. When determining where
to drill the holes in the board to instalI SIGN LINK measure the distance from the center of one diamond to the
next. After that simply drill holes in the board or metal plate to match those distances. SIGN LINK will allow
movement on the grid should the holes not be drilled exactly as they should be.
5 Year
Warranty
2” Diamond
These photos show the indentations of
SIGN LINK that will fit around the
wires of all four grid sizes made.
How to install signs on "U" Channel or Square Sign Posts using SIGN LINK
The most common "U" channel sign post is shown in the photo's below and all have 3/8 inch holes at one inch
increments. There are also sign posts that are 1.5 and 2 inch square (not shown) that have the same hole increments. SIGN LINK has round protrusions designed to seat themselves in the holes above and below the hole
used to install the sign. The protrusions prevents SIGN LlNK from spinning around as you install the sign.
SIGN LINK can be installed on the
inside or outside of the "U" channel.
44
RUST RESISTANT
Because SIGN LINK is made of glass
filled nylon, a metal bolt can never rust
itself tight inside a SIGN LlNK compared to a nut and bolt as shown below.
ProKlip
ProKlip
ProKlip Mini
ProKlip is a Swedish designed product line that has replaced in Europe the old
method of using grommets to hold fabric and thin substrates, in many different
applications and industries.
Patent
Pending
ProKlip Mini is a better solution.
The stronger the pull
the tighter the grip.
Wedge
Part
Main
Part
Use 100 times.
A two piece
wedge clip
that secures
to fabric and
installs in
seconds.
Never Rusts.
Never install another grommet
Never tears fabric like a grommet
If Mini becomes
too tight to
release by hand
this photo shows
how you can
release the wedge
from the main
part with any pair
of pliers.
ProKlip Super
Hang Large SIGNS
Hold down TARPS
Hold down TENTS
ProKlip Super is a heavy duty
two piece wedge klip with
many applications. Made of
indestructible glass filled
nylon, this Klip will never rust
or break under normal use.
Ratchet release
Grabber
teeth
(1) Can be used to hold large
over head signs up to 3/16
inch thick in stores like Home
Depot.
(2) Excellent as a tarp hold
down for farmers and industry
needing to protect outside
products.
(3) Excellent for the camping
industry to hold down tents.
45
LASSCO Cornerrounders®
Desk Top Cornerrounder® Model CR-20
Standard Cutting Unit Diagram
The Model 20 Desk Top Cornerounder® handles up to
1/2"* (13 mm) of stock per cut. Equipped with your
choice of one cutting unit: 1/8", 1/4", 3/8" or 1/2". The
table leaf extends to accommodate 8-1/2" X 11" or larger sheets. *Capacity of cutting unit is dependent on
material being cut and radius of unit being used.
Cutting Unit Sizes
•For Model 20, 50, 50B, 50P & 100: 1/8" (3 mm), 1/4"
(6 mm); 3/8" (9 mm) and 1/2” (13 mm)
• Special cutting units for Model 20, 50, 50B, 50P, &
100: 1/16" (1.5 mm); 3/32" (2.25 mm); 3/16" (4.5
mm),5/16" (7.5 mm); 1" Diag (25 mm); and 1" Reverse
(25 mm)
•Large radius cutting units, Model 50, 50B, 50P, & 100
only: 3/4" (19 mm); 1" (25 mm); and 1 1/2" (38 mm)
•Model 30 X-Ray cutting unit, 1-1/2" (38 mm)
Desktop Heavy Duty Cornerounder®
Heavy Duty Bench Model Cornerounder® designed
with smooth rigid cutting action for hard to do jobs.
Accepts full range of interchangeable cutting knives
(1/16" to 1 1/2" radii) with a maximum cutting depth
of 1/2". One standard cutting die (1/8", 1/4", 3/8",
1/2") included.
46
Brushes
#226 Long Mixed Hair Stroke/Langnickel
Good mix gray camel-ox hair. Long stock nickel ferrules.
Burgundy handle.
Sizes: 1/8”, 1/4”, 3/8”, 1/2”, 5/8”, 3/4”, 1”, 1-1/4”,
1-1/2”, 2”
#227 Long French Gray Camel Hair
Strokes/Langnickel
Similar to original greyhound brush. Finest quality gray hair.
Long stock. Nickel ferrules. Similar to original greyhound
brush.
Sizes: 1/8”, 1/4”, 3/8”, 1/2”, 5/8”, 3/4”, 1”
#276N Black Sabel Poster/Muslin
Brush/Langnickel
Superfine black sabel poster and muslin brushes, vulcanized
setting in flowing-type brass ferrules. Ideal for oils and Japans
on large posters and cloth. (Not a watercolor brush).
Sizes: 1”, 1-1/2”, 2”, 2-1/2”
#279 Single Thick Water Size
Brush/Langnickel
Brown camel hair applying gelatin or water size.
Sizes: 1”, 1-1/2”, 2”
#901 Blitz Fitch/Langnickel
A short, stocky, full-bodied speed chiseled fitch hair brush
with an angled edge that works well on both smooth and
rough surfaces.
Sizes: 1/4”, 3/8”, 1/2”, 5/8”, 3/4”, 1”
#937 "Speedy" Black Sable Fitch/Langnickel
A short, extra thick, full-bodied speed fitch. Holds lots of
paint. Excellent on plywood and corrugated surfaces.
Sizes: 1/4”, 3/8”, 1/2”, 5/8”, 3/4”, 1”
#954 Angular Blitz Fitch/Langnickel
Angular soft fitch, single thick, for fast outlines, borders, and
cut-in work. Also used on corrugated surfaces.
Sizes: 1/4”, 3/8”, 1/2”, 5/8”, 3/4”, 1”
47
Brushes
#15300 "Yellow Rockets"
Gray Camel Hair/Langnickel
French made quills of the finest quality gray camel hair. Ringpressed, wire-bound, with natural tips handcupped to a
square, straight edge. Fitted yellow handles. Graduated
lengths. #15300 to size 8 only.
Size: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8
700 Cosmos Pinstriper
Long belly hair makes this brush perfect for pulling lines. The
metal ferule holding the hair is very narrow from the top to
the bottom. Because of this narrowness, there is no room for
the hair to bulge out in the middle resulting in greater control
for the striper. The cedar wood handle is flat on two sides.
701 Cosmos Pinstriper
Shorter belly hair makes this brush ideal for doing curls,
turns and decorative work. The top end of the brush has the
same hair length as the 700 but the under belly has shorter
hair. The same thin metal ferrule is used in both 700 and 701.
Sizes: 00, 0, 1, 2, 3
#15500 "Yellow Rockets" Gray Camel and Ox
Hair Blend/Langnickel
Same as 15300 except due to ecology, long gray hair is scarce
so it is mixed with ox hair for all the large sizes.
Sizes: 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24
Series 20 Mack Swordstriper
Finest quality squirrel hair stripers made. Lacquer and
Enamel resistant. The Sword style is the best for all around
work. Excellent for auto body touch-up and pinstriping. 100%
pure unmixed squirrel hair.
Series 30 Mack Daggerstriper
Finest quality squirrel hair stripers made. Lacquer and
Enamel resistant. The Dagger style is a valuable accessory for
many purposes. 100% pure unmixed squirrel hair.
Good All Series Nocturna
Brushes/Langnickel
Very fine synthetic black fibers mixed with natural squirrel
hair. A very good all around brush. Work great with ink,
watercolor, acrylics and enamels.
6050 Script
Sizes: 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12
6056 Lettering
Sizes: 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12
6076 Single Stroke
Sizes: 1/8”, 1/4”, 3/8”, 1/2”, 5/8”, 3/4”, 1”
6078 Long Bulletin Stroke
Sizes: 1/8”, 1/4”, 3/8”, 1/2”, 5/8”, 3/4”, 1”
48
Brushes
#26 Golden Toray Quill/Luco
100% Synthetic Hair
Sizes: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24,
26, 28
#77 Retouching Red Sable Brush
Red sable filbert shaped in nickel ferrule black lacquered
handle.
Sizes: 3/0, 2/0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
#95 Kazan Brown Hair Quill/Luco
Kazan brown hair, graduated length out. Excellent brush for
lettering on glass.
Sizes: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26,
28
#1601 Golden Toray One Stroke Brush/Luco
100% Synthetic hair flat, truck lettering style brush.
Sizes: 1/8”, 1/4”, 3/8”, 1/2”, 5/8” 3/4”, 1”, 1-1/4”,
1-1/2”
#1602 Flat Sableline/Luco
Extra long sableline hair. Excellent for water color windows.
Seamless nickel ferrule lacquer short handle.
Sizes: 1/4”, 1/2”, 3/4”, 1”
#1607 Gray Flat Truck Lettering Brush/Luco
50-50 mix of gray Talahutky and clear ox hair. Nickel ferrule,
black polished handle.
Sizes: 1/8”, 1/4”, 3/8”, 1/2”, 5/8” 3/4”, 1”, 1-1/4”, 1-1/2”
#1608 Flat Truck Lettering Brush/Luco
Same as 1607 only with an added mixture of badger hair.
Sizes: 1/8”, 1/4”, 3/8”, 1/2”, 5/8” 3/4”, 1”, 1-1/4”, 1-1/2”
49
Brushes
#1625 Flat Economy Brush/Luco
Badger mixture, seamless nickel plated ferrule, cedar polished
short handle long length out.
Sizes: 1/8”, 1/4”, 3/8”, 1/2”, 5/8”, 3/4”, 1”, 1-1/4”
#3266 RD Talahutkey Grey Hair Quill/Luco
Talahutky grey hair graduated length out. Blue coated wood
handle. Imported from France. Works well with lettering
enamels. Sizes: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20,
22, 24, 26, 28
#6999 Extra Long Red Sable Showcard
Brush/Luco
Extra long red Kolinsky sable square edged showcard and lettering brush. Seamless nickel plated ferrule, black polished
short handle.
Sizes: 2, 4, 6, 8, 12
#7800 Black Sable Fitch/Luco
Very full black sable fitch. Ideal for lettering on smooth
uneven surfaces.
Sizes: 1/4”, 3/8”, 1/2”, 5/8”, 3/4”, 1”
#7900 Black Sable Angle Fitch/Luco
Very full black sable angle fitch. Ideal for lettering on uneven
and corrugated surfaces.
Sizes: 1/4”, 3/8”, 1/2”, 5/8”, 3/4”, 1”
#198 Brown Hair Outliner
Brown hair extra long in nickel ferrule. Black polished handle.
Ideal for outlining on glass.
Sizes: 1/4”, 3/8”, 1/2”, 5/8”, 3/4”, 1”
50
Brushes
#2000 Grey Hair Quills/Scharff
Grey squirrel hair in graduated lengths in a round natural
wired quill. Sizes 1 thru 9 made with carefully selected solid
quills with securely attached light weight handles for that
"perfect feel" of control needed for intricate lettering. Sizes 10
thru 20 made with split quills, secured to light weight handles
with non-corrosive brass wire. Ideal for "Jumbo" lettering.
Sizes: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 14, 16
#2010 Grey Hair Outliner - Round/Scharff
Fine quality grey squirrel hairs. Extra length solid hair carries
a full load of color for all highlighting and outlining. Also for
sustained long, thin lines. Round nickel ferrules securely fastened to tapered handles.
Sizes: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10
#2015 Grey Hair Outliner-Flat/Scharff
Same type as #2010 but made with ferrules flattened at heel
for best control of broad outlines and straight lines.
Sizes: 1 /8", 3/1 6", 1 /4", 5/16"
#2060 Grey Hair Stroke/Scharff
Ideal for banner work. Great brush for truck and metal sign
lettering. Also excellent for window cartooning.
Sizes: 1 /8", 1 /4", 3/8", 1 /2", 5/8", 3/4", 1",
1-1/4"
#3000 Red Sable Water Color/Scharff
Genuine Kolinsky red sable water color brush. The best for all
commercial, graphic and fine art. Large British sizes. Full
body with finest points. For sustained fine lines, intricate
detail.
Sizes: 000, 00, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8
#2110 Brown Hair Outliner - Quill/Scharff
Finest Kazan squirrel hairs. Extra length carries a full load of
color for all highlighting and outlining on glass and all
smooth surfaces.
Sizes: 2, 3, 4
51
Brushes
#820 White Bristle Cutter/Scharff
Good quality pure unbleached bristle, chiseled straight edge,
set in nickel plated ferrule. Hard wood lacquer handle.
Sizes: 1”, 1-1/2”, 2”, 2-1/2”, 3”
#821 Lettering Fitch/Scharff
Pure unbleached bristle, set in nickel plated ferrule, long natural lacquered handles ideal for painting on rough surfaces like
block and stucco.
Sizes: 1/4”, 1/2”, 3/4”, 1”, 1-1/4”, 1-1/2”
#822 Sign Fitch/Scharff
Same as the 821 except it has longer bristle and is better on
courses surfaces.
Sizes: 1/4”, 1/2”, 3/4”, 1”, 1-1/4”, 1-1/2”
The French Master Lettering Quills
The French Master grey or brown lettering quills are made of
the finest selected camel hair, brass wire bound by skilled
French artisans for many generations. All sizes of the French
Master are made of 100% pure grey Talahutky or brown
Kasane squirrel hair.
52
Miscellaneous Tools
Carpenter Chalk
"Half Moon” style carpenter chalk.
White and blue - White chalk
Round stick form. Packed 1 gross
per box. Soft excellent for chalkboards.
"40" Series Acrylic Brayers
“Seerite" Readers
Finished wire handle rides in brass bearing for smooth
rolling. Used for burnishing photos, type proofs, etc., where
user uses automatic gluing machines. Will not pick up rubber
cement or wax. Individually carded.
Available in two sizes:
#44L- 4" Roller
#46L- 6" Roller
High power magnifying lenses.
Assembled in highly polished aluminum rims and black plastic handles.
Inspection Magnifier
Lens mounted on 12" chrome plated flexible arm with weighted
base. New unique ball swivel provides trouble-free movement.
"60" Series Heavy Duty Brayers
Die cast metal handle. roller rides on a steel ball bearing on
each end. Very smooth rolling action. 9/32" thick rubber,
1-1/8" outside diameter. Wood center with end caps individually carded. Available in 3 Sizes:
No. 64 With 4” Roller
No. 66 With 6” Roller
No. 68 With 8” Roller
Retractable Blade
Utility Knife
Four-position blade. Includes 3
regular heavy-duty blades. Can
be used for line-cutting with
hook blades. Replacement
blades available in 5 and 100
packs.
"80" Series Double Roller
Heavy Duty Brayers
Twin rollers apply pressure more evenly, better action and
feel. Heavy duty handle, ball bearings, a super type of roller.
Individually carded.
Available in 3 Sizes:
No. 84 with 4" Rollers
No. 86 with 6" Rollers
No. 88 with 8" Rollers
Stainless Steel Ink Spatulas
Linen Tester
Stainless steel all purpose spatulas with rosewood handles
and brass rivets. Semi-flexible blade is ideal for stirring inks
and mixing colors.
1" x 1" all metal tester with fine optically
ground and polished 4X lens. Base has
1/4" inch engraved lines for easy counting. Folds completely. Each in a box.
Plastic Ink Knives
One piece solvent resistant polypropylene construction.
Razor Blade Scrapers
Strait-Line Chalk Line Reel
Metal construction - retractable blade - safe locking push button control - replacement blades are in 10 and 100 pc. packs.
Sturdy, slide panel for each filling. Available in either 50' or
100' length.
Vinyl Trimmer
Strait-Line Powdered Chalk
Holds regular S.E. blades cuts
from the center of the blade. How
you can get full use of your
blades. Made of polished steel
with wooden handle.
For Chalk reels, pounce bags. Strait-Line makes a perfect line
every time - Plastic bottle with "no spill" snap cap - 8 oz. and
5 lb. bottles - Blue, white, red and yellow
53
Miscellaneous Tools
Heavy Duty Steel Hold-Tite
Hinge Clamps
Hold-Tite heavy duty steel hinge clamps
are the most economical clamps in the
industry. The plated steel clamps handle
all frames. Ideal for prototype or production use. Complete with wood screws
and instructions.
Fabric Stretching Tool
Tampico Nail Brush
Long Handle Scrub
Fabric Stretching Tool allows for each
stretching of fabric by tapping the cord into
the frame lumber groove. Quick and uniform stretch made possible with easy-to-grip hard plastic handle and 5" tempered hardened plated steel blade.
Same as nail brush, except Tampico bristle is firmly staple set
in plain, hardwood, curved handle.
Staple Gun Tacker
Nail brush is filled with finest white tampico set in hard
wood block. A natural vegetable fiber, tampico retains water
well and resists many solvents and cleaning agents.
T-30 Heavy duty thin wire (.030) T-50 Heavy duty .050 wire
ET-50 Electro-matic Just plug in an shoot, operates on any 110
volt AC-60 cycle.
T-30 Staples available in sizes 1/4", 5/16", and 3/8"
T-50 Staples available in sizes 1/4", 5/16", 3/8", 1/2", & 9/16"
Parts Cleaning Brushes
The standard parts cleaning brush design for many years.
Used for applying emulsion and haze remover. Tampico bristle is set in epoxy on wood handle.
Latex
Gloves
Rubber Laboratory Apron
Disposable
latex gloves,
resistant to
most solvents.
Sizes: XL, L, M,
S. In packs of 2
pair and boxes
of 50 pair.
Neoprene impregnated rubber aprons
for protection where spattering of
acids, chemicals, and corrosive solvents exists. These aprons are 45" long
by 34" wide and give full
protection.
Lid Lifter
This handy tool opens tightly sealed plastic tubs and pails
quickly and easily. Simply hook over lid edge and lift.
Eliminates cutting and sore fingers.
Rubber Gloves
If you are allergic to chromate solutions or
thinners, and many people are, rubber gloves
are an absolute necessity. Ideal for general
shop clean up work and washing screens.
These gloves are made of Neoprene, are acid
and oil resistant. 12" long.
Tack & Dust Cloths
A tack cloth is a lint free cheesecloth, cut, folded and treated
with various chemicals to create a "tacky" feel to the cotton
fibers. The treated cloth is used for picking up dust particles
that would contaminate your product or operation.
Paint Mixers
Heavy duty 3/8" hex shaft with double propeller one draws
up the other down for thorough mixing.
Jiffy Heavy Duty Screen Clamp
Jiffy Mixer
Heavy duty precision die cast parts. Raised ribs for sure gripping action. Full two inch capacity holds thick screens.
Made of Stainless Steel 304 Tough-to-mix viscous materials.
Fast, thorough mixing, No splashing, No sucking air. All
shafts are 1/4" dia. and are 10 1/2", 15" and 30" lengths.
54
A Frames
Simpo Sign
• Molded-in regress helps protect sign
surface.
• Molded-in handle assures easy portability.
• Regressed sign face is 22" by 28", the
standard dimension for all retail signs.
• Slim, sculptured design is an aesthetic plus
in any surrounding.
Simpo Sign II
• Change sign blanks in seconds.
• Blanks quickly slide in and out and
stay securely in place.
• No bolts, latches, added parts or
special treatment.
• Very attractive, durable and
inexpensive.
• Each frame displays 2 signs.
Quik Sign
• All plastic - no rust, splinters or
maintenance.
• Can use all sign blanks including
coroplas and aluminum.
• Molded-in stacking lugs nest into
each other when units are stacked
which prevents sliding.
Height: 34"
Width: 23"
Weight: 8 Ibs.
Sign Face Size: 22" x 28"
Closed Thickness: 1.50"
Height: 36"
Width: 24"
Weight: 8.2 Ibs.
Uses Sign Blank Size 22" x 28"
Closed Thickness: 2"
Height: 30.5"
Width: 26"
Weight: 6.8 Ibs.
Uses Sign Blank Size 18" x 24"
Closed Thickness: 2"
U.S. Patent # 5,288,453
Other patents pending.
U.S. Patent # 5,288,453
Other patents pending.
U.S. Patent # 5,288,453
Other patents pending.
55
A Frames
SMART A-FRAME SYSTEM
Wood Stalk is a revolutionary new fiberboard made of wheat
straw fiber rather than wood fiber and manufactured by
"The Dow Chemical Company."
Wood Stalk is moisture resistant and will not swell even when
submerged in water.
Wood Stalk is superior to MDO plywood boards in outdoor
applications because wood stalk does not allow water to enter
around the edge that can rot the inside of the board.
Why Melamine is superior to paint. When screen printing, mistakes can be cleaned off with lacquer thinner without affecting
the melamine finish. Likewise when removing vinyl lettering,
the adhesive residue can be removed without affecting the
melamine finish. For these reasons melamine is a superior finish to paint in outside sign board application. For screen printing on melamine some enamel and multi-purpose inks have
worked well, but pre-testing first is recommended.
Smart Design purchases Wood Stalk board with factory overlaid melamine on both sides that produces the best board in the
world for making A-Frame sign boards. The edge of all boards
are bullnose finished and then double painted to offer superior
edge protection.
THREE A-Frame sizes available
All A-Frames Signs come completely assembled with 12" or 16"
"SMART DESIGN" Hinge Handles and installed with tee nuts
and screws so the boards can be separated for screen printing.
The A-Frame will also come with "SMART DESIGN" Sign Feet
installed, which normally will not interfere with screen printing
should that be necessary.
Board Size
(approximate)
19"W x 24"H
24"W x 32"H
32"W x 48"H
56
Hinge
Handle
1 - 12"
1 - 16"
1 - 16"
Number
per carton
4
3
Sold
individually
Weight
per carton
42 lbs.
52 lbs.
44 lbs.
Sign Blanks
Aluminum
Framed Sign Blanks:
.032 gauge baked enamel coated two sides. Suitable for
hand lettering, screen process or vinyl graphics. For exterior
signage, corrosion free.
Framed sign blanks are available in larger sizes. They are
made of steel folded on the edge of 1 x 3 wood frame. Sizes
available are: 3’x4’, 3’x6’, 3’x10’, 4’x6’, 4’x8’, 4’x10’.
Coroplast
Sign Brackets Sizes Available: 18”, 24”, 30”, 36”, 48”
4mm thick. Thin walled fluted plastic. Color white only. For
use with vinyl graphics or silkscreen with Coroglass ink only.
18”x 24” only in stock full sheet.
Masonite
1/4” tempered available in coated one side and two sides.
Preferred for real estate signs, with silkscreen or vinyl graphics. Hand lettering enamels can also be applied.
Brackets and Stakes:
Steel
Made of 3/4” x 3/4” x 1/8” angle iron,
painted black for rust inhibition, not a finished
product. Finishing is recommended. Quantity
discounts is the same as the sign blanks.
.024 gauge baked enamel white on two sides. Typical signage
applications. Available also in full sheets 4’ x 8’.
Styrene
.060 gauge ABS polystyrene. Use vinyl graphics or silkscreen
with PP or 70-000 series inks. Hand lettering enamels can
work, but they can be a problem.
Std. Sizes
1-11
Price Break Quantities
12-24
25-49
50-99
Sign Stakes Sizes Available: 4’ & 5’
100-Up
18”x 24”
24”x 36”
36”x 48”
License Plates
Customize these
license plates. Then,
sell these license
plates to car dealers
with their company
name in vinyl letters.
Display samples in
your shop to sell even
more! These .025" aluminum blanks are the same size as the standard license plates
on cars. (6" x 12") Baked white enamel on both sides.
WHY EASY A-FRAME IS SO POPULAR
• Easy A-Frame comes with installed sign panels, ready for
any graphics
• Screw mounted feature allows changeable sign faces
• Hinge system allow different angles in open position
• Solid handle provides easy portability
• Made of PVC pipes and plastic panels, no rust, no painting,
no splinters
• Writable panels - Use Marks A-Lot washable marker for any
messages
• Easily change it to changeable letter panel (as your supplier)
• Easy A-Frame is very attractive, very durable, very reason
able
Trovicel
(Same as Sintra) Rigid PVC foam board, 100% lead free, light
weight and easy to handle. Excellent for sign faces with vinyl
graphics and hand lettered (must use vinyl paints or inks).
Easily machined and formed for making displays and models.
9 fade resistant colors, white, beige, lt. grey, dk. grey, green,
yellow, red, blue and black. Shts. are 4'x 8'x 1/8". Full sheets
only.
AF 253
1” PVC PIPE
•FRAME
0.090 STYRENE
•PANELS
24" x 36"
•PANEL SIZE
24"w X 51"h
•FRAME SIZE
57
AF 252
1” PVC PIPE
0.090 STYRENE
24" x 30"
24"w X 41"h
AF 251
3/4” PVC PIPE
0.090 STYRENE
18" x 24"
18"w X 32.5"h
AF 250
3/4” PVC PIPE
0.090 STYRENE
24" x 18"
24"w X 30"h
Papers - Heat Transfer
Alpha Numeric
McLogan Dark Inkjet Transfer Paper
Silk screen stencil paper adheres to screen mesh readily with
first pass of squeegee. Poster ink will not penetrate thru the
paper. Sold by the full roll only.
A premium quality heat transfer paper for inkjet printers.
Dark lnkJet heat transfer paper is used on dark and brightly
colored fabrics as well as leather and mousepad applications.
It is highly recommended for desktop inkjet, and wide format
inkjet printers. This product performs well when sheet fed,
roll fed, heat pressed and peeled cold.
Transfer Papers For Silkscreen
Glitcote
This transfer paper is glossy for glitter transfers, or may be
place on direct printed garments for a gloss finish
#2 Economy Grade White Poster (Butcher)
Sold only in full 9" dia. Roll (approx. 1100 feet in length). 18",
24", 30", 36" and 48".
Transfer 75
This is a cold peel transfer paper - A standard in the industry.
Fluorescent Poster
It will accept water and oil based poster colors. Rolls are 36" x
100 ft. Sold by full roll and by the yard.
Soft Trans HS60
This is a hot peel transfer paper and sublimation transfer.
Brown Kraft Layout
Image Transfer - Ink Jet
50 lb. medium wt. for wrapping parcels or silk screens when
storing. Sold by full 9" dia. rolls. 18", 24", 30", 36" and 48".
Copy Trans Inkjet
This is a heat transfer paper designed for use in inkjet desktop
printers. For light garments.
Fresco Tracing Paper Inf.
Rolls available in
18" x 8 yd
24" x 10 yd, 20 yd, 50 yd
36" x 10 yd, 50 yd
42" x 20 yd, 50
Paropy Ink Jet
New Improved Inkjet for use with white and light colored
fabrics, mouse pads, puzzles, coasters and cardstock material.
PAROPY Inkjet Transfer Paper has been developed to offer
superior imaging in all inkjet printers. Designed for an easy
peel with both heatpress and domestic hand iron, inkjet has
long lasting washability.
Ingento Paper
Trimmers
Paropy Opaque Patch
For use with dark fabrics and denims. PAROPY Opaque
paper is a thin white fabric patch that allows both CL and
Inkjet to be applied to dark fabrics and denims. Also for
wrapping shoes.
Paper trimmers are a vital
necessity for the sign shop,
display department, darkroom or screen printer.
Will cut all weights of
papers and cardboards, fabric, plastics, thin gauge metal. All
paper trimmers have safety guards and replaceable hardened
steel blades. Available in the following sizes: 8", 10", 12", 15",
18", 24", 30", 36".
Copy Trans
Copy trans is a polymer coated heat transfer paper designed
for use in a Canon Color Copier. The white side of the paper
has the special polymer coating and is the “PRINT” side of
the paper. The back uncoated side is tinted blue. The special
polymer coating is designed to withstand the high temperatures generated inside the copier without creating any contamination to the fuser oil; a common problem that can cause
jamming and additional maintenance to your copier.
Paper Holder and Cutter
Standing style, holds 9" diameter rolls of butcher, Kraft or
poster paper for easy handling
and tearing. Sizes 18", 24", 30", 36", and 48".
58
Papers
Instructions for Using Opaque Paper
You Will Need:
• Dark iron-on transfer paper
• Cotton or cotton/poly blend garment (dark or bright-colored)
• Large pillowcase
• Hand iron or commercial heat press
• Smooth, hard, heat-resistant surface
5. Hand-lroning Technique
• Step A: Holding the iron as pictured,firmly slide across transfer
paper from right to left, making 4 equal passes of 20 seconds
each. Be sure to pass over all edges.
• Step B: Holding the iron as pictured,firmly slide the iron from
bottom to top, making 5 passes
of 20 seconds each.
Be sure to pass over all edge.
• When cool, peel away parchment sheet
1. Printing Your Transfer
• Insert a single sheet of transfer paper into the printer with the
printable surface loaded correctly for your printer. (See your
printer manual if necessary.)
• Print image. Do not flip or mirror
6. Washing Instructions
• Wash garment separately (first
time only). Turn inside out.
• Machine wash cold with colorsafe detergent. No bleach.
• Remove promptly from washer
to prevent bleeding. If bleeding
occurs, rewash immediately.
• Tumble dry with low heat. Add
towels to facilitate drying.
• If garment needs ironing, do not iron directly on transfer.
2. Peeling Away Paper Backing
• Holding image side of transfer
toward you, make a small 1/4-inch
hard crease on a corner.
• Flip the transfer over and crease the
corner in the opposite direction.
• Gently tear the paper backing along
the crease to separate the transfer
from the paper backing. Do not tear
the transfer layer.
3. Trimming Your Transfer
• After tearing the corner, separate
the layers and slowly peel the transfer just past the image.
• Stop there and replace the paper backing over the image.
• Trim around the image.
• After trimming, gently peel the entire backing away from the
image.
4a. Using A Heat Press (Commercial Use)
• Place garment on press pad. Center transfer on garment (face
up).
• Place parchment sheet over transfer, covering completely.
• Press at 375°F (190°C) with high pressure for 15 seconds.
• Peel away parchment sheet when cool (At least 2 minutes).
4b. Hand-lroning Your Transfer
• Preheat iron for 5 minutes on hottest setting. Do not use steam
setting!
• For proper pressure, use an ironing surface that is waist level
or lower. Do not use ironing board, glass, concrete, granite, or
any soft or heat-sensitive surface!
• Fold the pillowcase in half and place it on the ironing surface
with the open end hanging over the edge. Iron pillowcase to
remove any wrinkles.
• Place garment face up over the center of the pillowcase. Iron
the garment to remove any wrinkles.
• Center the transfer paper-image side up-on garment.
• Place parchment sheet over transfer, covering completely.
59
Papers
Caseys’ Translucency™
Kimoto Kimodesk
Caseys' Translucency™, a vellum-like
material specially designed for you, the screenprinter,
to make inexpensive positives direct from your laser printer or copier. Eliminate film and camera costs! Why so
ugly? Caseys' appears yellow because we've taken out the
brighteners that create the white color, and also block UV
light from penetrating the paper. It's uglier, but it's better.
Try burning a screen and see for yourself.
DT-11
DT-14
DT-17
DT-17
Letter
Legal
Tabloid
Tabloid
8.5 x 11
8.5 x 14
11 x 17
11 x 17
Direct to Screen Film
Standard .003
Kimoto .003” Kimodesk is a double-matte film specially
engineered for use in the high temperature environments
of laser printers and plain paper copiers. It features
strength, durability and will withstand high fusing
temperatures. For screen printing, it makes crisp film
positives on a larger printer directly from your desktop
system. It is highly translucent and has excellent toner
adhesion.
250 sht.
250 sht.
100 sht.
500 sht.
8.5 x 11
8.5 x 14
11 x 14
11 x 17
12 x 18
13 x 19
13 x 20
Caseys' Laser Film
Letter
Legal
Tabloid
Universal
8.5 x 11
8.5 x 14
11 x 17
13 x 18.5
100 sht.
100 sht.
100 sht.
100 sht.
100 sht.
100 sht.
100 sht.
100 sht.
100 sht.
100 sht.
100 sht.
Custom Sizes Available
Premium .004
Kimoto .004. Kimodesk Premium is a high quality doublematt film specifically engineered for use in the high temperature environments of laser printers. It features
strength and durability to withstand high fusing temperatures. For screen printing, Kimodesk Premium makes crisp
film positives output directly from your desktop publishing system. It features much higher translucency than
standard Kimodesk to decrease exposure times and image
distortion. It also uses a thicker polyester base than the
standard product, which results in even better flatness and
dimensional stability. This is especially important for
multi-color or tight register screen printing applications.
Caseys' Ink Jet Film
Letter
Legal
Tabloid
8.5 x 11
8.5 x 14
11 x 17
100 sht.
100 sht.
100 sht.
Toner Aide
• Greatly improves toner generated
image quality
• Develops higher resolutions
• Enhances detail clarity
• Eliminates cost of film.Cost effective
alternative to auxiliary processors
8.5 x 11
8.5 x 14
11 x 17
12 x 18
13 x 18
13 x 20
Laser Buddy
Print your laser-printer documents as
you normally do. Shake Laser Buddy®
can well before from the document,
apply a very lightcoat - almost a “mist”
coat - moving from side to side, drying
(20-30 seconds).
How does it work?
Laser Buddy® causes th toner and the
material behind the toner to reflect less light. It also
causes the toner particles to “fuse” together, giving a
more solid coverage not only does it look darker to the
eye,but appears even darker to process cameras, and
platemakers. It also reflects light away from the lense.
60
100 sht.
100 sht.
100 sht.
100 sht.
100 sht.
100 sht.
Super Blue Screen Etch
Super Blue Screen Etch
Solvents
Screen-Etch is applied on glass using the screen printing technique. After screening, the etching material is permitted to
remain on the glass from 15 to 90 seconds. Exceeding the recommended time period allows the etching paste to go into
vapor and etch the perimeter of the screened design, causing
a haloing effect. This can be avoided by washing the glass off
within the recommended time. The etching material is
washed off of the glass with waler. The material can stick to
the glass, so force-fully sprayed water should be used when
washing. When washing by hand, use rubber gloves to push
The used material off the glass under running water. Water
should never be used to thin Super Blue Screen-Etch, as it will
dilute tile etchants and reduce quality. Screen-Etch Thinner is
designed for this purpose. It is made not to decrease the etching power of Super Blue Screen-Etch. A water resistant emulsion should be used. A screen fabric with a mesh size between
126 and 200 is recommended. The screen in the resting position should be 1/32" - 1/16" above the glass.
These solvents are for industrial use only with approved safety measures and procedures. They are not intended for use on
hobbies or in the home.
The flashpoint is the minimum temperature at which a liquid
gives off an ignitable vapor close to its surface. Solvents are
available in quarts, gallons and 5 gallons.
Acetone
Butyl Cellosolve
Isopropyl Alcohol
Lacquer Thinner
Lard Oil
Methyl Ethyl Ketone
Mineral Spirits
Xylene/Xylol
Turpentine
Really Works Hand Cleaner
Removes inks, adhesives, oil, paint, odors, grime and many
other hand soilers. Non-abrasive and citrus scented. It is also
non-petroleum, non-polluting, non-toxic, completely organic
and biodegradable. Available in 4.5 oz., 16 oz., and 4.5 lbs.
Barrier Cream
A protective cream that completely covers the hands like an
invisible glove. Easily removed with soap and water.
Available in 6 oz. tubes.
Pattern Strip Masking Film
A liquid latex to be applied by spray gun, brush, or roller
Provides a quick, practical method for stencil mask.
Clean up with water. Available in quarts and gallons.
61
The Regulatory Compliance Department
Among the major issues facing screen printers in the
1990’s are those relating to health and the environment.
Government regulation continues to grow and become more
complex.
Naz-Dar/KC’s branches and customers. The Regulatory
Compliance Department serves as an advisory unit benefiting
Naz-Dar/KC and its customers. The department also alerts
R&D to hazards of proposed raw materials by extensively
studying Material Safety Data Sheets for those materials.
In response to these concerns, Naz-Dar/KC has created the
Regulatory Compliance Department to assist in providing
appropriate warning regarding handling and use of potentially hazardous materials. Located in Overland Park, Kansas, the
Regulatory Compliance Department is responsible for the
management of safety, health, environmental, and transportation related affairs, in addition to responding to customer
requests for information regarding these issues. The
Department’s team of experts keeps abreast of new and
changing regulations to provide current information relating
to the use of products offered by Naz-Dar/KC. A partial list
of the department’s responsibilities include:
The Regulatory Compliance Department works to ensure that
Naz-Dar/KC labels and Material Safety Data Sheets conform
to individual State and Federal OSHA standards. This is
accomplished by providing information pertaining to all hazards associated with a product, along with first aid procedures to be followed in the event of an emergency.
Additionally, Material Safety Data Sheets provide instruction
for the handling, storage, shipping and disposal of potentially
hazardous materials.
Naz-Dar/KC has made a major commitment to the continued
development of the Regulatory Compliance Department.
Customers are encouraged to call the department in cases of
emergency and overexposure or with questions pertaining to
the company’s products.
• Compose Material Safety Data Sheets for standard and special products.
• Develop and write copy for product labels including standard and special products.
To contact the Naz-Dar/KC Regulatory Compliance
Department, call 913/384-3251.
• Provide environmental safety and regulatory compliance
training to sales departments.
• Research various environmental and safety issues for NazDar/KC facilities and customers.
• Function as liaison between international companies and
U.S. regulatory compliance agencies.
• Network with the trade associations of SPAI and NPCA,
other manufacturing and printing companies and editors of
various journals and magazines.
As states enact more stringent environmental standards, the
Regulatory Compliance Department has also become more
involved in Naz-Dar/KC’s manufacturing process.
Regulatory Compliance informs management and Research
and Development (R&D) of changes in laws that affect the
screen printing industry. A decision is then made regarding
implementation procedures for
62
Glossary of Common Screen Printing Terms
ADHESION TEST: any of a variety of test methods used to determine the adequacy of ink or coating adhesion to a substrate. A commonly used test method is
ASTM#D-3359, also referred to as the Cross-cut tape test.
DIRECT EMULSION: a liquid photo-polymer emulsion used as a screen printing
stencil which is coated onto a stretched screen, dried, exposed through an imaged
film positive by actinic light and developed.
BINDER: the portion of the vehicle in an ink composition that, in combination
with the pigments, forms a film.
DIRECT/INDIRECT PHOTOSCREEN STENCIL: a stencil made by adhering a
gelatin coated sheet to the underside of the tensioned screen fabric with a photosensitized emulsion, drying, exposing through a film positive to actinic light,
developing and stripping away of the gelatin’s plastic support sheer.
BLEED: I . the spreading or migration of an ink component or dye into an area
where it is not wanted; 2. the spreading or running of a pigment color by action of
a solvent.
DOT GAIN: the tendency of the printed halftone dot to change in size at the
moment of ink imprinting, thus changing the overall visual quality of the print.
Due to a number of variables, the printed dot will be larger than its film counterpart. Also called Dot Growth or Dot Spread.
BLOCKING: an undesired adhesion between layers of material placed in contact
under moderate pressure and/or temperature in storage or use. Usually occurs in
a stacked prior to thorough drying.
DRAIZE TEST: a method for estimating the skin or eye irritation due to contact
with a chemical substance.
BLOOM: the bluish-grey milky veil which appears on the surface of prints under
adhesive conditions of heat and humidity. It is usually the result of too rapid solvent evaporation which causes condensation of moisture on the surface.
DRAWDOWN: a film of ink deposited uniformly on a substrate by means of a
smooth edged blade or cylindrical rod, to evaluate the undertone, mass tone, etc.,
of an ink.
CATALYST: a substance which has the capability of initiating or accelerating the
speed of a reaction between two or more substances when introduced into their
presence, normally in relatively small quantities.
DRYING: a multistage process describing the solvent evaporation and/or film
formation of screen printing inks and coatings (not to include curing, a separate
process). Various stages include set-to-touch; dust-free; tack-free; dry-to-touch;
dry-hard; dry-through; and dry-to-recoat.
CHALKING: a condition of a screen printed ink in which the pigment is not
properly bound to the substrate and can be easily rubbed off, usually after exposure to the elements. Typically degrades to a dry powder.
EDGE CURL: the tendency of a pressure sensitive sheet to deform or bend away
from the surface to which it has been adhered.
CHEESEY: a term used in evaluating the degree of curing in a plastisol ink film,
usually describing and under cured state.
EVAPORATION RATE: the speed at which a solvent, or any liquid evaporates.
CHEMICAL RESISTANCE: the resistance of an ink film or imprint to deteriorating effects resulting from exposure to or immersion in chemicals of specified type
under specified conditions.
EXEMPT SOLVENTS: descriptive of evaporative solvents not currently subject to
air pollution regulation.
CLOGGING: premature drying of ink in the printing screen which causes imperfect prints by blocking portions of the open stencil.
EXTENDER BASE (EXTENDER): a non-pigmented compound used in screen
printing to increase ink volume without reducing viscosity. Ordinarily, it is a buttery semi paste that has no effect on ink color except to reduce its intensity of hue.
COB WEBBING: fine filaments produced by the ink between the screen fabric
and the substrate, resulting in a cobweb-like appearance on the finished print. It
may be reduced to a minimum by careful selection of solvents and proper adjustment of printing conditions.
FADING: partial or complete loss of color due to excess heating or environmental
influences; a gradual “bleaching out” appearance of a color from a print, common
causes:
(a) intense sun exposure; (b) too much “watering down” of ink with solvents during printing; (c) lack of wash resistance of garment inks or dyes.
COMBUSTIBLE LIQUID: a liquid having a flash point at or above 100 degrees F.
(37.8 degrees C.) but less than 200 degrees F. (93.3 degrees C.).
FINENESS OF GRIND: the degree of dispersion of pigment particles in a vehicle.
CORONA DISCHARGE: an electrical, surface treating method whereby the
atmosphere (corona) around the substrate is ionized, encouraging oxidation and
reducing surface tension for improved ink adhesion.
FISH EYE: a flaw in a screen printed ink film consisting of a circular defect
caused by the slight bubbling of the ink with resulting dispersion of the pigment
within the immediate area, causing a non-uniformity of color in what appears to
he a hole or a void.
CRATERING:small undesirable depressions in a dried ink film which may be so
deep as to expose the; substrate.
FLAGGING: corners of sheets of an outdoor poster releasing from the background due to improper paste or posting, or to having ink on the back of sheets.
CRAWLING: the contraction of an ink into drops after printing onto a surface
which the ink does not wet completely.
FLAME TREATED PRODUCT: a container or other object typically formed of
polyethylene or polypropylene plastic, the surface of which has been oxidized by
contact with a flame to disperse surface solvents to prepare the object for
printing.
CRAZING: 1. a cracking and/or removal of ink from areas
of a posted printed poster; 2. a random pattern of minute intersecting cracks in
plastic, ceramic glaze, or other surfaces.
CROCKING: printed image rub-off (wet or dry) of surface color that can occur
when a dye or pigment is not adequately fixed in the substrate.
FLAMMABLE LIQUID: a liquid having a flash point below 100° F. (37.8° C.) with
the exception of any liquid mixtures which have one or more components with a
flash point at or above 100° F. in a concentration of 99% or more of the total volume of the mixture.
DEGREASING: the removal of dirt and oils from the stretched screen fabric
before coating or applications of stencils. May include roughening of the fabric
surface or application of adhesion-promoting chemicals.
FLASH CURE: a stage in the e plastisol curing process generally used between
ink laydowns. Usually modular units are employed to accomplish this step, which
are not designed to completely cure the plastisol film. Also referred to as Spot
Cure.
DENSITOMETER: a photoelectric device that measures either the reflected or
transmitted density of photographic film or printed color.
DIAZO: a photosensitive chemical which sensitizes photoscreen making emulsions to actinic light.
FLASH POINT: the minimum temperature of a saturated vapor of a specified liquid, at which the vapor will ignite in the presence of a spark or flame, under specified conditions.
63
FLATTING AGENT: any material added to reduce the gloss level of an ink or coating.
NEWTON VALUE: unit of measure, used in screen fabric tensioning, generally
expressed in Newtons per centimeter.
FLOCCULATION: the process by which an aggregation of pigment J2
in ink, caused by a flocculant, form clusters or chains; usually accompanied by a
change in the chroma and/or hue of the color of the ink. Also called Livering.
OFF-CONTACT: the preset distance between the screen and the substrate that is
to be printed.
FLOW AGENT: an additive used to disturb the surface tension and increase the
ink flow, when bubbles or orange peel occur.
OPACITY: the degree to which a sheet, coating or film obscures a pattern beneath
it or obstructs the passage of light and prevents one from seeing through it.
FOUR COLOR PROCESS PRINTING: a method of reproducing full-color artwork by photographically separating the art into its three subtractive primary colors; yellow, magenta and cyan, plus black and then printed through a set of colorseparated halftone printing screens.
OXIDATION: the effect produced by contact with oxygen,
either in the atmosphere or introduced in more concentrated form, which produces drying in some screen printing inks.
PEARLESCENCE: a “pearl-like” appearance produced by adding powdered titanium dioxide and mica pigments to various inks. As a general rule, the smaller
the particle size, the more opaque the coating and the larger the particle size. the
higher the lustre of the “pearl-like” finish of the ink.
FOUR COLOR SEPARATIONS: the term applied to films, either negative or positive, totaling four in number, each having the total image elements for one of the
four colors used in four color process printing. The separations may be made by
use of a process camera or more sophisticated electronic scanner devices.
PERCENT OPEN AREA: the relationships between that part of a screen fabric
that is blocked by threads (or wires) and that part that is open, or between
threads.
GEL: a state or condition in which an ink or vehicle demonstrates a semi-solid or
jelly-like consistency. Can refer to the deterioration of a material to an unworkable
substance.
PERMANENT INKS: inks which resist fading or change of color when exposed
to the environment.
HALFTONE: an image in which details and dark and light tones are represented
by dots of varying sized in relationship to the tones and shades which they must
reproduce. Small dots form light tones and larger dots form darker tones.
PHOTO INITIATOR: a substance which absorbs light and is directly involved in
the production of initiator radicals for polymerization (as in UV curing).
HEAT SEALING: uniting two distinct surfaces by fusion, either of the coatings or
of the base materials, under controlled conditions of temperature, pressure, and
time (dwell).
PHOTOPOLYMER: a type of polymer that undergoes a distinct change, such as
depolymerization, on exposure to light. When used as a photo stencil material, it
requires no addition of a photosensitizer.
HEAT TRANSFER APPLICATION: the process of image transfer to substrate by
application of heat.
PIGMENT: substances that impart color, including black and white.
HEAVY METALS: generally toxic metallic elements contained in some pigments,
e.g., chromium, cadmium, lead, etc.
PINHOLES: imperfections in the form of tiny transparent dots that appear in
printing screens or in process films after development.
HIDING POWERS: the ability of a paint, ink or coating material used to hide or
obscure a surface to which it has been uniformly applied, under specified conditions.
PLAIN WEAVE: a pattern of weave whereby fabric threads are woven over one
and under one, as opposed to twill weave whereby threads are woven over one,
under two.
HYDROPHOBIC: lacking affinity for water; the opposite of hydrophilic.
PLASTICIZERS: additives which may be added to plastic or other formulations
such as screen printing inks to improve compatibility of components and/or to
improve flexibility, workability or distensibility of the dried product.
HYGROSCOPIC: the quality of some materials to absorb atmospheric moisture;
exhibiting an affinity for water.
PLASTISOL FUSION RATES: the fusing required by a plastisol deposit with the
application of a specific temperature elevation.
JET DRYING: the drying of screen printed material by means of a jet dryer.
LEAD-FREE INK: inks formulated with the absence of lead and used for special
purposes where the presence of lead would constitute a danger. In the U.S., “leadfree” coatings must contain less than 0.06% lead by weight to meet certain regulations.
POST CURE: 1. the continuation of a polymerization (curing) process within a W
ink or coating after exposure to W radiation has been terminated; 2. a final or
more complete resolving of organic materials after the initial curing process.
LEAFING: a phenomenon by which metallic pigments form a layer parallel to the
surface of the substrate, thereby yielding a high metallic luster.
POST HARDENING: the process of further hardening a photo emulsion stencil
by subjecting the screen to additional light after initial exposure and image development (washout) has taken place.
MAR RESISTANCE: property of an ink film or varnish which remains unimpaired by slight abrasion, impact or pressure. Also called Rub Fastness or
Abrasion Resistance.
POT LIFE: a term indicating the length of time during storage in a specific container under normal storage conditions, that chemical composition will not lose
usefulness through deterioration in the original container.
MATTE FINISH: a low-gloss or no-gloss finish.
PUFF INK: an ink that when heated to a specific temperature for a definite period
of time, achieves a characteristic of three-dimensionality by expansion.
MERCURY VAPOR LAMP: a type of illuminant high in actinic value; used in
camera lighting systems and in UV curing reactors.
PYROMETER: a meter for registering heat, and which may be calibrated in either
Fahrenheit or Celsius scales.
MESH COUNT: the number of openings per linear unit of measurement, either
per inch or per centimeter, of a screen printing fabric.
RADIATION: with regard to screen printing, the term is generally limited to ultraviolet or infrared wavelengths of light and heat energy used for curing ink films, or
exposing photo stencils.
MESH MARKS: a fine, cross-hatch pattern left by the mesh of the screen printing
fabric.
RADIOMETER: an instrument, usually self contained, for measuring W energy
inside of curing units.
MESH OPENING: a measure of the distance across the space between two parallel threads, expressed in microns.
RECLAIMING: the process of removing both ink and stencil from the screen fabric after a printing run in order to reuse the fabric.
REDUCER: a solvent or other additive used for reducing the viscosity of an ink
formulation.
MOIRE: an undesirable optical pattern which occurs in halftone printing due primarily to incorrect screen angles of the halftone screens.
MOTTLE (INK MOTTLE): the spotty or uneven appearance of printing, which
becomes most pronounced in solid areas.
64
RESIN: a solid or semi-solid material of vegetable origin or obtained synthetically
by solvent extraction, which can be dissolved to a liquid state, suspended in a
vehicle to make an ink or coating, and which, upon drying. forms the solid part of
the dried, printed film.
face, has a tendency to stick. The area of contact between two surfaces adhering
together depends on distortion and flow within the materials.
THERMOSETTING INK: inks which polymerize to a permanently solid and
infusible state upon application of heat.
RETARDER: an additive for screen printing ink that slows down the drying time.
It is usually composed of solvents that have a slower evaporation rate than the
solvent intended as a disalutent for the specific ink system.
THINNER: a liquid which can extend a solution but which does not materially
impair the power of the solvent.
ROLL-TO-ROLL: see Web Fed.
THIXOTROPHY: the property of a compound to liquefy under vibrating or
shearing action as by a squeegee in a screen. This reduction in viscosity is due to a
temporary break down of an internal structure and dependent upon the shear history or the amount of previous shearing to which the material has been subjected.
SAWTOOTH: the effect of stencil material which tends to conform to the meshes
of a screen printing fabric rather than the cleaner contours of the design on the
film positive from which the stencil is produced. Both insufficient bridging and
filling-in of the meshes produce a notched effect where lines of the design cross
the fabric mesh diagonally.
TRAPPING OF INKS: the property of a printing ink that makes it possible to
superimpose one color on another, both in wet and dry printing.
SCOOP COATER: a tool for coating screen printing fabrics with photosensitive
emulsions for making printing screens. Also called ”Emulsion Coater.”
ULTRAVIOLET STABILIZER: a chemical compound which when mixed with a
thermoplastic resin, selectively absorbs ultraviolet rays.
SCORING: 1. the marking of substrate stock with a dull edge to break the grain
in order to facilitate creasing or folding along a predetermined line; 2. the slitting
of the liner paper at intervals to permit easier release of the pressure sensitive
film.
VACUUM FORMING: a technique for shaping flat plastic sheets into contours
for 3-D effects by heating the sheet until flexible over a mold with the desire
shape or contour, then withdrawing the air from between the heated plastic sheet
and the mold or die.
SCREENABILITY: a characteristic describing how difficult or easy it is to print a
material such as an ink, paste or coating through the screen.
VEHICLE: the liquid portion of a pigmented coating or printing ink including the
binders or adhesives and modifiers.
SEEDINESS: a defect in a varnish caused by small particles which sometimes
become visible when examined by transmitted light. Varnished surfaces may present a specky or sandy appearance due to this defect.
VISCOMETER: an instrument for measuring the viscosity of liquids at specified
temperature and atmospheric conditions, by measuring the force required to
move one layer over another without turbulence.
SELF-TENSIONING FRAME: a screen printing frame or chase with a built-in
means of tensioning applied fabrics, usually via a screw arrangement acting upon
an inner frame or a roller system, to which the fabric is attached.
VOLATILE: subject to evaporation at a relatively low temperature.
VOLATILE ORGANIC SOLVENTS: liquid solvents that tend to vaporize at
room temperature, high concentrations of which can be injurious to ones health.
SENSITIZER: a photosensitive chemical used for sensitizing photographic screen
printing stencil films or emulsions.
WASH RESISTANCE: the degree of resistance of printed textile inks to washing
in detergent solutions, without effecting their color strength and adhesion.
SLIT: 1. a cut through the backing sheet or release liner of a decal to facilitate
removal of the decal for application to the substrate; 2. a cut through any sheet
material for any purpose, but usually to indicate a separation line or to permit the
escape of air if the sheet is closely contacted with another true surface.
WATER BASED INKS: inks containing a vehicle whose binder is water soluble or
water dispersible.
WEATHERABILITY: the inherent resistance of a product to weather influences
when subjected to exterior exposure conditions.
SOLID WASTE: a garbage, refuse, sludge and other discarded material, including
solid, liquid, semi-solid or contained gaseous material, resulting from industrial
and commercial operations, and from community material.
WEATHERING: the effect of atmospheric elements on a test subject, when
exposed out of doors in a natural environment or under laboratory conditions.
SOLUTION: a uniform liquid mixture which consists of a solvent or liquid and a
solute, or that part which dissolves in the solvent.
WEATHEROMETER: a device for testing, under accelerated similes of weather
conditions, the resistance of a product to environmental influences.
SOLVENT: any dissolving, thinning or reducing agent. A liquid that dissolves
another substance, such as a resin, or used as an additive to reduce the viscosity
or an ink.
WEB FED: 1. an automatic feeding system that feeds substrates from a continuous
roll, synchronized to a stop motion arrangement which stops movement for printing; 2. a term to indicate a type of screen printing press that feeds the substrate
from a bulk roll or bolt (as in textiles).
SOLVENT-EVAPORATING INKS: inks which are generally dried after printing
by allowing petroleum-based solvents to vaporize either in ambient or elevated
temperature conditions.
“WELL SIDE” OF THE SCREEN: the upper side of a printing screen where the
ink is placed for printing; the side opposite the side which contacts the substrate.
STATIC ELECTRICITY: a built-up electrical charge on the surface of a substrate,
or other surfaces, usually induced by friction, and most evident under low atmospheric humidity conditions.
WET FILM THICKNESS: the depth, usually expressed in mils or microns, of an
applied coating measured immediately after application.
STREAKS: elongated defects: I . on film, by scratching or by uneven application
of processing chemicals, or by uneven dying; 2. in stencils, by uneven washing
out or processing or exposure variance; 3. on prints, by uneven squeegee edge, by
a fragment of foreign matter in the ink, over thinning of the ink, partial dying in
the screen of the ink, or any other condition preventing a uniform flow of the ink
through the stencil to the substrate.
WET-ON-WET: describes the printing of multiple colors onto a substrate before
the previously printed colors have dried.
SUBLlMATlON: the process whereby certain dyes change directly from a solid
to a vapor and back again to a solid by the application of heat.
SURFACE TENSION: the property, due to molecular forces, by which all liquids
through contraction of the surface tend to bring the contained volume into a form
having the least area. If an ink is to be compatible with a substrate, the surface
tension of the ink must approximate that of the surface of the substrate. It is measured in dines per centimeter.
TACK: the property of a surface which, when pressed together or to another sur-
65
Naz-Dar/KC Product Applications
1200 Coroplus
2700 Aquasafe
HY
N3100 Series
3200 POS Series
G3300 Gloss Poster
3400 Nameplate
3500 UV Vinex
3600 Decal
3800 Poly Banner
3900 Vinyl Banner
5500 Flat Poster
59000 Enamel Plus
6100 Fast Dry Enamel
70000 Plasti-Vac
7200 Lacquer
7700 P.O.P. Plus
79000 Corogloss
CP
8100 Unipol
8500 Aquaprint II
8800 Color-Vue
9500 Aquaprint RFU
9600 Polyester
9700 All Purpose
MP
9800 Poly Plus
ADE Air Dry Epoxy
DA Nylon and Flock
ECSP Econo-Line
ER Epoxy Resin
GV Gloss Vinyl
GV
JG Jet Set V-Glo
PA Poly-All
PP Plastics Plus
PX Perma-Flex
SP Satin Poster
SS Superset
S2 Systems 2
VP
VF Flat Vinyl
I/0
I/0
I/0
I
I/0
I
I/0
I/0
I/0
S
I/0
I
I/0
I
I/0
I
I/0
S
S
I
I
I/0
I
S
I/0
I/0
S
I
I/0
S
I
I/0
I/0
I
I
I/0
I/0
S
I/0
I/0
I/0
I
V X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
V X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Butyrate
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
C
X
X
C
X
Corrugated Plastic (Treated)
X
X
X
X
X
X
Acetate
Acrylic
X
X
V
V X
X
Best For Vacuum Forming
X
Phenolics
X
X
X
X
X
C C
X
Melamine
X
X
X
Polycarbonate
X
X
X
X
X
C
X
C
Polyethylene (Treated)
X X
X X
X
X X
X X
X X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Polyethylene Banner (Treated)
X
X
C
X
X
X
X
C
X
C
Polypropylene (Treated)
X
Polypropylene (Untreated)
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Polystyrene
X
X
X
Static Cling
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
F
F
X
X
F
F
X
X
X
Fiberboard
X
X
X
Masonite
X
X
X
Outdoor Billboards
X
X
X
X
X
C
X
X
X
X
F
F
X
X
F
X
X
Uncoated Papers
X
C
Polycoated Board
X
X
Wood
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Awning Materials
Cotton
Polyester, Dacron
X
X
X X
Nylon (Shell Nylon)
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Polyester Cotton (Bleed)
Rayon (Cellulose Nitrate)
X
X
Nylon Flag (Untreated)
Polyester/Cotton (50/50)
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
C
Enamel Coated
X
Epoxy Coated
X
X
X
C
X
Polyester Coated
Acrylic Coated
X
X
X
X
X X
X X
X X
X
C
X
C
X
Leather
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
Tyvek
Misc.
X
X
X
X
Glass
X
C C C C C
C
C
C
C
Urethane Coated
Metals
X
X
X
X
X
C C
X
X
X
Aluminum (Anodized)
X
X
Brass
Stainless Steel
Textiles
X
X
X
Denim
X
Drill Cloth
Paper & Wood
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
F
X
X
X
X
X
X
Corrugated Board
F
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
F
Coated Papers
X
Vinyl (Rigid)
Cardboard
X
X
X
F
F
F
F
X X
F
F
F
X X
F
Vinyl Banner
Vinyl Decal
Plastics
X
X
C
C
X
Polyester (Top Coated)
X
Polyester (Uncoated)
C C C C
X
C
X
X X
X
X
X X
X X
X X
X X
Polyester (Print Treated)
Info.
UV
WB
WB
UV
UV
UV
UV
UV
UV
UV
UV
SB
SB
SB
SB
SB
SB
SB
SB
SB
WB
SB
WB
SB
SB
SB
SB
SB
SB
SB
SB
SB
SB
SB
SB
SB
SB
SB
SB
SB
SB
SB
66
ABS
*Pre-test all recommendations prior to full production. Where noted “X” indicates recommended for testing. “F” indicates recommended for testing with flattener, “C” indicates recommended for testing with the appropriate catalyst. When catalyzing solvent-based inks,
typically 10% NB70 is used for indoor applications and 10% NB80 is used for outdoor applications. When catalyzing 2700 typically 10% AQ58 is used for all applications. When catalyzing UV inks, typically 3-5% NB80 is used for all applications. Whenever using a
catalyst, allow 24-48 hours for inks to fully post-cure before checking adhesion. Base chemistry: “WB”=water-based, “UV”=ultraviolet, “SB”=solvent-based. Indoor Only/Outdoor: “I”=indoor, “O”=Outdoor, “S”=Short-term Outdoor Applications.
Base Chemistry
Indoor Only/Outdoor
Waterbase Ink Introduction
With the wealth of changes in environmental regulations sweeping across the country, it comes as no surprise that usage of
water-base inks is growing dramatically. The EPA and OSHA,
along with fire and liability insurance carriers, are working to
reduce the use of traditional solvent-based inks. Growing printer
understanding and acceptance of water-base technology, is significantly boosting usage.
NOTE: “Fill-in” is very similar to “dry-in” experienced with sol-
vent-based inks. Do not try and correct this problem with
retarder - it only makes the problem worse. If edge “fill-in”
occurs, check the print side of the stencil to see if it is “tacky”. If
it is, breakdown has been caused by either improper drying or
exposure.
• Stencil does not adhere to the mesh.
Thinners and Retarders: Retarders are needed to prevent dry-in
How To Use Water-Base Ink
when printing fine detail or during periods of high temperature
plant conditions. It should be used sparingly. Amounts over 10%
will cause drying problems.
The use of water-base inks does not require any special equipment or techniques except that the stencil system be both water
and solvent proof. Water-base inks are mixed and dried the same
as any other ink system. As with any ink system adjustments
must always be made for print detail, mesh size, press speed and
plant conditions.
Screen Tape: Screen tape must be both water and solvent proof.
Cleaning Dried Screens: Water-base inks are formulated to stay
open in the screen. If for any reason it does dry, use an ink
remover with a dampened cloth. When the mesh is clear wash
the open area with a water soaked cloth. Residual screen cleaner
can cause printing problems if not removed.
Mesh: Water-base inks can be run through the same meshes as
solvent-based systems. A mesh of 200-230 is suggested for high
coverage and 255-305 for fine detail printing.
Mesh Preparation: Stencil material manufacturer recommendations
should be followed. Rinse and neutralize thoroughly after use
mesh prep or haze remover.
Coating: Three inside and two print side wet-on-wet coatings
with a sharp edged scoop coater. This should yield 5-8 microns of
emulsion on the print side.
Drying: The most common cause of stencil failure using water-
base ink comes from not thoroughly drying the emulsion prior to
exposure and after wash out. The emulsion coated screen should
be dried in a clean, dehumidified area. A drying cabinet is preferable. A small heater is recommended as an aid in drying and the
area should have good air circulation. The drying area should
not exceed 104°F. Failure to remove water from the emulsion can
interfere with the curing process. Thorough drying of the emulsion is critical-even more so than if the stencil was going to be
used with a solvent system.
Blockout: Blockouts require the same resistance to water and sol-
vents as the stencil. Emulsions perform very well. If using an
emulsion as a blockout, dry it thoroughly, give it optimum exposure and wash away the uncured portion of the emulsion.
Note: If the exposed emulsion is not washed, the uncured residue
will redissolve, causing blockage during printing.
Stencils must be fully cured. Stencil failure will result from
underexposure.
Wash Out: Wash out unexposed stencil areas. Then dry screen
thoroughly so the emulsion hardens.
Use of water-base inks with an improperly dried or exposed
stencil will result in:
• The stencil becoming “tacky”, causing poor release of the
screen from the print surface and stencil breakdown during wash
up.
• The stencil material will begin to breakdown causing “fill-in”
at the edges of the print.
67
2700 Series AquaSafe Water-Base All Purpose Gloss Screen Ink
Color Range
Substrate: Paper, Cardboard Pressure Sensitive Vinyl, Top-
coated Polyester, Tyvek, Static-cling Vinyl, Polycarbonate,
Some Metals And Styrene
Uses: Decals, Posters, Book Covers
2710
2711
2712
2713
2718
2719
2720
2721
2722
2724
277S
2782
2783
2784
2785
2786
2787
2788
27H TY
27HTR
27HTB
27HTBK
27HTEX
2727
2732
2748
2537
2738
Product Information
The 2700 Series is specially formulated for screen printing on
paper, cardboard, pressure sensitive vinyl, top-coated polyester, Tyvek, static-cling vinyl, polycarbonate, some coated
metals and styrene.’’ AquaSafe 2700 produces a glossy ink
film that offers good weather resistance and is flexible enough
for vacuum forming.
Application Information
Drying: By evaporation. Air dry in 20-30 minutes (depending
on temperature and humidity). Jet dry at 130°F to 160°F (54°C
to 71°C) for approximately 2030 seconds. Maximum adhesion
will be achieved in 24 hours on certain plastic substrates. Air
drying is not recommended when printing on styrene.
Suitable for commercially available radio frequency dryers.
Coverage: 2000-3000 square feet per gallon depending on mesh
count.
Thinners: Reduce with mixture of 50% 2732 and water at
5-10%. For adhesion to styrene use 10% 2732 Styrene Thinner
(Jet drying is recommended for maximum adhesion).
Clear/Additives: 2727 Clear can be used as an overprint clear,
or as a mixing clear for metallics. Fabric: 180 to 305 monofilament polyester. Do not use silk or nylon.
Stencil: Use Dual Cure Emulsion. Nazdasol X-Tra Dual Cure
Emulsion is specifically recommended.
Wash-up: 2537 Screen Wash or 2738 Heavy Duty Screen Wash.
Packaging: Quarts and gallons.
Storage: Protect from freezing. Store at room temperature
(< 100°F). If ink is frozen, allow 24 hours to warm to room
temperature.
Primrose Yellow
Lemon Yellow
Medium Yellow
Emerald Green
Scarlet Red
Fire Red
Brilliant Orange
Peacock Blue
Ultra Blue
Black
Super Opaque White
Carmine Toner
Magenta Toner
Maroon Toner
Green Toner
Blue Toner (GS)
Blue Toner (RS)
Violet Toner
Halftone Yellow
Halftone Red
Halftone Blue
Halftone Black
Halftone Ex. Base
Mix/Overprint Clear
Styrene Thinner
Flatting Paste
Screen Wash
Heavy Duty Screen Wash
+ Based on information from our suppliers, these products
are made from raw materials that contain less than 0.06%
lead. If necessary, written certification of lead content
and/or other heavy metals can be obtained through an
independent laboratory. At time of publication, this line
has not been tested in regards to the CONEG toxic packaging legislation.
It is the printer’s responsibility to pre-test the ink selected
prior to engaging in a production run.
68
5500 Series Flat Poster Screen Ink
5500 Series Flat Poster Screen Ink is a flat finish solventbased ink formulated for printing on paper and card
stock.
Product Range:
All of the following colors are available in quart and
gallon containers. Those marked with an * are also
available in 5 gallon containers.
Substrates:
Coated and uncoated paper and card stock.
End Uses:
Cost-effective, short term POP displays, posters,
serigraphs.
Application Information:
Mesh: 175-230 monofilament polyester.
Stencil: Hand cut or photographic.
Squeegee: Sharp edge, 65-70 durometer blade.
Coverage: 1000-1500 sq. ft per gallon.
Printing:
5500 Series should be thinned 5-15% by weight using
5500 Thinner or 9050 Retarder to assure proper ink
flow. Always mix well prior to each use.
Drying:
5500 Series dries by solvent evaporation and will air
dry in 20-30 minutes, or may be force dried in a conveyor dryer with good air flow at temperatures of 110130°F within seconds.
Clears/Extenders/Additives:
5560 - Fast Thinner used to reduce dry times.
5530 - Transparent Base, may be used to reduce color
and ink cost, or where fine detail is required.
5536 - Extender Base, may be used to increase coverage
without affecting ink viscosity.
5549 - Binder Varnish, used to improve adhesion and
rub resistance on absorbent stock.
Roller-coating consistency may be obtained by adding a
mixture of 50% 5549 Binder varnish and 50% 5500
Thinner.
5501
5502
5504
+5508
+5509
+5511
+5512
5514
+5515
5516
5518
5520
+5521
5525
+5526
+5528
5533
5544
+5546
+5547
+5554
+5557
+5561
+5570
Primrose Yellow
Light Chrome Yellow
Sign Red
Radiant Ultra Blue
Midnite Blue
Jet Black
Opaque White
Emerald Green
Cobalt Blue
Dark Green
Medium Yellow
Fire Red
Rich Brown
Cyanine Green
Maroon
Bright Magenta
Brilliant Light Orange
Scarlet Red
Carmine Red
Dark Royal Purple
Dark Peacock Blue
Raw Umber
Brilliant Pale Gold
Bronze Liquid*
+5530
+5536
+5549
+2555
+5500
+5560
+9050
Transparent Base
Extender Base
Binder Varnish
Screen Wash*
Thinner*
Fast Thinner*
Retarder Thinner*
+ Based on information from our suppliers, these products
are made from raw materials that contain less than 0.06%
lead. If necessary, written certification of lead content
and/or other heavy metals can be obtained through an
independent laboratory. At time of publication, this line
has not been tested in regards to the CONEG toxic packaging legislation.
Clean Up: 2555 Screen Wash.
It is the printer’s responsibility to pre-test the ink selected
prior to engaging in a production run.
69
SP Series Satin Poster Screen Ink
Color Range
Substrates: Paper Cardboard
Uses: POP displays, wallpaper, outdoor billboards
Product Information
A satin finish poster ink specially formulated for the printing
of paper and cardboard for Point-of-Purchase displays as well
as outdoor billboard applications. Satin roster is a highly pigmented ink offering excellent resistance to billboard application pastes. These inks dry by solvent evaporation and are
recommended for both air and jet drying.
These inks are formulated to be used straight from the container, but up to 20% of 5500 Thinner may be added. For
slower drying, particularly during hot or humid conditions,
replace with SR31 Retarder.
For economy or transparency, use SP36 Transparent Base.
SP26 Mixing Clear/Binding Varnish may be used as a metallic
mixing varnish.
For outdoor billboards, do not intermix sr Series inks with
any other poster type inks.
Application Information
+
+
SP24
SP25
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
SP410
SP411
SP417
SP418
SP422
SP433
SP440
SP441
SPHTY
SPHTR
SPHTB
SPHTBK
SPHTEX
SP26
5500
SP31
SP36
Black
White
Yellow
Warm Red
Rubine Red
Rhodamine Red
Reflex Blue
Purple
Process Blue
Green
Halftone Yellow
Halftone Red
Halftone Blue
Halftone Black
Halftone Ex. Base
Mix Clear/Bnd Varnish
Thinner
Retarder
Transparent Base
All colors listed above are non-bleeding.
Drying: By solvent evaporation Satin roster will air dry in 20
to 30 minutes or jet dry in seconds.
Opacity: All two digit color numbers are opaque. Three digit
color numbers are semi-opaque. Color numbers prefixed with
HT are transparent for halftone printing.
Coverage: 1000 to 1500 square feet per gallon.
Thinner: Inks may be thinned with 5500 Thinner or SR31
Retarder.
Clears/Extenders: SP36 Transparent Base for economy, transparencies or fine detail printing. SP26 Mixing Clear/Binding
Varnish may be used to reduce color strength or as a metallic
mixing varnish (use approximately I-1/2 pounds of gold
bronze powder or 1/2 to 3/4 pounds of aluminum powder
per gallon.) SPHTEX Halftone Extender Base is used to
reduce color strength of the halftone colors without changing
their body.
Fabrics: Monofilament 110 to 200 mesh. All types.
Wash-up: 5500 Thinner
Packaging: Available in quart, gallon and five gallon containers. Also available in fifty-five gallon drums.
+ Based on information from our suppliers, these products
are made from raw materials that contain less than 0.06%
lead. If necessary, written certification of lead content
and/or other heavy metals can be obtained through an
independent laboratory. At time of publication, this line
has not been tested in regards to the CONEG toxic packaging legislation.
It is the printer’s responsibility to pre-test the ink selected
prior to engaging in a production run.
70
Color FX Scratch-Off
FX SCRATCH OFF
UV SCRATCH OFF
PRODUCT INFORMATION
PRODUCT INFORMATION
FX Scratch Off inks are solvent based for use over fully
cured protective coatings that resist petroleum solvents.
FX Scratch Off is highly pigmented with good hiding
coverage and proper peel that may be scratched off easily with coin or fingernail. FX Scratch Off inks are available in an array of colors for lottery tickets, instant win
cards, sweepstakes, and direct mailers.
UV Scratch-Off ink is used in combination with a
Scratch-Off barrier coat. Compatibility of the 2 must
always be checked. UV Scratch-Off ink should scratch
off dry after it is cured.
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Fabric: 230-280 monofilament polyester.
Squeegee: 85-90 durometer.
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Substrates: Coated paper.
Substrates: UV Clear coatings are the best recommended base.
Stencil: Dual sensitized direct method.
Drying: One 200-300 watt mercury vapor lamp.
Fabric: 160 monofilament polyester for standards.
Storage: Non-metallic Scratch-Off ink is stable for at
least a year when stored properly, away from heat and
light. For silver and gold, a fresh mix is recommended.
For silver, 11 parts of aluminum to 88 parts Scratch-Off
metallic base #815. For gold, 21.4 parts of bronze powder to 78.6 parts of UV Scratch-Off metallic base. Print
using 280 mesh screen. A courser screen like a 230 mesh
may be used as long as it cures right.
Squeegee: 65-70 durometer
Stencil: Dual sensitized direct method photo emulsion
Drying: Air dry 1 hour. Jet dry 1 -1/2 minutes at 125°F.
Storage: Store in tightly sealed containers.
Notes: Coverage is 600-700 sq. ft. per gallon through
160 monofilament polyester. Special order metallic colors may require different mesh counts.
Notes: For much better opacity, o base coat of black UVSOF #592 using 280 mesh prior to UVSOF silver or gold
is recommended. All other nonmetallic colors use 280
mesh screen. A base coat of either white UV-SOF #502
using 245 mesh or black UV-SOF #592 using 280 mesh
will be required to get the right opacity. The color of the
top Scratch-Off ink will determine which one to use.
Coverage: Approximately 1200-1800 square feet per gallon, using 280 mesh.
FX-561Silver
FX-562 Gold
UV-561 Silver
71
UV-562 Gold
Screen Printing on Plastics
The inks described on the following pages were specially formulated for printing on plastic surfaces. It should be remembered,
however, that several ink lines described also have applications
on other surfaces. Among these are 59000 Series Synthetic
Enamels (acrylics, treated polyethylene, treated polyesters), 6100
Series Fast Drying Enamel (polyethylene), 7200 Series Industrial
Lacquer (acrylics, cellulose acetate, cellulose acetate butyrate,
pre-treated polyesters, pyroxylin coatings), Unipol (treated polyethylene or polypropylene) and Echo Print.
Plasticizers
Most inks formulated for printing on plastics contain plasticizers
which, after contact with the plastic surface, are required to reach
a state of equilibrium with the plastic stock. In many cases, the
equilibrium will not be reached until at least 24 hours after printing and this is the reason why this minimum time lapse is essential after test printing and before commencing a production run.
Only then should the printed product be tested for adhesion, distortion of the plastic surface as well as suitability for embossing
or debossing.
Perhaps the most important factors which have contributed
towards the growth of the screen printing industry are the introduction and increased use of new plastic surfaces and the ink
manufacturers’ development of products which will adhere to
these stocks.
Principle Groups of Screen Inks
Screen inks for printing on plastics dry either by solvent evaporation or by oxidation and/or polymerization. Lacquers, for example, dry exclusively by solvent evaporation and form a chemical
bond caused by the action of the solvents contained in the ink.
Oxidizing or polymerizing inks will bond as a result of a high
degree of specific adhesion or mechanical bond.
Apart from the obvious fact that the printer has to select the right
ink for the surface, there are three cardinal rules to be followed
by all screen printers engaged in printing on plastics.
CAUTION:
Alkyd enamels, modified alkyds, epoxy esters and epoxy links
are included in the oxidizing and polymerizing group. These
materials find their greatest application in the printing of thermosetting plastics as well as certain highly solvent resistant thermoplastics such as polyethylene and Mylar. They may be used to
decorate other thermoplastics provided the item is not to be
formed after printing. After drying or curing, these inks are so
highly cross linked that they do not possess good forming characteristics.
1. Always test the recommended ink on the stock to be imprinted prior to a production run. 2. Allow at least 24 hours after last
printing to evaluate the suitability of the ink and its adhesion
to the surface. 3. Before using, user shall determine the suitability of the product for his intended use.
Plastic surfaces vary greatly in chemical type and are also subject
to frequent modifications made by their manufacturers. In some
instances. these surfaces even vary from batch to batch, while
some plastics such as polyethylene will reject any ink unless the
surface is pretreated. In such cases, the printer is advised not to
rely on claims that the stock supplied has already been pretreated by the manufacturer, as age, storage and handling will have a
detrimental effect on ink adhesion.
End Use
The end use of the item being imprinted will dictate which of
these ink types should be used for any given application. Epoxy
inks, for example, are ideal for decorating a phenolic part which
requires a high degree of solvent and abrasion resistance.
Lacquer type screen inks are primarily used in the printing of
thermoplastic materials. NAZ-DAR/KC manufactures a wide
variety of lacquer type inks based on many different resins;
acrylics, cellulose acetate, cellulose acetate butyrate, ethyl cellulose, nitro cellulose, polyvinyl chloride, and even some that may
use several of these basic “film formers” in the same formulation.
With this wide selection of inks available it is possible to choose
one which will have similar chemical and physical properties to
those of the plastic surface to be imprinted.
Principle Groups of Plastics
Plastics are classified as either thermoplastic or thermosetting.
The former simply means that the material, no matter how old,
can be reshaped or reformed and includes such plastics as
acrylics, cellulose acetate, polyethylene, polystyrene, and vinyls.
Thermosetting plastics, once they have been shaped and cured,
cannot be reconverted. These include phenolics, polyesters, and
melamines.
It is important that all specifications relative to the end use and
relative to the particular plastic required for printing be thoroughly understood by the printer and his customer. Such
requirements as heat, abrasion, solvent and chemical resistance
as well as degrees of gloss, weathering and light-fastness requirements of color must be understood to insure the proper selection
of ink for each job.
72
Ink Versatility
Surface-Contaminated Plastics
A number of NAZ-DAR/KC inks, particularly those of the
lacquer type are extremely versatile and exhibit excellent
adhesion to a number of plastics thus allowing the printer to
considerably reduce his ink inventory.
Adhesion of inks to plastic surfaces may be adversely affected
by the presence of mold-release agents. Many of these lubricants can be removed from the plastic surface by using inert
solvents which will not attack the plastic itself. Silicone lubricants are a special problem and may require the use of special
alkaline cleaners. Many plastics are treated with surfaceactive agents to reduce their static charge and minimize dirt
and dust collection. These may also impair the adhesion of
the ink.
Solvents
Also, if excessive amounts of active solvents are used in thinning, puckering or warpage may occur resulting in register
problems when printing subsequent colors. Not all lacquer
type inks are dependent upon solvent action for adhesion. In
certain instances the presence of active solvents in the lacquer
can cause problems to the printer. This is particularly true
when printing certain unplasticized thermoplastics such as
styrene or acrylics. These products, particularly after they
have been preformed or injection molded, are subject to
severe “crazing”. This gives the appearance of tiny distinct
surface cracks or internal cracks in the plastic. These result
from a release of the internal stresses and strains
when too active a solvent system is used in the ink.
Pigment Selection
NAZ-DAR/KC uses a great variety of pigments. Light fastness and durability of color are term which are frequently
misunderstood. A single color may in itself possess excellent
permanency. However, if this color is tinted with white or
shaded with other colors, the permanency may be drastically
reduced. By the same token if a color is reduced with compatible clear to obtain various degrees of transparency or translucency a marked reduction in permanency may again take
place.
NAZ-DAR/KC uses a balanced solvent system in the manufacture of inks in order to minimize certain printing problems.
The inks contain an optimum amount of active solvents and
selected dilutents to achieve optimum flow properties. For
this reason it is extremely important that only solvents supplied or recommended by NAZ-DAR/KC should be used for
thinning. If this rule is not adhered to, many problems can be
encountered. An excessive amount of improper retarder may
trap in what appears to be a dried ink film and finally evaporate after the sheets have been stacked, resulting in blocking
or sticking.
NAZ-DAR/KC’s pigments are carefully selected to prevent
“bleeding” when printing on plastic surfaces. A knowledge of
the particular characteristics and uses of commonly used plastics is useful and some of these are described in the following
sections.
What NAZ-DAR/KC Can Do For You...
The forgoing information indicates the complexity of the
numerous plastic materials in use today. The average screen
printer cannot be expected to know all their individual properties and for this reason, NAZ DAR/KC’s research and testing facilities are at your service. If in doubt as to the ink to be
used on any plastic material, please send sufficient samples to
us for evaluation, giving us specific information concerning
the finish required (flat or gloss), opacity, drying requirements, screen fabric and mesh number. Our recommendations
for suitable inks will be sent to you together with printed
samples showing how these were prepared in our laboratory.
Our recommendations will naturally be based upon the actual
samples of plastic stocks submitted to us but should in no
way preclude the need to pretest the inks under your own
production conditions and on the actual stock to be used in
production runs.
73
Commonly Used Plastic Surfaces and Their Characteristics
ABS
Cellulose Acetate Butyrate
A thermoplastic material used for products such as safety helmets, automotive components, refrigerator parts and radio
cases. ABS may be vacuum formed, blow molded, extruded
or calendered and is distinguished by its toughness, chemical
resistance and high gloss. Its name denotes its principal components, acrylonitrile, butadiene and styrene.
The principal advantage of this thermoplastic material over
Cellulose Acetate is its outdoor weathering resistance and it
is, therefore, used for outdoor signs as well as packaging
materials. Cellulose Acetate Butyrate has, however, a somewhat objectionable odor at close quarters.
Suggested NAZ-DAR/KC Inks:
Suggested NAZ-DAR/KC Inks
70000 Series Plasti-Vac
PP Plastic Plus
S2 System
PSP Photo Set Plastic UV Inks
9700 All Purpose Series
PSST Photo Set Styrene UV Ink
7700 P.O.P. Plus Screen Ink
70000 Series Plasti-Vac
7200 Industrial Lacquers
EO Echo Print
S2 System
PP Plastic Plus
9700 All Purpose Series
PSP Photo-Set Plastic UV Inks
7700 P.O.P. Plus Screen Ink
3200 All Purpose Series
Acrylics
Acrylics are in the thermoplastic group and are of great
importance to the screen printer. Acrylics are inherently colorless, but can be produced in a full range of transparent,
translucent and opaque colors. Their clarity and excellent
optical qualities have contributed to acrylics increasing share
in the outdoor sign market. Acrylics are, however, attacked by
a number of commonly used products such as gasoline, cleaning fluids, acetone and strong solutions of oxidizing agents.
Acrylics are produced under many brand names such as
Plexiglas®.
Melamine and Urea
Thermoset plastics available in a wide range of translucent
and opaque colors. They are very hard, scratch resistant and
unaffected by alcohol, oils and grease. They are used as closures in the cosmetic packaging industry as well as in electrical components.
Suggested NAZ-DAR/KC Inks:
Suggested NAZ-DAR/KC Inks:
ER Series Epoxy Resin Inks
BE Series Baking Epoxy Inks
SS Super-Set
9600 Series (catalyzed)
8l00 UP Unipol
70000 Series Plasti-Vac
59000 Series Synthetic Gloss Enamels
PP Plastic Plus
S2 System
9700 All Purpose Series
3200 All Purpose UV Curable Ink
7700 P.O.P. Plus Screen Ink
Phenolics
These thermoset products have many uses in the electronics
industry as well as in appliances. They have great heat resistance and excellent insulation qualities and can be molded
into rigid shapes with good surface finish. Solvent resistance
and excellent insulation qualities and can be molded into
rigid shapes with good surface finish. Solvent resistance is
good and they have low water absorption. Phenolics are
opaque and tend to yellow when exposed to actinic light.
Cellulose Acetate
Another thermoplastic noted for its outstanding toughness
and high impact strength, it is widely used in packaging as
well as in toys, book cover laminations, lamp shades and
toothbrush handles. Long exposure to outdoor weathering,
however, is not recommended.
Suggested NAZ-Dar/KC Inks:
Suggested NAZ-DAR/KC Inks:
Series Gloss Vinyl Inks
7200 Industrial Lacquers
EO Echo Print
S2 System
PP Plastic Plus
9700 All Purpose Series
7700 P.O.P. Plus Screen Ink
3200 All Purpose Series
ER Series Epoxy Resin Inks
SS Super-Set
9600 Series (catalyzed)
8100 UP Unipol
74
Commonly Used Plastic Surfaces and Their Characteristics
Polycarbonate
Polypropylene (Treated)
Claimed to be the lightest of commercially available thermoplastics, Polypropylene has greater rigidity than Polyethylene,
good surface hardness as well as scratch and abrasion resistance. It has wide uses in the manufacture of housewares,
medicine cups, luggage as well as toothpaste tubes and bottle
caps. Polypropylene requires pretreatment prior to the application of screen printing inks.
Used largely in the manufacture of industrial components.
This group is available in transparent, translucent and opaque
finishes and can be molded, cast or extruded. Polycarbonates
have good resistance to moisture and heat at elevated temperatures and can be easily sterilized. They are now used as food
containers and baby bottles. They are also used for the manufacture of protective headwear, air conditioner housings and
decorative sheeting’s.
Suggested NAZ-DAR/KC Inks:
ER000 Series Epoxy Resin Inks
79000 Series Coroplast Inks
8100 UP Unipol Gloss
3100 Photo Set UV Inks
Suggested NAZ-DAR/KC Inks
GV Series Gloss Vinyl Inks
VF Series Flat Vinyl Inks
PP Plastic Plus
S2 System
9600 Series (catalyzed)
PSP Photo-Set Plastic W Inks
8800 Color-Vue Series
3200 All Purpose UV
9700 All Purpose
Polystyrene
There are a wide variety of styrenes and each has its own specific characteristics. Polystyrene is thermoplastic and is distinguished by its hardness, rigidity, heat and dimensional stability as well as ease of fabrication.
Polyester
Suggested NAZ-DAR/KC Inks:
AquaSafe 2700 Series Water-Base Gloss
70000 Series Plasti-Vac
PP Plastic Plus
S2 System
9700 All Purpose Series
PSST Series Photo Set Styrene
3200 All Purpose UV Curable Ink
7700 P.O.P. Plus Screen Ink
The most commonly known product for the screen printer in
the thermoplastic Polyester group is DuPont’s Mylar. It has
many uses, the most important of which to the screen printer
is in the pressure sensitive decal field.
Suggested NAZ-DAR/KC Inks:
9600 Series Ink for Polyester Polyester (Top Coated)
3200/2700/S2
Vinyl
Polyethylene (Treated)
These thermoplastics are of particular use to the screen printer and in its most common form Polyethylene is used in the
packaging industry. It is strong, lightweight, highly resistant
to breakage and may be molded, extruded and formed. It is
also readily colored and its widest use is in the cosmetic packaging fields but all kinds of containers (gasoline cans, soft
drink cases) are now produced from polyethylene. It must be
pretreated prior to the application of screen printing inks.
Vinyls are thermoplastic and have made a great impact on the
screen printing industry. Vinyl is available in rigid as well as
in limp form. Its widest use for the screen printer is in the
pressure sensitive field. All Vinyl is, strictly speaking,
Polyvinyl Chloride. The uses of Vinyls are too numerous to
mention but include book covers, decals and signs.
Suggested NAZ-DAR/KC Inks
GV Series Gloss Vinyl Inks
VF Series Flat Vinyl Inks
44000 Fast-Dry Gloss Vinyl Inks
S2 System
PP plastic Plus
7700 P.O.P. Plus Screen Ink
PSP Photo-Set Plastic W Inks
9700 All Purpose Series
PSVL Series
3200 All Purpose UV Curable Ink
AquaSafe 2700 Series All Purpose Water-Base Ink
Suggested NAZ/DAR/KC Inks:
6100 Series Fast Dry Enamels 59-000 Series Synthetic Gloss
Enamels,
ER/Series Epoxy Resin Inks
3100 Photo Set UV Inks
9800 PolyPlus
3800 Poly Banner
8100 Unipol
75
VF Series – Flat Vinyl Screen Ink
Color Range
Substrates:
Vinyl Plastics, Some Vinyl Coatings.
Uses: Novelties, Inflatables, Vinyl Wall Coverings, Vinyl Book
Covers
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
VF 103
VF 104
VF 105
VF 106
VF 111
VF 112
VF 114
VF 121
VF 122
VF 124
VF 130
VF 132
VF 134
VF 146
VF 148
VF 152
VF 156
VF 159
VF 162
VF 164
VF 410
VF 411
VF 417
VF 422
VF 433
VF 440
VF 170
VF 175
VF 178
+
+
+
VF 190
VF 192
VF 184
+
+
+
+
+
+
Product Information
These inks are formulated to fuse with vinyl surfaces and can
be used on both rigid and flexible vinyl plastic, as well as on
some vinyl coatings. They have excellent opacity and fast drying qualities with good printability. VF Series will dry to a
film which will be as flexible as the vinyl surface itself.
All colors except VF111 Black may be heat sealed. VF121 NonArcing Black is used for heat sealing.
Application Information
Drying: By solvent evaporation. Air dry in 20 to 40 minutes.
Jet dry in seconds.
Opacity: Excellent.
Coverage: 1000-1500 square feet per gallon.
Thinners: VF190Thinner.VF192 Retarder.
Additives: VF175 Vinyl Extender. This will not affect the viscosity of the ink and is recommended for economy. VF178
Sharp Printing Compound to be added for printing fine
detail, halftones and on textured surfaces.
Fabrics: Monofilament 150 to 280 mesh.
Stencils: Photographic or water-soluble hand cut film.
Wash-up: VF192 Vinyl Thinner or VF184 Screen Wash.
Packaging: Available in quart and gallon containers. VF111
Black, VF112 White, VF170,VF175, thinners and Screen Wash
also available in five gallon containers.
To retain low odor characteristics of this ink, the use of VF180
Thinner and VF182 Retarder are not recommended.
Brilliant Red
Bright Red
Cadmium Red
Carmine Red
Black
White
Brown
Non-Arcing Black
Opaque White
Orange
Primrose Yellow
Lemon Yellow
Chrome Yellow
Cyanine Green
Dark Green
Light Blue
Brilliant Ultra Blue
Permanent Blue
Purple
Cerise
Yellow
Warm Red
Rubine Red
Reflex Blue
Purple
Process Blue
Clear
Extender
Sharp Printing Compound (for fine
detail printing, halftones and textured surfaces)
(Low Odor) Thinner
(Low Odor) Retarder
Vinyl Screen Wash
+ Based on information from our suppliers, these products
are made from raw materials that contain less than 0.06%
lead. If necessary, written certification of lead content
and/or other heavy metals can be obtained through an
independent laboratory. At time of publication, this line
has not been tested in regards to the CONEG toxic packaging legislation.
It is the printer’s responsibility to pre-test the ink selected
prior to engaging in a production run.
76
GV Series – Gloss Vinyl Screen Ink
Color Range
Substrates: Pressure Sensitive Vinyl Films, Vinyl Coated
Products, Vacuum Formed Vinyl Plastics, Lucite, Lexan,
Plexiglas®
Uses: Vacuum Formed Displays
+
+
+
+
Product Information
Specially formulated for printing on vinyl surfaces where a
high gloss finish is required. These inks form a positive bond
with most vinyl surfaces and will dry to an extremely flexible
film which may be vacuum formed. The pigments used in
these inks have been carefully selected for best resistance
under outdoor exposure and comparative color values are
shown below.
+
+
Application Information
Drying:
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
By solvent evaporation. Air dry in 20 to 40 minutes. JET DRYING IS NOT RECOMMENDED.
Opaque: Semi-opaque, except GV110, GV139, GV149 and
GV159 which are transparent colors. Coverage: 1200 to 1800
square feet per gallon. Thinner: VT 180 Vinyl Thinner, VF182
Vinyl Retarder.
Additives: GV173 clear Overprint for maximum exterior
durability. GV170 Clear for varying degrees of transparency
(also metallic clear). GV170 Clear is not recommended for
exterior exposure. VF 178 Sharp Printing Compound (will
slightly reduce gloss).
Fabrics: 150 to 305 mesh monofilament.
Stencils: Photographic or water-soluble knife-cut film.
Wash-up: VF 184 Screen Wash.
Packaging: Available in quart and gallon containers.
Thinners and Screen Washes also available in five gallon
containers.
GV103
GV105
GV107
GV110
GV111
GV112
GV113
GV122
GV124
GV130
GV132
GV134
GV139
GV142
GV143
GV149
GV152
GV157
GV159
GV162
GV164
GV185
GV187
GV170
GV173
VF180
VF182
VF184
Red
Permanent Red
Permanent Maroon
Transparent Red
Black
White
Brown
Opaque White
Orange
Primrose Yellow
Lemon Yellow
Chrome Yellow
Majestic Yellow
Emerald Green
Dark Green
Permanent Green
Light Blue
Royal Blue
Permanent Blue
Purple
Cerise
Brilliant Pale Gold
Silver
Clear Gloss
Clear Gloss (Exterior)
Vinyl Thinner
Vinyl Retarder Thinners
Vinyl Screen Wash
+ Based on information from our suppliers, these products
are made from raw materials that contain less than 0.06%
lead. If necessary, written certification of lead content
and/or other heavy metals can be obtained through an
independent laboratory. At time of publication, this line
has not been tested in regards to the CONEG toxic packaging legislation.
It is the printer’s responsibility to pre-test the ink selected
prior to engaging in a production run.
77
PP Series Plastic Plus Gloss Vinyl Screen Ink
Color Range
Substrates: Vinyl, Plastics, Some Vinyl Coatings, Most
Plastics
Uses: Novelties, Decals, Vinyl. Wall Coverings
Product Information
Specially formulated for screen printing on a wide variety of
vinyl, vinyl coated surfaces and plastics where a high gloss
finish is required. These inks will form a positive bond with
most plastic surfaces and will dry to an extremely flexible
film which may be vacuum formed. The pigments used in
these inks have been carefully selected to insure maximum
exterior durability.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Application Information
Drying: Plastic Plus will air dry in 15 to 20 minutes and force
dry at temperatures 90°F to 150°F (32°C to 66°C) in seconds.
Opacity: All two digit color numbers are opaque. Three digit
color numbers are semi-opaque. Color numbers with PB are
transparent.
Coverage: 1200 to 1800 square feet per gallon.
Thinners: Inks must be thinned with approximately 15 to
20% of RE180 Universal Thinner or RE183 Retarder.
Clears/Extenders/Additives: PP27 Overprint Clear
(Overprint Only). PP26 Mixing Clear may be used to reduce
color strength or as a metallic mixing varnish (use approximately 1-1/2 pounds of gold bronze powder per gallon or
1/2 to 3/4 pounds of aluminum powder per gallon. The normal gloss of Plastic Plus may be reduced by the use of PP48
Flatting Paste. Do not exceed 20%, by weight. Fabrics: 200 to
330 monofilament meshes are recommended.
Stencils: Photographic or water soluble hand cut film.
Wash-up: SW37 Universal Screen Wash.
Packaging: Available in quart and gallon containers.
**Caution to be exercised when using metallic pigments due
to short shelf life.
+ Based on information from our suppliers, these products
are made from raw materials that contain less than 0.06%
lead. If necessary, written certification of lead content
and/or other heavy metals can be obtained through an
independent laboratory. At time of publication, this line
has not been tested in regards to the CONEG toxic packaging legislation.
It is the printer’s responsibility to pre-test the ink selected
prior to engaging in a production run.
78
PP10
PP11
PP12
PP13
PP14
PP18
PP19
PP20
PP21
PP22
PP24
PP25
PP50
PP52
PP60
PP61
PP62
PP63
PP64
PP65
PP66
PP67
PP68
PP69
PP75
PP410
PP411
PP417
PP418
PP422
PP433
PP440
PP441
PPPB10
PPPB12
PPPB13
PPPB18
PPPB20
PPPB22
PPPB28
PPPB33
PPPB60
PPHTY
PPHTR
PPHTB
PPHTBK
PPHTEX
PP26
PP27
RE180
RE183
SW37
PP48
Primrose Yellow
Lemon Yellow
Medium Yellow
Emerald Yellow
Medium Green
Scarlet Red
Fire Red
Brilliant Orange
Peacock Blue
Ultra Blue
Black
White
Barrier White
Opaque Black
Orange
Yellow
Warm Red
Rubine Red
Rhodamine Red
Purple
Violet
Reflex Blue
Process Blue
Green
Super Opq. White
Yellow
Warm Red
Rubine Red
Rhodamine Red
Reflex Blue
Purple
Process Blue
Green
Tsp Primrose Yellow
Tsp Medium Yellow
Tsp Green
Tsp Red
Tsp Orange
Tsp Blue
Tsp Gold
Tsp Purple
Stop Sign Red
Halftone Yellow
Halftone Red
Halftone Blue
Halftone Black
Halftone Ex. Base
Mixing Clear
Overprint Clear
Universal Thinner
Retarder
Universal Screen Wash
Flatting Paste
70000 Series – Plasti-Vac Gloss Screen Ink
Color Range
Substrates: Acrylics, Cellulose Acetate Butyrate, Styrene,
Rigid Vinyl
Uses: Plastic Vacuum-formed Signs
+
+
+
+
Product Information
Modified acrylic lacquers designed as a general purpose plastics printing ink. These inks have excellent adhesion to such
surfaces as acrylics, cellulose acetate butyrate, styrene and
rigid vinyl.
+
These inks have been formulated to reduce static problems
often encountered with acrylic inks. All pigments have been
carefully chosen to insure bleed resistance and good light fastness.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
This series contains four basic transparent colors and in order
to obtain the required degree of transparency. the printer is
advised to start by mixing one part of the basic transparent
color with one part of 70170 Clear. This mixture should be
thinned with 70180 Thinner before printing.
These inks were formulated for vacuum forming with deep
draw. Release check to determine the suitability for the depth
of draw desired. Adhesion and gloss are normally improved
by vacuum forming.
70104
70105
70107
70110
70111
70112
70114
70124
70130
70134
70139
70142
70148
70149
70152
70157
70158
70159
70185
70187
70170
70180
70182
SW184
Bright Red
Permanent Red
Permanent Maroon
Transparent Red
Black
White
Brown
Orange
Primrose Yellow
Chrome Yellow
Majestic Yellow
Emerald Green
Dark Green
Permanent Green
Light Blue
Royal Blue
Dark Blue
Permanent Blue
Brilliant Pale Gold
Silver
Clear
Thinner
Retarder Thinner
Screen Wash
+ Based on information from our suppliers, these products
are made from raw materials that contain less than 0.06%
lead. If necessary, written certification of lead content
and/or other heavy metals can be obtained through an
independent laboratory. At time of publication, this line
has not been tested in regards to the CONEG toxic packaging legislation.
Application Information
By solvent evaporation. Air dry in approximately 20 to 40
minutes. May be jet dried.
Opacity: These colors have good opacity except 70110, 70139,
70149 and 70159 which are transparent colors.
Thinners: 70180 Thinner, 70182 Retarder.
Additives: 70170 Clear. 70170 is also an excellent carrier for
silver and gold and shows aluminum tendency to discolor
bronze powders. Approximately 31 Ib. of aluminum powder
or 1 1/2 Ibs. of gold bronze is required per gallon of clear.
Dampen powder 70180. Thinner and then thoroughly mix the
paste into the Clear.
Fabrics: All types. 200 to 330 mesh monofilament. Stencils:
Direct emulsions, indirect photographic film or water-soluble
knife-cut film.
Wash-up: SW184 Screen Wash.
Packaging: Available in quart and gallon containers. 70170
Clear, Thinners and Screen Wash also available in five gallon
containers.
It is the printer’s responsibility to pre-test the ink selected
prior to engaging in a production run.
79
9600 Series – Polyester Screen Ink
Color Range
Substrates: Untreated Polyester, Polyester Coated Surfaces,
Treated Or Top Coated Polyester Films
Uses: Decals, Bottles
Product Information
9600 Series is designed primarily for the printing of untreated
polyester films. 9600 will dry to a film exhibiting good gloss
and flexibility.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
9600 Series, when catalyzed, exhibits adhesion to a diverse
range of substrates including polyesters, some rubber, polycarbonate, melamine plastics, leather and some coated and
uncoated metals. Catalyzing 9600 Series will also reduce its
normal rewetting tendencies when stacking ink to ink or ink
to polyester as well as improve its resistance to solvents and
chemicals.
The pigments used in these inks have been carefully selected
for light fastness. However, this ink system is not recommended for extended outdoor exposure.
Application Information
Drying: By solvent evaporation. 9600 will air dry in 20 to 40
minutes or may be force dried at temperatures 90°F to 150°F
(32°C to 66°C) in seconds.
Opacity: All colors are opaque except PB’s and Halftones.
Coverage:1200 to 1800 sq. ft. per gallon.
Thinners: Inks must be thinned with approximately 10% of
9630 Thinner or 9631 Retarder.
Clears/Extenders/Additives: 9627 may be used to reduce
color strength or as a metallic mixing varnish (use approximately 1 1/2 pounds of gold bronze powder per gallon). Only
mix quantities of metallics needed for immediate use, due to
probable limited mixed shelf life. The normal gloss of 9600
Series may be reduced by the use of 9648 Flatting Paste. Do
not exceed 20% by weight.
Catalyst: Catalyst NB70 is available in quart containers.
When catalyzing 9600 Series, add I part of NB70 Catalyst to 9,
by weight, of 9600 Series color or clear. Shelf life of catalyzed
9600 Series is approximately 8 hours. Only mix quantities for
immediate use.
NOTE: The addition of NB70 can cause yellowing of the ink
film on exposure to sunlight. For applications requiring some
outdoor exposure, use 6-10% of 223790 Urethane Clear Part B.
Fabrics: 200 to 330 monofilament meshes are recommended
Stencils: Photographic.
Wash-up: 9637 Screen Wash.
Packaging: Available in quart and gallon containers. 9637 is
also available in five gallon containers.
9610
9611
9612
9613
9614
9618
9619
9620
9621
9622
9624
9625
9650
96440
96PBI0
96PB12
96PB13
96PB18
96PB20
96PB22
96PB33
96PB60
96HTY
96HTR
96HTB
96HTBK
96HTEX
9627
96410
96411
96417
96418
96433
96440
96441
9630
9631
9637
9648
NB70
Primrose Yellow
Lemon Yellow
Medium Yellow
Emerald Green
Medium Green
Scarlet Red
Fire Red
Brilliant Orange
Peacock Blue
Ultra Blue
Black
White
Barrier White
Process Blue
Tsp Primrose Yellow
Tsp Medium Yellow
Tsp Green
Tsp Red
Tsp Orange
Tsp Blue
Tsp Purple
Stop Sign Red
Halftone Yellow
Halftone Red
Halftone Blue
Halftone Black
Halftone Ex. Base
Mix & Overprint Clear
Yellow
Warm Red
Rubine Red
Rhodamine Red
Purple
Process Blue
Green
Thinner
Retarder
Screen Wash
Flatting Paste
Catalyst
All colors listed above are non-bleeding. For maximum
durability, use colors at full strength as supplied.
+ Based on information from our suppliers, these products
are made from raw materials that contain less than 0.06%
lead. If necessary, written certification of lead content
and/or other heavy metals can be obtained through an
independent laboratory. At time of publication, this line
has not been tested in regards to the CONEG toxic packaging legislation.
It is the printer’s responsibility to pre-test the ink selected
prior to engaging in a production run.
80
9700 Series – All Purpose Screen Ink
Color Range
SUBSTRATES: Styrene, ABS, vinyl sheet and pressure-sensitive film, Tyvek, coated metal, artcor, paper, cardboard,
C.A.B., acetate
USES: Decals, P.O.P., signs
Product Information
A product designed to eliminate the need for many different
inks on plastics, paper, cardboard, Tyvek, pressure sensitive
film, and precoated metal. The adhesion characteristics of the
product arc so unusual, it should be tried on any surface. 9700
produces a high gloss tough flexible film suitable for
vacuum forming. The pigments used in the product have
been carefully selected to ensure maximum exterior durability.
Application Information
Drying: 5-20 minutes at normal room temperature. Force dry
in seconds at 90°F- I50°F (32°C-66°C).
Opacity: All colors are opaque except Toners, PB’s and
Halftones, which are transparent. All colors listed are nonbleeding. For maximum durability, use colors at full strength
as supplied.
Coverage: 1400-2000 Sq. ft. per gallon, depending on fabric
and squeegee used.
Thinner: 10-15% of RE185 is fast thinner, RE180 or 9731 is
recommended. RE185 is Fast Thinner.
Clears/Extenders/Additives: 9727 Clear is used for overprinting and as a metallic mixing clear and to reduce the
opacity of colors. When using silver powder, use 1/2 to 3/4
pounds per to a gallon of clear and approximately 1 1/2
pounds of bronze powder. The addition of 10-12% NB70 will
help improve adhesion. On uncoated stock and Tyvek add
one pint of 9748 Flatting Paste per gallon of color which prevents the ink from penetrating uncoated stock. NOTE: The
addition of NB70 can cause yellowing of the ink film on exposure to sunlight. For applications requiring outdoor exposure,
use 6-10% 223790 Urethane Clear Part B in place of NB70.
Fabric: 200 to 355 monofilament or finer. Use 305-355 mesh
for halftone printing.
Stencils: Photographic or water soluble hand cut film.
Wash-up: SW37 Universal Screen Wash.
Packaging: Available in quart and gallon containers. The
following are also available in five gallon containers: 9799
9724, 9727, 9731, RE185, 9775.
+Based on information from our suppliers, these products are
made from raw materials that contain less than 0.06% lead. If
necessary, written certification of lead content and/or other
heavy metals can be obtained through an independent laboratory. At time of publication, this line has not been tested in
regards to the CONEG toxic packaging legislation.
It is the printer’s responsibility to pre-test the ink selected
prior to engaging in a production run.
81
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
9710
9711
9712
9713
9718
9719
9720
9721
9722
9724
9725
9775
97410
97411
97417
97418
97422
97433
97440
97441
9780
9781
9782
9783
9784
9785
9786
9787
9788
9789
9790
97PBI0
97PBI2
97PB13
97PB18
97PB20
97PB22
97PB28
97PB33
97PB60
97HTY
97HTR
97HTB
97HTBK
97HTEX
9727
9760
9761
9762
9763
9764
9765
9766
9767
9768
9769
RE180
9731
RE185
9748
SW37
Primrose Yellow
Lemon Yellow
Medium Yellow
Emerald Green
Scarlet Red
Fire Red
Brilliant Orange
Peacock Blue
Ultra Blue
Black
Tinting White
Super Opaque White
Yellow
Warm Red
Rubine Red
Rhodamine
Reflex Blue
Purple
Process Blue
Green
LF Yellow Toner (GS)
LF Orange Toner
Carmine Toner
Magenta Toner
Maroon Toner
Green Toner
Blue Toner (GS)
Blue Toner (RS)
Violet Toner
Umber Toner
Yellow Iron Oxide Toner
Tsp Primrose Yellow
Tsp Medium Yellow
Tsp Green
Tsp Red
Tsp Orange
Tsp Blue
Tsp Gold
Tsp Purple
Stop Sign Red
Halftone Yellow
Halftone Red
Halftone Blue
Halftone Black
Halftone Ex. Base
Mix/Overprint Clear
Orange
Yellow
Warm Red
Rubine Red
Rhodamine
Purple
Violet
Reflex Blue
Process Blue
Green
Universal Thinner
Retarder
Thinner (Fast)
Flatting Paste
Universal Screen Wash
9800 Series – Poly Plus Screen Ink
Color Range
Substrates: Treated Polyethylene, Coated Paper And Board
Stock
Uses: Polybanner Material
Product Information
9800 Poly Plus series is specifically formulated to produce a
high gloss finish with a stretchable bond on created polyethylene banner material.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Note: For proper adhesion to polyethylene banner film, the
material must be corona treated to a level of 4246 dynes/C
M2.
Application Information
Drying: Air dry 15-20 minutes. Jet dry at 130°F (55°C) in
20-30 seconds.
Opacity: All colors are opaque except Halftones. Coverage:
1200 to 1800 sq. ft. per gallon.
Thinners: Add 10 to 15% RE185 Thinner or RE181 Retarder.
Clears: 9826 Mixing Clear may be used to reduce opacity or
as a metallic mixing varnish. Add 1 1/2 Ibs. of gold bronze
powder per gallon or 1/2 to 3/4 Ib. silver. 9848 Flatting Paste
may be used to reduce gloss.
Fabrics: 200 to 330 mesh monofilament polyester. Stencils:
Photographic or hand cut water applied. Wash-up: SW37
Universal Screen Wash.
Packaging: Available in quarts, gallons and five gallon containers.
9810
9811
9812
9813
9818
9819
9820
9821
9822
9824
9825
98410
98411
98417
98418
98422
98433
98440
98441
98HTY
98HTR
98HTB
98HTBK
98HTEX
9848
9826
RE185
RE181
SW37
Primrose Yellow
Lemon Yellow
Medium Yellow
Emerald Green
Scarlet Red
Fire Red
Brilliant Orange
Peacock Blue
Ultra Blue
Black
White
Yellow
Warm Red
Rubine Red
Rhodamine
Reflex Red
Purple
Process Blue
Green
Halftone Yellow
Halftone Red
Halftone Blue
Halftone Black
Halftone Ex. Base
Flatting Paste
Mixing Clear
Thinner
Retarder
Universal Screen Wash
+Based on information from our suppliers, these products are
made from raw materials that contain less than 0.06% lead. If
necessary, written certification of lead content and/or other
heavy metals can be obtained through an independent laboratory. At time of publication, this line has not been tested in
regards to the CONEG toxic packaging legislation.
It is the printer’s responsibility to pre-test the ink selected
prior to engaging in a production run.
82
79000 Series – Corogloss Screen Ink
Color Range
Substrates: Fluted Co-polymer Resin Plastics Such As
Fully Corona Treated Coroplast, Corrugated Plastics
Uses: Bus Signs
+
+
Product Information
79000 Series are formulated for printing on fluted corrugated
plastic sheets manufactured from special copolymer resins.
+
+
+
These inks have excellent scuff resistance and dry to an even
gloss finish and have excellent adhesion and water resistance
to fully treated surfaces.
Application Information
Drying: By solvent evaporation: air dry 20-40 minutes. Jet
+
dry (maximum I30°F-54°C) in seconds. Opacity: All colors are
opaque except halftones and toners.
Coverage: 1200 to 1800 sq. ft. per gallon.
Thinner: 9000 Thinner. 9050 Retarder.
Fabrics: Monofilament meshes 200 to 330 are recommended.
Stencils: Direct emulsions, direct-indirect systems, indirect
film or water soluble knife-cut film.
Wash-up: 2555 Screen Wash.
Packaging: Colors available in quarts and US gallon containers. 5560 Thinner and 9050 Retarder also available in five gallon containers. 2555 Screen Wash also available in quart and
five gallon containers. Special colors made to order.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
7910
7911
7912
7913
7918
7919
7920
7921
7922
7927
7945
7952
7956
7958
7959
7960
7961
7962
7963
7964
7965
7966
7967
7968
7969
7975
7980
7981
7982
7983
7984
7985
7986
7987
7988
79HTB
79HTR
79HTY
79HTBK
79HTEX
Primrose Yellow
Lemon Yellow
Medium Yellow
Emerald Green
Scarlet Re
Fire Red
Orange
Peacock Blue
Ultra Blue
Mixing/Overprint Clear
Forest Green
Opaque Black
Brillant Blue
Tinting White
Tinting Black
Orange
Yellow
Warm Red
Rubine Red
Rhodamine Red
Purple
Violet
Reflex Blue
Process Blue
Green
Opaque White
Yellow Toner
Orange Toner
Carmine Toner
Magenta Toner
Maroon Toner
Green Toner
Blue (GS) Toner
Blue (RS) Toner
Violet Toner
Halftone Blue
Halftone Red
Halftone Yellow
Halftone Black
Halftone Extender Base
+Based on information from our suppliers, these products are
made from raw materials that contain less than 0.06% lead. If
necessary, written certification of lead content and/or other
heavy metals can be obtained through an independent laboratory. At time of publication, this line has not been tested in
regards to the CONEG toxic packaging legislation.
It is the printer’s responsibility to pre-test the ink selected
prior to engaging in a production run.
83
ADE Series Epoxy Screen Ink
ADE inks are formulated with high-quality epoxy
resins for excellent adhesion to a wide range of hard-toprint substrates. ADE provides outstanding solvent,
chemical and abrasion resistance. ADE is a two-part ink
system and must be initiated with ADE-677 catalyst
prior to use.
Product Range:
All of the following colors are available in quart and
gallon containers. Those marked with an * are also
available in 5 gallon containers.
ADE10
ADE11
ADE12
ADE19
ADE20
ADE22
ADE26
ADE52
ADE62
ADE67
ADE75
ADE78
ADE80
ADE82
ADE83
ADE84
ADE85
ADE86
ADE87
ADE88
ADE90
ADE315
ADE405
ADE435
ADE456
ADE500
ADE503
ADE523
ADE538
ADE544
ADE568
ADE578
ADE586
ADE677
ADE678
ADE679
RE190
RE182
SW184
Substrates:
Epoxy, melamine, treated polyethylene, polypropylene,
metals, glass, PC boards.
End Uses:
Ideal for electronic and industrial applications.
Application Information:
Mesh:
200-305 monofilament polyester or stainless steel mesh.
Stencil:
Direct method photo emulsion or equivalent. Also, any
solvent resistant film or photo emulsion.
Ink Preparation:
Before using ADE ink, add 1 part ADE-677 Catalyst to 5
parts ink. Pot life of catalyzed ADE ink is approximately 6-8 hours.
ADE678 High Performance Catalyst and ADE679
Snowboard Catalyst - Contact Technical Service for
special data sheet.
Air Dry:
30-60 minutes at room temperature.
Force-Dry:
3-5 minutes at 150°-180°E baking ADE prints for 10
minutes at 300°-325°F will produce the hardest, most
durable prints.
Primrose Yellow
Lemon Yellow**
Medium Yellow (ADE225)
Fire Red
Brilliant Orange
Ultra Blue**
Opaque Black (ADE710)
Warm Red
Rubine Red
Reflex Blue
Opaque White (ADE120)
High Intensity White
Process Yellow (ADE207)
Carmine Red
Magenta
Maroon
Green (ADE304)
GS Blue
RS Blue
Violet (ADE498)
Heavy Body Base (ADE850)
Emerald Green*
Brilliant Blue*
Regal Blue*
Process Blue
Fire Red*
Permanent Red Y*
Perm Satellite Red*
Permanent Red B*
Permanent Deep Red*
Permanent Magenta*
Permanent Cherise*
Permanent Process Red
Catalyst
High Performance Catalyst
Snowboard Catalyst
Thinner (T976B)
Retarder
Universal Screen Wash
*4 Gal Minimum
**1 Gal Minimum Blend
Caution:
It is the printer’s responsibility to pretest the ink selected
prior to engaging in a production run. Allow at least 24 hours
after test printing to evaluate the suitability of the ink and its
adhesion to the surface. Before using, the printer shall determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
+Based on information from our suppliers, these products are
made from raw materials that contain less than 0.06% lead.
Extenders/Additives
To extend color and or reduce pigmentation, add ADE800 Clear Base. For printing halftones and fine details,
add ADE-850 Halftone Base. For best printing results,
reduce ink with 5-15% (by weight) T-976B. To prevent
drying in screen under hot, humid conditions, add
RE182 sparingly.
Clean Up:
It is the printer’s responsibility to pre-test the ink selected
prior to engaging in a production run.
SW37-Wash Up.
84
6100 Series Fast Dry Enamel Ink
6100 Series fast dry, high gloss enamel is a solventbased ink that exhibits the best features of Nazdar's former FED and 49000 Series enamel inks, with an
expanded color range to meet today's environmental
requirements.
+Product Range:
All of the following colors are available in quart and
gallon containers. Those marked with an * are also
available in 5 gallon containers.
6100 is a synthetic enamel, developed for use on flametreated polyethylene containers, fiber drums and other
hard-to-adhere to surfaces. 6100 Series features a builtin catalyst that accelerates curing and offers excellent
resistance to soaps and detergents.
Substrates:
Fiber drums and treated polyethylene containers.
End Uses:
Containers and packaging materials.
Application Information:
Mesh:
200-305 monofilament polyester.
Stencil:
Direct or indirect photo stencil recommended, however,
all types will work.
Squeegee:
Sharp edge, 60-70 durometer blade.
6110
6111
6112
6119
6120
6121
6122
6152
6158
6159
6160
6161
6162
6163
6164
6165
6166
6167
6168
6169
6175
Primrose Yellow
Lemon Yellow
Medium Yellow
Fire Red
Brilliant Orange
Peacock Blue
Ultra Blue
Super Opaque Black
Tinting White
Tinting Black
Orange
Yellow
Warm Red
Rubine Red
Rhodamine Red
Purple
Violet
Reflex Blue
Process Blue
Green
Super Opaque White
6126
6127
5560
9050
2555
Mixing Clear
Overprint Clear
Fast Thinner*
Retarder* (not available in quarts)
Screen Wash*
Caution:
It is the printer’s responsibility to pretest the ink selected
prior to engaging in a production run. Allow at least 24 hours
after test printing to evaluate the suitability of the ink and its
adhesion to the surface. Before using, the printer shall determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
+Based on information from our suppliers, these products are
made from raw materials that contain less than 0.06% lead.
Coverage:
900-1200 sq. ft per gallon.
Printing:
Thin approximately 10-15%, using 5560 Thinner to
assure maximum print and flow characteristics. 9050
Retarder may be required where fine copy and high
temperatures prevail.
It is the printer’s responsibility to pre-test the ink selected
prior to engaging in a production run.
Drying:
Air dry time is 30-60 minutes. Force dry/temp. time is
tack free in approximately 5 minutes at 180°F (82°C).
Clean Up:
2555 Screen Wash
85
59000 Series – Enamel Plus Gloss Screen Ink
Color Range
Substrates: Metal, Wood, Masonite, Glass, Anodized
Aluminum, Paper, Cardboard, Some Plastics
Uses: Outdoor Signs And Displays, Novelties,
Synthetic Decals, Packaging Containers
+
+
+
+
+
+
Product information
59000 Series regular and halftone inks have good outdoor
durability and dry to an extremely flexible and glossy finish.
These inks have excellent adhesion to a great variety of surfaces and are ideal for printing both solid coat-outs as well as
fine details.
+
The regular inks are formulated to be used straight from the
container but 59000 Thinning Varnish may be used for thinning if required.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
59170 Halftone Clear should be added to the halftone inks to
reduce color concentration while maintaining good printing
characteristics.
Application Information
Drying: By oxidation. Tack-free dry time is four to six hours.
To obtain a tack-free surface, heat set 180° F (82° C) for 30
minutes; 24 to 48 hours for maximum adhesion and chemical
resist.
Opacity: All colors are opaque except halftone and transparent colors.
Coverage: 800 to 1200 square feet per gallon.
Thinner: 59000 Thinning Varnish. (Use also to obtain rollercoating consistency.)
Clears: Over-printing these inks with 59140 Mixing Clear
will produce maximum durability. 59172 Flat Synthetic
Coating Varnish and 59135 Gloss Coating Varnish may also be
roller-coated and used as a bronzing vehicle.
Fabrics: 150 to 280 mesh monofilament. For outdoor exposure use a coarser mesh for maximum ink film thickness.
Stencils: All types.
Wash-ups: 2555 Screen Wash.
Packaging: All colors and solvents available in quart and
gallon containers. White and Black also available in five
gallon containers.
* These colors are not recommended for outdoor exposure of
more than 90 days.
+Based on information from our suppliers, these products are
made from raw materials that contain less than 0.06% lead. If
necessary, written certification of lead content and/or other
heavy metals can be obtained through an independent laboratory. At time of publication, this line has not been tested in
regards to the CONEG toxic packaging legislation.
It is the printer’s responsibility to pre-test the ink selected
prior to engaging in a production run.
86
59102
59104
59204
59106
59111
59112
59114
59122
59124
59130
59230
59132
59134
59234
59140
59142
59148
59152
59156
59158
59410
59411
59417
59418
59422
59433
59440
59441
59610
59612
59613
59618
59620
59622
59628
59633
59660
59191
59192
59120
59135
59172
59000
59166
59167
59168
59169
59170
2555
59-118
Fire Red
Bright Red
Bright Red
Scarlet Red
Black
White
Medium Brown
SO White
Brilliant Orange
Primrose Yellow
Primrose Yellow
Lemon Yellow
Medium Yellow
Medium Yellow
Mixing Clear
Emerald Green
Medium Green
Peacock Blue
Ultra Blue
Dark Blue
Yellow
Warm Red
Rubine Red
Rhodamine Red
Reflex Blue
Purple
Process Blue
Green
Trans. Primrose Yellow
Trans. Medium Yellow
Trans. Green
Trans. Red
Trans. Orange
Trans. Blue
Trans. Gold
Trans. Purple
Stop Sign Red
Flat Black
Flat White
Base
Gloss Varnish
Flat Varnish
Thinning Varnish
Halftone Black
Halftone Blue
Halftone Yellow
Halftone Magenta
Halftone Clear
Screen Wash
Flatting Paste
DL Series – Decal Lacquer Screen Ink
Color Range
Substrates: Lacquer, Decals (Slide-off And Face-down),
Leather, Paper Cardstock
Uses: Decals
+
+
Product Information
+
+
+
These inks were formulated primarily for the printing of
decalcomanias. They can also be used for printing on paper or
cardboard or other select surfaces where a smooth, flexible
lacquer film is required.
DL111
DL112
DL170
RE180
RE185
VF184
2040
Black
White
Clear (Gloss)
Retarder Thinner
Thinner
Screen Wash
Decal Adhesive
Printing Procedure
1. Print solid coat-out of DL170 Gloss Clear straight from container, using 135 monofilament fabric and using a slightly
rounded squeegee to obtain a heavy deposit. l he shape
should conform roughly to the shape of the decal but should
be approximately 1/16 to 1/8 inch larger than the actual colors printed subsequently.
No. 2040 Decal Adhesive
A water soluble adhesive for printing onto finished decals on
simplex paper. Soluble in water after drying. Becomes adhesive and enables a transfer to be made with perfect adhesion
to the surface. Decals should be thoroughly dry before applying this adhesive. Mix well before using. Recommend for use
with 180 mesh. See DL Ink page for usage information.
Available in quart and gallon containers.
2. Print design, using DL colors. Use any screen fabric up to
230 mesh monofilament.
3. Print a final coat of DL170 Gloss Clear, using the same
screen as for Step (1). This step is optional, but will assure a
tough, flexible decal which may be adhered without distortion. For a uniform, lusterless finish, use DL172 Flat Clear as a
final coat.
Decca Flat Paper
This paper is for slide-off decals. Size 24 x 36”.
Decca Fix
This paper is for slide-off decals and is tinted blue.
Size 20 x 27”.
4. When the decal is to be adhered to the inside of glass, print
solid coat-out of 2040 Decal Adhesive.
Application Information
Drying: By solvent evaporation. 10-15 min. normal room
temperature.
Opacity: All colors are opaque.
Coverage: 1000 to 1200 square feet per gallon.
Thinners, Additives: Use straight from container or thin
with IL180 Lacquer Thinner or RE180 Retarder, DL170 Gloss
Clear for metallics.
Fabrics: 155 to 230 mesh monofilament.
Stencils: Direct emulsions, indirect photographic film or
water-soluble knife-cut film.
Wash-ups: VF 184 Screen Wash.
Packaging: Available in quarts and gallon containers. DL111,
DL112, DL170, IL180, RE180 and VF184 also available in five
gallon containers.
+ Based on information from our suppliers, these products are
made from raw materials that contain less than 0.06% lead. If necessary, written certification of lead content and/or other heavy
metals can be obtained through an independent laboratory. At
time of publication, this line has not been tested in regards to the
CONEG toxic packaging legislation.
It is the printer’s responsibility to pre-test the ink selected
prior to engaging in a production run.
87
7200 Series Lacquer Screen Ink
Product Range
7200 Series Lacquer meets the demands of today’s screen
printers with cleaner, brighter colors including the popular 60
Series PANTONE® base colors used to match all 1000 PANTONE Specifier shades. All standard colors are lead-free.
All of the following colors are available in quart and gallon
containers. Those marked with an * have a 4 gallon minimum
and are not available in quart containers. Those marked with
** are also available in 5 gallon containers.
7200 Series inks have been formulated to exhibit the best features of several Nazdar lacquer formulations. 7200 Series
offers color range and performance characteristics that meet
today’s requirements for productivity.
SUBSTRATES:
Coated paper and card stocks, polyolefin, proxylin, and some
synthetic paper stocks, foils, wood, Tyvek (add 15% by weight
7248), and some coated metals.
END USES:
POP displays, signs, and book cover
Application Information:
Mesh:
Recommended mesh is 255.40 monofilament polyester (this is
mesh used for all PANTONE® formulas).For more opacity or
a thicker ink deposit use 203 monofilament polyester. For
more coverage, detail and less deposit, use 305 monofilament
polyester.
Stencil:
Photographic solvent resistant.
Squeegee:
A sharp edge, 70-80 durometer blade.
Coverage:
Between1800 and 2500 sq. ft. per gallon, depending on ink
deposit.
Drying:
7200 Series inks will air dry in 10-15 minutes at normal room
temperature. Force drying is achieved in 40-60 seconds at 90°150°F (32°-66°C). It is important to have good air flow to help
remove solvents and accelerate drying. If the temperature is
too high without good air flow, blocking may occur when the
sheets are stacked warm.
7210
7211
7212
7220
7221
7222
7252
7258
7259
7260
7261
7262
7263
7264
7265
7266
7267
7268
7269
7275
7280
7281
7282
7283
7284
7285
7286
7287
7288
7289
72HTBK
72HTC
72HTEX
72HTM
72HTY
Primrose Yellow
Lemon Yellow
Medium Yellow
Fire Red
Brilliant Orange
Peacock Blue
Super Opaque Black
Tinting White
Tinting Black
Orange
Yellow
Warm Red
Rubine Red
Rhodamine Red
Purple
Violet
Reflex Blue
Process Blue
Green
Super Opaque White
Yellow Toner*
Orange Toner*
Carmine Toner*
Magenta Toner*
Maroon Toner*
Green Toner*
Blue Toner (GS)*
Blue Toner (RS)*
Violet Toner*
Red Toner*
Halftone Black
Halftone Cyan
Halftone Ext Base
Halftone Magenta
Halftone Yellow
7227
7248
RE185
RE181
SW184
Mixing Clear
Flatting Paste
Thinner**
Retarder**
Screen Wash
Mixing Clear:
7227 Mixing Clear is used to reduce the density or shade of
color, or with metallic powders.
Thinners/Additives /Extenders:
Caution:
It is the printer’s responsibility to pretest the ink selected
prior to engaging in a production run. allow at least 24 hours
after test printing to evaluate the suitability of the ink and its
adhesion to the surface. Before using, the printer shall determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
+Based on information from our suppliers, these products are
made from raw materials that contain less than 0.06% lead.
The viscosity of the 7200 Series may be reduced to improve
flow or accelerate cure by adding up to 5% RE185 Thinner. Do
not exceed 10% by weight.
Clean Up:
SW37 and SW184 Screen Wash.
88
Resist Inks for Printed Circuits
Alkalis Removable Resist for
Alkaline Etchants
Alkali Removable Etch
Resist Inks
226 Black and 228 White are suitable for regular printing of
Product Information
print-and-etch boards.
227 White and 229 Blue are formulated for the hole plugging
method of producing plated-through boards. 227 White Resist
is used for how plugging and 229 Blue for printing the positive circuit pattern.
229 Resist is slower drying than 228 Blue.
212 Blue has been formulated to resist mildly alkaline as well
as acid etchants. For etching, no board pretreatment is
required apart from ensuring that the surface is free from oil
and grease.
The following etchants are suitable:
Ferric Chloride
Ammonium Persulphate
Nitric Acid
Cupric Chloride
Chromic/Sulfuric Acid
Hydrochloric Acid
Product Information
The simplicity of application and stripping with inexpensive
caustic solutions makes these inks most attractive to circuit
board manufacturers. NAZ-DAR/ KC’s Alkali Removable
Resist Inks provide maximum resistance to etchants and are
ideal for print-and-etch boards. They offer considerable cost
savings over solvent-removable resists and are distinguished
by excellent printability for fine line circuit configurations.
Some manufacturers are using these resist inks by modifying
chemical cleaning lines with mild acids rather than alkalis
pre-cleaning.
Specifications
Drying: 30 minutes to 2 hours at room temperature. 3 to 6
minutes at 140°-176°F (60°- 80°C ) with infrared or convection
ovens. 1 to 3 minutes at 212°-248°F (100°-120°C) with infrared
or convection ovens.
Removal After Etching: Spray or dip in a 4 to 7% sodium
hydroxide solution. Rinse board thoroughly with water and
dry.
Thinners: NAZ-DAR/KC Thinner RE180.
Stencils: Direct emulsions or indirect photographic films.
Wash-up: NAZ-DAR/KC RE180 Thinner.
Packaging Available: in quarts and gallons.
Specifications
Drying: Cure at 260 to 265°F (120 to 130°C) for 2 to 5 minutes. Air dry in 2 to 8 hours depending upon ink deposit and
local conditions.
Thinners: Use straight from the can or reduce with NAZDAR/KC’s RE180 Thinner or RE182 Retarder.
Removal After Etching:
1. Spraying with a 1 to 4% solution of sodium hydroxide will
remove the ink in the tank.
2. When spraying with an 8 to 10% solution of sodium
hydroxide, these inks will merely be softened and may be
removed with a separate water rinse. This method will allow
the alkalis tank to remain relatively free of sludge, so that it
may be used for longer periods before removal.
It is the printer’s responsibility to pre-test the ink selected
prior to engaging in a production run.
The sodium hydroxide solution should be maintained at 100
to 120°F (38 to 48°C) although good results have been
obtained at room temperature. It is also recommended that
these resists be removed as soon as possible after etching.
Fabrics: Stainless steel or monofilament meshes are recommended.
Stencils: Direct emulsions or indirect photographic films.
Wash-up: NAZ-DAR/KC’s RE180 Thinner
Packaging: Available in quarts and gallons.
89
Plating Resist for Printed Circuits
Product Information
Solvent Removable Etch Resist for
Printed Circuits and Nameplates
205 Blue has been formulated primarily for plating operations, this ink has maximum resistance to plating solutions
and is recommend for long plating cycles. It is distinguished
by excellent fine line printability.
Curing: Depending upon plating operation, this ink may be
cured at 200°F (93°C) for periods ranging from 10 to 45 minutes.
Product Information
211 Black has been formulated for the production of nameplates and print-and-etch boards. This ink will withstand solder dipping operations without loss of adhesion. It has excellent printability and very good resistance to ferric chloride,
ammonium persulphate and other commonly used etchants.
Specifications
Specifications
Thinners: Use straight from the container or reduce with up
Drying: 200°F (93°C) for 5 minutes. Air dry approximately 30
to 10% NAZ-DAR/KC 5500 thinner or 5550 Retarder.
Fabrics: Stainless steel or monofilament meshes are recommended.
Stencils: Direct emulsions or indirect photographic films.
Remove After Etching: Use chlorinated solvents such as
trichlorethylene or xylol.
Wash-up: NAZ-DAR/KC 2555 Screen Wash. Packaging:
Available in quarts and gallons.
minutes.
Thinners: NAZ-DAR/KC 5500 Thinner. NAZ-DAR/ KC
5500 Retarder. To remove the etching, use chlorinated solvents
such as trichlorethylene, or xylol.
Fabrics: Stainless steel or monofilament meshes are recommended.
Stencils: Direct emulsions or indirect photographic films.
Wash-ups: NAZ-DAR/KC 2555 Screen Wash.
Packaging: Available in quart, gallon and five-gallon
containers.
16935-PC Black for Printed Circuits
Product Information
Extremely sharp-printing plating resist recommended for long
plating cycles. This resist withstands not only most plating
solutions but can be used as a solvent strippable resist with
alkaline etchants. For alkali strippable resists with alkaline
etchants see 212 Blue.
It is the printer’s responsibility to pre-test the ink selected
prior to engaging in a production run.
Specifications
Curing: Depending upon plating operation, this resist
should be cured at 200°F (90°C) for periods ranging from 10
to 45 minutes.
Thinners: Use straight from container or reduce with up to
10% of NAZ-DAR/KC 5500 Thinner or 5550 Retarder.
Fabrics: Stainless steel or monofilament meshes are recommended.
Stencils: Direct emulsions or indirect photographic films.
Removable After Etching: Use chlorinated solvents such
as trichlorethylene, or xylol.
Wash-up: NAZ-DAR/KC 2555 Screen Wash. Packaging:
Available in gallons only.
90
UV Ink Introduction
Screen Printing with Ultraviolet Curable
Inks
In the curing process of screen inks, application of ultraviolet
(UV) energy is recognized as perhaps one of the most important technological advances in recent years. The major advantages of the UV curable systems over the conventional, solvent-based systems are as follows:
Evaluation of UV Inks:
All UV inks produced by NAZ-DAR/KC must pass rigid
quality control tests for printability, color opacity, cure, adhesion and other properties, prior to shipment. However, individual printing technique and UV curing conditions at the
printing shop may differ. Therefore, it is important that the
user determine suitability of the product for it’s intended use
prior to a production run.
1. Rapid Cure: Curing of a coating occurs in seconds as
opposed to minutes or hours as in the case with conventional,
solvent based inks.
2. Conservation of Energy & Space: Energy consuming thermal production lines are replaced by compact UV curing
units which have lower energy requirements for the same
capacity.
The following is a general procedure for this evaluation:
1. Choose the proper screen mesh, stencil and squeegee
durometer. (See application information for each product).
3. Air Pollution Control: Since nearly 100% of the liquid coating is converted to solid, no solvent is discharged into the
atmosphere.
2. Print the ink on the substrate. Screen technique is extremely
important because film thickness will affect cure speed and
final properties of the cured ink film.
4. Cosmetic Improvements: Gloss and appearance are better
than most conventional, solvent based inks.
3. Cure the ink. Due to the large variety of UV processors, the
proper power setting and conveyor belt speed will have to be
determined by testing. NOTE: Most UV inks will “post cure”;
therefore, final properties may not be achieved until after a
short period of time.
5. Screen Stability: UV inks will not dry in the mesh which
reduces costs of labor and solvent used to clean screens after
breaks. Savings will also be realized by not wasting stock that
has poor print quality due to “dried in” inks.
6. Fine Detail Printing: Better appearance of printing high
quality finer detail and improved dot quality in four-color
process (halftone) printing.
4. In order to improve efficiency, the printer should control all
printing and UV curing conditions. This can be achieved by
having a production record for jobs using UV inks. Keeping
records of the printing and curing conditions for various production jobs will provide the following advantages: a. Basis
for learning about UV techniques under actual production
conditions. b. Saving of production time by eliminating
unnecessary duplication for similar jobs.
7. Coverage: Ink mileage is significantly better with UV inks
because finer screen meshes are used.
Basic Features of UV-Curable Technology:
Radically different from that of conventional inks, UV technology is based on principles of photochemistry, polymer
chemistry and physics.
A UV-curable ink contains no volatile solvents and, consequently, no evaporation is required. Instead, the liquid components of the ink are reactive. Application of UV light energy
results in a rapid cross-linking or “curing” reaction.,The finished product is analogous to “thermoset” inks. The major
difference is that the UV-curing reaction uses relatively small
amounts of energy over a much shorter time span. Like the
thermoset inks, the UV-cured, or photoset ink is composed of
relatively insoluble material.
91
Suggestions for Safety and Handling of UV Inks
3200 SERIES UV POINT-OF-SALE
(POS) SCREEN INK
Under normal usage conditions these inks should pose no significant health hazard. NAZ-DAR/KC recommends that the following precautions be observed while emphasizing the role of plant
supervision and management in enforcing these:
3200 Series UV POS Screen Inks have been formulated to meet
the processing speeds of the most modern printing equipment,
while curing at low levels of ultraviolet energy, reducing costs
and substrate heat exposure. These inks will cure to a tough,
glossy finish that will resist blocking in two-sided print applications on rigid plastics.
I) Operators must wear impervious gloves and protective glasses
when working directly with UV inks. Operators working in the
vicinity of UV inks, but not necessarily involved directly, should
also wear protective glasses. Make sure secondary staff, such as
janitors, are fully aware of hazards in handling UV waste material.
3200 Series comes in the complete range of Nazdar colors which
includes; the PANTONE Matching System™ Base Colors, the
Standard Printing Colors, Standard and High Density Halftone
Colors, Single Pigment Toners, and Fluorescent Colors.
2) If an individual comes into contact with a UV curable product,
follow these rules:
a. Immediately flush eyes with copious amount of clear, cool
water. Seek immediate medical attention. Report incident to
plant manager with minimum delay.
b. Immediately wash skin with copious amounts of cool water.
Use soap or other skin cleansing compound (not containing lanolin).
c. NEVER try to remove UV ink from the skin by using solvent
or thinner. Such action is likely to increase the possibility of
undesirable effects.
d. The presence or consumption of food, beverages or smoking
materials should be banned from the work environment.
Operators should wash their hands thoroughly prior to eating,
drinking or smoking to eliminate accidental ingestion of UV curable material.
3200 Series is a one part, 100% solids ultraviolet curable screen
printing ink which exhibits a high gloss finish in all
colors except for the halftone and fluorescent colors which will
have a semi-gloss and satin finish respectively when cured. This
ink is intended to work well straight from the container on a
wide range of printing equipment. 3200 Series does not contain
either N-Vinyl-2-Pyrolidone ([email protected]) or heavy metals.
Substrates:
Styrene, rigid PVC, vinyls, acrylics, some coated papers, and
some coated card stocks.
End Uses:
For Point of Sale applications on a wide range of plastics coated
papers, and coated boards that will be used for indoor and outdoor advertising.
3) Since UV inks do not dry, housekeeping should emphasize the
necessity of cleaning up spills, cleaning of utensils such as measuring equipment, knives, stirrers and so on.
4) UV inks and materials should be used and stored in well-ventilated areas.UV inks should be stored in sealed plastic containers
in a dark, cool environment. NEVER subject a UV ink to exposure of high temperatures or bright light. Any damaged or leaking container should be discarded in compliance with all federal,
state and local regulations for hazardous waste disposal.
Product Application:
Mesh:
355-390 (140 150 cm) monofilament polyester mesh is recommended for most applications.
305-420 (120-165 cm) monofilament polyester can be used for
specialty applications.
5) Ensure that the UV curing processor is in good condition, and
in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.
Especially pay attention to cooling .systems and electrical isolation equipment. Light shields and ventilation equipment. Never
expose a container of UV curable material to light emitted by the
UV curing machine.
Stencil:
Direct emulsions and thin capillary films that are solvent resistant, UV ink compatible, and yield a thin ink deposit will work
best.
6) Ensure that plant operators are fully conversant with and
trained in the use of the equipment and UV inks.
Squeegee
Sharp 7-90 single durometer polyurethane blades as well as
multi-durometer blades that produce an even, thin ink deposit,
will work best.
7) Protect UV inks from any contaminant’s:
a. Keep containers tightly closed.
b. Avoid contamination with any chemical not specified for use
with UV curables by NAZ-DAR/KC. Especially beware strong
acids and metals, and their salts.
c. Protect UV ink from contamination by solvent inks.
Coverage:
2500 3800 sq. ft per gallon depending upon ink deposit.
Reducer
Use RE302 UV Reducer to reduce the viscosity of these inks by
adding no more than 10% by weight. It is recommended that
these inks be thoroughly mixed, and acclimated to a 65°- 80°F
(18°- 27°C) environment prior to reducing.
8) Consult Material Safety Data Sheet for more specific information about each product.
92
3200 Series UV Point-of-Sale (POS) Screen Ink
Printing:
Product Range:
3200 Series POS Inks are formulated to print from the container
with excellent flow characteristics. Inks will maintain optimum
print and cure performance when the ink temperature is
70°- 90°F (21°- 32°C). Temperatures below 70°F (21°C) will
increase the ink viscosity, impairing both flow and cure.
Elevated temperatures will lower the ink viscosity, reducing
print definition, film thickness, and opacity. When the ink is
cold, it is best to mix the ink with a high-speed mixer until it
returns to the proper temperature, 70°-90°F (21°-32°C). Add
reducer at this point if necessary.
All of the following colors are available in quart and gallon
containers. Those marked with an *are also available in 5
gallon containers
Cure Parameters:
3200 Series POS Inks are formulated to cure when exposed to
a medium pressure mercury vapor lamp set at 200 watts per
inch at a belt speed of 70-100 ft/mm.
The most accurate means of determining the ultraviolet energy output of specific equipment is to measure the light output
with a radiometer. For printers using radiometers and/or
using equipment where ultraviolet dosage is determined by
means other than a belt speed, contact your Nazdar Technical
Representative for suggested levels of ultraviolet energy
exposure required to cure the 3200 Series Inks on specific
equipment.
These High Performance Inks can be affected by stray UV
light in and around a printing facility resulting in the appearance of an ink drying in the screen during the course of a long
run. Be aware of skylights, windows, and overhead lights
possibly curing the ink in the screen. Precautions include the
use of light filters that block out the damaging wavelengths.
Mixing Clear:
3226 Mixing Clear is used to reduce the density of colors, or
as a clear base for metallic powders.
Nazdar SI4001 UV Satin Paste can be added to 3200 Series Ink
to prevent blocking on highly plasticized substrates and card
stocks. Add 10% by weight. Do not exceed 20%. This will help
to eliminate the possibility of blocking when stacking and
storing, or shipping prints that will have ink to ink contact.
The SI4001 UV Satin Paste should be power mixed into the
3200 Series.
Nazdar NB 80 is recommended to be added at a level of 5%
by weight in the 3200 Series Inks to further enhance adhesion
on rigid high density polyethylene, treated fluted polypropylene substrates and some coated metals. Improved adhesion
will not be demonstrated for 24 hours, with full cross Iinking
in 4-7 days. This ink will have a 4-8 hour pot life.
Clean Up:
Use SW37 Universal Screen Wash
93
3210
3211
3212
3219
3220
3221
3252
3258
3259
3261
3262
3263
3264
3265
3266
3267
3268
3269
3275
3278
3279
3280
3281
3282
3283
3284
3285
3286
3287
3288
3289
3290
3291
3292
3293
3294
32101
32102
32103
32104
Primrose Yellow
Lemon Yellow
Medium Yellow
Fire Red
Brilliant Orange
Peacock Blue
Super Opaque Black
Tinting White
Tinting Black
Yellow
Warm Red
Rubine Red
Rhodamine Red
Purple
Violet
Reflex Blue
Process Blue
Green
Super Opaque White
High Intensity White
High Intensity Black
Yellow Toner
Permanent Orange
Carmine Toner
Magenta Toner
Maroon Toner
Green Toner
Blue Toner (GS)*
Blue Toner (RS)
Violet Toner
Red Toner
Halftone Ext Base
Halftone Cyan
Halftone Magenta
Halftone Yellow
Halftone Black
Halftone Cyan Dense
Halftone Magenta Dense
Halftone Yellow Dense
Halftone Black Dense
32510
32520
32530
32540
32550
32560
32570
32580
32590
Fluorescent Chartreuse
Fluorescent Orange/Yellow
Fluorescent Orange
Fluorescent Orange/Red
Fluorescent Red
Fluorescent Cerise
Fluorescent Pink
Fluorescent Blue
Fluorescent Green
3226
3227
RE302
SW37
SI4001
Mixing Clear
Overprint Clear
UV Reducer
Universal Screen Wash*
Satin Paste
Screen Printing on Textiles
Textile printing today is one of the fastest growing applications of the screen printing industry.
Naz-Dar/KC has played a significant role in the development
of specialized inks to keep up with the pace of this growing
industry and we’re proud to be in a position to offer a comprehensive selection of textile inks suitable for most, if not all,
major textile printing applications.
AquaPrint
Naz-Dar/KC’s AquaPrint is a unique screen printing ink that
offers the deepest colors for a range of textile substrates. A
completely aqueous system, AquaPrint is lead free, heavymetal free, conforms to anti-pollution standards; and this
highly economical water-base ink boasts a color range as
broad as any in the industry.
The AquaPrint line of screen printing inks consists of two separate systems designed to provide the widest color range coupled with the softest hand available in water-based textile
inks: AquaPrint 9500 Ready For Use (RFU) and AquaPrint II
8500 Super Pigment Concentrate.
The AquaPrint 9500 R.F.U. color system is designed for volume printing on light colored textile and offering easy and
accurate color mixing, AquaPrint RFU is ideal for screen
printing operations that count on identical, consistent color
for repeat and on going projects. With the addition of an RFU
extender base, the depth of AquaPrint shades can be altered
and the product extended to create an unsurpassed variety of
high performance colors.
The AquaPrint II 8500 Super Pigment Concentrate system is
designed for high quality economical printing, suitable for a
variety of textile substrates. These exceptionally strong pigments can be extended by a virtually unlimited amount of
extender, making the system one of the most economical in
the industry. AquaPrint pigment concentrate is highly recommended for cost conscious, high production shops like towel,
cut-piece fashion, T-shirt, and belt printers; over dryers, tie
dryers and rotary houses.
The AquaPrint system is suitable for a wide variety of textile
substrates white and light in color, including cotton,
cotton/polyester blends, linen, polyester, rayon, acetate and
other synthetic fabrics.
Printed fabrics must be heat cured at a temperature of 300
degrees Fahrenheit for approximately 3 minutes to attain
maximum wash fastness and dry cleaning resistance. The
drying system should have sufficient air flow to first remove
the moisture and secondly have adequate heat capacity to
attain the required surface temperature on the prints, and
thereby cure the ink.
Wash up is a snap. Screens and all related equipment can be
easily cleaned with water. If partial drying occurs, use soapy,
ammoniated water for the most effective cleaning.
94
AQ Series Guidelines
T-Shirts
Fine Garments
When printing T-shirts, Standard AQ51 prepared extender
base is normally used with the 8500 pigment concentrate or to
extend the 9500 RFU Series. When using darker shades, such
as black or navy blue, the use of AQ52 Low Crock (5-10%)
may be added to prevent crocking (rub off).
Fine garments denote a more delicate type fabric, such as
rayon or acetates which sell to the fashion retail market. They
are not the typical “T-shirt”. The most important factors in
printing on fine garments are: softness of hand, wash fastness,
and non-crocking. Since fine garments are usually softer and
thinner than T-shirts, it is important to apply thinner laydowns of ink. Some garments could have finishes which
cause “wicking” or spreading of the print. The use of AQ57
Anti-wick is recommended as a solution. Since crocking is an
important factor, the use of AQ52 Low Crock and AQ55
Softener is recommended when needed.
Depending on the composition of the T-shirt, different additives may be used. The weight or thickness of the T-shirt must
also be considered. Lower screen meshes (60-110) are normally used in order to deposit a good lay-down of ink. If the shirt
is lightweight, 50/50 cotton/polyester, or 100% polyester, the
additives may only encompass AQ52 Low Crock. The thinner
the ink lay-down, or the less Low Crock used, the softer the
hand. AQ55 softener can be used in conjunction with AQ51
Low Crock in order to keep the hand soft.
Miscellaneous
AQ54 AquaLube is used as a retarder in order to keep the
screen open during production. It is universally used for
printing on any type of textile product.
AQ53 Thickener is used to thicken prepared colors to desired
printing viscosities.
Towels
The thickness (plushness) of the towel, whether it is dosed
loop or sheared, and its composition will determine the additives used. A printed towel must be soft and the use of AQ55
softener is recommended. The heavier and plusher the towel,
the less softener is needed. The use of AQ56 Penetrant is also
determined by the weight of the towel—more AQ56 is used
with heavier, thicker towels, so that the ink will penetrate the
fabric. Closed loop towels are harder to penetrate than
sheared towels. AQ52 Low Crock could increase the harshness of the hand so AQ56 softener should be used in order to
keep the towel soft. Drying towels requires longer dwell time
in the oven. Maintain good air flow for quicker drying.
95
Direct Printing Application of AquaPrint Textile Inks
Problem
Problem Cause
Suggested Remedy
Stiffness of Print (Hard hand)
1. Heavy Ink Deposit.
1. Finer screen mesh for lower ink
deposit on substrate.
2a.Add up to 10% of AQ51 Extender
Base by weight to improve softness.
2b.Add up to 5% AQ55 Softener.
2. Excessive level of low Crock
Added to ink.
Ink Drying in Screen
1. Excessive heat or air circulation
around print station.
1. Add up to 5% AQ54 AquaLube.
Poor Screen Release
1. Improper Screen Fabric.
2. Heavy viscosity.
1. Use monofilament polyester vs.
Multifilament screen fabric.
2. Add up to 5% by weight of
AQ54 AquaLube.
Ink Has High Viscosity
1. Evaporation of water due to
1 . Add water to lower viscosity or add
up to 1/2% by weight of improper
household ammonia and water.
Ink Has Separation or
“Cottage Cheese” Appearance
1. Ink has been frozen.
2. Viscosity has increased.
1. High speed remixing of ink.
2. If high speed mixing is not
suitable, add up to 1/2% by
weight of household ammonia
and water to desired viscosity.
Print Has Poor Crock Fastness
1. Improper cure.
2. Heavy ink deposit.
1a.Check time and temperature and
recure at proper cycle.
1 b.Add 5-10% by weight of Low Crock
AQ52 Binder.
2. If possible, use finer mesh for Less
ink deposit.
Print Has Poor Wash Fastness
1. Improper cure.
1. Check time and temperature
cycle and recure at proper cycle
or let age 48-96 hours.
Print Has Wicking or Bleed Out
Appearance
1. Substrate type (some synthetics).
2. Low viscosity of ink.
1. Add in 1/2% increments to
maximum of 2% by weight
AQ57 Anti-WIck.
2. Add 1/2% by weight of Thickness to desired viscosity. Do not
exceed 5%.
Ink Has Low Viscosity
1. Prolonged exposure to heat.
1. Add .5-1% by weight household
ammonia to increase pH to 8.5
9.5, then add 1/2% increments
by weight of Thickness to desired
viscosity. Do not exceed 5%.
96
8500 Series AquaPrint II – Super Pigment Concentrate
Color Range
SUBSTRATES: COTTON, COTTON BLENDS, LINEN
Product Information
8512
8514
8516
8518
8519
8520
8525
8526
8536
8542
8543
8544
8545
8546
8547
8550
8551
A water-dispensable, lead/heavy metal-free pigmented screen
printing concentrate. These pigment concentrates must not be
used without mixing with a compatible prepared extender
base.
Due to the intensity of these pigments, a maximum of 5% pigment concentrate to 95% extender base is recommended.
Once printed, the inks must be heat set for 3 minutes 300°F.
This ink meets EPA anti-pollution regulations.
Application Information
Drying: Heat cure for 3 minutes at 300°F. Ovens require
good air flow.
Opacity: Transparent—Print on white or light colored textile
substrates.
Coverage: Approximately 800 square feet per gallon using
110 mesh screen.
Thinners: After mixing concentrate with AQ51 Prepared
Extender Base, inks can be reduced with water to desired
viscosity
Clears/Extenders/Additives: Pigment concentrates must
be extended with AQ51 Prepared Extender Base at a maximum of 5% pigment concentrate to 95% AQ51. To achieve
lighter colors or pastels, extend to desired color using AQ51.
Blue 2G
Red YR
Violet 4B
Scarlet YDC
Orange R
Blue R
White Br
Fuchsia
Yellow 3RH
Yellow 2G
Navy Blue
Blue 3G
Green B
Black
Brown SR
Clear Concentrate
Red 2B
+ Based on information from our suppliers, these products
are made from raw materials that contain less than 0.06%
lead. If necessary, written certification of lead content and/or
other heavy metals can be obtained through an independent
laboratory. At time of publication, this line has not been tested
in regards to the CONEG toxic packaging legislation.
AQ51 can be prepared by using a high speed mixer and the
following formula: Tap water-87 parts; While mixing add:
AQ52 Low Crock-10 parts, 8550 Clear Concentrate-3 parts
Mix until smooth and uniform (approx. 5-10 minutes) For
metallic powders use 9540 metallic clear. Do not use AQ51.
Fabrics: Use 60-156 mesh monofilament polyester. Avoid silk
and nylon mesh as they are water sensitive.
Stencil: Nazdasol X-Tra or water proof direct emulsions or
capillary films. For hand cut stencils use lacquer or lacquer
proof fillers.
Squeegee: Square edged 60-80 Durometer.
Wash-up: Water or water and detergent solutions.
Packaging: Available in quarts and one gallon containers.
NOTE: AquaPrint inks must be protected from freezing.
It is the printer’s responsibility to pre-test the ink selected
prior to engaging in a production run.
97
9500 Series – AquaPrint RFU (Ready For Use)
Color Range
Substrates: Cotton, Cotton Blends, Linen
Uses: T-shirts, Banners
9512
9514
9516
9518
9519
9520
9525
9526
9536
9540
9541
9542
9543
9544
9545
9546
9547
9551
9560
9565
9567
9568
9569
9570
9571
9572
9573
9590
9591
9592
9594
9595
9596
9597
9598
9599
Product Information
A water-dispensable, lead/heavy metal-free pigmented screen
printing ink, These inks are ready for use straight from the
container and can be further extended, for pastel shades, with
the use of AQ51 Prepared Extender Base. Once printed, these
inks must be heat set for 3 minutes at 300°F. These inks meet
E.P.A. antipollution regulations.
Application Information
Drying: Heat cure for 3 minutes at 300°F. Ovens require good
air flow.
Opacity: Transparent-Print on white or light colored textile substrates.
Coverage: Approximately 800 square feet per gallon using 110
mesh screen.
Thinners: Inks can be reduced with water to desired viscosity.
Clears/Extenders/Additives: Inks can be extended with AQ51
Prepared Extender Base to desired pastel color. For metallic powders use 9540 metallic clear. Do not use AQ51.
Fabrics: Use 60-156 mesh monofilament polyester. Avoid silk
and nylon mesh as they are water sensitive.
Stencils: Nazdasol X-Tra or water proof direct emulsion or capillary films. For hand cut stencils use lacquer or lacquer proof
films.
Squeegees: Square edged 60-80 durometer.
Wash-up: Water or water and detergent solution.
Packaging: Available in quarts, one gallon and five gallon containers.
NOTE: AquaPrint inks must be protected from freezing.
Blue 2G
Red YR
Violet 4B
Scarlet YDC
Orange R
Blue R
White Br
Fuchsia
Yellow 3RH
Meta glo Super KS (Metallic Clear)
Aquatique White
Yellow 2G
Navy
Blue 3G
Green B
Black
Brown SR
Red 2B
Aquapaque Clear
Aquapaque White
Halftone Blue
Halftone Yellow
Halftone Magenta
Neutral Mica Metallic
Silver Mica Metallic
Gold Mica Metallic
Copper Mica Metallic
Magenta FL
Yellow Orange FL
Green FL
Lemon Yellow FL
Red FL
Gold Yellow FL
Cerise FL
Violet FL
Blue FL
+ Based on information from our suppliers, these products
are made from raw materials that contain less than 0.06%
lead. If necessary, written certification of lead content and/or
other heavy metals can be obtained through an independent
laboratory. At time of publication, this line has not been tested
in regards to the CONEG toxic packaging legislation.
It is the printer’s responsibility to pre-test the ink selected
prior to engaging in a production run.
98
9565 Aquapaque White - 9541 Aquapaque White –
High Opaque Whites
Substrates: Cotton, Cotton/polyester Blends, Rayon,
Drying: Correct curing will take place at a temperature of
Acetate & Cotton/rayon Blends
Uses: Imprinted Sportswear
300 degrees Fahrenheit for 3 minutes. Ensure heating chamber
has good air flow.
Wash-up: Water or water/detergent solutions. Packaging:
Available in one, five and thirty gallon containers.
Packaging: Available in one, five and thirty gallon containers.
Product Information
One part, press ready, high opaque water-base whites.
Aquapaque, a premium, heavy bodied R.F.U. white, produces
the highest brilliance & stretchability for printing on to the
darkest colored textiles. When printing onto dark garments,
printed color sequence should be from dark to light, so whenever possible print Aquapaque in the last station, to give optimum effect. Aquatique, not quite as flexible or opaque as
Aquapaque but far more economical to use.
+ Based on information from our suppliers, these products
are made from raw materials that contain less than 0.06%
lead. If necessary, written certification of lead content
and/or other heavy metals can be obtained through an
independent laboratory. At time of publication, this line
has not been tested in regards to the CONEG toxic packaging legislation.
Both whites can be blended with AquaPrint II 8500 pigments
(max. 10%) to create high covering opaque prints and still
exhibit good crock fastness and wash fastness.
Application Information
Fabrics: When using Aquapaque and Aquatique for their
optimum brightness and opacity, mesh counts of 76T-86T
monofilament polyester have proven to be the best. Avoid silk
and nylon mesh which are water sensitive. As always when
attempting to produce high opaque prints, mesh tension
should be as high as possible. With higher tensions, off-contact distance can be reduced, thus, permitting lower squeegee
pressure. in turn allowing greater control of printing variables, including ink deposit and print registration.
Squeegees: Square edged 60-80 durometer, round edged 65
durometer.
Stencil: Water resistant direct emulsion or capillary film.
Nazdasol X-Tra dual-cure emulsion recommended.
Coverage: 500 square feet per gallon.
Opacity: Opaque Aquapaque and Aquatique are suitable for
printing onto dark grounds.
Print Technique: Single print/single flood.
NOTE: Keep screens flooded. Helpful hint, when using
Aquapaque and Aquatique for their optimum brightness and
opacity, the use of a soft platen can be a benefit, as it is more
forgiving in high opaque printing. This soft surface will not
let the printing pressure force the ink through the textile the
platen compresses and keeps the ink on the surface of the garment.
It is the printer’s responsibility to pre-test the ink selected
prior to engaging in a production run.
99
9560 Aquapaque Clear - High Opaque Printing
Substrates: Cotton, Cotton-polyester Blends, Rayon, Acetate
And Cotton-rayon Blends. Suitable For A Wide Variety Of
Fabrics, Light And Dark In Color.
Uses: Imprinted Sportswear
Product Information
Blend the base 9560 Aquapaque clear with 9565 Aquapaque
white in a ratio of 30/70, and then pigment with AquaPrint II
8500 Super Pigment Concentrate.
This blended system allows the printer to produce prints that
exhibit high covering, soft, flexible qualities, are dry cleanable
and have high fastness properties.
Application Information
Fabric: Mesh counts between 76T-86T monofilament polyester have proven to be the best. Avoid silk and nylon mesh
which are water sensitive. As always when attempting to produce high opaque prints, mesh tension should be high. With
higher tensions, off-contact distance can be reduced, thus permitting lower squeegee pressure. In turn allowing greater
control of printing variables, including ink deposit and registration.
Squeegee: Square edged 60-80 durometer, or round edged
65 durometer.
Stencil: Water resistant direct emulsion or capillary film.
Nazdasol X-Tra dual-cure emulsion is recommended.
Coverage: 500 square feet per gallon.
Opacity: Opaque, suitable for printing onto dark grounds.
Print Techniques: Single print/single flood.
Note: Keep screens flooded. The use of a soft platen can bc a
benefit, as it is more forgiving in high opaque printing. This
soft surface will not let the printing pressure force the ink
through the textile- the platen compresses and keeps the ink
on the surface of the garment.
Drying: Correct curing will take place at room temperature
of 300 degrees Fahrenheit for 3 minutes. Ensure heating
chamber has good air flow.
Wash-up: Water or water/detergent solutions.
Packaging: Available in one, five and thirty gallon containers.
+ Based on information from our suppliers, these products
are made from raw materials that contain less than 0.06%
lead. If necessary, written certification of lead content and/or
other heavy metals can be obtained through an independent
laboratory. At time of publication, this line has not been tested
in regards to the CONEG toxic packaging legislation.
It is the printer’s responsibility to pre-test the ink selected
prior to engaging in a production run.
100
Mica Metallics
Substrates: Cotton Or Cotton/polyester Blends, Linen,
Application: If the mica-metallics are used in a single color
Acetate And Rayon, Wide Suitability To Most Fabrics: Light
And Dark In Color.
Uses: Imprinted Sportswear
application used for highlighting a certain part of a design
and are printed in the last screen/ station, then there exists
absolutely no application problems. However, if more than
one mica-metallic is used in a multi-color print, then intermediate flashing maybe necessary. Obviously, the design and the
size of the area being printed will greatly affect the printing
technique.
Finally, as with all water-based inks, keep screens
flooded. Utilize print/flood as opposed to flood/print.
Packaging: Available in quarts, one, and five gallon
containers.
Product Information
A one part, press ready ink offering excellent coverage and
color value on light and dark colored textiles. The ink imparts
a glittery metallic look which is coupled with a superb soft,
silky hand.
Currently, there exists three “naturally” occurring
colors: copper, silver and gold. However to produce
other shades, a neutral mica metallic toned up to 5% with
AquaPrint II 8500 concentrates, achieves unusual and attractive shades.
Color Range:
9571
9572
9573
The mica-metallics are derived from a naturally sourced mineral, are entirely metal free and as such will not oxidize or tarnish.
Application Information
Fabrics: 76T-86T Monofilament Polyester mesh has
proven to be the best. No greater than 110T. Mesh
tension 20-24N. The higher the better. Avoid silk and nylon
mesh which are water sensitive.
Squeegee: Square or round edged, 65 durometer.
Stencil: Water resistant or water proof direct emulsion of
capillary films.
Coverage: 600-800 square feet per gallon.
Opacity: Opaque mica-metallics are suitable for
printing onto dark grounds.
Print Techniques: Single print/single flood. Off
contact. Use soft Platen, as it is more forgiving for high
opaque printing. This soft surface will not let the printing
pressure force the ink through the textile- the platen compresses and keeps the ink on the surface of the garment.
Drying: Correct curing will take place at 3 minutes at a temperature of 300°F. Ensure heating chamber has good air flow.
Thinners: Inks can be reduced with AQ54, if lower
viscosity is required.
Wash-up: Water or water/detergent solutions.
Silver mica-metallic
Gold mica-metallic
Copper mica-metallic
+ Based on information from our suppliers, these products
are made from raw materials that contain less than 0.06%
lead. If necessary, written certification of lead content and/or
other heavy metals can be obtained through an independent
laboratory. At time of publication, this line has not been tested
in regards to the CONEG toxic packaging legislation.
It is the printer’s responsibility to pre-test the ink selected
prior to engaging in a production run.
101
AquaPrint Additives
AQ50 Opaque Base
8550 Clear Concentrate
For high intensity opaque colors, AQ50 Opaque Base blended
in a ratio of 85% AQ50 Opaque Base to 15% AquaPrint II 8500
Series Super Pigment concentrate will provide strong, vibrant
colors on dark ground substrates while still maintaining a soft
hand.
This is the basic clear concentrate for mixing with water and
AQ52 low crock to provide the finished AQ51; and as such is
used to regulate the viscosity of the system. High speed mixing equipment is required to use this product.
AQ51 Prepared Extender Base
To be used with 8500 Super Pigment Concentrate at a maximum ratio of 5% pigment concentrate to 95% AQ5 1. Other
major use is to attend the vibrant 9500 R.F.U. colors and so
achieve lighter pastel shades.
AQ52 Low Crock
This product is the binder, that when mixed with water and
our clear concentrate, produces the extender base AQ51.
Levels up to 5% can be added to our 9500 “ready for use" inks
in instances when additional binder may be needed, such as
with greater than normal pigment content.
AQ53 Thickener
A liquid that will increase the viscosity of prepared colors.
Add at 0.5% increments to desired thickness.
AQ54 AquaLube
A retardant gel that slows down the evaporation rate of water,
and hence prevents drying in the screen. Add at levels of 510%, without the fear of limiting pot life or of jelling of the
ink.
AQ55 Softener
A product that will impart a silky, soft feel to the print. Add at
a level of 2-5% when printing terry towels.
AQ56 Penetrant
A product that simply aids penetration. Add to prepared inks
at a Level of 2-5%: it works extremely well on “difficult to
print” cloth, such as looped and sheared terry cloth towels.
AQ57 Antiwick
Used to prevent wicking on certain fabrics which may have
surface treatments. Add at 0.5% increments up to a total
MAXIMUM of 2%.
AQ58
This AZIRIDINE FREE room temp catalyst, when used at a
level of 3-5% enables air dried prints to achieve their necessary fastness levels. The curing process will only start to take
place once the prints are actually dry, so to speed up operations, print may be conveyor dried at approximately 250°F.
The use of this product is ideally suited for print shops that
may not have ovens with sufficient air flow in their heating
chamber, or for those shops, who by speeding up their belt
speed, seek to increase production. Naturally, energy costs
can be significantly reduced when using this product. The
ink/catalyst mixture has a normal shelf life of 8 hours. Do not
use the mixture after that period.
102
DA Series Nylon and Flock Screen Ink – DA Accelerator
Color Range:
Substrates: Cotton, Cotton Blends, Synthetics, Waterproof
Nylon, Finished Synthetics
Uses: Nylon Jackets
+
+
Product Information
Highly opaque and extremely flexible and elastic inks for
printing and flocking most synthetic and natural textiles,
includes waterproof nylon and other synthetics having a finish. (Pre-testing of waterproof nylon is recommended.) DA
Series have virtually unlimited resistance to laundering and
dry cleaning as well as ironing.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
DA Accelerator: The product has been formulated to accelerate drying times of DA Series Nylon inks.
Mixing Instructions: DA Series is a two-part polymerizing
system. All colors must be mixed with DA176 Catalyst in a
proportion of 3.5 parts of color to AT LEAST one part of catalyst BY WEIGHT. Catalyst DA176 is sensitive to moisture
changes and should be stored in a cool, dry place. Catalyst
should be kept tightly closed at all times. Use one quart of
DA ink with a half pint of DA176 Catalyst and add up to 75
drops of DA Accelerator. Stir well.
DA104
DA111
DA112
DA124
DA134
DA142
DA152
DA156
DA170
DA176
44180
44182
VF184
Bright Red
Black
White
Orange
Medium Chrome Yellow
Emerald Green
Light Blue
Brilliant Blue
Clear
Catalyst
Thinner
Retarder
Screen Wash
Caution: Pre-Test for adhesion and other qualities on all fabrics. Maintain good ventilation and avoid breathing vapors.
Pot Life: The color/catalyst mixture is limited to 3-5 hours at
temperatures ranging from 60° to 75°F ( 15° to 24°C). The in
UV catalyst mixture, including the accelerator, will have a
reduced pot life of 2-3 hours.
+ Based on information from our suppliers, these products
are made from raw materials that contain less than 0.06%
lead. If necessary, written certification of lead content and/or
other heavy metals can be obtained through an independent
laboratory. At time of publication, this line has not been tested
in regards to the CONEG toxic packaging legislation.
Application Information
Finish: Gloss
Drying: DA Series will in most cases air-dry overnight for
subsequent handling depending on ink/catalyst ratio. The ink
will continue to cure for three to four days. Full resistance to
washing and dry cleaning is effected approximately seven
days after printing. Heat-curing at 300° to 325°F (148° to
160°C ) is required for periods ranging from seven to ten minutes. Correct use of DA Accelerator will reduce the drying
time of DA Series Inks to four minutes at 300°F (149°C), to 10
to 15 hours air dry.
Opacity: All colors have excellent opacity and may be printed onto black or other dark grounds.
Coverage: Approximately 500 to 600 square feet per gallon
depending on screen fabric mesh.
Thinner: 44-180 Thinner and 44-182 Retarder.
Fabrics: 110 to 200 monofilament mesh is recommended.
Stencils: Direct emulsions, photographic stencils or water
soluble knife-cut film.
Wash-Ups: VF184 Screen Wash.
Squeegee: 60-80 square edged durometer.
Packaging: Available in quart and gallon containers.
Catalyst available only in half-pint and quart containers.
Thinners available in quart, gallon and five gallon containers.
DA accelerator available in two fluid ounce dropper bottles.
103
It is the printer’s responsibility to pre-test the ink selected
prior to engaging in a production run.
PX Series Perma-Flex Flock Adhesive Screen Ink
Color Range:
Substrates: Cotton, Cotton/polyester Blends, Some
Synthetics
Uses: Awnings, Beach Bags, T-shirts, Banners, Ribbons
Product Information
Perma-Flex series ink is specially formulated as a pigmented
adhesive for flocking applications on a wide variety of natural
textile materials, some synthetics and synthetic blends. These
inks are designed to be printed direct from the container or
with minimal thinning. Their excellent opacity and “short”
body allow ease in achieving a thick adhesive deposit for
flocking. PermaFlex may also be used as an opaque, direct
printing ink without flocking.
+
+
Application Information
Drying: By oxidation. Air dry overnight.
Opacity: Opaque. Perma Flex is suitable for printing onto
dark grounds.
Coverage: 400 to 600 square feet per gallon.
Thinners: Inks may be thinned with PX30 Thinner.
Fabrics: 85 to 110 monofilament polyester meshes are recommended.
Squeegee: Square edged 60-80 durometer, Round edged 65
durometer.
Stencil: Direct Emulsion or Capillary Film. Nazdasol Rapid
Direct Emulsion is recommended.
Wash-Up: 5500 Thinner (Screen Wash)
Packaging: Black and White available in quarts and gallons.
All colors available in quarts only.
PX10
PX13
PX15
PX16
PX18
PX19
PX21
PX23
PX24
PX25
PX28
PX32
PX33
PX75
5500
2555
Yellow
Orange
Dark Green
Brown
Scarlet Red
Fire Red
Royal Blue
Navy Blue
Black
White
Purple
Gold
Kelly Green
Super Opaque White
Thinner
Thinner (Screen Wash)
+ Based on information from our suppliers, these products
are made from raw materials that contain less than 0.06%
lead. If necessary, written certification of lead content and/or
other heavy metals can be obtained through an independent
laboratory. At time of publication, this line has not been tested
in regards to the CONEG toxic packaging legislation.
It is the printer’s responsibility to pre-test the ink selected
prior to engaging in a production run.
104
Multipurpose Series Plastisol
GENERAL INFORMATION
MODIFYING INK
A 100% solids plastisol ink formulated for use in many applications. Over forty standard colors, including 15 premixed
metallics and glitter inks. The ink can be used for direct printing, cold peel transfers, hot peel transfers (with the addition
of 500 Quick-Trans Additive) and as a flock adhesive. A litho
backing white is also available in this series of inks.
If reduction in viscosity is needed, use 3% to 20% 1110LF
Curable Reducer. A mixture of 1 part 710 LF Softhand
Additive to 4 parts 1110LF Curable Reducer, added in the
same proportion as 1110LF, will result in a product that will
reduce, soften, and de-tackify plastisol inks for wet on wet
printing. Adding too much reducer and/or additive will
reduce
opacity of inks.
RECOMMENDED FABRICS
Cotton, polyester and cotton/polyester blends. Always test
print fabric before a production run for adhesion and possible
dye migration problems.
TRANSFER APPLICATION
Cold peel transfers: 10 to 15 seconds @350°F to 375°F (177°C
to 191°C). Medium pressure (40lbs.)
INK APPLICATION
The Multipurpose series inks can be printed directly from the
container without any modifications. If thinning is desired for
special applications, use 1110LF Curable Reducer for best
results. Multipurpose plastisols are not low blood inks. Testing is
required for blood resistance on cotton/polyester blends and 100%
polyester.
Hot peel transfers: 3 to 7 seconds @ 375°F to 400°F (177°C to
204°C). Medium to heavy pressure (40lbs. to 60lbs.)
DRYER TEMPERATURES
Direct Prints: 300°F to 325°F (149°C to 163°C)
Transfers: Gelation 225°F to 260°F (82°C to 127°C).
Since the Multipurpose series inks do not air dry, they must
be fused with an appropriate heat source in order to achieve
durability. The optimum time/temperature cycle will vary
with the amount of ink deposited, fabric, and type of heat
source used. Plastisols actually achieve the proper fusion
point as soon as the innermost section of the ink film reaches
the prescribed temperature. Test drier temperatures before a
production run. Wash test printed product before production
run.
Direct Prints: For softer feeling direct prints, add 5% to 40%
710LF Softhand Additive to the ink. Reducing the ink with
1110LF Curable Reducer and using finer meshes can also
greatly improve the softness of the finished print.
Transfers (Cold Peal): When printing Multipurpose plastisols on cold peel release paper, it is important that the inks
are only partially gelled or fused, otherwise the inks will not
have adequate adhesion during the final transfer application.
The gelation temperature for Multipurpose plastisols is 225°F
to 260°F (82°C to 127°C).
CLEAN-UP
Mineral Spirits (White Spirits) or Plastisol Screen Wash
PRODUCT INFORMATION
Transfers (Hot Peal): To make hot peel transfers with the
Multipurpose plastisols, the inks must be mixed with 500
Quick-Trans Additive and printed on a hot peel release paper.
Gelation temperatures are the same as with cold peel transfers
above. This procedure is not recommended for the glitter inks
or metallic inks.
SCREEN MESH AND EMULSION
60 - 305 Monofilament for direct prints or transfers.
COLORS AVAILABLE:
See reverse side of this product bulletin for a complete listing
of colors available.
STORAGE OF INK CONTAINERS
Keep indoors and store in a cool area. Storage recommended
at 65°F to 90°F (18°C to 32°C). Avoid storage in direct sunlight
or in extreme temperature conditions.
60 Monofilament for 155LF LB Shimmer
PRODUCT PACKAGING
95 - 125 Monofilament for metallic colors
Quart, 1 gallon, 3.5 gallon, 30 or 55 gallon containers.
16T - 25T Monofilament for glitter inks
PRODUCT MSDS
Any Direct Or Indirect Lacquer Proof Emulsion.
Refer to Material Safety Data Sheet MultiPurpose Series 10193
SQUEEGEE
65 to 70 Durometer: sharp or beveled edge.
LF (Lead Free ) Contains Less Than .025% Lead.
105
Multipurpose Series Plastisol Colors
Product & Color
10LF
12LF
13LF
16LF
22LF
24LF
25LF
26LF
30LF
35LF
37LF
44LF
46LF
52LF
56LF
60LF
62LF
63LF
65LF
66LF
68LF
69LF
71LF
73LF
76LF
83LF
86LF
89LF
91LF
92LF
96LF
106LF
108LF
112LF
130LF
131LF
133LF
135LF
137LF
138LF
150LF
151LF
152LF
153LF
154LF
155LF
156LF
157LF
158LF
159LF
Clear
Hp (High Pigment) White
Litho Backing White
Black
Primrose Yellow
Medium Yellow
Process Yellow
Gold
Flesh
Burnt Orange
Dark Orange
Process Red
Scarlet
Cardinal
Maroon
Columbia Blue
Light Blue
Process Blue
Ultramarine Blue
Royal Blue
Navy Blue
Turquoise
Lime Green
Kelly Green
Dark Green
Tan
Light Brown
Chocolate Brown
Metallic Copper
Metallic Gold
Metallic Silver
Purple
Glow In The Dark (Phosphorescent)
Light Grey
Fluorescent Light Pink
Fluorescent Pink
Fluorescent Red
Fluorescent Orange
Fluorescent Yellow
Fluorescent Green
Silver Glitter
Gold Glitter
Red Glitter
Blue Glitter
Green Glitter
Shimmer
Silver Shimmer
Gold Shimmer
Copper Shimmer
Ultra Clear Glitter Base
LF (Denotes Lead Free) Contains Less Than .025% Lead.
Recommendations and statements made are based on international coatings research and experience. Since
international coatings does not have any control over the conditions of use or storage of the product sold,
international coatings cannot guarantee the results obtained through use of its products. All products are
sold and samples given without any representation of warranty, expressed or implied, of fitness for any particular purpose or otherwise,and upon condition that the buyer shall determine the suitability of the product for its own purpose. This applies also where rights of third parties are involved. It does not release the
user from the obligation to test the suitability of the product for the intended purpose and application.
106
711LF Lo-Bleed HP White
GENERAL INFORMATION
SPOT FLASHING
711LF* LB** is a low fusing, fast flashing, low tack, high pigment white plastisol screen printing ink. With a very creamy
viscosity, the ink is very easy to print. This results in a lot less
pressure needed to print the ink through the screen. A truly
white white, without any objectionable odor. The ink contains
no bleaching agents and is superior in performance to other
low bleed inks.
This product will spot dry, with a very low after flash tack, in
2 to 8 seconds depending on the spot dryer used. In some
cases, you may have to lower the heat of the spot cure unit
because too much heat may actually make the ink tacky.
When you spot dry, you are only partially fusing or gelling
the surface of the ink. The ink should just be dry to the touch,
with no lift off, but not totally fused. Totally fusing the underprint white may cause inner coat adhesion problems with the
inks printed on top of the white ink. Final fusing or curing
will occur in the dryer.
*LF (Lead Free) Contains less than .025% lead.**LB (Lo-bleed)
RECOMMENDED FABRICS
IMPORTANT INFORMATION
Polyester, Cotton/Polyester blends and Cotton
INK APPLICATION
711 LF LB HP White should be used right from the container
without any modifications. If thinning is needed, use 3% to
20% by volume, 799LF Lo-bleed Curable Reducer. To maintain best opacity when reducing 711LF, use 1% to 10% by volume of 1099LF LB Curable Lo-Bleed Reducer. Using other
reducers or additives may lower the bleed resistance and/or
opacity of the ink. Adding too much reducer will cause loss of
opacity.
SCREEN MESH AND EMULSION
60-230 monofilament.
Any direct or indirect lacquer proof emulsion.
Use 35 to 70 micron capillary film for best results.
110 -160 monofilament for under printing.
1. 711LF LB HP White is a low bleed ink, not a non-bleed ink.
On some types of fabric, bleeding or dye migration may
occur. Always test print the fabric to be printed before beginning production. It is best to do some long term testing on
some fabrics to determine if they are going to bleed. Bleeding
or dye migration may not occur right away.
Excessive squeegee pressure, when using 711LF LB HP White,
will drive the ink through the fabric, making the ink look less
opaque. Adding too much reducer will also cause loss of
opacity.
3. 711LF LB HP White was formulated to make printing
opaque white easy. This technology helps to make hand printing less tiring, because less squeegee pressure is needed,
which improves operator performance. It also allows automatic equipment settings to be at lower pressure settings,
thus improving screen life and squeegee durability.
SQUEEGEE
60-70 Durometer: sharp or beveled edge
4. 711LF LB HP White, compared to other opaque whites,
prints so easily you will find that a finer screen mesh can be
used for the same opacity as a more open mesh. This means
less ink will be used, a real money saver in terms of ink
usage. It also means a softer hand on flashed fabrics.
DRYER TEMPERATURE
275°F TO 300°F (135° C TO 149° C) 1 color print using 711 LF
only.
300°F TO 325°F (149° C TO 163 ° C)
For multiple color prints
PRODUCT INFORMATION
Since 711LF LB HP White plastisol does not air dry, the ink
must be fused or gelled with an appropriate heat source. The
optimum time/temperature cycle will vary with the amount
of ink deposited, fabric, and the type of heat source used.
Plastisols actually achieve the proper fusion point as soon as
the innermost section of the ink film reaches the prescribed
temperature. Test dryer temperatures before a production run.
Wash test product before a production run.
CLEAN-UP
STORAGE OF INK CONTAINERS
Keep indoors and store in a cool area. Recommend storage at
65°F to 90°F (18°C to 32°C). Avoid storage indirect sunlight or
in extreme temperature conditions.
PRODUCT PACKAGING
Quart, 1 gallon, 3.5 gallon, 30 or 55 gallon container
PRODUCT MSDS
Refer to material safety data sheet 700 Series LF 10193
Mineral spirits (white spirits) or plastisol screen wash
107
714LF Lo-Bleed HP White
GENERAL INFORMATION
When you spot dry, you are only partially fusing or gelling
the surface of the ink. The ink should just be dry to the touch,
with no lift off, but not totally fused. Totally fusing the underprint white may cause inner coat adhesion problems with the
inks printed on top of the white ink. Final fusing or curing
will occur in the dryer.
714LF* LB** is a low fusing, fast flashing, low tack, high pigment white plastisol screen printing ink. With a very creamy
viscosity, the ink is very easy to print. This results in a lot less
pressure needed to print the ink through the screen. A truly
white white, without any objectionable odor. The ink contains
no bleaching agents and is superior in performance to other
low bleed inks.
IMPORTANT INFORMATION
1. 714LF LB HP White is a low bleed ink, not a non-bleed ink.
On some types of fabric, bleeding or dye migration may
occur. Always test print the fabric to be printed before beginning production. It is best to do some long term testing on
some fabrics to determine if they are going to bleed. Bleeding
or dye migration may not occur right away.
*LF (Lead Free) Contains less than .025% lead.**LB (Lo-bleed)
RECOMMENDED FABRICS
Polyester, Cotton/Polyester blends and Cotton
INK APPLICATION
714LF LB HP White should be used right from the container
without any modifications. If thinning is needed, use 3% to
20% by volume, 799LF Lo-bleed Curable Reducer. To maintain best opacity when reducing 714LF, use 1 % to 10% by volume of 1099LF LB Curable Lo-Bleed Reducer. Using other
reducers or additives may lower the bleed resistance and/or
opacity of the ink. Adding too much reducer will cause loss of
opacity.
SCREEN MESH AND EMULSION
60-230 monofilament.
Any direct or indirect lacquer proof emulsion.
Use 35 to 70 micron capillary film for best results.
110 -160 monofilament for under printing.
2. Excessive squeegee pressure, when using 714LF LB HP
White, will drive the ink through the fabric, making the ink
look less opaque. Adding too much reducer will also cause
loss of opacity.
a. 714LF LB HP White was formulated to make printing
opaque white easy. This technology helps to make hand printing less tiring, because less squeegee pressure is needed,
which improves operator performance. It also allows automatic equipment settings to be at lower pressure settings,
thus improving screen life and squeegee durability.
4. 714LF LB HP White, compared to other opaque whites,
prints so easily you will find that a finer screen mesh can be
used for the same opacity as a more open mesh. This means
less ink will be used, a real money saver in terms of ink
usage. It also means a softer hand on flashed fabrics.
SQUEEGEE
60-70 Durometer: sharp or beveled edge
PRODUCT INFORMATION
DRYER TEMPERATURES
275°F to 300°F (135°C TO 149°C) 1 color print using
714LF only.
STORAGE OF INK CONTAINERS
Keep indoors and store in a cool area. Recommend storage at
65°F to 90°F (18°C to 32°C). Avoid storage indirect sunlight or
in extreme temperature conditions.
300°F to 325°F (149 °C TO 163 °C)
For multiple color prints
Since 714LF LB HP White plastisol does not air dry, the ink
must be fused or gelled with an appropriate heat source. The
optimum time/temperature cycle will vary with the amount
of ink deposited, fabric, and the type of heat source used.
Plastisols actually achieve the proper fusion point as soon as
the innermost section of the ink film reaches the prescribed
temperature. Test dryer temperatures before a production run.
Wash test product before a production run.
PRODUCT PACKAGING
Quart, 1 gallon, 3.5 gallon, 30 or 55 gallon container
PRODUCT MSDS
Refer to material safety data sheet 700 Series LF 101595
CLEAN-UP
Mineral Spirits (White Spirits) or Plastisol Screen Wash
SPOT FLASHING
This product will spot dry, with a very low after flash tack, in
2 to 8 seconds depending on the spot dryer used. In some
cases, you may have to lower the heat of the spot cure unit
because too much heat may actually make the ink tacky.
108
600LF Series Puff Plastisol
GENERAL INFORMATION
PUFF PADS
600LF. Series is a direct print plastisol puff ink. These inks are
very creamy and easy to print. All colors have excellent opacity on dark fabrics. 600LF Puff is easy to use and results in a
durable, raised ink film when fused at the proper temperature.
International Coatings has developed a 1/4 inch thick, soft
rubber pad (30 to 35 durometer), that can be used when printing puff inks onto fabric. The puff pad will help to lay the
puff ink on the surface of the garment, which promotes a
more even loft. Puff ink will expand in all directions, so if
there is a greater amount of ink in the fabric and less on top,
the ink will expand down and not up. The pad can also aid in
printing light ink colors on dark garments, this will help with
color brightness and also use less ink in the process. The puff
pads are manufactured so the printers can cut them to fit their
pallets. To apply the pad to a pallet, spray the surface of the
pallet and the back of the pad with table adhesive. Then align
the pad with the pallet and press the two evenly together.
Run tape around the edges of the pallet and pad when done.
The pad can be used when spot flashing and can be cleaned
with a mild solvent.
*LF (Lead Free) Contains less than .025% lead.
RECOMMENDED FABRICS
Polyester, Cotton/Polyester blends and Cotton.
INK APPLICATION
The 600LF direct print puff should be used right from the container without any modifications. To achieve a high consistent
puff, use a soft pallet (refer to puff pads in this product bulletin) with reduced pressure on the squeegee. If printing the
puff in a multicolored design, print the puff last or spot dry
before the next color.
SCREEN MESH AND EMULSION
COLORS AVAILABLE:
600LF Puff Base
606LF Purple
608LF Glow-in-the-dark
613LF White
616LF Black
622LF Primrose Yellow
626LF Golden Yellow
631LF Fluor. Pink
632LF Fluor. Chartreuse
633LF Fluor. Red
634LF Fluor. Magenta
635LF Fluor. Orange
60 to 125 monofilament mesh.
Any direct or indirect lacquer proof emulsion.
Use 35 to 80 micron capillary film for best results.
(A thicker screen stencil will help to achieve sharper detail
and a higher more consistent puff).
SQUEEGEE
65 to 70 Durometer bevel, sharp or rounded edge.
DRYER TEMPERATURES
636LF Fluor. Golden Yellow
637LF Orange
638LF Fluor. Green
646LF Scarlet
656LF Maroon
666LF Royal Blue
668LF Navy Blue
672LF Bright Green
688LF Brown
300°F to 325°F (149°C to 163°C)
LF (Lead Free) contains less than .O25% Lead
Since 600LF Direct Print Puff plastisol does not air dry, the ink
must be fused or gelled with an appropriate heat source. The
optimum time/temperature cycle will vary with the amount
of ink deposited, fabric, and the type of heat source used.
Plastisols actually achieve the proper fusion point as soon as
the innermost section of the ink film reaches the prescribed
temperature Test dryer temperatures before a production run.
Wash test product before a production run.
MODIFYING INK
If necessary the ink may be thinned with 3% to 5% 1110LF
Curable Reducer or 1099LF- Lo Bleed Curable Reducer.
PRODUCT INFORMATION
STORAGE OF INK CONTAINERS
Keep indoors and store in a cool area. Recommended storage
is at 65°F to 90°F (18°C to 32°C). Avoid storage in direct sunlight or in extreme temperature conditions.
PRODUCT PACKAGING
Quart, 1 gallon, 3.5 gallon, 30 or 55 gallon container
PRODUCT MSDS
Refer to material safety data sheet 600LF Series 102094
CLEAN-UP
Mineral Spirits (White Spirits) or Plastisol Screen Wash
109
700 Series Direct Print Plastisol
GENERAL INFORMATION
LO-BLEED INK (LB)
International Coatings has developed for the screen printing
industry, a plastisol ink system designed with a selection of
HP (High Pigment) colors for dark fabrics, standard colors for
light fabrics and a softhand additive that can be mixed with
the ink to soften the feel of the print. The ink was specifically
formulated to help reduce ink build up on multi-color printing jobs. Economically priced, this ink is at its best on automated equipment although excellent results can be achieved
in almost any printing operation.
Inks designated LB (lo-bleed) are resistant to dye migration or
bleeding on polyester and polyester blend fabrics. On some
problem fabrics bleeding or dye migration may occur. Always
test print the fabric before beginning production. It is best to
do some long term testing on some fabrics to determine if this
problem exists. Bleeding or migration of the dye from the garment or fabric into the ink film may not occur right away.
CLEAN-UP
Mineral Spirits (White Spirits) or Plastisol screen wash.
RECOMMENDED FABRICS
COLORS AVAILABLE:
Cotton, Polyester and Cotton/Polyester blends. Always test
print fabric before a production run.
INK APPLICATION
The 700 series inks can be printed right out of the containers
without any modifications. If thinning is desired for special
applications, use 1110LF Curable Reducer for best results.
For softer feeling prints, add 20% to 40% 710LF Softhand
Additive to the ink. Reducing the ink with 1110LF Curable
Reducer and using finer screen meshes can also greatly
improve the softness-of the finish print.
SCREEN MESH AND EMULSION
Standard colors: 110 to 305 Monofilament.
High Pigment colors: 61 to 110 Monofilament.
Any direct or indirect lacquer proof emulsion.
Use 20 to 30 micron capillary film for light colored fabrics and
35 to 70 micron film for dark fabrics.
Recommend retensionable screen frames stretched from 20 to
40 newtons for best results.
701LF HP LB White
706LF Purple
707** HP Golden Yellow
710LF Softhand Additive
711LF HP LB FF White
712LF Blending White
713LF HP White
716LF Black
723LF Lemon Yellow
727LF Golden Yellow
730LF HP Burnt Orange
737LF Dark Orange
746LF Scarlet
756LF Maroon
762LF Light Blue
765LF Ultra Blue
766LF Royal Blue
768LF Navy Blue
772LF HP Bright Green
773LF Kelly Green
788LF Brown
791LF HP Lemon Yellow
792LF HP Orange
793LF HP Scarlet
794LF HP Light Blue
796LF HP Turquoise
797LF HP Golden Yellow
731LF Fluorescent Pink
732LF Fluorescent Yellow
733LF Fluorescent Red
734LF Fluorescent Cerise
735LF Fluorescent Orange
736LF Fluorescent Purple
738LF Fluorescent Green
739LF Fluorescent Blue
740LF Fluorescent Gold, Yel
LF* (Denotes Lead Free Colors)
**Contains Lead Based Pigment
(LF1 Lead Free (Contains Less Than .025% Lead)
SQUEEGEE
PRODUCT INFORMATION
65 to 70 durometer: Sharp edge for light colored fabrics and
beveled or sharp edge for dark fabrics.
STORAGE OF INK CONTAINERS
Keep indoors and store in a cool area. Recommend storage al
65°F to 90°F (18°C to 32°C). Avoid storage in direct sunlight or
in extreme temperature conditions.
DRYER TEMPERATURES
300°F to 325°F (149°C to 163°C)
Since the 700 series inks do not air dry, they must be fused
with an appropriate heat source in order to achieve durability.
The optimum time/temperature cycle will vary with the
amount of ink deposited, fabric, and type of heat source used.
Plastisols actually achieve the proper fusion point as soon as
the innermost section of the ink film reaches the prescribed
temperature. Test dryer temperatures before a production run.
Wash test printed product before production run.
PRODUCT PACKAGING
Quart, 1 gallon, 3.5 gallon, 30 or 55 gallon containers
PRODUCT MSDS
Refer to material safety data sheet 700 Series LF 13194
110
900 Series Direct Print Nylon Ink
GENERAL INFORMATION
MODIFYING INK
A fast flashing, 2 part plastisol based ink, specifically formulated for printing on normally hard to print nylon. This ink
has been an industry leader for over 10 years. As easy to use
as a conventional plastisol and just as durable.
If necessary, mixed ink may be thinned with 3% to 5% mineral spirits or 3% to 5% 1110LF Curable Reducer. It is important
not to use reducers that are 100% plasticizer, because they
may make the ink film less durable
RECOMMENDED FABRICS
CLEAN-UP
Nylon, cotton, polyester and cotton/polyester blends. Always
test print fabric before a production run.
Mineral Spirits (White Spirits) Or Plastisol Screen Wash
COLORS AVAILABLE:
INK APPLICATION
All 900 Series Colors Are Lf (Lead Free).
The 900LF series inks must be mixed with the 900 catalyst
before printing . Catalyst is provided in 2 oz. and 8 oz. containers and should be thoroughly hand stirred into the ink to
the following proportions:
900LF Catalyst* *
901LF White
902LF Black
903LF Golden Yellow
904LF Red
905 Lf Navy
906LF Royal Blue
907LF Kelly Green
908LF Metallic Silver
909LF Metallic Gold
910LF Orange
911LF Purple
912LF Brown
913LF Lemon Yellow
914LF Process Blue
915LF Process Red
By Volume = 16 Parts Ink To 1 Part Catalyst.
By Weight = 20 Parts Ink To 1 Part Catalyst.
1 Oz. Catalyst To 1 Pint Of Ink 2 Oz. Catalyst To 1 Quart Ink
80z. Catalyst To 1 Gallon Of Ink.
Ink may be used immediately after mixing. Do not mix more
ink than is needed for a job. Do not under catalyze the ink.
Pot life of mixed ink is 4 to 8 hours. Over catalyzation will
shorten pot life of ink.
SCREEN MESH AND EMULSION
Standard colors, metallic colors, process colors
125 to 230 mono, 86 to 160 mono, 200 to 355 mono
916LF Process Yellow
917LF Maroon
920LF Clear
926LF Athletic Gold
931LF Fluorescent Pink
932LF Fluorescent Yellow
933LF Fluorescent Red
935LF Fluorescent Orange
937LF Athletic Dk Orange
938LF Fluorescent Green
939LF Fluorescent Blue
952LF Athletic Cardinal
955LF Shimmer
966LF Athletic Royal
969LF Teal
*Correct Amount Of 900 Catalyst Is Supplied With Order.
Additional Catalyst May Be Ordered Separately.
*Lead Free (Contains Less Than .025% Lead)
955LF shimmer = 60 monofilament
PRODUCT INFORMATION
Any direct or indirect lacquer proof emulsion.
SQUEEGEE
70-80 Durometer: sharp edge.
STORAGE OF INK CONTAINERS
Keep indoors and store in a cool area. Recommend storage at
65°F to 90°F (18°C to 32°C). Avoid storage in direct sunlight or
in extreme temperature conditions. Avoid exposing 900 catalyst to moist, humid air. It is helpful, on 20 oz. glass catalyst
bottles, to store them upside down to help prevent moisture
contamination.
DRYER TEMPERATURES
300°F to 325°F (149°C to 163°C)
PRODUCT PACKAGING
Quart, 1 gallon containers
Since the 900LF series inks do not air dry, they must be fused
with an appropriate heat source in order to achieve durability.
The optimum time/temperature cycle will vary with the
amount of ink deposited, fabric, and type of heat source used.
Plastisols actually achieve the proper fusion point as soon as
the innermost section of the ink film reaches the prescribed
temperature. Test dryer temperatures before a production run.
Wash test printed product before production run.
PRODUCT MSDS
Refer to material safety data sheet 900 Series LF 0493
Use 20 to 30 micron capillary film and retensionable frames at
20 to 40 newtons for best results.
111
1100 Series Athletic Multipurpose
GENERAL INFORMATION
MODIFYING INK
A very durable, high viscosity plastisol ink formulated for
printing directly on most athletic garments. The ink can also
be used for cold peel transfers and as a flock adhesive. Colors
available match the most popular athletic colors used for athletic garment printing.
If necessary, ink may be thinned with 3% to 25% 1110LF
Curable Reducer. If 900 Catalyst is used, the viscosity of
mixed ink will drop when first mixed.
CLEAN-UP
Mineral Spirits (White Spirits) or Plastisol Screen Wash
RECOMMENDED FABRICS
COLORS AVAILABLE:
Nylon mesh, cotton, polyester and cotton/polyester blends.
Always test print fabric before a production run for adhesion
and possible dye migration.
INK APPLICATION
The 1100 series inks can be printed directly from the container
or for greater durability and adhesion on problem fabrics
(micro-mesh), mixed with the 900 catalyst. In general, if the
ink can surround the fiber of the fabric being printed, the use
of 900 catalyst may not be necessary. Catalyst must be purchased separately if needed. 900 catalyst is available in 2 oz.
and 8 oz. containers and when used should be thoroughly
hand stirred into the ink to the following proportions:
By Volume = 16 Parts Ink To 1 Part Catalyst.
1106LF * Ath. Purple
1112LF Ath. Sky Gray
1113LF Ath. White
1116LF Black
1126 Ath. Gold
1135 Ath. Tenn. Orange
1137 Ath. Winter Orange
1142 Ath. Winter Red
1146LF Ath. Scarlet
1153LF Ath. Cardinal
1156LF Ath. Maroon
1160LF Ath. Col. Blue
1164LF Ath. Dolphin Blue
1166LF Ath. Royal Blue
1168LF Ath. Navy Blue
1169 Lf Ath. Light Teal
1170LF Ath. Dark Teal
1172LF Ath. Dallas Green
1173LF Ath. Kelly Green
1176LF Ath. Dark Green
118 2LF Ath. Old Gold
1184LF Ath. Texas Orange
900LF CATALYST**
** 900LF Catalyst Must Be Purchased Separately.
*lf (Lead Free) Contains Less Than .025% Lead
By Weight = 20 Parts Ink To 1 Part Catalyst.
PRODUCT INFORMATION
Ink may be used immediately after mixing. Do not mix more
ink than is needed for a job. Do not under catalyze the ink.
Pot life of mixed ink is 4 to 8 hours. Over catalyzation will
shorten pot life of ink.
STORAGE OF INK CONTAINERS
Inks: Keep indoors and store in a cool area. Storage recommended at 65°F to 90°F (18°C to 32°C). Avoid storage in direct
sunlight or in extreme temperature conditions.
SCREEN MESH AND EMULSION
61 - l60 Monofilament
4xx to 6xx = coarse athletic fabrics (mesh football jerseys)
Catalyst: Avoid exposing 900 catalyst to moist, humid air. It is
helpful, on 2 oz. glass catalyst bottles, to store them upside
down to help prevent moisture contamination.
Any direct or indirect lacquer proof emulsion. Use 35 to 70
micron capillary film.
PRODUCT PACKAGING
1 gallon, 3.5 gallon, 30 or 55 gallon containers
SQUEEGEE
PRODUCT MSDS
Refer to material safety data sheet 1100 Series 40493
65 to 70 Durometer: bevel or sharp edge.
DRYER TEMPERATURES
300°F TO 325°F (149°C TO 163°C)
Since the 1100 series inks do not air dry, they must be fused
with an appropriate heat source in order to achieve durability.
The optimum time/temperature cycle will vary with the
amount of ink deposited, fabric, and type of heat source used.
Plastisols actually achieve the proper fusion point as soon as
the innermost section of the ink film reaches the prescribed
temperature. Test dryer temperatures before a production run.
Wash test printed product before production run.
112
3801LF Plastisol Foil Adhesive
APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS
GENERAL INFORMATION
CLEAN-UP
3801 LF is a clear plastisol adhesive used to produce brilliant
metallic foil designs on textiles. The adhesive can be printed
directly onto the fabric and the foil applied to the dried adhesive. The adhesive can also be printed directly on the foil as a
conventional transfer would be printed. Designs made with
3801LF adhesive may be applied to light or dark fabrics.
LF (Lead Free) Contains less than .06% lead.
Mineral spirits or plastisol screen wash.
FOIL APPLICATION
RECOMMENDED FABRICS
APPLICATION TEMPERATURE:
Foil is applied colored side up and aluminum looking (dull)
side down. Allow transfer to cool completely (1 minute) after
application before removal. Pull foil off slowly.
325°F to 350°F (163°C to 178°C) Try lower temperature first
for best results
Application Time: 10 To 15 Seconds
Application Pressure:
T-shirts - Medium ( 40lbs.)
Sweatshirts - Medium/heavy (40lbs. / 60lbs)
The brightest, foil effect will result when the foil is first
removed. To achieve a textured matte finish foil, re-seal the
garment or hat in the transfer press for 3-4 seconds after the
foil carrier film has been removed.
Cotton and cotton/polyester blends.
ADHESIVE APPLICATION
The 3801LF foil adhesive should be printed right out of the
container without and modifications. Stir adhesive prior to
use.
SCREEN MESH AND EMULSION
74 to 110 monofilament.
Any direct or indirect lacquer proof emulsion.
Use 70 to 80 micron capillary film for best results.
Recommend: 86 to 110 mesh for t-shirts.
Recommend: 74 to 86 mesh for sweatshirts.
IMPORTANT INFORMATION
For best durability of the foil after it is applied, it is recommended that the garment be hand washed or machine
washed (delicate cycle) inside out and line or air dried. Do
not use bleach. Do not iron printed area.
SQUEEGEE
Foils
60-65 Durometer (sharp or beveled edge)
We have many types of foil for textile colors, hologram,
pearls. Call for samples.
DRYER TEMPERATURES
300°F to 325°F (149°C to 163°C) For direct printed fabrics.
240°F to 275°F (116°C to 135°C) For transfer printing (adhesive printed on foil).
Since plastisols do not air dry, they must be fused or gelled
with an appropriate heat source. The optimum time/temperature cycle will vary with the amount of ink deposited, fabric,
and type of heat source used. Plastisols actually achieve the
proper fusion point as soon as the inner most section of the ink
film reaches the prescribed temperature. Test dryer temperatures before a production run. Wash test product before a production run.
Glitters
Many different types and colors for textile, display, decorating.
Caviar Beads
These beads are for garment decorating. They come in clear,
white, black, red, blue, pink. Other colors may be ordered.
113
Plastisol Ink Additives & Reducers
ADDITIVES
500LF Quick-Trans Additive
REDUCERS
Add 500LF Quick-Trans to Multipurpose or 700 Series plastisols to convert those inks to hot split or hot peel transfer inks.
The recommended ratios are: By volume, 1 part additive to 3
parts ink. By weight, 1 part additive to 4 parts ink.
Thoroughly mix the additive into the ink. The addition of
more additive than prescribed will increase the ease of transfer release after heat sealing. Excessive amounts of additive
will reduce the opacity of the mixed ink. Shelf life of mixed
ink is indefinite when stored in a cool area. For more detailed
information on this product, see product bulletin 500LF
Quick-Trans Additive.
1099LF will lower the viscosity of opaque, standard opacity and low
bleed inks without affecting the bleed resistance or fusing characteristics of the ink being mixed. This additive is especially formulated to
help maintain the opacity of high pigment (HP) inks when being
reduced.
710LF Soft Hand Additive
Add 710LF to Multipurpose, 700 Series, and 1100 Series inks
to soften the feel or hand of printed inks. The percentage
needed to soften the ink will depend on the ink to be adjusted. High pigment (HP) inks usually need more 710LF than a
standard or process ink.
The recommended proportion of 710LF is 5% to a maximum
of 40% by volume. This product can lower the bleed resistance and/or opacity of the ink being mixed.
Added in the above percentages, a mixture of 1 part 710LF to
4 parts 1110LF Curable Reducer, will result in a product that
will reduce, soften, and de-tackify plastisol inks for wet on
wet printing.
1099LF CURABLE LO-BLEED REDUCER
When adding reducers to opaque inks, use a minimal amount of
reducer to help maintain opacity. The recommended proportion of
1099LF is 1% to 10% by volume.
1110LF CURABLE REDUCER
1110LF lowers the viscosity of plastisols without affecting the fusing
characteristics of the ink being mixed. 1110LF is also a curable reducer, which means it fuses or cures by itself with the application of heat.
A curable reducer means no risk of adding too much reducer other
than a reduction in opacity and viscosity if over done. The recommended proportion of 1110LF is 5% to 25% by volume.
This reducer should not be used in low blood inks as It can lower the bleed
resistance of those inks.
1110LF can aid in reducing ink build-up on the back of successive
screens when printing wet on wet. The amount of 1110LF needed to
reduce build-up will depend on the ink being adjusted. 5% to 10%
1110LF for opaque inks. 1% to 5% 1110LF for standard opacity inks.
The correct screen mesh, such as 160 to 230 monofilament, properly
tensioned, will also help to reduce ink build-up.
1199LF Stretch Ink Additive
1199LF can be easily mixed into Multipurpose, 700 Series, or
1100 Series plastisols to produce increased elongation of those
inks for Lycra, Spandex and other stretch fabric applications.
LBX VISCOSITY MODIFIER
The recommended ratios are: By volume, 2 parts ink to 1 part
additive. By weight, 3 parts ink to 1 part additive. For opaque
inks, mixing by weight is highly recommended.
LBX is a non-curable reducer, which if used on excess, will cause fusing or curing problems. The reducer should not be used in low bleed
inks as it will greatly lower the blood resistance of those inks.
1199LF is not a low bleed product.
Proper testing must be done for dye migration or bleeding.
Adding the additive to a low bleed ink does not guarantee
bleed resistance. Always test ink and fabric before and production run. For more detailed information on this product,
see product bulletin 1199LF Stretch Additive.
The use of a curable reducer is highly recommended general use
when adjusting the viscosity of plastisol inks.
IMPORTANT INFORMATION
All products listed have been tested with International
Coating’s inks. If these products are used with another manufacturer’s products, proper testing must be done to insure the
performance and and durability of the mixed ink.
LF (lead free) contains less than .025% lead
LBX is a liquid plasticizer used for reducing plastisol inks. The recommended proportion is 1% to 5% by volume.
PRODUCT INFORMATION
STORAGE OF INK ADDITIVES
Keep indoors and store in a cool area. Storage recommended
at 65°F to 90°F (18°C to 32°C). Avoid storage in direct sunlight
or in extreme temperature conditions.
PRODUCT MSDS
Material safety data sheets available upon request
114
Stencil Fabric Yarn Classification
Discussion: Screen materials may be divided into
fabric and wire meshes and the fabrics may be further classified by origin (natural or synthetic fibers)
and structure (monofilament or multifilament). Silk is
the only natural fiber used; nylon and polyester are
the predominant synthetics. As the name implies a
monofilament fiber consists of a single strand
(thread), while a multifilament fiber has several
MONOFILAMENT - MULTIFILAMENT
strands twisted together into a thread (see illustration).Monofilament fabrics have several advantages
for screen printing: high stability and abrasion
resistance; regular mesh structure; even, easy ink
passage; easy cleaning and full screen reclaimability for multiple re-use.
MONOFILAMENT VS. MULTIFILAMENT
Where to Use Multifilament Fabrics
Use of silk or multifilament polyester can be justified If:
1. Your need for wear resistance is not great (screens are destroyed after very short run).
2. You store screens in inventory on the off chance you may get a reorder. (Here you are storing cheaper dollars).
3. You do not require fine detail or precise Ink deposits.
Advantages of Monofilament over Multifilament
1. Far superior resistance to wear (abrasion).
2. Relationship of thread diameters to open area In monofilament allows choice of higher mesh counts for greater detail with
no loss in paint flow.
3. Ink residues accumulate In twists of multifilament fibers causing progressive thread swelling which In turn causes variations
in color deposit.
4. Monofilament fabrics are easier to clean and reclaim.
5. Monofilament fabrics allow greater control over Ink deposits through choice of thread diameters.
Conclusion
If you re-cycle your screens or expect a screen to deliver very long runs, and/or fine detail, Investigate monofilament fabrics.
Today’s quality monofilaments yield so many Impressions that your original cost will disappear.
PREPARATION OF STENCIL FABRICS
It is of utmost Importance that all types of stencil fabric be properly stretched on the screen frame. This cannot be over emphasized and Is a decisive factor In high quality production. Fabrics must be stretched to full tension. Insufficient stretching causes
many printing and stencil difficulties, such as poor register, poorly defined smeared contours, poor release In off-contact printing, reduced stencil durability and undesirable stencil patterns.
Conscientious cleaning of stencil fabric is as Important as proper stretching, In screen preparation. Screen fabrics should be
cleaned Immediately before use. Cleaned screens that have been standing for long periods, become soiled and must be cleaned
again before use.
Insufficient cleaning of fabrics is the main cause of pinholes or faulty stencil areas, limited stencil life and poor adhesion of
Indirect and direct photo stencil films.
115
Impact of Screen Tension on Print Quality
The Importance of Screen Tension
Determining Optimum Tension
Screen tension is a most important consideration because it
affects print quality in three crucial areas: 1. Register; 2. Print
Definition; and, 3. Volume and Uniformity of Ink Deposit.
Until recently, the most widely used methods for determining
screen tension were (a) feel (attained through experience); (b)
measurement of the percentage of fabric elongation; and (c) measurement of a defined tensile force such as that indicated by the
air regulator gauge of a pneumatic tensioning device. None of
these systems are consistent or scientific.
1. Register
Screen fabrics have a reserve of resiliency which allows the
stretched screen to return to its prestroke dimension and tension
after being repeatedly subjected to the stress forces of squeegee
pressure and off-contact during the printing stroke. Screens tensioned to optimum resiliency will permit continuous repetition of
this action within the limits of dimensional change needed for
acceptable register.
Over-tensioned screens will not have sufficient resiliency reserve
to achieve this. The stress imposed by the printing stroke causes
the mesh to either rupture or elongate (flow) to a state of deformation from which it cannot return; only elongate more.
To overcome these shortcomings, electronic and mechanical
instruments have been developed to measure screen tension precisely. Using the scientific principle of deflection, these instruments measure screen tension at any given location on the screen
surface. Regardless of screen size or type of fabric, tension is
expressed in newtons per centimeter. Normally, readings are
taken at five points on the screen; dead center and halfway
between dead center and each corner.
Under-tensioned screens never reach the level of tautness
required for optimum resiliency and memory. The mesh extends
and contracts erratically during succession of squeegee strokes
thus undoing register.
2. Print Edge Definition
Improper screen tension (slackness caused by either over or
under-tension) causes the fabric to roll ahead of the squeegee
during the printing stroke. Although imperceptible to the naked
eye, this phenomena can cause ink smears, mesh marks and line
distortions.
3. Ink Release
Screen tension affects snap force which, in turn, affects the volume and uniformity of ink discharge. Insufficient screen tension
reduces and delays snap during off-contact printing thus preventing the uniform release of ink. An improperly tensioned
screen may prevent even flood coating and cause an excessive
amount of ink to be loaded into mesh openings.
With a suitable tension measuring instrument, it is possible to
read fabric tension independently in both warp and weft directions. A tension measuring device is vital not only because it
allows the screenmaker to determine repeatable and optimum
tension values, but also because it makes it possible to determine
highs and lows of tension within a screen so that appropriate
measures can be taken to balance the overall tension level.
Mechanical vs Electronic devices
Tests show that both types of devices can perform the same function and produce results with comparable accuracy. Because
almost all technical data pertaining to tension expresses tension
values in newtons per centimeter (N/cm), it is helpful (if not critical), that the instrument used also express tension values in
N/cm rather than some non-related numeric basis.
Suitable electronic devices are much more costly than mechanical
instruments. It may be difficult to justify the additional expenditure for the electronic device particularly since it is more delicate,
more costly to repair and susceptible to inaccuracies caused by
magnetic field interference. At less than half the cost, you could
purchase two mechanical instruments; one for use in the screenmaking area and the second in the screen reclaiming area to
determine whether a screen should be re-inventoried or restretched.
116
Impact of Screen Tension on Print Quality
OPTIMUM TENSION VALUES
SPECIAL FABRIC CHARACTERISTICS
It is important to remember that different screen printing applications can tolerate varying degrees of nonconformity to tension
uniformity within a screen and from screen to screen. For example, the tension within a screen and from screen to screen should
be no more than + 5N/cm from the determined optimum tension
value when screen printing ceramics, decal’s, electronic circuits,
multicolor illustrations and fine line halftones. The ability of a
screen to function continuously within this tolerance requires the
use of control oriented components and firm adherence to a disciplined procedure geared more to quality than to production.
For P.C. soldermask applications and legend printing single color
halftones, normal poster work and multicolor textile printing,
tension within a screen and from screen to screen should vary no
more than + N/cm from the optimum tension value. For noncritical poster and textile applications, such as T-shirts, the tolerance can be relaxed to 1 2.5 N/cm within a screen and from
screen to screen.
Screens having Internal tension variations greater than + 3 N/cm
should be considered beyond the tolerance necessary for acceptable reproduction In just about any screen printing application.
Even if stretched optimally, this fabric will gradually lose tension. This is due to the “cold flow” characteristics of plastics
which causes them to gradually acclimate and accept elongation
stress. Diagram 1 Illustrates “cold flow” by showing the low of
tension In a monofilament polyester that has been stored for one
week Note too that, contrary to the widely held belief that polyester should be stretched dry, our tests Indicate that an Identical
screen stretched wet lost tension at a much slower and more
even rate.
By being aware of “cold flow”, the quality conscious screen
printer can monitor screen tension throughout the life cycle of a
screen. In Inventory, on the press after recycling. Screens with
less than acceptable tension should be re-tensioned, re-stretched
with new mesh or used for less critical applications
When tensioning monofilament polyester, only exactly repeatable procedures can produce Identical results. All screens for a
particular application should be tensioned slowly, In set
Increments, with set rest periods, etc.
MONOFILAMENT POLYESTER
117
Screen Fabrics Silk and Multifilament Polyester
POLY-STIK®
MULTIFILAMENT POLYESTER
MESH
THREAD DIA.
OPENING
THICKNESS
OPEN AREA
INK VOLUME
(THEORETICAL)
PERCENT
CM3/M2
NUMBER
COUNT
INCH
µM
INCH
µM
INCH
µM
6XX
70x70
.0051
130
.0092
233
.0051
130
41%
53
7XX
78x82
.0051
130
.0083
210
.0051
130
38%
49
8XX
78x83
.0051
130
.0073
186
.0051
130
34%
44
10XX
110x106
.0037
95
.0055
140
.0037
95
35%
33
12XX
128x124
.0037
95
.0042
107
.0037
95
28%
27
14XX
138x138
.0033
85
.0039
99
.0037
85
29%
25
16XX
148x150
.0033
85
.0034
87
.0033
85
26%
22
18XX
165x160
.0033
85
.0028
72
.0033
85
21%
18
20XX
177x170
.0026
67
.0031
79
.0033
65
29%
19
Width: 42”-52”-66”-85”
Roll Lengths: approximately 60 yds.
3-in-1 Chart
Chart Determines Screen Mesh & Halftone Counts
Stop Guessing which Mesh Count is on your frame
Easy to read both U.S. and metric mesh numbers of monofilament and multifilament fabric,
either from roll or stretched on frame. Two different scales are used for monofilament meshes,
one for USA mesh counts from 100 to 240, and metric counts from 40 to 95; the other for those
USA counts from 200 to 480, and metric counts from 78 to 190. Multifilament chart determines
mesh counts from 6xx to 25xx, USA halftone counts from 55 to 200 and metric halftone numbers from 21 to 78. Photographically produced on heavy 8 x 10 in. polyester photo film (7 mil)
for durability and clarity.
118
Screen Fabrics Monofilament and Multifilament Polyester
ESTERTEX®
MONOFILAMENT POLYESTER
White or Gold
MESH
THREAD DIA.
OPENING
THICKNESS
INK VOLUME
(THEORETICAL)
CM3/M2
PERCENT
OPEN AREA
INCH
µM
INCH
µM
INCH
µM
30
.0098
250
.0236
600
.0191
485
50%
243
40
.0079
200
.0171
434
.0160
406
47%
191
50
.0079
200
.0120
305
.0152
385
37%
142
60
.0057
145
.0109
276
.0104
265
43%
114
74
.0047
120
.0088
223
.0092
234
43%
101
86
.0039
100
.0077
196
.0067
170
44%
75
110
.0032
80
.0059
151
.0056
141
42%
59
125
.0028
71
.0056
141
.0045
115
42%
48
135
.0022
55
.0051
133
.0035
88
49%
43
Roll Lengths: 30-60 mesh, approximately 100 yards;
74-135 mesh, approximately 55 yards
Width: 40/44”, 50/52”, 60/64”, 80/82”
SUPER STRONG
HIGH STRENGTH MONOFILAMENT POLYESTER
White or Gold
MESH
THREAD DIA.
OPENING
THICKNESS
COUNT
INCH
µM
INCH
µM
INCH
µM
160
180
200
200
230
230
255
275
305
330
350
350
390
.0022
.0022
.0019
.0022
.0019
.0022
.0016
.0016
.0013
.0012
.0012
.0013
.0012
55
55
48
55
48
55
40
40
34
30
30
34
30
.0041
.0034
.0031
.0028
.0026
.0023
.0024
.0021
.0020
.0018
.0017
.0015
.0014
104
86
79
71
65
59
61
54
52
47
43
39
35
.0032
.0032
.0028
.0033
.0029
.0033
.0024
.0024
.0020
.0020
.0020
.0023
.0020
80
80
71
85
74
85
61
61
52
52
52
59
52
OPEN AREA INK VOLUME
(THEORETICAL)
CM3/M2
PERCENT
42%
36%
38%
31%
32%
24%
35%
31%
36%
36%
34%
30%
28%
34
29
27
26
24
20
21
19
19
19
18
18
15
Roll Lengths: 160-180 mesh, approximately 55 yards;
200-390 mesh, approximately 33 yards
Width: 40/44”, 50/52”, 60/64”, 82/90”
119
How to Make a Direct Emulsion Stencil
All fabric, new or used, must be degreased. We consider this
the first step in making a good stencil. In addition, synthetic
fabric should be roughened mechanically to improve printing
run length. Make sure that the fabric is thoroughly dry before
coating it with emulsion.
Many types of problem-causing contaminants are not visible to
the naked eye: petroleum residues from inks or washup solvents,
fabric weaving oils on new fabric. perspiration or oils from the
skin, air-borne dirt, dust, etc. Degreasing greatly reduces the risk
of stencil making failure, extends on-press stencil longevity, and
alleviates pinholing.
Select fabric appropriate for the printing application, and stretch
it properly.
• Fabric Selection:
The fabrics used in screen printing are silk, nylon, monofilament
and multifilament polyester, metal mesh, and metalized polyester. The characteristics of each fabric type, obtainable from the
fabric supplier or manufacturer, should match the needs of the
printing job. Beyond that, in selecting a screen fabric, you’ll want
to consider:
Thread diameter and percentage of open area:
These (along with mesh count) are the most important determinants of the thickness of ink deposit. Stencil thickness, type of
ink, and type and printing adjustments of the squeegee, are secondary factors in determining the thickness of the ink deposit.
Mesh count: Expressed as the number of threads per linear
inch or centimeter, mesh count affects print resolution (the
amount of detail) and definition (sharpness). Higher mesh
counts improve resolution and definition, lessen the amount of
emulsion needed for a given coating method, and reduce exposure time. (Remember that finer fabric will reduce your ink
deposit - so be sure that your ink provides adequate coverage.)
Halftone work: Multiply the halftone count by at least 4 to
determine the proper mesh count. For example, for a 60-line
halftone (English system): 60 x 4 = 240. Therefore, the mesh
count of the fabric should be at least 240 threads per inch.
Fine line work: The diameter of a single fabric thread should
be no more than half of the finest line detail - positive or negative - to be printed.
Mesh Color: Dyed fabric improves fine detail reproduction.
The dye reduces light scattering, helping to keep extremely fine
details open. However, if you switch from white to colored fabric, you will have to increase exposure by at least 50%.
• Proper Fabric Tensioning:
Uneven tension can cause uneven emulsion distribution, and
hence poor image reproduction and print quality. Inconsistent
stretching from one screen to the next makes multicolor registration difficult and, sometimes, impossible. Each type of fabric and within each type, each mesh count and thread diameter -
Dissolve the Diazo Sensitizer:
Add lukewarm water up to the shoulder of the lightsafe sensitizer bottle containing the diazo. Shake well. If your emulsion uses
diazo powder, wait 15 minutes to allow the air bubbles to disperse.
• Make sure the diazo powder is completely dissolved. Check
the sensitizer bottle’s white cap liner for undissolved diazo particles before adding the sensitizer to the emulsion.
• For coarse fabric and other uses where a thicker, more viscous
emulsion is needed, mix the diazo with less water (never less
than half full into the sensitizer bottle). Note the increase in
exposure time.
• For applications requiring a thinner stencil, dilute the emulsion. Add the normally diluted sensitizer to the emulsion. Then
add one additional diazo bottle of lukewarm water into the sensitized emulsion and mix thoroughly. This results in a 10% dilution. Note the decrease in exposure time.
Mix the Dissolved Sensitizer into the Emulsion:
Pour the full contents of the dissolved sensitizer into the emulsion and stir with a clean, broad, flat instrument made of plastic
or stainless steel until the emulsion is uniform in color. If you are
using a clear emulsion, you can add the color at this point, and
mix thoroughly until the color is uniform.
• Do not use stirrers made of wood, copper, or iron. An electric
mixer with a stainless steel mixing blade is ideal.
• Be sure to scrape the stirrer across the sides and bottom of the
emulsion container, so that all the emulsion is mixed with the
sensitizer.
Close the Container. Wait at Least One Hour:
The sensitized emulsion must be “debubbled” in order to avoid
streaks in the coating and poor printing results.
Write the Date of Sensitizing on the Label:
Diazo sensitized emulsion can be stored 4 weeks at normal room
temperatures-up to 3 months in a refrigerator.
A screenholder provides more consistency in
coating screens:
• A screenholder holds the screen at a comfortable height and
uniform angle, prevents the screen from sliding, and allows you
to concentrate on coating smoothly.
The objective in coating a direct emulsion screen is to fill the
entire mesh opening and to encapsulate the threads. Use a
scoop coater or coating trough to apply the emulsion with slow,
smooth strokes, forcing the thick liquid into the mesh, not simply scraping it across the fabric. Remove excess emulsion at
both edges of the trough stroke.
120
How to Make a Direct Emulsion Stencil
Direct emulsion coating requires skill to produce uniform,
pinhole-free stencils. Important variables are: the mesh count,
the thread diameter and color of the fabric, the tension and
cleanliness of the fabric, the solids content and temperature of
the emulsion, the thickness of the coating blade, the pressure
of the tool against the screen, and the angle and speed of the
coating blade across the fabric.
The three coating
methods
Resulting stencils
in cross-section
1
Apply one coat of emulsion on printing side, then one coat on
squeegee side. Dry emulsion with screen in any position. Note
relatively thin emulsion shoulder, and thinness of stencil and
ink deposit.
2
Coat twice on printing side, then one to five times on
squeegee side, wet on wet. After each coat, rotate screen 180˚.
Then dry with screen in horizontal position, printing side
down. Note that emulsion shoulder, stencil, and ink deposit
are thicker.
3
Use Method 2 above. Then, after complete horizontal drying,
add an additional coat of emulsion on printing side, and dry
again. This produces sharpest edge, and thickest stencil and
ink deposit. Additional single coatings on printing side –
with intermediate dryings – improve printed edge sharpness
even more.
Fine reproduction requires both edge sharpness and
resolution:
• Increasing the amount of emulsion on the printing side
improves sharpness, but resolution may suffer; conversely,
reduced coatings can improve resolution, but edge sharpness
may suffer. Where possible, use of a finer mesh, dyed fabric,
and Method 3 will all improve both sharpness and resolution.
• Use positives of good quality, check vacuum contact, and
evaluate exposures with a step wedge test each time you
introduce a variable.
Coarse mesh:
• Emulsions used on very coarse mesh should be properly
selected and sensitized to have a high viscosity, high solids
content, or both. We recommend filling the sensitizer bottle
only half full with water.
• The coater must have a thick blade and the coating stroke
must be even slower than usual.
• The coating method should ensure that the large mesh
openings are completely filled with emulsion. We recommend
coating the screen wet on wet, once on each side. Dry thoroughly. If additional coats are needed, the initial coating
should be followed immediately by a “smoothing” coat on
the printing side: tilt the coater back so no additional emulsion is introduced onto the screen. Move the blade up the
printing side to gather excess emulsion. Dry thoroughly.
Repeat single coatings, with intermediate dryings, on the
printing side only.
• Just as coarse mesh holds more ink than fine mesh, it holds
more emulsion with a given coating method. Be careful to
increase drying and exposure times accordingly.
To ensure dimensional stability, and create the sharpest
prints, dry the screen In a horizontal position, printing side
down, at normal room temperature, preferably with a fan.
Be careful of dirt and dust. Store dried screens in a cool,
dry, completely dark area until exposure.
Moisture impairs the photosensitivity of emulsion, so
the coated screen must be thoroughly dry before exposure.
Residual moisture can be present in the emulsion even when
it feels dry to the touch, causing underexposure.
• Dry the underlying emulsion thoroughly before applying
additional emulsion (if using Coating Method #3). Failure to
do so results in “case hardening” - the trapping of moisture
between coats of emulsion.
• Maintain stable humidity, it possible. Under humid conditions, coated screens need greater exposure time. Bear this in
mind in the summer if you don’t have a de-humidifier - an
inexpensive investment in more reliable stencil making.
• Under humid conditions, dry the screen with warm filtered
air, no higher than 104°F (40°C). A commercial dryer is a very
good investment.
• Try to arrange your shop so that the exposure and drying
areas are physically separated from the screen preparation
and washout areas, which generate a great deal of moist air.
Even inexpensive shower curtains will help to confine
washout mist.
Unused emulsion:
• Cover your filled scoop coater when you’re not using it. If it
picks up shop dirt and dust before you return it to the emulsion container, you can have pinholes and other contamination problems the next time you make a stencil.
121
Cross Reference Chart /Liquid Emulsions
Autotype
Autosol
Emulsion Range
Application
Color
&%
Solids
Chromaline
Ulano
Kiwo
Majesteh
Purple
34
CP2
UDC-1
UDC
2
HV
FX 88
569
RLX
TLX
DLX
PolyPlus
S
SWR
Universol
Plus
K40
K42
Aqua
Blue
34
UDC-2
UDC3
HD
LDI
HV
Max-R
RLX
TLX
DLX
PolyPlus
S & SRX
SWR
SER
Universol
Plus
Marathon
HD, & SD
K40
K42
Blue
38
UDC-3
Max-R
Aqua
Blue
36-38
UDC-1
UDC-2
HD
LDI
Max-R
Murakami
Sericol
Premium-Plus
Dual Cure System
(Diazo Photopolymer)
PLUS 2000 (Fast)
• Direct Sensitizer
• Hi-Resolution, Definition
• Excellent Bridging
• Wide Latitude
• Excellent Copying quality,
• Low Rz
PLUS 7000/XL
• Direct Sensitizer
• Excellent Resolution
• Excellent Definition
• Excellent Latitude
• Exceptional Durability
• Excellent Quality,
• Low Rz
PLUS 8000
• Direct Sensitizer
• Superb-Resolution
• Superb-Definition
• Superb-Bridging and
Copying Quality
• Excellent Latitude
• Lowest Rz
PLUS "CLASSIC"
• Hi-Res/Definition
• Superb Copying Quality
• Low Rz,
• Excellent Bridging
• Great Latitude
Main stream,
Graphics &
Textile, Solvent,
UV, Plastisol,
*4 Color Process
High quality,
Graphics &
Textile, Solvent,
UV, Water-based inks
*4 Color Process
*Most critical work
Premium quality,
X-tra durable,
Graphics, UV,
Solvent, Waterbased inks
905
914
902
SP9500
SP9701
DX
905
911
914
915
916
PolyPlus
SRX
* 4 Color Process
* Most critical work
(Multi-purpose)
UV , Solvent,
Water & Plastisol
* 4 Color Process
TLX
RLX
PolyPlus
S
SWR
Universol
Plus
Marathon
HD, & SD
K40
K42
911
914
915
916
Diazo System
PLUS 6000 /
PLUS 6000 Clear
Replaces WR & WR Clear
AUTOSOL 3000
Plastisols & Water
containing textile
*4 Color Process
Purple
Clear
43
CP5/WR
925WR
295 Fast
(New)
221WR
222WR
HWR
Magicol 91
WR
UV, Solvent,
Plastisol
Purple
28
CP2, CP3
569 Fast
16 Rapid
Magicol 91
Rapid
UV, Solvent,
Plastisol inks
4 color process
Blue
37%
SR
Ql
QFR
NexT 7
One Coat
Textile
Plastisols
*4 Color Process
Red
47
Chromatec-PL
and PL2
QTX (44)
PolycolAqua,
Red, Solo
DCS
902
STQ System
AUTOSOL ONE
No mixing, no diazo
Excellent resolution,
latitude, fast exposure
PLUS 9000
• Hi-Solids
• Excellent Latitude
• Pure Photopolymer
• Pre-sensitized Ultra-fast
exposure
122
One Pot C
One Pot
XL
Photopol
X (43)
Aquasol
TS
ER
TXR
125
Notes
123
Autosol 2000
Fast Exposing, Multi-Purpose Dual-Cure Direct Emulsion
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
AUTOSOL 2000 is a high quality dualcure direct emulsion, formulated for a
wide variety of graphics, industrial and
textile screen printing applications
where rapid stencil production is
important.
Compatible Inks
Solvent-based, UV-curable, Plastisol, Poster
Humidity Resistance
Good
Water Resistance
Do not use with inks or solvents that contain water.
Solvent Resistance
Very good
Durability
Good
Solids Content
34%
Sensitizing
Direct-Addition Diazo powder. Add powder directly
to the emulsion. Add no water to the sensitizer or to
the emulsion. DO NOT open the sensitizer packet
with teeth.
PRODUCT APPLICATIONS
General graphics applications, including POP displays, posters, signage,
exhibition graphics, etc. Industrial
applications include membrane switch
overlays, nameplates, automotive parts,
labels and decals.
Estimated Exposures
2KW Metal Halide @ 48": 4-5 minutes
(2+2 coating on 230 tpi dyed
5KW Metal Halide @ 48n: 1-2 minutes
mesh)
Stencil Removal
Reclaims easily with Autostrip Gel, Autostrip Liquid,
or diluted Autostrip Powder. Pressure washer recommended.
Packaging Availability
1 Quart
5 Gallon
1 Gallon
50 Gallon Drum
PRODUCT FEATURES and BENEFITS
Fast Exposure
Good for use in high production shops or where weak light sources or excessive
exposure distance requires a fast-exposing emulsion, e.g. Iarge format graphics
applications
Humidity Resistance
Long run durability even in high humidity conditions
Direct Addition Diazo
Faster mixing eliminates one step from the emulsion mixing process
Application Versatility
Good for shops that print a diverse range of products and want to use just one
emulsion.
Wide Exposure Latitude
More forgiving to a reasonable amount of underexposure
Quick Washout
Reduces time from processing to press
124
Autosol 6000 & 6000CL
High Quality Water Resistant Textile Emulsion
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Compatible Inks
Plastisol and water-based textile inks that do not
contain petrochemical solvents.
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Autosol 6000 is a diazo sensitized direct
emulsion formulated specifically for
garment decorating and textile printing
applications. The standard Autosol
6000 is a pigmented (purple) emulsion,
while Autosol 6000CL is a “clear", or
lightly pigmented formulation, for
those occasions when on-press registration is important.
PRODUCT APPLICATIONS
Garment and textile applications such
as t-shirts, fleecewear, caps, fabric banners, bolt textiles, and more.
Autosol 6000 is particularly recommended for applications where high
durability, good stencil build and good
print quality on coarse meshes is
required.
Humidity Resistance
Very good
Water Resistance
Excellent
Solvent Resistance
Do not use with inks or cleaning products containing petrochemical solvents.
Durability
Good
Solids Content
44%
Sensitizing
Direct-Addition Diazo powder. Add powder directly to the emulsion. Add no water to the sensitizer
or to the emulsion. DO NOT open the sensitizer
packet with teeth.
Estimated Exposures
2KW Metal Halide @ 48”: 5-6 minutes
(2+2 coating on 230 tpi dyed
3KW Metal Halide @ 48": 3-4 minutes
mesh) For best results perform
5KW Metal Halide @ 48": 2-3 minutes
an exposure test with an
1 K Mercury Vapor @ 20”: 7-8 minutes
Autotype Exposure Calculator
UV fluorescent tubes 4”: 8-9 minutes
Stencil Removal
Reclaims easily with Autostrip Gel or diluted
Autostrip Powder. Pressure washer recommended.
Packaging Availability
1 Quart
5 Gallon
1 Gallon
50 Gallon Drum
PRODUCT FEATURES and BENEFITS
Very high solids content
Faster stencil build on coarse meshes saves time and reduces blemishes in emulsion coating.
Eliminates the need to dilute and mix sensitizer prior to adding to the emulsion.
Available in "clear" version
Promotes easy visual registration on the press.
High durability
Very good for long print runs
Good decoating properties
Enables reuse of the mesh, even though it produces a highly durable stencil.
125
Autosol 7000
General Purpose Water and Solvent Resistant Dual Cure Emulsion
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Compatible Inks
Solvent-based, UV-curable, plastisol, and all waterbased inks
Humidity Resistance
Very good
Water Resistance
Very good
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solvent Resistance
Excellent
Autosol 7000 is a very durable high resolution dualcure direct emulsion that is
compatible with a wide variety of
screen printing inks and suitable for
use in an extremely wide range of
printing applications.
Durability
Excellent
Solids Content
34%
Sensitizing
Direct-Addition Diazo powder. Add powder directly to the emulsion. Add no water to the sensitizer or
to the emulsion. DO NOT open the sensitizer packet with teeth.
PRODUCT APPLICATIONS
General graphics applications, including POP displays, posters, signage,
exhibition graphics, etc. Industrial
applications include membrane switch
overlays, nameplates, automotive parts,
labels and decals. Autosol 7000 may
also be used in textile decorating applications such as t-shirts, caps, fleecewear
and other garments.
Estimated Exposures
2KW Metal Halide @ 48": 3-5 minutes
(2+2 coating on 230 tpi dyed
3KW Metal Halide @ 48”: 2-3 minutes
mesh) For best results perform
5KW Metal Halide @ 48": 1-2 minutes
an exposure test with an
125W Mercury Vapor @20”: 6-8 minutes
Autotype Exposure Calculator
UV Fluorescent Tubes @4”: 5-7 minutes
Stencil Removal
Reclaims with Autostrip Gel or diluted Autostrip
Powder. Pressure washer recommended.
Packaging Availability
1 Quart
5 Gallon
1 Gallon
50 Gallon Drum
PRODUCT FEATURES and BENEFITS
High durability
Excellent in adverse shop conditions, especially in high heat and humidity
Humidity resistance
Long run durability even in high humidity conditions
Widest range of compati-
No need to use another emulsion when changing ink systems
ble inks
Wide exposure latitude
Forgiving to some degree of under- and overexposure
Direct Addition Diazo
Faster mixing eliminates one step from the emulsion mixing process
Application versatility
Good for shops that print a diverse range of products and require excellent
printed image quality, even for four-color process work.
Easy reclaiming
Faster screen turnaround, less labor to reclaim
126
Autosol 8000
Premium Quality Water and Solvent Resistant Dual Cure Emulsion
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Compatible Inks
Solvent-based, UV-curable, Plastisol, Poster, Water-
Humidity Resistance
Based
Solvent Resistance
Superior
Durability
Superior
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solids Content
Superior
AUTOSOL 8000 is a premium dual cure
direct emulsion offering superior image
reproduction qualities, resistance to solvents and water, and the toughest stencil available in the Autosol range.
Mesh Range
Superior
Sensitizing
38%
100-500 threads per inch
Estimated Exposures
(2+2 coating on 230 tpi dyed
Direct-Addition Diazo powder. Add powder direct-
mesh)
ly to the emulsion. Add no water to the sensitizer or
to the emulsion. DO NOT open the sensitizer pack-
PRODUCT APPLICATIONS
Graphics and garment printing, including fine halftone and four-color process
work. Autosol 8000 is also an excellent
choice for critical screen printing applications including electronic parts,
membrane switch components, PCBs,
flexible circuitry, nameplates and
decals.
Stencil Removal
et with teeth.
Packaging Availability
2KW Metal Halide @ 48": 4-5 minutes
5KW Metal Halide @ 48”: 1-2 minutes
Reclaims with Autostrip Gel, Autostrip Liquid, or
diluted Autostrip Powder. Pressure washer recommended.
1 Quart
5 Gallon
1 Gallon
50 Gallon Drum
PRODUCT FEATURES and BENEFITS
Superior Printed Edge
Prints a superior image on all types of images, from line work to fine halftones;
Quality and Resolution
an excellent choice for process color work
Highest Durability
Resistant to the most aggressive screen printing inks. The most durable emulsion in the Autosol product line.
Humidity Resistance
Long run durability even in high humidity conditions
Widest Range of
No need to use another emulsion when changing ink systems
Compatible Inks
Faster mixing eliminates one step from the emulsion mixing process
Direct Addition Diazo
Outstanding choice for an extensive range of screen printed product specialties,
Application Versatility
regardless of print-quality requirements or the ink system being used
127
Autosol 9000
One-Part Photopolymer Garment Printing Emulsion
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Compatible Inks
Plastisols that do not contain water, puff and other
expanding inks not containing water
Humidity Resistance
Good
Water Resistance
Do not use with water-containing inks
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solvent Resistance
Very good
Autosol 9000 is high solids, fast exposing presensitized photopolymer-type
emulsion for garment and textile decorating applications.
Durability
Excellent
Solids Content
47%
Mesh Range
255 tpi and below
Sensitizing
Presensitized
Estimated Exposures
2KW Metal Halide @ 48”
60-80 seconds
(2+2 coating on 110 tpi dyed
3KW Metal Halide @ 48”
40-60 seconds
mesh)
5KW Metal Halide @ 48”
20-40 seconds
PRODUCT APPLICATIONS
Autosol 9000 is an excellent choice for
high volume garment printing shops
where rapid screen turnaround is critical. Use Autosol 9000 with plastisol or
puff inks that do not contain water.
Stencil Removal
125W Mercury Vapor @ 20”
2 - 2.5 minutes
UV Fluorescent tubes @4”
100-140 seconds
Reclaims with Autostrip Gel or diluted Autostrip
Powder. Pressure washer recommended.
Packaging Availability
1 Quart
5 Gallon
1 Gallon
50 Gallon Drum
PRODUCT FEATURES and BENEFITS
One part system
Eliminates the need to sensitize prior to use
Excellent coating quality
Reduced drag on the coating trough enables faster and smoother coating with less
effort
Very fast exposure
Significant time savings for large volume shops and where weak light sources are
used
Very high solids
Fewer coats yield the desired stencil thickness, even on coarse meshes. Compared to
other SBQ-based emulsions, Autosol 9000 gives as much as 25-50% higher stencil
build with the same number of coats (depending on mesh count).
Good exposure latitude
Forgiving to as much as 25% overexposure, an important feature for such a fast
exposing emulsion.
Very good edge definition and
Even at optimum exposure, fine lines (100-micron) can be resolved and printed.
resolution
Easy to reclaim
Does not "slough" into stringy pieces or fuse in the mesh on contact with mild printing solvents. Dissolves readily with periodate-based reclaiming products.
128
Autosol Classic
Solvent and Water Resistant Dual Cure Emulsion
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Compatible Inks
Solvent-based, water-based (textile and graphics),
UV-curable, plastisol
Humidity Resistance
Excellent
Water Resistance
Excellent
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solvent Resistance
Excellent
Autosol Classic is a dual cure direct
emulsion formulated for use with a
wide variety of screen printing ink systems. Autosol Classic produces very
good print quality and a durable stencil
that is easy to reclaim.
Durability
Excellent
Solids Content
34%
Sensitizing
Diazo syrup sensitizer. Mix with water, let stand for
several minutes and then stir into emulsion. Allow
mixed emulsion to de-gas a minimum of one hour,
preferable several hours.
PRODUCT APPLICATIONS
Autosol Classic is recommended for all
graphics and industrial screen printing
applications, as well as textile and garment print jobs. It can be used with solvent- based, UV-curable, and waterbased graphics and garment inks.
Autosol Classic is also recommended
for shops where high humidity leads to
problems with stencil adhesion.
Estimated Exposures
2KW Metal Halide @ 48”:
3-5 minutes
(2+2 coating on 230 tpi dyed
3KW Metal Halide @ 48":
2-3 minutes
mesh) For best results perform
5KW Metal Halide @ 48":
1-2 minutes
an exposure test with an
125W Mercury Vapor @20":
6-8 minutes
Autotype Exposure Calculator
UV Fluorescent Tubes @4":
5-7 minutes
Stencil Removal
Reclaims easily with Autostrip Gel or diluted
Autostrip Powder.Pressure washer recommended.
Packaging Availability
1 Quart
5 Gallon
1 Gallon
50 Gallon Drum
PRODUCT FEATURES and BENEFITS
Compatible with a wide vari-
Versatility allows Autosol Classic to be used for virtually any type of print job as well as print
ety of ink systems
runs of any length.
Excellent mesh bridging
Requires fewer coats to reach desired stencil-surface and and print-definition characteristics.
Wide exposure latitude
Forgiving to reasonable variations in exposure.
Easy reclaimability
Faster screen turnaround, less labor, reduced mesh and chemical wastage
Relatively fast to expose
Minimizes opportunity for light undercutting (sawtoothing) and speeds screen production.
129
Autosol XL
Premium Quality Water and Solvent Resistant Dual Cure Emulsion
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Compatible Inks
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
AUTOSOL XL is a high-performance
dual-cure direct emulsion with outstanding image reproduction qualities.
It is resistant to both solvents and water
and can be used in an extensive range
of screen printing applications.
PRODUCT APPLICATIONS
AUTOSOL XL is an excellent choice for
printing fine line artwork and process
color, and can be used for all types of
graphics printing, garment decoration,
electronics applications and industrial
screen printing.
Humidity Resistance
Water Resistance
Solvent Resistance
Durability
Solids Content
Solvent-based, UV-curable, Plastisol, Poster,WaterBased
Excellent
Excellent
Excellent
Excellent
34%
Sensitizing
Direct-Addition Diazo powder. Add powder directly to the emulsion. Add no water to the sensitizer or
to the emulsion. DO NOT open the sensitizer packet with teeth.
Estimated Exposures
(2+2 coating on 230 tpi dyed
mesh) For best results perform
an exposure test with an
Autotype Exposure Calculator
2KW Metal Halide @ 48”:
5KW Metal Halide @ 48”:
1K Mercury Vapor @ 20"
UV fluorescent tubes @ 4":
Stencil Removal
Reclaims with Autostrip Gel or diluted Autostrip
Powder.Pressure washer recommended.
Packaging Availability
1 Quart
1 Gallon
4-5 minutes
2-3 minutes
6-7 minutes
7-8 minutes
5 Gallon
50 Gallon Drum
PRODUCT FEATURES and BENEFITS
Superior printed edge quality
Prints a superior image on all types of images, from line work to fine halftones; an excellent
and resolution
choice for process color work
High durability
Resistant to a wide range of screen printing inks, including solvent-based, water-based, UVcurable, plastisol and other textile inks.
Humidity resistance
Long run durability even in high humidity conditions
Widest range of compatible
No need to use another emulsion when changing ink systems
inks
Direct Addition Diazo
Faster mixing eliminates one step from the emulsion mixing process
Application versatility
Outstanding choice for an extensive range of screen printed product specialties, regardless of
print-quality requirements or the ink system being used
130
Autosol One
Presensitized Photopolymer Graphics & Textile Emulsion
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Compatible Inks
Solvent-based, UV curable, plastisol (garment inks)
Humidity Resistance
Superior
Water Resistance
Do not use with inks that contain water
Solvent Resistance
Superior
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Durability
Superior
Autosol ONE is a presensitized photopolymer emulsion formulated for
high-end screen printing applications
which use solvent-based, UV-curable
and plastisol inks. Autosol ONE features the best image reproduction features and extremely fast exposure.
Solids Content
36%
Sensitizing
None required.
Estimated Exposures
2KW Metal Halide @ 48": 60 seconds
(2+2 coating on 230 tpi dyed
5KW Metal Halide @ 48": 20 seconds
mesh)
Stencil Removal
PRODUCT APPLICATIONS
Industrial applications include membrane switch overlays, circuitry, nameplates, automotive parts, labels and
decals. Autosol ONE is recommended
for all graphic screen printing applications, including POP displays, posters,
signage and exhibition graphics and
has proven to be an excellent performer
in textile and garment printing.
Reclaims with Autostrip Gel or diluted Autostrip
Powder.Pressure washer recommended.
Packaging Availability
1 Quart
5 Gallon
1 Gallon
50 Gallon Drum
Screen printers will be pleased to learn that the superior performance of Autosol ONE comes with the lowest
price tag of any one-part photopolymer emulsion on the market.
PRODUCT FEATURES and BENEFITS
Photopolymer sensitized
No mixing or waiting for emulsion to rest after mixing. Use straight from the container.
Very fast exposing
Fast screen production turnaround, even where weak light sources are used.
Excellent coating characteristics
Easy for screenmakers to coat blemish-free screens
Highly durable
Resistant to the most aggressive printing conditions, such as high heat and humidity, aggressive inks and solvents. Very good for long print runs.
Superior image resolution and
Prints a superior image on all types of work, including fine line detail and process color.
definition
Versatility
Encompasses a very wide range of screen fabrics and types of print jobs, eliminating the need
for using different emulsions for different applications
Easy to reclaim
Saves time and reduces mesh wastage.
Lowest cost one-part emulsion
Cost savings and affordability for use on a wider range of jobs
131
Diazo
Powder
Blue
Diazo
Powder
Clear
Blue*
Diazo
Powder
Clear
Blue•
Diazo
Powder
Violet
Diazo
Powder
Clear
Violet•
Diazo
Powder
Violet
Diazo
Powder
Violet
Diazo
Powder
Clear
Violet•
Diazo
Powder
Green
Diazo
Powder
Clear
Green•
SBQ
Red
SBQ
Blue
Posters
Blue
Textiles (Aqueous)
Diazo
Powder
Textiles (Plastisols)
Clear
Blue*
Ceramic Decals
Diazo
Powder
Ceramic Tiles
Purple
Containers
Diazo
Powder
Solder Paste
Violet
Printed Circuits
Diazo
Powder
Mem. Switches
Clear
Purple*
Legend Printing
Diazo
Powder
Pres. Sens. Vinyl
Purple
Halftones
Diazo
Powder
General Screen Printing
Color
569
569CL
569FAST
449
FX88-SR
FX88
TZ
TZ/CL
TZ/HY-200B
925WR
925WR/CL
SLX®
ALX®
ALX®/CL
TLX™
TLX™/CL
QTX™
QFX™
Sensitizer
ULANO® Emulsions
••••••
••••••
••••••
•
•
••
•
•
•
•• •• ••
••
•
•
•• •• ••
••••••
•••••
••
••
•• •• •••
•
•
•
•••
•• •
••
•
•
*Color supplied separately
•
=Good
=Excellent
132
•
•
•
••
••
=Acceptable
ULANO® Direct Emulsions
Solvent-Resistant Diazo Emulsions
569 Provides high solids content for stencils with superb resolution and excellent edge definition, fine details and halftones. 569
has complete solvent resistance and, thus, affords easy stencil
removal. Supplied with powder diazo sensitizer.
569CL Same as 569, but supplied clear for easier see-through
registration. (Separate purple color supplied with purchase).
569FAST Requires half the exposure time of 569. Ideal for high
quality, high-volume production needs with high intensity light
sources, and can be used also with low-intensity light sources.
FX88-SR Similar to 569FAST but with separate color for easier
see-through registration. Ideal for weaker light sources and
aggressive inks, such as vinyls, nylons, and mylars.
Diazo Emulsions for Hard, Durable Stencils
FX88 Fast-exposing FX88 produces tough stencils with good resolution, edge definition, and solvent resistance. Supplied with a
high quality powder diazo sensitizer. Ideal for low intensity light
sources.
Diazo-Photopolymer (Dual-Cure) Emulsions
Ulano’s diazo-photopolymer emulsions represent a dynamic step
forward in dual-cure technology. The Ulano LX series of dualcure emulsions provide higher solids content, faster exposure
times, superior resolution and definition capabilities, and resistance to both solvent-and water based inks. Ulano’s LX dualcure emulsions are partially presensitized and should be handled under yellow light conditions before exposure.
SLX© is a fast exposing diazo photopolymer. A direct emulsion
with exceptional edge definition and resolution. SLX’s ultra-high
solids content provides excellent stencil thickness with fewer
“wet” coats than other screen emulsions. SLX has excellent solvent resistance and is recommended for membrane switch, circuit board, ultra-fine line, and critical 4-color process printing.
ALX™& ALX™/CL ALX™ is an ultra-high speed diazo photopolymer direct emulsion. ALX™’s rapid drying and very short
exposure times provide faster stencil production, and durable
stencils with resistance to both water and solvent-based inks.
ALX’™/CL is supplied clear for easier see-through registration.
ALX’™ and ALX™/CL are ideal for sign, industrial, and graphics printing.
TLX™& TLX™/CL TLX™ is a multi-purpose high speed diazo
water-based inks, water dyes and plastisols. TZ produces stencils
with excellent mechanical resistance, good resolution and edge
definition, and superb water resistance. Stencils are easy to
reclaim. Recommended for imprinted sportswear printing.
photopolymer direct emulsion. TLX™’s very high solids content
provides better stencil build per coat, excellent bonding of coarse
mesh, and faster drying. TLX’™ has superb coating properties
and durability, and is resistant to a wide variety of solvent and
water-based ink systems. TLX’™/CL is supplied clear for easier
see-through registration. TLX’™ and TLX’™/CL are recommended for imprinted sportswear, P-O-P, and advertising specialty
printing.
TZ/CL Same as TZ, but supplied clear for easier see-through
SBQ Photopolymer Emulsions
registration. (Separate blue color supplied with purchase.)
Ulano’s SBQ photopolymer emulsions are ready-to-use (one-pot)
direct emulsions that provide ultra-fast exposure times (5x faster
than diazo, 2x as fast as dual-cures), and excellent resolution and
definition, ULANO’s SBQ photopolymer emulsions are fully premixed and presensitized, and must be handled only under yellow safe light conditions before exposure.
Water-Resistant Diazo Emulsions
TZ Ulano’s blue TZ emulsions are formulated for use with
925WR A pale violet emulsion that shares the main characteristics of Ulano’s TZ emulsions, but with a higher solids content
and even better resolution, edge definition, and exposure latitude. Stencils produced with 925WR are completely water resistant and very durable. 925WR comes with a syrup diazo sensitizer, for faster and surer mixing. Recommended for imprinted
sportswear printing.
QTX™ is a ready-to-use, ultra-fast exposing SBQ photopolymer
direct emulsion formulated for imprinted sportswear printing.
QTX™’s high solids content provides superior coating properties, better bridging of coarse fabric, and fast drying. QTX™
resists plastisol and water-based textile inks, is extremely
durable, and reclaims easily.
QFX™ is a ready-to-use, fast exposing photopolymer direct
emulsion formulated for industrial and graphics printing. QFX™
has superb resolution and offers high solids content for stencils
with exceptional edge definition. Recommended for fine detail
and halftone printing. QFX™ resists most solvent-based inks, is
extremely durable, and reclaims easily.
133
Scoop Coaters
Easy-to-Use All-Aluminum Pro-Angle™ Scoop Coaters
• Professional Grade
• Rubber Edge Guard included
• All metal ends are permanently drilled, tapped and screwed on
The only all-aluminum coater on the market with permanent
ends,
feet on bottom of coater keep it parallel. Wing extensions flatten any emulsion that may spill over the sides and bead on
the screen.
All coaters cover a liquid coating area 1” less than size
ordered, for example, a 38” Pro-Angle™ coats 37” of emulsion
on your screen
Coat screens evenly and uniformly with A.W.T.'s emulsion
coaters. They are designed for easy and comfortable handling
while providing a smooth layer of emulsion on your screen.
The coating angle is designed on a perfect angle. It's calibrated to give you a perfect coating of emulsion every time.
Made from hard anodized gold aluminum, enclosures are
permanent for quick cleaning without leaking. Each coater
has a special edge protector.
Available in a full range of sizes for many different applications.
Always order a coater 1” larger than your liquid coating size.
For example, a 10” coater covers a 9” liquid coating area. Your
coating area should be 2” (1” on each side) larger than your
copy or print area. That means your scoop coater size Is a
total of 3” larger than your print area for optimum coating
results.
Coaters work best when coating edge is cleaned with damp
cloth and warm water after each use.
Emulsion must always be covered with plastic or cardboard
on coating trough while liquid is in scoop coater unit.
The coating edge must be protected with the special edge
guard when not in use. This protects the coating edge from
nicks.
Standard Features
• All aluminum coater
• Easy & comfortable handling
• Controllable coating deposit
• Uniform coating of emulsions and blockouts
• Designed with hard anodized gold aluminum trough
• Aluminum ends are permanent for easy cleaning and no
leaking
• Special rubber edge protector included
134
SC-02
SC-03
SC-04
SC-05
SC-06
SG-07
SC-08
SC-09
SC-10
SC-11
SC-12
SC-13
SC-14
SC-15
SC-16
SC-17
SC-18
SC-19
SC-20
SC-22
2"
(5 cm)
3" (7.62 cm)
4" (10.1 cm)
5" (12.7 cm)
6" (15.2 cm)
7" (17.8 cm)
8" (20.3 cm)
9" (22.8 cm)
10" (25.4 cm)
11" (27.9 cm)
12" (30.4 cm)
13" (33 cm)
14" (35.5 cm)
15" (38.1 cm)
16" (40 6 cm)
17" (43.1 cm)
18" (45.7 cm)
19" (48.2 cm)
20" (50.8 cm)
22" (55.8 cm)
SC-24
SC-26
SC-28
SC-30
SC-32
SG-34
SC-36
SC-38
SC-40
SC-44
SC-48
SG-52
SC-56
SC-60
SC-64
SC-68
SC-72
SC-76
SC-80
SC-84
24" (61 cm)
26" (66 cm)
28" (71 cm)
30"(76.2 cm)
32" (81.2 cm 34"
(86.3 cm 36"
(91.4 cm 38"
(96.5 cm 40"
(102 cm) 44"
(112 cm) 48"
(122 cm) 52"
(132 cm) 56"
(142 cm) 60"
(152 cm) 64"
(163 cm) 68"
(173 cm) 72"
(183 cm) 76"
(193 cm) 80"
(203 cm) 84"
(213 cm)
Autotype The Capillex System
Capillex, the definition of capillary films for over 20 years is
now even easier to use.
Choosing a film is as easy as knowing your printing requirements. Capillex is available for both solvent or water resistant
applications, in a variety of thicknesses for varying ink
deposits and mesh counts. Convenient rolls, standard size
sheets, of custom cut sheets of Capillex give you the choice of
the format that works best for you.
Capillex 35
Capillex for Solvent-Based Ink Systems
Capillex 40
Capillex 35 provides slightly thicker stencils for tasks such as
solder masks or opaque overlays that require a thicker but
controlled ink deposit. It is also commonly used in textile and
garment printing. Capillex 35 is designed for use with solvent-based and non-water containing ink systems and produces excellent printed edge definition on mesh counts ranging from 200-280 tpi. It reclaims very easily with Autostrip.
Capillex 18
An 18 micron emulsion recommended for us on mesh counts
of 305 threads per inch (tpi) nd over. Capillex 18 has
improved print quality and exposure speed and is ideal
where a thin controlled ink deposit is required, such as UV
inks, halftone reproduction and critical work. The new formulation is a slightly darker color for easier spotting out, and has
excellent exposure latitude. Capillex 18 can be used with solvent-based, UV curable,
and other non-water containing inks.
Capillex 25
The 25 micron emulsion can be used on mesh counts ranging
from 255-355 tpi. Capillex 25 has a wide range of applications,
including electronics printing, nameplates, pressure sensitive
decals, graphics and display printing, ad specialties, vinyl
binders, signage and containers.
Capillex 25 is recommended for use with solvent-based and
any other non-water containing inks. It offers excellent resolution and printed edge definition and reclaims very easily.
CAPILLEX 18
CAPILLEX 25
CAPILLEX 30
CAPILLEX 35
CAPILLEX 40
CAPILLEX 50
CAPILLEX 80
CAPILLEX XR15
CAPILLEX XR30
CAPILLEX XR40
CAPILLEX XR80
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
24”
X
79”
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
On mesh counts between 110 and 230 tpi, this 50 micron film
provides excellent mesh bridging and superb print definition.
The improved formulation aids in humidity resistance, making the film more resistant to solvent-based and other nonwater containing ink systems.
Applications include very demanding textile and garment
printing, solder masks, gaskets,
and jobs requiring heavier ink deposit. Capillex 50 can be
reclaimed easily with Autostrip.
This 80 micron emulsion is recommended for use on very
coarse mesh counts, below 155 tpi. It possesses humidity
resistance and is recommended for use with solvent-based
and non-water containing inks.
Capillex 80 can be quickly multi-laminated up to 300 microns
thick with the use of the Capillex Laminator whenever ultrathick stencils are needed.
Capillex 30 is a new formulation which features very fast
exposure, a wide exposure latitude, very good print definition, high durability and easy reclaiming. This new red film
provides improved contrast and visual appearance and is recommended for use on mesh counts ranging from 230-355 tpi.
Recommended for use with solvent-based and other nonwater containing inks, Capillex 30 provides humidity resistance in the harshest of climates.
24”
X
40”
Capillex 50
Capillex 80
Capillex 30
Roll
Sizes
A 40 micron film for mesh counts of 140-280 tpi. Applications
for Capillex 40 include nameplates, electronics, fine line
graphics, containers and wherever superior resolution and
print definition are required. Capillex 40 is recommended for
use with all solvent-based and all non-water containing inks,
and in humidity resistant and reclaimable with Autostrip.
41”
X
197”
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
135
41”
X
394”
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
44”
X
1968”
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
48”
X
197”
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Autotype Indirect Photostencil Films
Capillex XR for Water-based Ink Systems
Novastar
Capillex XR 15
A 15 micron Capillex specially designed for producing very
thin stencils. Recommended for use on mesh counts over 390
t.p.i., and with water based, water based UV and UV curable
inks. Ideal in applications where outstanding print definition
in an ultra-thin stencil is required.
Novastar's unique polymer formula gives it an excellent elasticity that prevents brittleness in dry weather. Stencils can be
dried in as little as three minutes after washout using high
temperature fans or by passing through a jet dryer. The synthetic emulsion of Novastar offers good resolution, super
tape edge cover unsurpassed flexibility and solvent resistance
to provide longer runs.
Novastar is coated on a 50 micron (.002") polyester base for
general work and Novastar 3 on a 75 micron (.003") base for
each of handling on larger stencils.
Hardening (not required for Novastar).
Capillex XR 30
Recommended for mesh counts between 255 and 420 tpi.
Capillex XR30 is ideal for high quality graphics, nameplates,
decals, etc., especially when water containing inks are used
or m areas of extreme humidity. New, improved formula.
Capillex XR40
Capillex XR40 is recommended for the same printing applications as XR30, when mesh counts of 140-280 tpi are used.
Also, improved formula provides improved benefits.
Five Star
The world's most widely used indirect photo-stencil film.
Five Star provides the screen printer with excellent edge definition and high resolution for a wide range of demanding
applications including half-tones and printed circuit boards.
The presensitized red gelatin emulsion of Five Star includes a
special protective coating to prevent blocking even at high
humidity levels.
Capillex XR80
The thickest of the water/solvent resistant films, Capillex
XR80 is recommended for jobs requiring heavy ink deposits,
such as garment and textile printing, gaskets and peelable
masks. New, improved formula.
(All mesh counts quoted are for monofilament polyester or
nylon meshes).
Roll
Sizes
FIVE STAR
ALPHA STAR
MICROPLUS
GREEN STAR
NOVASTAR
NOVASTAR 3
24”
X
40”
24”
X
79”
24”
X
394”
•
•
•
•
•
•
• •
40”
X
150”
•
40”
X
300”
41”
X
197”
•
•
•
•
•
Activator Powder
All gelation indirect photo-stencil films need hardening
between exposure and washout. For this, Autotype offers an
Activator Powder with greater stability and shelf life than
hydrogen peroxide solutions. Activator Powder is unique to
the industry. It is a one-step system and dissolves very easily
in water. Activator Powder - 100 gm (3.5 oz.) packet 1.5 kg
(3.3 lb.) drum.
41”
X
394”
•
•
•
•
•
•
136
44”
X
150”
44”
X
300”
44”
X
394”
•
•
48”
X
197”
•
48”
X
300”
48”
X
394”
•
•
•
•
The Ulano Indirect System:
Ulano Indirect System Photographic Films provide the ultimate in stencil resolution and definition. The film is exposed,
developed (except Ulanolux UP3), washed out, and adhered
to a screen, after which its transparent backing is removed.
Indirect Films, sometimes referred to as transfer films, are
ideal for applications involving shorter (2,000-4,000 impressions) printing runs, fine details, and excellent definition; and
for easy, reproducible, clean stencil production.
Ulano Pre-Sensitized Photo Films Hi-Fi Green
A pre-sensitized film for general all-purpose screen printing.
No darkroom, n chromates. Holds perfect register, transfers
finest detail.
Roll - 44” x 150”
Roll - 44” x 300”
Super Prep Foto Film
A pre-sensitized film on a 2-mil polyester support. Easy to
use. Expose, develop, wash out, adhere. Fine detail, good for
half-tone work, excellent adhesion to silk, nylon, dacron,
stainless steel. Green color. Top coated to prevent sticking.
Roll - 40” x 150”
Roll - 40” x 300”
Roll - 44” x 300”
Ulano A & B Developer
Precisely formulated for use with Ulano presensitized films
described above. A & B Developer comes packaged in premeasured foil-sealed packets for ease and freshness. You simply mix the packet of ”A” with the packet of “B” in the prescribed amount of water, and shake until it’s completely dissolved. Pour the developer solution in a tray, immerse film
side up, and develop for 1 l/2 minutes minimum. A & B
developer can be used the entire day, but do not store it
overnight. Make a fresh batch each day. Developer sold in
cartons to make pint, quart and gallon solutions.
Red TI™
A dark red film with thick emulsion on a 2-mil optically flat
polyester backing. Produces a thick stencil that adheres well
to all fabrics, yet has extremely high resolution and definition
and wide exposure latitude. Thin topcoat for use with automatic developing machines. Ideal for fine line and halftone
work and a wide range of electronic printing applications,
especially solder mask. Resolution: 50-75 microns (2-3 mils).
Roll - 42” x 300”
Blue Poly 2
A pre-sensitized film on a 2-mil polyester support. Fast exposure from most light sources. Good film strength and
Flexibility. Easily removed from screens.
Roll - 40” x 150”
Roll - 40” x 300”
Roll - 44” x 300”
137
The Ulano CDF™ Direct-Film System:
Ulano CDF™ 4
The Ulano CDF™ Direct-Film System represents a dramatic step
forward in the easy and fast production of consistent, high quality stencils.
Emulsion thickness of 38 microns (1.52 mils). Suitable for general
applications using a wide range of mesh counts. Suggested mesh
count range: 195305 threads/inch. Available in roll sizes: 26”x
130”, 26” x 260”, 42” x 150”, 42” x 300”, 52” x 260”.
The CDF System offers a series of presensitized, direct system
photographic stencil films. CDF Direct-Film is adhered to screens
still wet from the degreasing rinse. Fabric wetness softens the
film emulsion, which is attracted (by capillary action) up into the
mesh structure. A single squeegee stroke skims off excess water,
speeding drying. After drying, the polyester backing is removed
and the screen is ready for exposure and washout with plain
water.
• Simple to use; little skill required
• Press-ready, excellent quality stencils in as little as one halfhour
• Virtually any stencil thickness obtainable, from very thin to
very thick
• Presensitized with high quality diazo sensitizer
• Adheres with water and a single squeegee stroke
• No messy chemicals, no liquid emulsions
• Washout with warm or cold water - withstands vigorous
washout
• Superior mesh bridging produces extremely sharp edges
• Flat-bottomed stencils and sharp printing shoulders for superb
definition
• Consistent, reproducible results from stencil to stencil
• Long printing runs of up to 30,000 impressions
• Fast, easy stencil removal
• Wet processing eliminates dust-related problems, reducing
touchups
• Excellent storage properties
Ulano CDF™/5VT - Special Order
Emulsion thickness of 50 microns (2 mils). Ideal for applications
requiring a thick ink deposit with sharp definition on very coarse
fabric. Suggested mesh count image: 110-140 threads/inch.
Available in roll sizes: 26”x 130”, 26” x 260”, 42” x 150”.
Ulano CDF™ 7- Special Order
Emulsion thickness of 70 microns (2.8 mils). Ideal for applications requiring an extremely thick ink deposit on very coarse fabric. Suggested mesh count range: 110-140 threads/inch. Available
in roll sizes: 42” x 120”.
Ulano CDF™/THIX Fluid
Can be laminated to achieve stencils of virtually any requisite
thickness. It creates a complete, chemically compatible bond
between successive layers of CDF™ Direct-Films.
Ulano CDF™ 2
Emulsion thickness of 20 microns (0.8 mils). Ideal for fine line
and halftone and other critical thin ink film applications. Suitable
for U.V. printing.
Suggested mesh count range: 305-420 threads per inch. Available
in roll sizes: 26”x 130”, 26” x 260”.
Ulano CDF™ 3
Emulsion thickness of 30 microns (1.2 mils). Ideal for intermediate mesh counts and applications where CDF™ 4 proves too
thick and CDF™ 2 too thin. Suggested mesh count range: 230-420
threads/inch. Available in roll sizes: 26”x 130”, 26” x 260”.
138
ULANO® Hand-Cut Stencil - Masking Film
Masking Films
Ulano Water-Soluble Hand-Cut Films
Ulanocut Green, Amber
Ulanocut Green and Amber are hand-cut films which can be
adhered with plain water. No adhering solvents are needed.
Adhesion is excellent to all fabrics. The backing sheet is a
high-transparency 3 mil polyester, affording smooth cutting,
superior see-through, and stick-back for corrections. Easy
peeling and removal of the backing sheet is made easy by a
special adhesive layer. The emulsion layer is formulated to
retain edge sharpness and resist bleeding. Compatible with all
inks except those containing water.
Roll - 40” x 150”
Roll - 40” x 300”
Roll - 44” x 150”
Roll - 44” x 300”
ULANO AMBERLITH for camera work
ULANO Amberlith is identical to ULANO Rubylith except
that it is amber in color. ULANO Amberlith cuts, peels and
performs exactly the same as ULANO Rubylith. ULANO
Amberlith is not quite as “light-safe” as ULANO Rubylith for
litho-plate-making. It provides better “see-thru,” therefore is
preferred on many jobs. ULANO Amberlith photographs as
black.
ULANO RUBYLITH for platemaking
ULANO Rubylith is a red “light-safe” stripping film. A special adhesive permits stripped portions to be replaced on the
polyester for corrections . . . or if desired, the red film can be
transferred to film negatives or positives. ULANO Rubylith
photographs as black.
Ulano Lacquer-Soluble Hand-Cut Films
S3S Sta-Sharp
Sta-Sharp film on a smooth, 3 mil polyester backing. Easy to
peel in all weather. Sticks back for easy corrections. Extra
transparent, glare-free green. Tough and durable on nylon,
metal and polyester screens. Use with a Sta-Sharp Adhering
Liquid.
Roll - 40” x 150”
Roll - 40” x 300”
Roll - 44” x 150”
Roll - 44” x 300”
Film Adhering Liquid For
Lacquer Type Films No. 2147
AMBERLITH A3A RUBYLITH RM3
No. 2147 Specially formulated for adhering lacquer type film
sheets to fabrics. Film can be removed with No. 2140 Cleaning
Solvent. Available in quart and gallon containers.
A knife cut film laminated to a stable transparent plastic backing sheet. For making mechanical window negatives or positives. Light safe. Film sticks back. .003 mylar.
Roll - 40” x 150”
Roll - 40” x 300”
Roll - 44” x 300”
139
CHROMALINE Capillary Direct Film
Universal dual cure capillary films
Magna/Cure® capillary films are photopolymer/diazo based, dual cure photostencil systems which provide remarkable image
quality and exceptionally durable stencils. America’s first dual cure film system, for use with UV, plastisol, water-based and
solvent-based inks.
Magna/Cure pre-sensitized capillary film for printers demanding a premium
quality stencil provides these additional benefits:
• Controlled stencil thickness
• Wide exposure latitude
• Easy developing
Available in 18, 25, 30, 38, 50 and 70 micron film thicknesses. In
either rolls or custom cut sheets.
Magna/Cure® Rx highly water-resistant capillary film for compatibility with
the widest possible range of inks provides these additional benefits:
• Exceptional water-based inks resistance
• Superior print quality & durability
• Easy developing
Available in 25, 38, and 50 micron film thicknesses. In either rolls or
custom cut sheets.
Diazo capillary films
Chromaline’s economically priced, diazo based capillary film is a convenient, dependable performer with
a reputation for producing trouble-free screens. The “workhorse” capillary film for use with UV, solvent-based and plastisol
inks.
Pro/Cap® pre-sensitized capillary film for screen makers demanding high
edge definition and reliable durability provides these additional benefits:
• Superior film penetration and adhesion
• Easy to use, easy to learn
• Excellent solvent resistance
Available in 18, 25, 38, and 50 micron film thicknesses. In either rolls
or custom cut sheets.
140
CHROMALINE DIRECT EMULSION
Chroma/Tech™ PL
Pure photopolymer, diazo-free
• Very fast exposing
• Fast build-up for heavy ink deposit
• Excellent reclaimability
Chromaline’s new photopolymer direct emulsion for plastisol
inks is a very fast exposing, fast drying, high solids emulsion designed
especially for the textile market. Available in dyed formulation only.
Sizes available in quarts, gallons, 3.5
gallons, and 50 gallon drums.
UDC-2
Photopolymer/diazo universal emulsion for waterbase, solvent, UV, Plastisol
inks. Medium viscosity, high solids.
UDC-3
Photopolymer - Extremely water solvent, UV and Plastisol inks. Best line edge
and print.
ChromaBlue
• Very fast exposing
• Fast drying
• Superior mesh bridging
• Excellent reclaimability
• High solids—lower cost per screen
ChromaBlue, for use with plastisol inks, is ideally suited for textile printers
using direct emulsions who are seeking faster screen turnaround without
sacrificing image quality.
CP2™
Diazo direct emulsions
• Shoots fast, with high resolution
• Durable. yet easily reclaimable
• A favorite among textile printers
Chromaline’s economically priced, diazo based photostencil
emulsion is a dependable, hardworking performer with a
reputation for producing trouble-free screens. CP2 available
in both clear and dyed formulation.
Sizes available in quarts, gallons, 3.5
gallons, and 50 gallon drums.
141
Direct Emulsions
Properties of Dual-Cure Emulsions:
Dual-Cure emulsions provide certain features and benefits that are
unattainable with standard diazo sensitized emulsions. A dual-cure
emulsion can be both water and solvent resistant, and still be
reclaimable. Dual-Cure technology, also makes it possible for a solvent
resistant emulsion to provide better mesh bridging and underexposure latitude than ever before. The combination of features offered by
Dual-Cure emulsions are due to the use of a photopoly-
mer that surrounds the emulsion’s solvent-soluble component, PVA
(polyvinylacetate), during exposure, making the product more solvent
resistant. PVA is normally found in standard water resistant emulsions
in high levels, contributing to water resistance, excellent bridging,
solids content, and underexposure latitude. It is the “protection” of the
PVA by the photopolymer that is responsible for the versatility of a
Dual-Cure emulsion.
Naz-Dar/KC Improved Nazdasol Rapid® Diazo
Photopolymer Direct Emulsion
Features and Benefits:
Product Information:
New Nazdasol Rapid uses the latest dual-cure diazo
photopolymer technology to provide the best possible results in
preparation of direct photostencils used in screen printing.
• Fast exposing
• Outstanding solvent and mechanical resistance
• Excellent humidity resistance
• Excellent resolution
• Improved definition
• Flood exposure latitude
• Improved reclaimability
• Translucent color for easy visual registration
When processed correctly (see working instructions) Nazdasol
Rapid can help to eliminate some of the more common problems
often associated with direct emulsion stencils. These include:
• Pinholes and “fisheyes” in the coating
• Breakdown caused by humidity and harsh inks/solvents
• Poor edge definition, or “sawtoothing”
• Poor print quality
• Problems associated with underexposure
Applications:
Nazdasol Rapid is a fast exposing, solvent and humidity resistant
direct emulsion. The emulsion employs two sensitizers; a photopolymer that is part of the formulation, and a separate diazo
syrup which is added by the user.
Nazdasol Rapid has a solids content of 26% when sensitized.
Nazdasol Rapid appears translucent, due to the amount and type
of polyvinylacetate used in the emulsion, thus making visual registration easier than with standard pigmented emulsions.
Nazdasol Rapid is lightly pigmented to facilitate easy registration and blocking out. Improved Nazdasol Rapid is now DBP
free.
Nazdasol Rapid is designed for the preparation of direct photostencils used in screen printing. It is recommended for applications which require a quick turn-around on mesh counts between
155-420 tpi and for use with:
• Solvent based inks
• Plastisols
• UV curable inks
No. NDSLR3
No. NDSLR4
Properties of Nazdasol Rapid:
Because Nazdasol Rapid is fast exposing with easy reclaiming
qualities, it enables quick production for time conscious print
runs. Nazdasol Rapid’s excellent resolution capabilities and very
good definition characteristics help to maintain the integrity of
the artwork on a variety of mesh counts.
142
Quart
Gallon
NAZ-DAR/KC
Naz-Dar/KC Nazdasol X-Tra® Diazo
Photopolymer Direct Dual Cure Emulsion
Benefits:
• Water, solvent, and mechanical resistance
• Translucent color for easy visual registration
• High solids content enabling fewer coats
• Resistance to humidity
• Exceptional resolution and definition
• Superior mesh bridging, even on coarse meshes
• Wide underexposure latitude
• Smooth, consistent coating quality
• Reclaimability
Product Information:
Nazdasol X-Tra is a medium viscosity, water and solvent
resistant direct emulsion which utilizes Nazdasol X-Tra
employs
two sensitizers; a photopolymer that is part of the formulation, and a separate diazo powder which is added by the user.
Nazdasol X-Tra has a solids content of 30-38% when sensitized. Nazdasol X-Tra appears translucent, due to the amount
and type of polyvinyl acetate used in the emulsion, thus making visual registration easier than with standard pigmented
emulsions. Nazdasol X-Tra is DBP free.
Properties of Dual-Cure emulsions:
Dual-Cure emulsions provide certain features and benefits
that are unattainable with standard diazo sensitized emulsions. A dual-cure emulsion can be both water and solvent
resistant, and still be reclaimable. Dual-Cure technology also
makes it possible for a solvent resistant emulsion to provide
better mesh bridging and underexposure latitude than ever
before.
The combination of features offered by dual-cure emulsions
are due to the use of a photopolymer that surrounds the
emulsion’s solvent-soluble component, PVA (polyvinyl
acetate), during exposure, making the product more solvent
resistant. PVA is normally found in standard water resistant
emulsions in high levels, contributing to water resistance,
excellent bridging, solids, content, and underexposure latitude. It is the “protection” of the PVA by the photopolymer
that is responsible for the versatility of a Dual-Cure emulsion.
When processed correctly (see working instructions),
Nazdasol X-Tra can help to eliminate some of the more common problems often associated with direct emulsion stencils:
• Pinholes and “fisheyes” in the coating
• Multi-coating for stencil thickness
• Breakdown caused by humidity and harsh inks/solvents
• Poor edge definition, or “sawtoothing”
• Poor print quality
• Difficult reclaiming of water resistant stencils
Applications:
Nazdasol X-Tra is designed for the preparation of direct photostencils used in screen printing. Due to its unique characteristics, it is an excellent choice for use with both water and solvent based inks, or a combination of water and solvent based
inks, as well as UV curable inks and coatings. Nazdasol X-Tra
has proven to be highly effective when used with aggressive
inks and harsh solvents, and in areas of high humidity.
Nazdasol X-Tra’s versatility makes it an excellent all purpose
emulsion, especially recommended for the printing of:
• Textiles, transfers, and piece goods
• P.O.P. displays, high quality graphics
• Large format work and fleet markings
• Decals, nameplates, and face panels
• Fine art serigraphy
• Four color process
No. NDSLX3
No. NDSLX4
Properties of Nazdasol X-Tra:
Higher solids and medium viscosity enable thicker coats of
emulsion to be laid down, in many cases eliminating the need
for multi-coating. And with efficiency of dual-cure technology, you’ll experience minimal shrinkage and swelling during
processing.
143
Quart
Gallon
AUTOTYPE CHEMICALS
Mesh Preparation
Autoprep
Anti-Static Duster
Autoprep Gel Synthetic meshes such as monofilament polyester have an almost glass-like surface which does not promote the best stencil adhesion.
This soft cloth is embedded with an anti-static agent that
removes dust from film positives, mesh stencil films without
leaving any residue. Fully hemmed with bias tape to prevent
cloth fibers from contaminating surfaces.
To improve stencil adhesion and durability, new mesh should
be lightly abraded with Autoprep Gel, which effectively prepares the surface of new mesh for stencil application without
inflicting the damage that comes from abrading with abrasive
household cleaners.
Availability: Individually or in boxes of 10
Stencil Removal
Autostrip is a periodate-based formula that removes stencils
quickly and easily. Autostrip comes in two forms: a ready-touse gel and an economical powder concentrate. Both are
equally effective and are designed to remove direct emulsions, capillary films and polymer-based indirect films such
as Novastar.
To apply, use a circular motion to brush a small amount of
Autoprep Gel over both sides of the wetted mesh and then
rinse thoroughly.
Availability: - 1 kg (2.2 lb) and 5 kg (11 lb) containers.
Autostrip Gel
Universal Mesh Prep
The Autostrip Gel formulation ensures the product will
remain where it is applied,and will not run off the screen. It is
applied directly from the container, brushed into the screen
and rinsed off.
Unlike conventional detergent degreasers, Universal Mesh
Prep contains a wetting agent that enables screen fabrics to
hold an even sheet of water over the entire surface, with no
patchy areas or rivulets running down the screen. Mesh is
completely degreased and prepped for the best quality stencil
application.
UMP is especially effective when using capillary films, as it
ensures an even layer of water on the print side of the mesh
during film application. It also promotes a more even application of direct emulsions.
Brush Universal Mesh Prep into both sides of a wet screen,
allow to sit for one minute, and rinse thoroughly. Apply capillary films immediately after rinsing. Dry screens completely
prior to applying direct emulsion.
Availability: 1 qt., 1 gal., 5-gallon, 50-gallon drum
Complete the reclaiming process with a final rinse with a
high pressure spray. Some stencils may require the screen be
allowed to sit for a few minutes before rinsing.
Availability: 1-kg. and 5-kg. containers
Autostrip Powder
Autostrip Powder This periodate-based concentrated powder
is diluted in water prior to use. One 32-oz. container of
Autostrip Powder yields 24 gallons of stencil remover solution. The Autostrip solution can be sprayed or brushed onto
the screen, and is also highly recommended for use in dip
tanks.
Availability: 3.5-oz. sachets and 32-oz. containers
Useful Hint
Autogel
Always carry out degreasing directly before stencil application to avoid re-contamination by airborne grease and dust.
Autogel Use Autogel to remove gelatin indirect stencil films
from mesh. Apply with a brush and allow to sit for 5 minutes.The stencil will literally swell off the mesh and can then
be rinsed clean.
Inadequate mesh preparation is a common reason for premature stencil breakdown. Autotype abrading and degreasing
products will improve stencil adhesion to the mesh.
Availability: 1-liter bottles
Autobond X
Autobond X is an adhesion promoter used primarily for prepping mesh for indirect stencil film application.Apply Autobond
X to a dry screen using a soft cloth and allow to dry. Do not
rinse off, but lightly wet the screen prior to applying the stencil
film.
Availability: 1 quart
144
AUTOTYPE CHEMICALS
Stencil Removal
Autohaze
Regular Filler
A convenient “one pot” haze remover paste based on a
unique caustic and solvent mixture. Allows rapid and effective removal of ink stains and ghost images in less than 10
minutes.
A medium viscosity, solvent resistant blockout for those who
prefer a green-pigmented blockout. Regular Filler is recommended for use on fine and medium mesh
Autohaze is ideal for busy print shops or where maximum
haze removal performance is needed.
Green Filler
Availability: 1-kg. and 5-kg. containers
Useful Tip
Reclaiming chemicals can cause skin irritation. Some products
should not be used unless the handler is wearing rubber
gloves and eye protection. Always refer to the working
instructions. A high pressure washer is the most effective way
of completing mesh reclaiming. Ensure that all hazardous
chemicals have been rinsed away before using the pressure
washer.
Green Filler is a very fast drying blockout that is highly recommended for use for on-press screen repairs. It dries in seconds, allowing the print run to continue with minimal interruption. After printing, Green Filler is easily removed with
water.
Ink Removal
Autosolve
This hazard-label-free ink remover is very effective on a wide
range of graphics inks, including paper and board,vinyl and
UV-curable inks. Its low evaporation rate reduces VOC emissions and solvent odors and allows longer dwell times for
improved ink removal.
Availability: 5 liter (1.32 gal.)
Blockouts
Ruby Block
Outstanding coatability and high contrast red color are the
key features of this premium solvent resistant blockout. Ruby
Block is a medium viscosity blockout for use on fine and
medium mesh counts. It even coats and fills mesh openings
without the drip-through that can lead to pinholes.
Ruby Block HV
A high viscosity formulation of Ruby Block with the same
benefits of outstanding coatability, solvent resistance and contrast to the mesh. Ruby Block HV is recommended for coarse
meshes.
145
CHROMALINE® Chemical Line
Chroma/Strip Screen reclaimer
Chroma/Wet Wetting agent
• Doesn’t settle, no mixing required
• Works fast
• Enhances capillary film adhesion
• Holds water in mesh to reduce blisters
Chroma/Strip Concentrate
Chroma/Set Emulsion hardener
• Doesn’t settle, mix w/ 2 parts water
• High concentration of active ingredients
• Fights humidity, extends stencil life
• Short cure time, fast & effective
Chroma/Clean Mesh degreaser
Chroma/Haze Haze remover
• Lathers quickly, works fast
• Helps reduce pinholes & fisheyes
• Removes haze and ghost images
• Very low odor; does not separate
Chroma/Brade Mesh abrader/degreaser
Chroma/Fill Red screen blockout
• Gel formula abrades evenly
• Safer than powders
• Coats smoothly, dries fast
• For use with solvent-based & plastisol inks
Screen Preparation Selection Guide
CAPILLARY
FILMS
DIRECT
EMULSIONS
DIRECT/
INDIRECT
SYSTEMS
INDIRECT
FILMS
Chroma/Brade
▲
▲
Chroma/Clean
▲
▲
Chroma/Wet
▲
Chroma/Set
▲
▲
▲
Chroma/Strip
▲
▲
▲
Chroma/Haze
▲
▲
▲
S
Chroma/Fill
▲
▲
▲
▲
▲
▲
S
▲
S=Suggested
▲ = Recommended
146
ULANO® Chemical Line
ULANO No. 5 Stencil Remover Paste
The ULANO Chemical line provides screen preparation,
make-ready, and stencil removal chemicals completely compatible with ULANO emulsions. For more details, consult
the ULANO Chemical Line booklet.
Ready-to-use stencil remover paste for fast action on all types
of fabrics. Will not etch fabric. Contains no alkalis. Odorless.
Paste consistency helpful for larger sized-formats.
ULANO No. 60 Screen Filler
ULANO No. 2 Microgrit
An inert, abrasive powder to roughen nylon or polyester
screen fabric. Fine enough (18-20 microns) to pass through
even the smallest mesh openings. Roughening increases the
surface area of synthetics, providing a better mechanical bond
and longer press life for direct emulsions.
ULANO No. 3 Screen Degreaser Liquid
For degreasing both new and used screens, and as a degreaser
after ink removal to speed the action of the stencil remover.
Ready-to-use-no mixing-with foam action cleaning. Degreases
effectively in hard water. Rinses clean with hot or cold water.
Non caustic-will not harm frames, fabric, or fabric adhesives
on stretch and glue frames.
ULANO No. 23
A water-soluble blockout that can be used for touch-ups when
thinned with cold water. Can be used in unventilated rooms.
Use only with solvent-based or plastisol inks.
ULANO No. 10 Extra Heavy Blockout
A thicker water-soluble blockout for easier handling, generally assuring effective coverage in a single coating. Especially
useful with coarser fabrics. Can be used for touchups when
thinned with water. Use only with solvent based or plastisol
inks.
ULANO No. 78 Haze Remover Paste
For industrial al use only. A stencil scum and ink haze
remover. Not recommended for use on natural silk.
An abrasive degreaser gel that mechanically abrades and
degreases nylon and polyester fabric in one operation.
(Combines the actions of ULANO No. 2 and ULANO No. 3
in one product).
SEFAR Reclaimer Concentrate 400R
ULANO No. 4 Stencil Remover Liquid
Hardener-X
Ready-to-use stencil remover fluid for fast action on all types
of fabric, including metalized polyester. Will not etch fabric.
Contains no strong alkalis or hypochlorites. Ideal for use in
tanks: will not attack fabric adhesives on stretch and glue
frames; tank heating unnecessary. Odor free.
Screen reclaiming and decoating agent. Removes direct/indirect and direct stencils quickly and efficiently. Sold in an economical concentrate liquid form and can be diluted with
water to a working strength of 3 parts water to I part 400R.
A liquid post-exposure and processing screen stencil hardener
which improves the stencil durability of water-resistant direct
emulsions,including 925WR, TZ, and QTX.™ For industrial
use only.
ULANO No. 44 Stencil Decoating Powder
A 100 gram individually measured foil pouch which yields as
much as 5 gallons of stencil remover liquid for use with all
Ulano Direct-Emulsions, CDF® Direct-Films, and Ulanolux
UP-3.
Health and Safety Information
Ulano No. 44 Stencil Remover Powder is a strong oxidant. Contact with
combustible or flammable material can cause fire. it can cause skin and eye
irritation. Use gloves and goggles. Clean spills immediately.
147
McLogan Brand Chemicals
A.W.T.
McHaze Remover
Extra Heavy Water Soluble, Flexible RED Blockout
To be used on all varieties of ink stains, on multiple images, and
on stains that have been locked in by aggressive solvents.
All purpose water-soluble RED blockout for use with solvent
resistant films and emulsions. High solids content gives BL-25HB
extremely strong holding power. This product has excellent flexibility, is non-cracking, resists humidity, prevents sagging screens
and does not become tacky in any weather. It also has a creamy
consistency and is easy to use right from the can. A.W.T.’s BL25HB dries to a tough but flexible coating that reliably lasts
through very long printing runs. Especially recommended for
use with medium to coarse mesh numbers.
McLogan Degreaser
A super concentrated degreasing and wetting agent for all types
of fabric
McLogan Emulsion Remover Concentrate
The most concentrated product in its class. This will remove
emulsion out of screen.
McLogan Reclaiming Crystals
Designed for all types of emulsion. Recommended dilution 1-3
ounces to a gallon of water. Drain safe (in diluted form). Safe on
all types of mesh. Reduced freight cost in 1 lb. and 2 lb. jars.
McLogan Universal Press Wash
Is suited for Plastisol and UV ink. Can be used as a screen opener
for a press wipe when continuous printing will work as a screen
wash. Can be used in circulation tanks, diptank, manually by
brush or sprayer.
McLogan Press Wash
An outstanding ink cleaner for most types of ink. Effective on
vinyl, epoxy, enamel, water base ink.
McLogan Safe Ink Wash
This works well with all types of ink. Versatile ink cleaner, stencil
safe. Providing customer with low VOC, high flash point and
environmental and occupational compliance.
McLogan Textile Press Wash
Use in recirculating tanks, as well as manual press wash for textile ink. No water base.
148
Frame Bars
Frame Bars
Kiln dried white pine. The frame bars have tongue & groove mitered corners for
accurate assembly. Frame bars are grooved so that fabric may be stretched with EZ
stretch cord.
Light Duty Frame Bars
1 3/8” x 1 5/8” are available in even inside dimensions from 8” to 36”.
Heavy Duty Frame Bars
1 3/8” x 2 3/4” are available in even inside dimensions from 12” to 96” and also
108”.
EZ Stretch Cord
Available by the foot or in 100’ rolls and 3,000’.
Nylon Staple Tape
Place staple tape under or over mesh and staple through mesh and tape. Protects
mesh from premature ripping, slipping and damage from wire staples. For easier
removal of staples when replacing fabric.
Rolls: 1/2” x 72 and 1,000 yards.
Paper Frame Tape
Water-adhering 60 lb. Kraft paper frame tape. For use in sealing silk screens inside
and outside. 2” x 600 ft. or 3” x 600 ft.
S-T-R-E-T-C-H EZE
Stretching made easy. Tight uniform stretch of all stencil fabrics with practically no
effort. Sturdy, all metal, 10” long jaws with sure-grip rubber strips preventing slippage of any fabrics. Adjusts tension easily by turn of knurled knob. To release
pressure of jaws, simply flip the lever.
Newman Frames
Pre-Assembled Metal Frames
Newman Roller Frames® for Textile Printers
Manual Textile Frames
Features all metal construction and a new magnesium alloy cast wrench that is
50% longer than M-1X for better leverage. Rollers are 100% sealed with all stainless steel locking components that are 100% corrosion proof.
Standard sizes available:
M-ZX™ 18”x20” I.D. (18” Square Bar)
M-ZX™ Jumbo 23 1/2”x26” O.D. (23 1/2” Square Bar)
Newman Automatic Textile Frames
100% sealed rollers. All stainless steel locking components–100% corrosion proof.
New cast corner is lighter but twice as strong. Standard sizes available: (all sizes O.D.)
1M-3™
2M-3™
3M-3™
4M-3/
M-3A™
5M-3/
M-3A™
23”x31”
25”x30 1/4”
25”x33”
31”x42”
23”x30”
25”x36”
30”x40”
24”x30”
26”x35”
30”x43”
33”x37”
33”x43”
31”x44”
32”x43”
30”x46”
Newman M-1™ Cap Frames Sizes Available
7 1/4” x 14” O.D., 7 1/2” sq. bar, 14” thin edge. Designed for exclusive use with
HatMax™ cap printing attachment for Hopkins printers.
Newman Automatic Textile Kits
All automatic textile kits include 36, 60 or 100 category 1 or 2 frames, unassembled, 8 M-3 fabric protectors, tool and accessory package, 3 1/2” split liner tape for
ink damage and 1 Newman ST Meter™ 1c.
Newman Roller Frame® Starter Kits
M-ZX™ Manual T-Shirt Frame Kits
The Manual Kit includes 12, 24, 36 or 100 frames, assembled M-ZX™ 18”x20” I.D. (18”
sq. bar), 12 sets of M-ZX™ fabric protectors, tool and accessory package, 2: split liner
tape for ink dam and a 1 Newman ST Meter™ 1c.
149
Frames
Diamond Tubular Frames
Available in various sizes and wall thicknesses. Requires a tensioning unit and
frame adhesive. Call in for your specific needs.
Chases
Diamond Roller Chases
The 1.0" and 1.25" diameter roller chases are used for manual T-shirt printing.
Four standard lengths are available in two configurations. A square tube can
be used in place of a roller for mounting purposes in most presses. Having a
frame with all four sides as rollers will give the best stretch of the fabric, but
requires the use of side clamp assemblies on manual printers. The 18" x 20" i.d.
or 18" x 22" i.d. with a square tube are the most popular sizes. The 1.5" and
1.6" diameter roller chases are used for automatic textile frames. The 1.5" is
available in either an all four roller or three rollers and square tube configuration. The 1.6" is available with unique inner supports to prevent roller bowing
under high tension levels. For jumbo presses, use the 1.6" diameter with twin
lateral inner supports of the 1.75" diameter.
Pre-Stretched Wood Frames
19" x 22” O.D. Various mesh sizes (60-305).
Pre-Stretched Aluminum Frames
3 Standard sizes: 20" x 24”, 23" x 31”, 25" x 36”,
all in various mesh sizes (25-355). Custom sizes
available (Special Order).
150
Tensioning Needs
Newman ST-Meter 1E™
The only meter in the world with all stainless steel hardened gears, shock-proof
industrial grade internal gear movement and all jeweled sapphire bearings,
giving you a screen tension meter of exceptional quality that will last longer and
produce consistent readings every time. The crystal is shatterproof and curved to
avoid glare and the heavy-duty protective aluminum housing makes for the most
durable meter anywhere.
Frame Fast Stretching System
Stretching fabric is now easy on both wood and metal frames. Adjusts to fit any
size frame, designed for long term reliability. Fabric maintains tension run after
run. One ounce of Frame-Fast Adhesive does more than 60 feet of frame. To
remove the fabric lift a corner and peel it back on itself: Frame can be reused
immediately. Modular design permits Frame-Fast Stretchers to accommodate other
sizes. Adjustable clamps allow fine tuning of screen tensioning.
The Frame Fast Hand Fabric Stretcher
A low cost alternative to pre-stretched screen or automatic fabric stretchers that is
simple to use. Great for repairing torn screens.
Hand Stretcher kit includes: Squeegee, Nylon brush, Hand stretcher, 4oz adhesive,
6 oz. activator, and safety solvent. Available in 12”, 18” and 24” lengths.
Adhesives
CA700 McLogan Adhesive
A high viscosity combined with fast cure speed, surface insensitive cyanoacrylate
adhesive. It is specifically formulated to bond fabric to aluminum, wood and all
types of metal.
Applications:
•Ideal for bonding Fabric to Wood, Aluminum, Plastics and all types of metals.
•Excellent sttength forthe frame size up 6 x 14 feet. The overlap shear tension in
excess of 3500 lbs to provide the most durable screen.
•Widely usedas a Frame-Mounting adhesive to producescreen mesh count 305
and lower
Sefar Screen Adhesive
A two-component system with a long pot life, yet short drying time. The cured
adhesive reaches its maximum solvent-and-ink-resistance after 24 hours. High
shear strength, but low peel strength so frames can be simply re-meshed simply by
peeling off the old fabric and mounting new fabric. Each gallon container comes
with two separate 3 1/4 oz. tubes of Hardener D. Should be mixed with a ratio of
25 parts adhesive to one part hardener. Adhesion to aluminum, steel and wood is
excellent.
Liquid Seal
A.W.T.'s Liquid Seal™ is a flexible and strong adhesive product with multiple
applications in your screen making department. Adhere fabric to frames, seal
wood frames, blockout screens and eliminate ink seepage with Liquid Seal.
It's not affected by screen printing solvents and can be used in dip tank applications. Liquid Seal works on wood, aluminum, steel, plastic or any other type of
frame.
151
The “Fabric-Grabber”
The “FABRIC-GRABBER”
was designed for the small to
medium sign and garment
printing shop, with COST in
mind. The “FABRIC-GRABBER” offers an affordably
priced, extremely accurate
screen tensioning module,
giving the small shop the
ability to compete in today's
expanding Hl-TECH market.
MAXIMUM
MODEL
SCREEN
SIZE
2424
2436
2448
3636
4848
4860
6060
24” x 24”
24” x 36”
24” x 48”
36” x 36”
48” x 48”
48” x 60”
60” x 60”
Features Include:
No tools or extra parts, fully
adjustable, expandable, accurate,
simple and fast!
Easy to operate as well as reliable, A.W.T.'s
Stretch-Tech may be the most versatile screen
fabric stretching system in the world. The main
control panel is engineered to drive virtually
any system configuration; add or subtract
clamps, change clamp bar widths, or add more
air manifolds as the job requires. Stretching
multiple frames at the same time is no problem
for the Stretch-Tech. Individual leveling bolts
on each clamp assure proper contact between
fabric and frame.
Simple controls allow independent settings of
pressure and stretching speeds for both weft
and warp. New "Drop-In" Clamps make fabric
loading easy, locking into position to prevent
slipping. Color-coded air lines and
quick-release manifold connectors allow fast
set-up and configuration changes. For the ultimate in fabric stretching efficiency, the exclusive A.W.T. Auto-Tensioning Module option
can be added to your Stretch-Tech system at
any time, in just minutes. This unique unit
automatically stretches fabric in stages, freeing
the operator for other tasks. The Stretch-Tech
system operates from a standard 100 psi commercial air supply (not included).
STRETCH-TECH STANDARD FEATURES
• New drop-in locking lever for fast set-up
and release, prevents fabric slippage
• Modular design allows additional clamps
and air manifolds to be added
152
• Individual stretching tension and speed
controls for weft and warp
• Screen leveling bolts on clamp frame
• Quick-disconnect manifold couplings
• Three clamp widths available: 8" (20cm),
10" (25cm) and 12" (30.5cm).
• Multiple frame capability
STRETCH-TECH OPTIONS
• Auto-tensioning module stretches frames in
stages, retrofits Stretch-Tech and most other
pneumatic units.
Drying Racks
RACK-IT
™
A FULL LINE OF DRYING AND STORAGE RACKS
For Screen Printing, Industrial & Educational Applications
Heavy-Duty Industrial Models
ALL-Steel Construction with Baked Enamel Finish
Optimum shelf spacing
for fast solvent
evaporation
Steel centerbrace on
larger models
Steel back-stops
prevent stock from
sliding off shelves
Permanent
steel bumpers
Adjustable individual shelf tension
extends spring life
Outside bumper
position allows
full use of shelf
capacity
Easy pivot
axles for
easy shelf
operation
Rust-resistant,
solvent resistant
non-warping
shelves
Heavy duty
casters allow easy
rack movement
153
Drying Racks
Heavy-Duty
RACK-IT
™
Industrial
• SCREEN PRINTERS • SIGN SHOPS • INDUSTRIAL STORAGE • SCHOOLS
Permanent Steel Spacers
Outlast rubber and provide optimum
spacing for solvent evaporation.
Adjustable Spring Tension
Individual adjustments extend spring
life,control degree of shelf lift resistance.
Easy Shelf Operation
Smooth axle action provides ergonomic
shelf raising and lowering.
SOLID CONSTRUCTION AND SENSIBLE ENGINEERING
A.W.T. Rack-It heavy duty drying racks represent the common sense application of long time industry knowledge. We use steel bumpers because they outlast rubber, and we weld them to the outside of the shelf so you
have more drying room. Each shelf spring is individually adjustable so you control up/down operation. The
baked enamel shelf finish is rust and solvent resistant for a long service life. The non-warping shelves are spaced
at 1 " intervals to maximize solvent evaporation. For baking applications. heat resistant models are available.
Heavy Duty Rack-It Models: Standard Features
The Economical DR-46-40 Offers
Heavy-Duty Performance
At A Lower Cost
• Sheet sizes up to 52" x 80" ( 132 x 203cm)
• All steel welded frame construction
• Easy, individual adjustment to spring tension
• Steel spacers never need replacement
• Rust and solvent resistant baked enamel shelf finish
• Heavy duty casters
• 21 heavy duty models to choose from
• Optimum shelf spacing for solvent evaporation
• Back stops prevent stock sliding
• Heat resistant models optional
30 x 46" Shelves
All-Steel
Construction
For lightweight
applications
40 spring
tension shelves
Front spacer
bumpers
Heavy-duty
casters
Special requirements?
Ask about custom A.W.T. racks
and specialty wire products
Model
DR-46-40
154
Drying Racks
A FULL LINE OF RACK-IT™ DRYING AND STORAGE RACKS
Catalog
Number
Description
Shelf
Sizes
Number of
Shelves
Mesh
Openings
Shipping
Weight
Number of
Cartons
DR-18-30
Table-Top Single Side
12x18"
30
6x10"
23 Ibs.
1
DR-18-50
Table Top Double Side
10x18"
50
6x10"
31 Ibs.
1
DR-18-100
Portable Floor Model
10x18"
100
6x10"
74 Ibs.
2
DR-24-40A
Port-O-Rack Mid-Range
18x24"
40
6x6"
74 Ibs.
1
DR-30-50
Econ-O-Rack Mid-Range
24x30"
50
6.5x24"
113 lbs
3
DR-30-100
Econ-O-Rack Mid-Range
24x30"
100
6.5x24"
177 lbs.
5
DR-46-40*
Heavy-Duty Economy Model
30x46"
40
7.75x9.75"
278 Ibs.
6
DR-36-40*
Heavy-Duty Construction
26x36"
40
4x5"
300 Ibs.
6
DR-36-50*
Heavy-Duty Construction
26x36"
50
4x5''
344 Ibs
7
DR-48-40*
Heavy-Duty Construction
31x48"
40
4x5"
350 Ibs.
6
DR-48-50*
Heavy-Duty Construction
31x48"
50
4x5"
416 Ibs.
7
DR-50-50*
Heavy-Duty Construction
37x50"
50
4x5"
507 Ibs.
7
DR-55-50*
Heavy-Duty Construction
42x55"
50
5x5"
635 Ibs.
7
DR-68-50*
Heavy-Duty Construction
45x68"
50
5x5"
935 Ibs.
7
DR-80-50*
Heavy-Duty Construction
52x80"
50
5x5"
1,120 Ibs.
7
Options & Accessories
EMB-2
Set of Extra Center Metal Bumpers for DR-36-50 through DR-68-50 (DR-80-50 has 3 bumpers)
HR-100
Heat-resistant package for any Heavy-Duty model
EB-40A
Additional rubber bumper package for Port-O-Rack model DR-24-40A (package of 40)
*Adjustable spring tension
RACK-IT™ DRYING AND STORAGE RACKS DIMENSIONS
Catalog
Number
W
DR-18-30
19-1/2"
19-1/4"
DR-18-50
19"
DR-18-100
D
DIMENSIONS
H
H-1
H-2
H-3
37-1/2"
-
-
-
22-1/4"
32"
-
-
-
19"
22-1/4"
63-1/2"
-
-
-
DR-24-40A
25-1/2"
24-1/2"
45"
53
44-1/2"
47
DR-30-50
30-1/2"
59-1/4"
65"
72
63"
-
DR-30-100
30-1/2"
70-1/2 "
65"
72
63"
-
DR-46-40
50-1/4"
33-1/2"
65-1/4"
52-1/4"
57-3/4"
DR-36-40
38-1/2"
32"
64-1/2"
55"
59"
DR-36-50
38-1/2"
32"
79"
62-3/4"
68-1/4"
DR-48-40
51-3/4"
36-1/2"
70"
52-1/4"
57-3/4"
DR-48-50
51-3/4"
36-1/2"
81"
62-3/4"
68-1/4"
DR-50-50
53-1/2"
43''
83-1/4"
62-3/4"
68-1/4"
DR-55-50
58-1/2''
47-3/4"
88-1/4"
62-3/4"
68-1/4"
DR-68-50
72-3/4"
51-1/4"
85-1/4"
62-3/4"
68-1/4"
DR-80-50
84-3/4"
58-1/4"
89-1/4"
62-3/4"
68-1/4"
155
Frame Cart
FRAME-MATE
™
Mobile Frame Cart
An easy way to move your heavy screens by your press into
position for fast setup. Reduce setup times with A.W.T.'s Roller
Frame Cart.
Heavy duty and built to last, this unit holds up to 12 frames.
Wood, aluminum or roller frames fit on the cart. Heavy duty
swivel casters provide reliable mobility.
STANDARD FEATURES
• Heavy duty casters for mobility
• Holds up to 12 frames
• Wood, aluminum or roller frames fit easily on rack
• Easy access to the heaviest frames
RF-5060
Cat No:
Description: Roller Frame Cart,
12 shelves for frames to 50” x 60”
127x152cm) O.D.
Remanufactured Equipment
Before
Before
After
After
All brands of screen printing equipment are restored to like-new condition
and sold with a warranty.
A.W.T. buys used equipment and remanufactures it for resale or
remanufactures your existing equipment to like new condition and ships it back to you!
Hundreds of references available.
Call for details and ask for a copy of our Remanufactured Equipment for sale List.
156
Swivel Type Cutting Tools
No. 5062 Ramsey Film Line Cutters
These knives simultaneously cut and peel out the film in one stroke. Greatly
speeds up line cutting. Comes in a set consisting of 3 cutters (S-M-L).
No. 5064 Glide-Liner® X290
The Ulano Glide-Liner makes the T-square and parallel rule obsolete. It
attaches to your drawing board or drafting table, so it stays in position to
leave both hands free. And it’s hinged at one side so the blade can be lifted
up off the board.
Other important features: precision bearings in rigid glide, nick-resistant
blade of hard-anodized aluminum. No wires or other parts to wear out.
Available in four sizes to fit any board with metal or wood edge:
18” (46 cm) glide - 24” (61 cm) blade
24” (61 cm) glide - 30” (76 cm) blade
28” (71 cm) glide - 36” (91 cm) blade
28” (71 cm) glide - 42” (107 cm) blade
157
Cutawl - Electric Cutting Tool
A High Speed, Portable Precision Cutting Machine
For All Types Of Sheet Material
Cutawl Model K-11
Standard Equipment
Each Model K-11 Machine comes complete with: Motor 115 Volt, 50-60 Hz,
AC only, Blades 2 each of no.'s. 6, 8, 11, 21U, 23D, 24, 5/64" Allen Key (14K3)
for 8-32 guide tube set screens, 5/8" open end wrench (14K5) for guide know
stud caps and stroke adjustment nut, Pulley pin (15K23), Screws (2K3) 2 extra
for chisel block, Cutawl Oil 1 container, Lubricant 1 tube, Instruction Manual
and Parts List.
Special Options
230 Volt Motor, AC only, 50-60 Hz Current, With Radio Frequency Interference
Suppressor (15K18), With special Safety Guard (15K17) covering the read of
the machine (must be ordered with machines shipped to Canada).
Special Accessories
Circle Cutting Attachment (20K)
Attaches to the K-11 to cut perfect circles from 3/4" to 48" in diameter.
Storage and Carrying Case (21K)
A sturdy case made of fir plywood with metal reinforced corners and
leatherette finish with lock.
Spare Parts and Supplies
All parts for the K-11 are listed in Parts List C-62, shipped with the K-11.
Cutawl recommends keeping a spare lamp and drive belt on hand.
Lamp, Bayonet Base (13K4)
Belt, round (15K10)
Belt, V type (15K10A)
Switch, 2 speed, 110 V, AC (10K5D)
Special Rigid Guide Tube Assembly (1KB) for use with saw blades no.'s. 13,
34HD, 44HDL, Oil in 3 oz. dispenser can (14K1)
Lubricant, 1 oz. tube (14K2)
Bees Wax (14K6)
Pulley Pin (15K23)
Cutawl Blades
Use only genuine Cutawl blades. The operation of your Cutawl power tool is
not guaranteed with other blades.
**For cutting strokes of 3/8" or over, use No. 24 chisel blade. For cutting 1/4"
or shorter strokes use No. 3 chisel blade.
158
Squeegees
Special Squeegees
Cincinnati Squeegee
M & M AOA Press Squeegee
Cincinnati Squeegee (for one man squeegee units) includes wooden handle,
rubber or plastic blade and pins.
M & M Press Squeegees. Made for M & M’s AO Series Presses, includes
wooden handle and rubber blade. Specify for AO or AOA Press.
M & M OA Press Squeegee
Handprint Squeegees
Rubber 60 Duro, 70 Duro, 80 Duro
Plastic 60 Duro, 70 Duro, 80 Duro
Sold by the inch.
For The Edge You Need!
Squeegee Blade Profiles
This product is for automatic press
or hand for different printing
needs. We sell some stock profiles
by the inch and others are sold by
the roll. Different widths and thickness can be custom ordered to your
needs.
SE-C
Straight Edge - Composite Durometer
A soft printing tip bonded to a hard
shaft. Eliminates blade roll-over and
squeegee vibration on high speed
automotive equipment.
SE-T
Straight Edge-Triple Durometer
An exceptional tool for critical ink
sheer. Two soft edges with hard backing between. Maintains proper angle
with no blade roll over.
SE-D
Straight Edge-Dual Durometer
A single soft printing edge with hard
backing. Eliminates blade roll over.
Helps maintain blade angle for excellent ink sheer.
Available in Shore A Hardness:
90/50, 90/60 & 90/70.
Plei-Tech 44 only.
Available in Shore A Hardness: 60/90/60 &
70/90/70. Plei-Tech 15 & 44.
Available in Shore A Hardness: 60/90 &
70/90. Plei-Tech 15 & 44.
DB-T
Double Bevel - Triple Durometer
A soft printing edge sandwiched
between harder durometers. Great for
high screen tensions or control of ink
deposit on irregular surfaces.
Available in Shore A Hardness: 90/60/90 &
90/70/90. Plei-Tech 15 & 44. 45, 60 and 90
degree angles.
Available in Share A Hardness: 60/90 &
70/90. Plei-Tech 15 & 44. 22.5, 30 and 45
degree angles.
DB-C
Double Bevel - Composite Durometer
A soft, sharp printing tip bonded to
a hard shaft. Ideal for high screen
tensions and /or heavy ink deposits
on irregular surfaces.
Available in Shore A Hardness: 90/50, 90/60
& 90/70. Plei-Tech 44 only. 90 degree angle
only.
3/8” Screw
3/4” & 1” Shaft
DDB-S
Double Double Bevel - Single Durometer
Designed to meet the demands of container printing, yet offers the advantage of two
printing edges to reduce downtime.
Available in Shore A Hardness: 70,80 & 90. PleiTech 15 & 44. 45, 60 and 90 degree angles.
Aluminum Telescopic
Fastening Bolts
Secure wood or metal squeegee holders to squeegee blades easily with
A.W.T.’s machined, rust proof, lightweight, aluminum telescopic bolts.
Various sizes are available to accommodate different squeegee thicknesses.
SB-D
Single Bevel - Dual Durometer
Ideal for container printing and
extremely irregular surfaces when ink
deposit control is critical. Excellent for
higher tension screens.
DB-S
Double Bevel - Single Durometer
Widely used for excellent ink deposit
control on cylindrical substrates and
other irregular surfaces.
Available in Shore A Hardness: 70, 80 & 90.
Plei-Tech 15 & 44. 45, 60 and 90 degree angles.
DBB-S
Double Bevel Blunt - Single Durometer
For printers who wish to have maximum control of printing angles when
depositing heavy or thin inks on most
substrates.
Available in Shore A Hardness: 70, 80 & 90.
Plei-Tech 15 & 44. 45, 60 and 90 angles with 13 mm. blunt tip.
BN-C
Bull Nose - composite Durometer
For automatic printing of heavy ink
deposits and cooling applications
when control is critical.
BN-S
Bull Nose - Single Durometer
For all heavy ink deposit and coating
applications. Ideal for depositing
white inks on dark substrates.
Available in Shore A Hardness: 90/50, 90/60 &
90/70. Plei-Tech 44 only.
Available in Shore A Hardness: SO, 60 & 70.
Plei-Tech 44 only.
159
SB-S
Single Bevel - Single Durometer
Conforms easily to irregular surfaces
while maintaining excellent ink
deposit control. Widely used in container printing.
Available in Shore A Hardness: 70, 80 & 90.
Plei-Tech 15 & 44. 22.5, 30 and 45 degree
angles.
DSB-S
Double Single Bevel - Single Durometer
Offers the advantage of two printing
edges with identical angles. Features
extra life for longer runs between
blade sharpenings.
Available in Shore A Hardness: 70, 80 & 90.
Plei-Tech 15 & 44. 22.5, 30 and 45 degree
angles.
SBB-S
Single Bevel Blunt - Single Durometer
Ideal for the control of printing
angles. Allows for heavy or thin ink
deposit on most substrates.
Available in Share A Hardness: 70, 80 & 90.
Plei-Tech 15 & 44, 22.5, 30 and 45 angles with
1-3 mm. blunt tip.
SE-S
Straight Edge - Single Durometer
The most common squeegee used in
graphic
wear and solvent resistant for longlife use.
Available in Shore A Hardness: 60, 70, 80 &
90. Plei-Tech 15, 44 & 95.
Safety Cans and Cabinets
OILY WASTE CANS
Essential wherever waste, solvent cloths and wiping rags are
used. Protects flammable materials from fire-making sparks,
smoker carelessness, and from spontaneous combustion. Can
remains closed when not in use. When operated, by hand or
foot lever opening device, cover opens to 60 degree angle, closes automatically when released. Round construction and elevated bottom encourage constant circulation of air around can.
WITH FOOT LEVER TO LIFT COVER
Model No. Approvals Cap
Dia
9-100
UL, FM
6 gal 11-7/8”
9-300
UL, FM
10 gal 13-15/16”
9-500
UL, FM
14 gal 16-1/16”
9-700
UL
21 gal 18-3/8”
Foot Lever Operated Cover
Ht.
Shpg. Wt.
18-1/4” 11 Ib
20-1/2” 14 lb
22-3/8” 18 Ib
25”
24 Ib
HAND OPERATED COVER
Model No. Approvals Cap
Dia
Ht.
Shpg. Wt.
9-110
UL, FM
6 gal 11-7/8”
18-1/4”
9 Ib
9-310
UL, FM
10 gal 13-15/16” 20-1/2” 12 lb
9-710
UL
21 gal 18-3/8”
25”
20 Ib
PLUNGER CANS
The best way to handle flammable liquids used in sponging
and cleaning operations. Economical and convenient. Pushing
down on pan pumps liquid into pan to moisten sponge or rag.
Surplus liquid immediately drains back into can through holes
in the brass pan screen and in the reservoir cover. Eliminates
the danger of exposed liquid. Perforated pan screen also serves
as flame arrester. Amount of liquid pumped into pan is adjusted easily by turning adjusting nut. Pump assembly (cylinder,
piston, etc.) is made of brass. Reservoir is 12 pound Terne
Plate. Large cover opening in reservoir permits thorough cleaning of interior.
Model No. Approvals Cap
10008
FM
1 Pt
10108
FM
1 Qt
10208
FM
1/2 gal
10308
FM
1 gal
Storage and dispensing is just half the job when it comes to
protective handling of flammable and combustible liquids. The
other half is the collection and disposal of these liquids after
they have been used. Perhaps this is the most critical part of
your safety program because people tend to be more careless
O.D.
Ht.
Shpg. Wt.
4-7/8”
6”
1-1/2 Ibs
7-1/4” 6-1/2”
32 lbs
7-1/4”
8”
36 Ibs
7-1/4”
11”
4 Ibs
with the waste liquids that have served their purpose and have
no value. So Justrite has designed specific equipment for the
disposal and temporary holding of waste materials at the work
location the collection of the materials and the storage of waste
materials until final disposal can be accomplished.
160
Safety Cans
“Convenience” Handle
Carrying Ease.
No Linkages to Engage
Rugged Valve Body
Type I Safety Cans
Rapid Release
Air Vent
Separate Fill Opening
Fire Baffle
The accepted and approved way of dispensing flammable and
combustible liquids. Type I conventional metal cans are available
in sizes ranging from one pint to five gallons. They are made of
Terne Plate (lead coated steel plate), have tested and approved
closure and pressure relief mechanisms and the Justrite doublemesh metal flame-arrester screen which prevents flame from
entering the can but does not restrict liquid flow into or out of
the container. All Justrite Type I and Type II safety cans are
Factory Mutual Approved and UL Listed.
Operating and Construction Features
1. Spring mounted pressure relief cap allows expanding vapors
to escape preventing possible rupture of the container.
Special synthetic gasket material greatly outlasts the more common treated-leather gaskets.
2. Tests conducted by an independent research laboratory prove
the Justrite flame arrester prevents the propagation of fire and
explosion. The slip-fit screen is securely held in place with a lock
ring which also allows for easy removal for cleaning.
3. Wire mesh fire baffle allows faster more convenient filling than
perforated metal baffle.
4. Double-seamed Terne Plate construction is your assurance of
rugged, leak-proof operation.
5. Exclusive “convenience” handle for ease in carrying. No linkage to engage for pouring.
Safe, in-plant storage of flammables. Pressure relief, selfclosing cap, fire baffle (safety screen) in spout. Terne Plate.
Model No.
10001
10101
10201
10301
10501
10701
10801
Approvals Cap
UL, FM
1 Pt
UL, FM
1 Qt
UL, FM
2 Qt
UL, FM
1 gal
UL, FM
2 gal
UL, FM
3 gal
UL, FM
5 gal
O.D.
4-5/8”
4-5/8”
7-1/4”
7-1/4”
9-3/8”
9-3/8”
11-1/2”
Ht.
Shpg. Wt.
6-3/4”
11 Ibs
8-1/4”
12 lbs
8-3/8”
19 Ibs
11-1/2” 24 Ibs
12-5/8”
6 Ibs
16-1/8”
7 Ibs
17”
8 Ibs
Hose Attachments for Type I Cans
For no splash, controlled pouring. The easy, fast way to fill small
tanks, etc. Practically unbreakable, resilient, keeps its shape
under hard use. Clip permits quick assembly to spout and easy
removal for use on another can. Also can be used
as a funnel.
161
Storage Cabinets
CAN STORAGE Justrite flammable liquid storage cabi-
1. Two-door design 65” high x 34” wide x 34” deep
nets provide a convenient means for storing safety cans, paint
cans and other closed containers of hazardous liquids in work
areas and storage rooms.
Capacity with two shelves, is twelve 5-gallon safety cans or,
with five shelves, ninety-six 1-gallon paint cans with shelves
removed, this cabinet can be used for storage of a vertical
drum equipped with transfer pump.
Construction conforms to NFPA Code 30 and OSHA requirements. Stenciled warning “Flammable - Keep Fire Away” is
standard. Double-wall construction.
2. Two-door or sliding-door design 65” x 43” x 18”
Three sizes are available to store up to 60 gallons of Class I
and Class ll flammable liquids and up to 96 gallons of paint
or Class lll combustible liquids:
Model 25530 Sliding door model
has fusible link self-closing mechanism that actuates at temperatures above 160˚F.
Capacity, with two shelves, nine 5-gallon safety cans; with
three shelves, sixty 1-gallon paint cans.
3. Two-door or sliding-door 44” x 43” x 18” Capacity,
with one shelf, six 5-gallon safety cans; with two shelves,
forty 1-gallon paint cans.
Model 25530 - Sliding door model has fusible link self-closing
mechanism that actuates at temperatures above 160°F.
Model 25600 - Alternate shelf arrangements permit use for
storage of 5-gallon safety cans 1gallon paint cans or a
55-gallon drum.
Model 25600 Alternate shelf arrangements permit use for storage of 5-gallon safety cans. 1-gallon paint cans or
a 55-gallon drum.
162
Model 25452 Two-door self-closing cabinet is
fusible link actuated. Closing mechanisms contained in the insulating air space in the top of the
cabinet preserve full storage capacity. Does not
impede removing or replacing containers.
Screen Carriage
Adjustable Height Screen Carriage
The Adjustable Height Screen Carriage combines all the excellent features of the Adjustable Height Hinge Clamp. You not only
have the registration advantages of the Screen Carriage but you can raise the screen up to three inches off the table top. Just
unlock the clamp by loosening the wing nut and reposition the clamp to the desired height.
With these special height clamps on the Screen Carriage your present shop becomes more versatile and can screen on the thicker and bulkier materials - and profitably, too.
Plywood, boxes, books, chassis, instrument panels, wood signs which normally would require fancy jigging can be set-up in a
jiffy - as fast as you would on regular card stock. Raise the screen to the right height, lock the clamp, and then slide that thick
piece under the screen like paper - you’re ready to print.
The Adjustable Height Screen Carriage attaches to your present table top. No special tops or extras are needed. The unit comes
complete, ready to operate. Handles up to 32” screens.
163
Cylinder Printers
#222 MINI CYLINDER PRINTER
This printer was developed for printing small diameter jars, vials, test tubes, rods,
and other related cylindrical objects. The screen carrier glides smoothly and effortlessly on sealed ball bearing wheels. There are stops and adjustments for squeegee
pressure and stroke length. Features include a replaceable “V” type squeegee
blade. The frame carriage pivots away from the squeegee arm for ease- of screen
cleaning and easily flips (pivots) back for printing operation. Adjustments of the
wareholder include vertical, horizontal, forward, and reverse movements. Printing
is accomplished by depressing squeegee handle, which, at the same time, lowers
screen and either push or pull screen carrier. Lift up squeegee arm and the cycle is
complete. Due to manual operation, production speeds depend upon operator, but
speeds of up to 450 IPH are common.
Frame size: 6-1/2” x 9-1/2’’ O.D.
Overall size: 22” length x 10” width x 14” height.
Capacity: 5/8” - 3” diameters.
Shipping weight: Approx. 20 Ibs.
The #222-P is a small diameter attachment developed primarily for imprinting of
pen barrels, but can be used for all types of small cylinders with diameters from
1/4” to 5/8”. (Diameters above 5/8” can be printed without this fixture). In addition to pen barrels and cylinders, the 222-P allows imprinting single line copy on
ping pong balls, marbles, and other similar rigid spheres. Change over and change
back can be accomplished in less than a minute. All adjustments are quick and
simple. A tool is included for convenience. This fixture is compact and can be
shipped anywhere via first class mail.
#217 CYLINDER PRINTER
This extremely versatile printer can print a wide variety of cylindrical shaped
objects. There are numerous steps and adjustments for height, taper, squeegee
pressure, counterbalance, and lateral movements. The screen carrier glides
smoothly and effortlessly on sealed ball bearing wheels. The wareholder rides in
two steel tracks and is adjustable front to rear and side to side. There are four
independently moveable sealed ball bearing rollers for smooth rotation of products. The unique construction of the #217 allows printing sections of long objects,
such as an aluminum baseball bat. A “V” type roller block is used for handle support. Production speeds vary, due to manual operation, but speeds of up to 450
IPH are common.
Frame size: 10-1/2” x 17” O.D.
Overall size: 33” length x 22” Width x 15” height.
Capacity: 1/2” to 10” diameter
Shipping weight: Approx. 60 Ibs.
The #202 Hinge Clamp is adjustable up to 3” height above the table surface to
permit screening of thick materials or objects The heavy duty clamp slides in a
heavy gauge steel groove guide A wing nut holds the clamp firmly at the desired
height yet adjusts quickly to any desired height in seconds The foot at the hinge
base provides added support in the absence of the object being screened When the
clamp is moved all the way down, it functions just like a standard clamp. Every
table equipped with #202 adjustable Hinge Clamps can operate with any type
work and any thickness material to 3” with a minimum of effort in change over.
#221 Small Kick Leg
This new kick leg clamps to side of frame: automatically holds screen frame in the
up or down position. Converts from a left side clamp to a right side clamp in seconds. Holds from 3/8” to 1 1/8” frames.
#225 Heavy Duty Kick Leg
Heavy Duty - all plated - 1/8” cold rolled steel formed into 12” x 2-1/2”
U channel.
164
Washout Sinks, Pressure Washer
Econo 44S
Washout Booth
• Built from Stainless Steel
• Welded Construction
• Guaranteed Leakproof
• V-Notch screen rack
• With or without
backlighting
• 10 inch bottom lip
• 28 inch legs
• Booth size
48”W x 48”H x 24”D
Recirculation
Sink
•Automates screen reclamation
• Ideal for use with ink cleaners or emulsion removers
• Stainless steel construction
• Collects by filtration
• Equipped with backlighting
• Available in poly & stainless
• Complete with recirc.equipment
Custom Sizes
• 30 gallon holding tank
available
• Filter cartridge
• 2.0 GPM / 1.5 HP
• 115V/14.3 Amps
Model E-1000 High Pressure Washer
• 1000 PSI
• Hand-carry
• Compact design
• No oil change
required
(Low maintenance)
• 2.0 GPM / 1.5 HP
• 115V/14.3 Amps
Model
SQ-1000
Squeegee
Cleaner
Albatross Master Blaster is a compact high-pressure screen
• Chemical & Corrosive resistant
• Built from high grade stainless steel
• Complete with air-operated equipment
• Welded construction
• Guaranteed leakproof
Custom Sizes
• 15 gallon holding tank
available
• Working area - 45” x 25” x 10”
• Perforated basket for drainage
• Two layers of filter pad media
washer designed to remove emulsions, stencils and knife cut
films. It is also extremely effective in degreasing screens, washing off ink and removing haze.
Albatross Master Blaster features 1000 P.S.I. of power and is fully
adjustable. Two nozzles are included as standard equipment. The
change-over nozzle offers 3 spray patterns; a pin-point, a fan
spray and a mist spray. Our unique Roto-Nozzle™ delivers full
pressure to a wide area of the screen, greatly facilitating the
cleaning process while using less liquids.
Albatross Master Blaster is a sturdy piece of equipment built for
the rugged demands of screen printers. It is U.L. Iisted, portable
and quiet. Safety features include a patented overflow valve,
automatic shut-off switch to prevent overheating and a recirculation valve.
165
Exposure Units
Unique
Vacuum System
SPVF5572
Vacuum Frame
63” x 80”
SPVF3650
Vacuum Frame
44” x 58”
• Quick release vacuum system (patent pending).
• Exceptionally flexible and resilient rubber blanket for intimate contact and longevity.
• Custom designed blanket bead profile for a positive seal
• Heavy duty oil-less vacuum pump for rapid draw down.
Rotating Frame
• Can be rotated 90 degrees from horizontal loading position to vertical exposing
position.
• Can be rotated 180 degrees from horizontal loading position to use with overhead
mounted light source.
• Durable, heavy gauge steel construction.
• Easily installed through 30” doorway.
System 631
Specially designed for fast, exact
exposures. Unique reflector design
and rotary shutter for uniform coverage. Multi-spectrum, tri-level
lamp: 6000, 3000, 1000 watts.
Includes floor stand and heavy-duty
casters.
Model PL631
Amps: 31
Volts: 200/240
Floor Space: (DxW) 30” x 30”
Ship Wt: 400 Lbs.
166
Heat Transfer Press
C-800D & C-600D:
Commercial Digital Air-Automatic Presses
• C-800D: 16"x20" heavy duty, even heating platen.
C-600D: 15"x15" heavy duty, even heating platen.
• Applies all types of transfers on items up to 3/8" thick.
• Push the handle down slightly and the air assist takes over,
applies the set psi pressure, then will release on its own
when the timer has elapsed.
• Just set the air psi and no other pressure adjustment is
needed in between products of different thickness.
• Digital timer is adjustable up to 999 seconds, shows time
countdown on the readout, and automatically resets.
• Calibrated digital temperature control is adjustable up to
450°F (232°C) and displays the current temperature.
• Utilizes a long lasting pneumatic air cylinder lift system.
• Optional shuttle system allows you to layout a product and
transfer while another is transferring.
• Self purging water trap included and air compressor
required.
• Lifetime warranty on heating element and 1-year warranty
on components.
• ETL-US and CE certified.
MOSS: High Output Super Shuttle
HIX introduces the MOSS, a revolutionary new high output
heat transfer machine. On a 6 second transfer time, it can
produce up to 600 finished shirts per hour with two operators. The HOSS is fully automatic, all the operator(s) needs to
do is load the shirt/transfer on the pallet to the right, it cycles
automatically. Then load a shirt/transfer on the left pallet, it
cycles automatically and the right pallet returns. Peel the
transfer. Repeat the process again.
• Two 16"x20" upper heat platens and four 16"x20" silicone
rubber covered lower platens.
• Adjustable dwell timer to control transfer pressing time.
• Separate digital temperature controls with readout for each
heat platen.
• Independently adjustable air pressure controls for each station.
• Platens automatically index at your set cycle time and automatically return after the transferring cycle is complete.
• Air operated lower platens move automatically at the end
of the pressing cycle.
• Two adjustable transfer holding shelves.
• One or two person operation.
• Adjustable work height.
• Emergency stop switches.
• Cycle start and stop switches.
• Plug in electric and quick connect air fitting.
SPECIFICATIONS:
• Machine: 60"L x 60"W x 50"H, 605 Ibs.
• Crated: 74"L x 68"W x 55"H, 1025 Ibs.
• 220-240 VAC, 30 amps, 1-phase, 50/60 Hz or 380 VAC,
10 amps, 3-phase, 50/60 Hz
• Air requirements: 100 PSI, 4 CFM, 7-8 BAR, 113 UMin
• Production formula: 6 sec. machine cycle + 6 sec. transfer time = 12 sec. total time per transfer. 12 sec. per transfer = 5 transfers per min. x two heat heads = 10 transfers
per min. = 600 transfers per hr.
167
Heat Transfer Press
B-250: Cap Press
• Applies all types of transfers to caps, bandanas, pockets, collars, and
more!
• Sturdy design that is lightweight and portable.
• 3" x 5-1/2" casting provides even and precise heat.
• Easy to open and close handle with full range pressure adjustment.
• Separate digital timer included with minutes/seconds and
start/stop.
• Calibrated thermostat that can be set from off to 450°F.
• Heat indicating light that turns off once set temperature is reached.
• Bottom spring device to hold caps in place.
• Interchangeable lower platens for ball, golf (standard), or youth caps.
• Optional Teflon® coated blanket holds transfers, letters and
numbers in place.
• Lifetime warranty on heating element & 1-year warranty on
components.
• ETL-US, ETL-Canada, and CE certified.
B-250D: Digital Cap Press
• Applies all types of transfers to caps, bandanas, pockets, collars, and
more!
• Sturdy design that is lightweight and portable.
• Digital timer is adjustable up to 999 seconds, shows time countdown
on readout, beeps after elapsed time, and resets when handle is raised.
• Calibrated digital temperature control is adjustable up to 450°F
(232°C) and displays the current temperature.
• 3" x 5-1/2" casting provides even and precise heat.
• Easy to open and close handle with full range pressure adjustment.
• Bottom spring device to hold caps in place.
• Interchangeable lower platens for ball, golf (standard), or youth caps.
• Optional Teflon® coated blanket holds transfers, letters and
numbers in place.
• Lifetime warranty on heating element & 1-year warranty on
components.
• ETL-US and CE certified.
FH-3000D: Combo Small Flat / Cube Press
• Applies all types of transfers to shirt pockets, cubes, labels, sublimation metal/plastic, umbrellas, sleeves, cuffs, collars, bags, aprons, name
badges, sport/golf bag tags, tiles, coasters, gloves, and more!
• 3-3/4" x 6-1/4" flat area and 3-1/2" x 3-1/2" cube area.
• Use for quick, easy application on small or hard to reach areas.
• Digital timer is adjustable up to 999 seconds, shows time countdown
on readout, beeps after elapsed time, and resets when handle is raised.
• Calibrated digital temperature control is adjustable up to 450°F
(232°C) and displays the current temperature.
• Easy to open and close handle with full range pressure adjustment.
• Flat and cube attachments are easily interchangeable.
• Sturdy design that is lightweight and portable.
• ETL-US and CE certified with 1-year warranty on components.
168
Heat Transfer Press
SwingMan 15: Swing Away Heat Press
• 15"x15" heavy duty, even heating, swing away platen.
• Sturdy steel design that is very portable at only 64 Ibs. Applies all
types of transfers on items up to 1-3/4" thick.
• Separate digital timer included with minutes/seconds and
start/stop.
• Easy open/close handle with full range pressure adjustment.
• Calibrated thermostat that can be set from off to 450°F.
• Heat indicating light that turns off once set temperature is reached.
• Lifetime warranty on heating element & 1-year warranty on
components.
• ETL-US, ETL-Canada, and CE certified on request.
CW-550: Digital Mug Press
• Add on to your business with highly profitable mugs!
• Digital time control and readout with time elapse alert.
• Digital temperature control and readout with idle temperature
setting to save energy and wear on the heater band.
• Patented heater design is durable and long lasting.
• Patented complete wrap design allows coverage on entire surface of
the mug up to the handle.
• Easy to use open/close handle with adjustable pressure setting.
• Compact, sturdy and portable for malls, flea markets, shows, and
more.
• Heater liner is easily replaceable if wear should occur.
• ETL-US certified.
EP 550: Mug Press
• Add on to your business with highly profitable mugs!
• Compact, sturdy and portable.
• Auto-reset timer that can be set up to 6 minutes and beeps when the
time elapses.
• Temperature control that goes up to 400°F.
• Heat indicating light that turns off once the set temperature is
reached.
• Easy to use open/close handle with adjustable pressure.
• Complete wrap design allows coverage on entire surface of the mug
up to the handle.
MG-500: Mug Glazer
• Cures laser transfers onto mugs after they have been transferred in a
mug press.
• Utilizes a heat element which is more powerful and lasts longer than
quartz bulb designs which tend to break, burst, or burn out.
• Makes the mug artwork sharp, colorful, glossy, and smooth.
• Timer and start button.
• On/off switch and heat indicating light.
• Calibrated temperature is preset.
• 1-year warranty on components.
169
Heat Transfer Press
Hobby Lite®: Hobby Swing Away Press
• 9"x12" even heating, swing away platen.
• Separate digital timer included with minutes/seconds and
start/stop.
• At only 23 Ibs., it is lightweight and portable for hobbyist to
use at malls, flea markets, shows, and more.
• Applies all types of transfers on items up to 1-1/2" thick.
• Easy open/close handle with full range pressure adjustment.
• Calibrated thermostat that can be set from off to 400°F.
• Heat indicating light that turns off once set temperature is
reached.
• 1-year warranty on components.
• ETL-US, ETL-Canada, and CE certified on request.
Presto 15: Economy Clam Press
• 15"x15" heavy duty, even heating platen.
• Separate digital timer included with minutes/seconds and
start/stop.
• Sturdy steel design that is very portable at only 53 Ibs.
• Applies all types of transfers on items up to 1/8" thick.
• Patented pressure adjustment has numbered settings so that
you can repeat the exact pressure for all of your different
products.
• Calibrated thermostat that can be set from off to 450°F.
• Heat indicating light that turns off once set temperature is
reached.
• Easy to open and close handle with spring assist.
• Lifetime warranty on heating element & 1-year warranty on
components.
• ETL-US certified.
Presto 20: Large Economy Clam Press
• 16"x20" heavy duty, even heating platen.
• Separate digital timer included with minutes/seconds
and start/stop.
• Economical for a start up shop or to use as a backup.
• Applies all types of transfers on items up to 1/2" thick.
• Engineered handle design provides a 20% increase in
pressure and the leveling, rubber covered lower platen
provides even alignment on items.
• Calibrated thermostat that can be set from off to 450°F.
• Heat indicating light that turns off once set temperature is
reached.
• Full range pressure adjustment.
• Lifetime warranty on heating element and 1-year warranty
on components.
• ETL-US certified.
170
Heat Transfer Press
HT-600D & HT-400D: Digital Clam Presses
• HT-600D: 16"x20" heavy duty, even heating platen.
HT-400D: 15"x15" heavy duty, even heating platen.
• Sets the standard in the manual heat press industry
because of its ruggedness, durability, and years of
trouble-free performance.
• Digital timer is adjustable up to 999 seconds, shows
countdown on readout, beeps after elapsed time, and
resets when handle is raised. An auto-reset analog timer
is also available.
• Calibrated digital temperature control is adjustable up
to 450°F (232°C) and displays the current temperature.
• Applies all types of transfers on items up to 1" thick
on the HT-400D and 1/2" on the HT-600D.
• Engineered handle design provides a 20% increase in
pressure.
• Self leveling, silicone rubber covered lower platen
provides even alignment on items.
• Easy to open and close handle that has spring assist
and a full range pressure adjustment.
• Lifetime warranty on heating element and 1-year
warranty on components.
• ETL-US and CE certified.
(HT-400D
Model Shown)
N-840D & N-640D: Digital Air-Automatic Presses
• N-840D: 16”x20" and N-640D: 15”x15"
Applies all types of transfers on items up to 3/8" thick.
Push the handle down slightly and the air assist takes
over, applies the set psi pressure, then will release on its
own when the timer has elapsed.
• Digital timer is adjustable up to 999 seconds, shows
time countdown on the readout, and automatically
resets.
• Calibrated digital temperature control is adjustable up
to 450°F (232°C) and displays the current temperature.
• Release button allows you to open up the platen
before the time has elapsed so that you can press out
wrinkles. Utilizes a gas shock air assist system.
• Optional shuttle system allows you to layout a product and transfer while another is transferring.
• Air compressor and water separation trap required.
• ETL-US and CE certified with lifetime warranty on
heating element and 1-year warranty on components.
(N-840D Shown)
171
Heat Transfer Accessories
Digital Timer
• Can be used with any HIX
heat press that does not already
incorporate a timer into the
machine.
• Start / stop button.
• Minutes and seconds buttons.
• Goes up to 99 minutes and 59
seconds.
• Magnet is built into the back.
• Comes with one battery.
• Model may vary from one
shown.
Shuttle Attachment
For use with the air automatic N-640D, N-840D, C-600D, or
C-800D heat transfer machines. Significantly increases the
production output by providing two work stations. Allows
operator to layout the next product while one is still transferring. Heavy duty shuttle blanket is constructed of Teflon®
coated fiberglass. Easily mounts into existing holes already
drilled into the machine. Teflon® coated pad protector
required.
Teflon® Coated Sheets
• Eliminates scorching on products.
• Keeps transfers from sticking.
• Minimizes ink and dust from transfers and garments.
• Allows user to gang multiple transfers.
• Prevents dyes in colored garments
from staining the heat platen.
Teflon® Coated
Pad Protectors
• Protects rubber pad from wear
and stains.
• Increases the life of the rubber
pad.
• Allows smooth movement for
positioning product and transfer.
• Provides a non-sticking, easily
cleaned work surface.
Teflon® Coated Cap Blanket
Attachment
• Optional attachment for the
B-250 and B-250D cap transfer
machines.
• Keeps transfers from sticking.
• Helps hold transfers, letters,
or numbers onto caps before
transferring.
• Eliminates scorching on products.
• Prevents dyes in colored hats
from staining the heat platen.
Cap Platens
• For use with the B-250 and B-250D cap transfer machines.
Don't stretch or wrinkle a cap again.
• Youth 2- 3/4” x 5- 1/4” Golf (Standard) 3”x 5-1/2”
Ball 3- 3/4”x 5- 7/8”
Panty Hose Insert
• Spreads panty hose out flat for
optimal transferring of HIX
Flock heat transfers.
• Keeps wrinkles from occurring.
• Made of durable Teflon® for
years of use.
Water Separation Trap
• For use with the air automatic N-640 or
N-840D heat transfer machines.
• Filters the air and keeps water from entering
the machine.
• Helps prolong the life of the machine.
Flat Attachment
• For use with the FH-3000D
combo, flat, or cube press.
• 3-3/4” x 6-1/4” flat area.
• Easily interchangeable.
Cube Attachment
• For use with the FH-3000D
combo, flat, or cube press.
• 3-1/2” x 3-1/2” Maximum cube
area.
• Easily interchangeable.
172
Flash Cure/Spot Dryers
Black Flash • Flash Cure/Spot • Radiant
All Black Body® Infrared Dryers include:
•“Color-blind” drying
• Heat across entire dryer face
• Constant temperature of 625˚F on 16” x 16” model and up to 800˚F on the
other Black Body® Dryers.
• Optional variable heat controller allows for infinite temperature settings from low
to full heat
• Easy installation on stands, tabletops or conveyor systems
• Arrangeable in any convenient configuration
• Many sizes including the popular 16” x 16” Black Flash
• Asbestos-free construction
• Full one-year warranty
Model
No.
Watts
Volts
Amps
Heater Dimensions
W L D
BF-1600
BF-1800
1600
1870
115
235
13.9
8.1
16” x 20” x 2 3/4”
16” x 20” x 2 3/4”
16” x 16”
16” x 16”
15 lbs.
15 lbs.
UM-1503
1500
115
13.0
6” x 24” x 4”
6” x 24”
10 lbs.
BF2-1900
BF2-2300
BF2-2500
2200
2200
2500
115
115
230
17.0
20.0
11.0
18” x 22” x 1 1/2”
18” x 22” x 1 1/2”
18” x 22” x 1 1/2”
18” x 18”
18” x 18”
18” x 18”
14 lbs.
14 lbs.
14 lbs.
BF3-3000
3000
230
13.0
20 1/2” x 24” x 2 3/4”
18” x 24”
19 lbs.
BF97-172
99-016
99-017
Heated Shipping
Face Area Weight
42” x 42” Base - Adjustable to 48” height rotates 360˚
27 lbs.
4” x 4” x 3” deep Optional Variable Heat Control is 115V/15.0 Amps
4” x 4” x 3” deep Optional Variable Heat Control is 230V/15.0 Amps
2 lbs.
2 lbs.
Afford-A-Flash™
Pre-wired with 10 ft. cord and stand with casters included, this low cost setup will satisfy the basic requirements for start-ups or serve as a back-up system. The Afford-A-Flash™ Series does not have an indicator light or on/off
switch and no accessories or options apply. Powder coated grey
MODEL NO.
WATTS -VOLTS-AMPS
NOMINAL
ELEMENT SIZE
HEATER DIMENSIONS
W L D
PLUG TYPE
LC-1600
LC-2200
1600 - 115 - 14.2
2200 - 115 - 19.4
16" x 16"
18" x 18"
16" x 20" x 2"
18" x 20" x 2"
NEMA 5-15P
NEMA 5-20P
FLASH TIMER, DRYMER™ BRAND*
The Drymer™ is a handy timer device made just for screen printers using manual methods of flash curing. The
Drymer™ can be set to the desired flash cure time - after which a beep sounds. The timer can be reset with a single
button push. The base is magnetized so that it can be conveniently placed on a Black Flash® Heater. A great tool
for quality and productivity.
173
Ranar Dryers
Pictured With Optional Legs
DX200 SCAMP Portable Production Curing
MC1000 High Production Cap Dryer
100 Shirts or 180 Caps Per Hour
•Variable Belt Speed (0-12FPM) with highest duality teflon
coated nomex belt
•24" Wide, 5' Long Conveyor
•Insulated Oven
•Variable Temperature Control - regulate temperature of the top
quality infrared panels for efficient curing of plastisol inks.
•Easily Adjusted to Cure Caps
•Adjustable Panel Height and Angle
•Same Quality Guarantee as All RANAR Dryers
• 300 Caps Per Hour
• Variable Belt Speed (0-10FPM)
• Adjustable Heater Height
• Variable Temperature Control - (6"x24" 1800 watt element)
• 13" Wide Belt
• Fully Insulated Oven
• Low Operating Cost
DP1000 Pad Printing Dryer
DP1076 Legs Included
Features
• Variable Belt Speed (0-12 fpm)
• Rheostat Heat Control
• Adjustable Panel Height
• Fully Insulated Oven with Adjustable Entrance & Exit
Height
• Air Flow Direct through Heat Panel - 210 cfm
Specifications
• Overall length
40"
• Oven length
38"
• Heat panel 1800 watt
6" x 24"
• Oven height Entrance/E
1" - 5"
• Belt width
13"
• Weight
60 pounds
Features
• Variable Belt Speed (0-12 fpm)
• Rheostat Heat Control
• Adjustable Panel Height
• Fully Insulated Oven with Adjustable Entrance & Exit
Height
• Air Flow Direct through Heat Panel - 210 cfm
Specifications
• Overall length
76"
• Oven length
38"
• Heat panel 1800 watt
6" x 24"
• Oven height Entrance/E 1" - 6"
• Belt width
13"
• Weight
90 pounds
The RANAR DP1000 and DP1076 are ideal for curing hardeners in two-part pad printing ink systems, and for minimizing
production time in all pad print applications. The combination of direct radiant heat (6" x 24" overhead panel) with air passing
through the panel on to the belt provides hot air that performs well in a variety inks and coatings processes.
174
Ranar Dryers
Applications
Textile, Graphics, Glass & Metal, Plastics,
Paper, Signs, Ceramics, Inks & Coatings, Waterbase,
Plastisol, PVC, Enamel, etc., Custom Engineered Units
Avail.
RANAR Turbo Jet-Star Dryer
This is a workhorse dryer designed for high production plastisol, water, and solvent based ink systems. Each of the 8
model sizes is constructed with the finest materials and workmanship, and backed by one of the best warranties in the
business. The TURBO JET-STAR incorporates RANAR's 25
years of experience in dryers, and offers advanced features
like an optical pyrometer to read actual curing temperatures
on the substrates. With a price that will fit easily within your
budget, the TURBO JET-STAR represents one of the best values in dryers.
Standard Features
• Digital Process Temperature Monitor - Optical pyrometer
gives exact temperature of ink/substrate leaving the oven
chamber, assuring complete control of the curing process
• All Digital and Solid State Controls - Accurate and durable
control of the dryer. Digital heat
• Fully Insulated Chamber, Triple Wall Construction Maximum energy and curing efficiency. Outside wall of dryer
always cool to the touch
• Adjustable Panel Height - A full 6" of adjustment possible
• Power Exhaust
• Heating Element Indicator Lights
• Modular Conveyor - Easy to extend
• Variable Belt Speed - 0-30 FPM
• Optional High Production Cap System
• See Diagram For Jet-Air Flow
Direct Advantage Printer
Direct to Cotton Printing!
Print on Cotton with NaturaLink™ Direct to Cotton Ink
NaturaLink™, the latest innovation from Sawgrass Technologies, is the direct to cotton
ink digital printers have demanded. The only ink that uses patented dye and pigment
ink technology to create nanobright images, NaturaLink™ inks utilize a “cross–link”
chemistry that creates a lasting bond to cotton. When the printed image is heat–activated
to the garment, the ink molecules actually create a chemical “cross–link” with the cotton
molecules, infusing the two together. The result? 100% cotton NaturaLink™ garments
that start bright and stay bright.
Printer Specifications
Machine Model Name
Printing Method
Max Printing Area
Platan Height Adjust
Machine Size (L x W x H)
Machine Weight
Ink Type
Ink Color
Ink Volume
Ink-Head Type
Resolution
Printed Substrate
OS Requirements
Environment
Interface
Power Supply
Garment Cost and Net Profit
Direct AdVantage
Direct to Garment Inkjet Printer
17” x 19” 43cm x 48cm
Auto
50”x33”x24” 127cm x 84cm x 61cm
110 lb, (50kg)
Water Base Pigment Ink
Dual CMYK
110 ml Cartridges
Piezoelectric
Up to 720 DPI
100% Cotton and Cotton Blends
Windows® 2000/XP
65 - 80°F (18 - 27°C) @ 40 - 60% RH
USB 2.0
AC 11OV - 220V
175
Selling Price of Garment
Average Ink Cost per Print
Average Cost per shirt
Labor Cost per shirt
Net Profit per Shirt
Net Profit (at 15 Shirts) per Day
Net Profit (at 20 Days) per Month
Net Profit per Year
Direct Advantage Cost
$
9.00
$
0.50
$
1.50
$
0.50
$
6.50
$
97.50
$ 1,950.00
$23,400.00
Direct Advantage Printer
Return on Investment Periods
$16,500.00
Return on Investment
Shirts Printed per Month
Required # of shirts for ROI
8.5 months
300
2,550
Inline Modular Press
Product
Name:
Description:
Dimensions:
Product
Name:
Description:
Dimensions:
s1 Professional™
•Single station Lateral heat press
•One complete pedestal assembly
•One 14” x 17” lower Dek
•Test Kit with T-shirts and transfers
34.4” W x 23.6” D x 16.1” H
d2 Commercial™
•Dual station lateral heat press
•Two image Deks™ - your choice of 2 -14” x 17”
or two Pocket Universal, or one of each
•Two complete pedestal assemblies
•Test Kit with T-shirts and transfers
38” W x 23.6” D x 16.1” H
Upgrades
Product
Name:
Description:
Dimensions:
Product
Name:
Description:
Dimensions:
Product
Name:
Description:
Dimensions:
Pedestal assembly with Choice of Dek™
•Choice of 14” x 17”, Pocket/Universal or Cap/Universal Dek™ w/silicone pads
•Complete pedestal assembly w/quickclick™ plate & height adjustment mechanism
•Modular addition to s1 Professional™
Varies by Dek™
Pedestal assembly available alone
Pocket/Universal Dek™
•Two tapered pocket Deks™ w/silicone pads
•One Universal Dek™ w/silicone pad
•Quickclick™ mounting
14” W x 12.6” D
Cap/Universal Dek™
•Two mid size cap Deks™ w/silicone pads
•One 9.5” x 9.5” Universal Dek™ w/silicone pad
•Quickclick mounting
•Portrait/Landscape feature
15” W x 18” D
Product
Name:
Description:
Laserlok™ for s1 Professional™ or d2 Commercial™
•Three way laser alignment system
•Easily mounts to chassis
•On/Off Switch
•X-Y axis and pin dot
•Comes with 110v adapter
Product
Name:
Description:
Laserlok™ with stand
•Three way laser alignment system
•On/Off Switch
•Freestanding tower for alternate application
•x-y axis and pin dot
•Comes with 110v adapter
176
Affordable Textile Printers
Hopkins/BWM
Starting Line
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Overall Dimension: 78" (without Pallets)
Extruded Aluminum Back Clamp
Stainless Steel Print Heads
Screen Capacity: 23"
Platen Height: 35"
Approximate Weight Uncrated: 250 lbs.
Approximate Weight Crated: 350 lbs.
14" X 14" Platens
Powder Coated Base, Spider, & Wheel
Micro Registration Standard For X & Y Axes
Options:
Ratchet Handles, Double Detent
Print Station, Quad Springs
*All Arms Down Version Not Available
* Will Accommodate Most Hopkins Accessories
177
STARTING LINE – HatMax™
Finally! A Simple, Economical Cap Printing System that Really works!
This clever attachment slides onto the print station and is secured with a cam
lock lever. Installation takes only a second. HatMax™ #1 works with standard
10” by 14” cap screens and fits any Hopkins press
HatMax™ is available in two sizes: the 3-1/2” x 5-1/4” size is for foam front
baseball caps, while the 3” x 4-7/8” size handles popular sport caps.
HatMax™ is a revolutionary new way to print caps at amazing speeds, with a
level of quality that is hard to beat
Simple to Use:
1. Insert the cap bill into the load mechanism.
2. Rotate the cap over the platen.
3. Smooth the cap face flat.
4. Rotate the frame to clamp the cap face to the spring bracket.
5. Both, hands are free for printing. Distortion is eliminated.
Spray adhesive is a thing of the past.
HAT CHAMP
Includes two platens, one for standard
size caps and a second one for low
profile, painters and youth.
FEATURES:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
No special screens required
Quick operation
Adapts to all printers
Holds popular foam caps
Multicolor capabilities
No adhesive required
NO distortion
Instructional video included
Standard size platen
6” wide 3 3/8” high
• Low profile size platen
6” wide 2 7/8” high
SPORTS CHAMP
The Sports Champ Hold Down is for
multi-color printing. The 8” x 8” platen
is the perfect size for double layer gym
shorts, tote bags and youth jackets. The
Sports Champ’s unique locking system
is in the back. This versatile design also
enables the printing of umbrellas. The
Sports Champ will adapt to all printers.
178
ALUMINUM PLATEN
JACKET HOLD DOWN
Stretch clamp lock all in one quick
move. Will hold jacket securely
for multi-color printing time after time.
Model 10
Model l4
Model 16
Model 18
10” sq. printing area
14.5” sq. printing area
16.5” sq. printing area
18.5” sq. printing area
Hopkins /BMW Convertible Press
Built with Hopkin's quality, loaded with standard features
Specifications:
and value priced, this Hopkin's press is designed to give you
• Print heads are cast and machined from aircraft quality aluminum
years of service and the ability to upgrade from 4 colors to 6
• Standard X & Y micros on all heads
colors or 6 colors to 8 colors! The recently redesigned print
• Print head wheel, indexer & base are furnished with a durable
head wheel and rotary base are precision cut out of steel
powder coated finish
using laser technology. They are lighter and stronger but
• Print station indexer has adjustable tension feature
extremely rigid so registration is not compromised. Both the
• Factory leveled print station arms
print head wheel and print station wheel rotate on large
• Machine dimensions: 4 color & 6 color, 90” dia.
industrial grade bearings. Print heads are 100% wrenchless!
No tools necessary! Standard features include: micro registra-
6 color & 8 color, 103” dia.
Crated weights: Up to 6 colors & 6 stations, 550 lbs.
tion, adjustable print station tension, pedestal style base, 23”
OD screen frame capacity, leg levelers and a complete set of
Up to 8 colors & 8 stations, 650 lbs.
Screen capacity: 24” wheel - 23” od frame
shirt boards. Options: ultimate micros, larger diameter print
station wheel for increased screen frame capacity and side
35” wheel - 26” od frame
Available in: 4, 6 & 8 colors and 4, 6 & 8 print stations
clamp brackets. A one-year parts warranty is standard on all
Hopkins equipment sold new. Custom color matching available, pricing upon request.
179
Hopkins Six-Color Manual Textile Printers
The Industry Standard: 6/CR 3100 Series Manual Textile Printers.
Hopkins builds high performance equipment engineered to deliver tight registration day in and day out. Our gear is simple to
use, easy to register, yet lightweight for ease of operation. You're buying the best!
FEATURES:
• Large diameter centershaft
• Tapered Roller Bearings
• Fully adjustable printheads
• Precision machined centerwheel
• Back or side clamps
• Affordable accessories available
• Standard or micro registration
180
Inline Double Decker Automatic Textile Press
FEATURES
• 6-56 Colors
• Maximum image Area 18”x 22”
• Standard Pallet Size 16”x 22”
Inline Double Decker is Autobahn's high performance
automatic textile press. Designed with the print shop
and printer in mind the press is shipped fully assembled allowing you to start production the very first
day. Available in 6 to 56 colors the Inline Double
Decker will fit your printing operation perfectly no
matter what size it may be. Standard electric printheads, multiple print stroke capability, and a large
maximum image area of 1 8"x22" will quickly make the
Inline Double Decker the premier press in your screenprinting operation. "Smart" screen holding technology
holds frames tight and allows for rapid screen loading
while our adjustable rear screen holders accommodate
a wide variety of screen sizes. Independent squeegee &
floodbar speed adjustments, independently set angle
and calibrated pressure adjustments, independent
print, reset, and flood\print speed controls on each
printhead will further allow you to increase production
and productivity. The press also features a user-friendly control panel with digital keypad, onboard self-diagnostics, independent start\print\finish settings that
automatically activate and stop printheads at the
beginning and end of production runs while simultaneously providing you with real time production data.
The innovative rectangular inline design allows you to
use more of your precious floor space for printing and
allows you to create a more efficient flow of materials
to and from the printing press. The flexibility of delivery of goods in a compact space that is unheard of
with carousel style automated presses. The Inline
Double Decker will allow you to create a workspace
that is
tailored to boost production! Print, dry, and ship within the same area that a rotary style press would fill.
With different flash options you can configure the
Inline Double Decker to be a perfect "simulated
process press" allowing multiple flashing and printing,
simultaneously without losing print position or spinning the index without printing! Combined with a precise pallet leveling system, solid aluminum low-profile
pallets, and tool-free quick release pallet locks you will
drastically reduce your print setup times
181
Inline Double Decker Automatic Textile Press
FEATURES
• 6-56 Colors
• Maximum image Area 18”x 22”
• Standard Pallet Size 16”x 22”
• Includes squeegees, floodbars, and Pallets
•Print Speeds up to 90 dozen per hour
•Adaptable to current accessories
•Full Production capability in half the space
•USB cable connection
•Shipped fully assembled, no tools needed
182
Inline Double Decker Automatic Textile Press
Standard Features
Index System
• Counterclockwise-Clockwise rotation standard
• AC drives provide high press speeds with exceptional smoothness, consistency, and longevity
Control Center
• Multiple (1-10) Print stroke capability
• Independent print, start-print-finish setting automatically activates and de-activates printheads at
beginning and end of production runs
• Countdown program indicates when operator-set index
count has been reached
• Onboard self-diagnostics
• Real-time production data
• User-friendly control panel with digital keypad
Pallet System
• Precise pallet leveling system
• Solid-aluminum, low-profile pallets
• Tool-free quick release pallet locks
• Bracket free pallet system allows for easy stacking
when stored
Printheads
• Independent print-flood speed controls on each printhead
• Independent reset button on each printhead
• Four-point off-contact adjustment
• Electric drive printheads (Standard)
• No belts, No pulleys, No grease required
Registration
• Compatible with all standard registration systems
• Front micro-registration adjustments with visual guides
Screen Clamps & Holders
• Adjustable rear screen holders accommodate a wide
variety of screen sizes
• Flip-up front screen holders make job set up a breeze
• “Smart” screen hold technology assures the same screen
position
Squeegee - Floodbar
• Absolutely no clamps required
• Angle and calibrated pressure adjustments independently
set
• Digital squeegee floodbar display
• Front or rear print carriage stop position allows operators to leave screens clear or flooded
Stroke Length Adjustment
• Calibrated rear stroke length with tool-free adjustment allows for maximum print speeds
• Front stroke length adjustment standard
Warranty, Service & Support
• Access to Inline Screen Printing Equipment, Inc. training staff
• Two-year limited warranty
183
Inline Double Decker Automatic Textile Press
Specifications:
• 6 Color 10 Station
Width Fully assembled:
• 53.8 inches
• 138 cm
Length
•173.5 inches
•441 cm
Electrical Requirements:
• 208/240 V 3 PH 12 Amp
Maximum Frame Size
• 23" x 31"x 2"inches.
• 59 x 79 x 5cm
Maximum Image Area
•18" x 22" inches
• 46x56cm
Standard Pallet Size
•16" x 22" inches
• 41 x 56cm
Air Requirements
• 4.5 CFM
Width (Electric box removed)
• 42.5 inches
• 110 cm
Maximum Pallet Size
• 23"x25" inches
• 58 x 63cm
Recommended Air Supply
• 7CFM
184
Accu-Print™ Series of Semi-Automatic Screen Printers
Designed with Features Usually Found Only on Larger Size Presses, Including Quiet, Brushless, Maintenance-Free
Vacuum Motor, Tool-less Squeegee, Flood Carriage Pressure Control & Adjustable Vacuum Bed Height
The Accu-Print's master frame is a standard feature usually found only on larger presses. The master frame is universally designed to
hold most frames, including retensionable frames, and securely locks in place for proper registration and print repeatability.
The DC driven squeegee carriage ensures smooth print stroke operation. Precisely graduated micro-registration controls make
extremely accurate, high precision, repeatable printing easy on the Accu-Print.
A.W.T.'s extremely quiet vacuum motor operates without brushes or sparks and is energy efficient and virtually maintenance-free for
years of reliable operation. These motors are standard on the Accu-Print and firmly hold stock in register on the vacuum bed during
the print stroke.
The Stay-FIat™, anodized, all aluminum, static reducing vacuum bed is designed for accurate printing on a uniform, flat surface. The
Accu-Print is engineered to print on a wide variety of substrates. Vacuum bed height is easily adjustable to 14" (35 cm) for printing on
materials of varying thicknesses.
The stroke is easily adjustable from the rear of the frame toward the front. This adjustment allows the guides to stay in their original
position and permits maximum savings of mesh and top cycling speeds. All-around safety package stops the press action when any
object interferes with the front or sides of the safety bar.
The front of the press has a wide open area for easy access to the screen during set up and operation. The up-front control panel has
separate squeegee and flood speed controls, operating mode selection (dwell timer, foot pedal or single print), digital sheet counter,
vacuum on/off and press stop and start switches. The Accu-Print is mounted on heavy duty casters with locking levelers for easy
mobility.
Max.
Print
Area
Max.
Print
Thickness
Overall
Vacuum
Bed
Max.
Frame
O.D.
Cycling
Speed
Range
Electrical
Amps
Press
Horse Power
AP-1525
15” x 25”
(38 x 63.5cm)
14”
(35 cm)
22.5” x 34.5”
(57 x 88cm)
29.5” x 36”
(75 x 91cm)
300
1100 iph
115V, 1 PH,
60 Hz
12
3/4
AP-2538
25” x 38”
(63.5 x 96.5cm)
14”
(35cm)
250
1100 iph
115V, 1 PH,
60 Hz
12
3/4
Model
32.5” x 47.5”
39.5” x 52”
(82.5 x 121cm) (100 x 132cm)
220V, 1 PH, 50 Hz models also available.
185
Accu-Print High Tech™ Flatbed Screen Printers
State-of-the-Art Features for Fast, Smooth & Accurate Production
A.W.T.'s Accu-Print High-Tech™ flatbed screen printer combines the features screen printers most demand in a flatbed press
with state-of-the-art technological breakthroughs in one unique press.
The High-Tech is easy to set up and is equipped with excellent production controls to turn out top-quality prints. Even a novice
operator can learn to run the High-Tech in minimal training time. The automatic computer controlled stroke adjustment allows
the operator to dial in the exact length needed for variable stroke adjustment with just the touch of a button.
A separate solid state DC drive motor controls the squeegee's print stroke movement independently of the carriage lift for an
absolutely smooth, even stroke. The screen carriage is easily adjusted without tools. Its simple adjustable controls are calibrated
in thousandths of an inch to assure tight registration.
The squeegelizer automatically equalizes squeegee pressure along the length of the blade. A single electric switch allows the
operator to choose from stopping the carriage in the rear or front position for running conventional solvent based or UV ink products.
The master frame is locked to the printing surface on all four comers for easy registration. This assures a print head repeatability of ±0001. The standard micro-registration table speeds set up.
A.W.T.'s exclusive quiet, brush free vacuum motor keeps the noise level to almost a non-existing level. These motors operate
without brushes and are virtually maintenance free.
Carefully engineered components in the High-Tech make its overall size smaller than other presses with the same print sizes.
This allows for easier and faster clean-up and access to adjustments.
Take Off Available Print sizes: 30”x 40” (76 x102cm) 36”x 50” (91 x 127cm) 38” x 55” (96.5 x 140cm)
186
Auto-Tex™ Multicolor Textile Printer
A.W.T. High-Tech Series
AUTO-TEX™ Multicolor Textile Printer
Available for both Hydraulic and Servo
Drive Systems in print
sizes of 18x22" (45x56cm), 20x24" (51x61cm)
and 22X36 (56x91cm)
and the following configurations:
10 station indexer- up to 8 colors
12 station indexer- up to 10 colors
14 station indexer- up to 12 colors
16 station indexer- up to 12 colors
18 station indexer- up to 14 colors
A.W.T. has Developed and Implemented a New
Servo Drive Technology with
• Stronger Servo state-of-the-art technologies
• Compact design with full features
• Easy to maintain with safety features
• Less maintenance required Along with remote
diagnostic servicing for instant service and
training, this system has more features than
any other machine in its class.
The AUTO-TEX™ Automatic textile printer combines the
experience of a printer with user-friendly high tech engineering that simply isn't matched. Rigid steel construction, Servo
or a hydraulically driven system and a precision tapered
roller bearing with linear motion give the Auto-Tex smooth
operation at full production speeds of over 900 pieces per
hour with hydraulic drive and 1100 pieces per hour with
Servo drive, and an on board micro-processor. Each head is
individually controlled with the ability to adjust the print
stroke up front, squeegee and flood bar pressure and angle.
The flood and non-flood control allows for the printing of
plastisol and water based inks. A.W.T.'s unique ink recovery
system is centralized on the front panel. It shifts the squeegee
back into the ink deposit, without readjusting the stroke
length, with the push of a button.
All aluminum rubber covered pallets with A.W.T.'s patented
Insta-Clamp™ System ensures smooth printing as well as
easy pallet change over without any tools. Simply release one
latch to remove a pallet.
Easily adjustable On-off contact controls and (optional)
adjustable peel allow proper snap "peel" of the screen as it
completes the print stroke. This makes test printing on Tshirts or fleece possible. The print-in/print-out/test print feature is part of the AUTO-TEX's user friendly operation.
The indexer registration system, along with our new microregistration system, allows for printing of +/- .001 for 4-color
process work and extremely accurate print repeatability from
station to station - consistently.
Front and rear screen holders accept universal frames as well
as retensionable frames for precise registration and print
repeatability. Frames are quickly and easily loaded from the
front. The AUTO-TEX only requires electricity and a small
compressor for operation.
187
Accu-Cure™ U.V. Drying System
Accu-Cure™ U.V. Dryer Cures Ultraviolet Inks Instantly for Fast Production with Minimal Heat Buildup in
Even the Most Heat-Sensitive and Distortion-Prone Stock.
Complete with Vacuum Hold-down Conveyor Belt for Maximum Production at Lowest Operating Costs
A.W.T.'s Accu-Cure™ UV Dryer is an extremely powerful, yet cool, ultraviolet curing system. The Accu-Cure is designed for
fast production with minimal heat buildup in even the most heat-sensitive and distortion-prone substrates.
Two-in-one construction combines A.W.T.'s unique reflecting shield with pressurized air from the chill section for maximum
curing speeds at the lowest temperatures. The chilled air cools the reflector and substrate.
Three position wattage selector allows curing at 300, 200 and 100 watts per linear inch.This combination of features allows fast
and thorough curing of UV inks on a wide variety of substrates including paper, cardboard, vinyls and plastics. It's designed to
minimize heat buildup in the stock to almost completely eliminate problems from heat distortion.
The Accu-Cure keeps pace with the output of the fastest semi-automatic screen printing presses.Safety shield controls automatically shut-oH the power to the unit if lifted, protecting the operator from exposure to the UV light source.
Solid state speed control and digital readout of the belt speed are standard with the conveyor. A.W.T. has a unique -no fluttersheet design. Sheets stay in place on A.W.T.'s conveyor with vacuum holddown. Vacuum power also removes ozone and trace
violates from the shop environment.
A.W.T.'s new design for the Accu-Cure allows for easy expansion. When production rates increase in your shop it's easy to add
Accu-Cure UV dryer modules and additional conveyor length to your system. The Accu-Cure retrofits to existing UV conveyor
dryers or to a conventional dryer to make a combination unit.
Accu-Cure UV Dryer and Conveyor Belt/Curing Widths: 24” (61 cm) 36” (91 cm) 48” (122 cm) 60” (152 cm)
188
Spot Cleaning Guns & Spot Cleaners
Target Spot Cleaning
TG125
QUIET
ADJUSTABLE NOZZLE
MAINTENANCE FREE
LIGHT WEIGHT
ERGONOMIC HANDLE
The TG125 is an affordable gun with
deluxe features normally found on guns
costing twice as much. Included is a
fully adjustable nozzle, to allow use on
even the most delicate fabrics with virtual ring-proof cleaning.
110v Item #TG125
220-240v Item #TG125-220
TG150
ADJUSTABLE NOZZLE
QUIET
HIGH POWER
NO MAINTENANCE
LARGE RESERVOIR
The TG 150 is a high powered gun that
blasts out even the toughest screen
printing inks. The design of this gun
incorporates an exclusive bronze alloy
pump that ensures long life and
maximum efficiency. It is available
with optional air dryer and direct feed
hose attachments.
110v Item #TG 150
220-240v Item #TG 150-220
TG200
ALL METAL
ADJUSTABLE NOZZLE
INDUSTRIAL DUTY
HIGH OUTPUT PUMP
INDUSTRY STANDARD
Often called “old faithful” the TG200
is an updated version of the all metal
classic gun design. As with the TG125
and TG150 this gun comes complete
with the Target adjustable nozzle. It is
also available with the air dryer and
direct feed attachment.
110v Item #TG200
220-240v Item #TG200-220
EXHAUSTEX 2000
The EXHAUSTEX 2000 ushers in a new
era of unsurpassed performance in spot
cleaning technology. The powerful 2
speed vacuum motor, will instantly
remove airborne contaminants from the
work area, that are generated by the spot
cleaning process. The secondary stainless
steel chemical shield vacuums away all
over-spray that it captures.
The rotatable stainless steel arm can be
adjusted for optimal cleaning efficiency
and safety. Included in the system is a
refillable activated carbon (Charcoal) filtration unit. This easy to recharge filter
unit, allows the EXHAUSTEX 2000 to be
safely used inside the production facility.
For optimal performance and safety, the
unit can also be conventionally vented to
the outside.
FORMULA TS-3
The exceptional spot cleaner Formula
TS #3 is also non-flammable. This cutting edge cleaning fluid will instantly
remove 100% of cured plastisol inks
along with water based, puff, flock
adhesive and many other ink types.
Formula HC303 Cured Plastisol Remover
FORMULA HC303 will speedily remove cured and uncured plastisol, water-based
inks, flock lettering and adhesives, nylon and catalyst inks etc. from virtually all
imprintibles, tee shirts, sweats, nylon and satin jackets etc. It is fast and economical,
formulated to help eliminate color bleed.
189
Other advanced features, include a built
in gun stand that is plumbed for an air
dryer and has an integrated inspection
light. A convenience outlet is provided for
a cleaning gun and the whole system is
wired to international standards, with
built in fused protection.
110v Item #EXT2000
220-240v Item #EXT2000-220
Bulk Adhesive Systems
AUTOTACK
Automatic Bulk Adhesive Systems
TEKMAR is pleased to introduce the AUTOTACK range of computer
controlled adhesive applicator systems. These revolutionary systems
can be installed on virtually any automatic press allowing complete
freedom from the messy and costly manual methods of applying
adhesive.
The two spray head 2000 series, and three spray head 3000 series, utilize HVLP technology that is designed to help control over-spray that
is associated with other spray systems. They are available as 2 head
24" or 30" models and as 3 head 30" or 45" jumbo models.
The control Module is easy to use and can be programmed to spray
the pallets at intervals or on every rotation. Multi level password protection can be set up allowing complete security from misuse.
Standard on all complete systems are roll in, roll out frames for easy
service. Direct mounting kits are Available for many machines which
allows permanent placement of the system on the press.
The integrated AUTOTACK AVS Adhesive Vacuum Filtration System,
catches and filters away over-spray that would normally float and
settle within the production area. The AVS is designed to automatically start when signaled by the computer control. Adhesive is captured
by inexpensive, easily disposable furnace filters.
TARGET ADHESIVE APPLICATIONS
TARGET TB 500
The TARGET SYSTEM TB 500 is the ideal replacement for aerosol
adhesives. Perfect for small to medium sized screen print shops,
working with manual and automatic presses. Snapping easily onto a
special 1 gallon bucket, the exceptional economy of the system eliminates the need for frequent refills. Fully adjustable for both fluid and
air flows, the stainless steel tipped spray gun utilizes HVLP technology, allowing the application of a perfect mist coating of adhesive,
while minimizing overspray.
• COMPACT
• QUIET
• ECONOMICAL
• MADE IN USA
• FULLY ASSEMBLED
• EASILY LOCATED BETWEEN LOAD & UNLOAD STATIONS
190
Books
Atkinson Sign Painting
Frank H. Atkinson
Originally published in 1909, this classic manual was found in
almost every sign shop during the first half of this century. In
addition to 75 complete alphabets, it includes instruction on
lettering and sign painting techniques, much of which is still
applicable today, and 96 Art Nouveau/Art Deco designs for
showcards, panels, bulletins, store displays and window
signs.
Atkinson Reproduced In Color
Designs by Frank H. Atkinson/Painted by Letterheads
Contemporary sign painters interested in the classical styles
and techniques have adopted Atkinson Sign Painting as their
model text. Over the past few years, nearly 100 respected sign
painters have contributed color versions of Atkinson’s classic
96 plates to this cooperatively-produced book. Atkinson
Reproduced in Color presents all 96 classic signs in full color.
For collectors of classic sign books, this is the next generation.
Softcover, 8 x 11, 112 pages
Carving Signs
Greg Krockta and Roger Schroeder
This book includes focused information
on wood selection, design tips, techniques of carving letters and numbers,
carved appliques, relief carving, and
gilding. Featuring 250 full-color gallery
photos and 12 alphabets, plus 30 patterns for design aid and a chapter on
installation and repairs, this book is a
complete manual for woodworking signs. Hardcover, 8 1/2 x
11, 120 pages
Carving Wood Signs
Sign carver Stephen Baldwin
explains his techniques for producing wood signs from layout to
delivery, including using computer-generated masks to cut production time. This book can help you
get started in the interesting, challenging craft of sign carving.
96 pages, 7 l/4 x 8 l/2
The Complete Guide to Truck
Lettering, Pinstriping and
Graphics
Gary D. Steele
Vinyl Graphics How-to
At last, everything you need to know about truck lettering in
one highly readable, copiously illustrated book. The author
relates his 25 years of experience with spirit and humor, the
chapters covering:
• Estimating and selling
• Designing the job Conditions and location
• Working with proper tools, brushes and paints
• Techniques and tips • Pinstriping and decoration
• Vinyl lettering
• Gold leaf process. There's even a section with information
sources and a buyer's guide. This book takes you through all
the steps of a truck lettering job, from first customer contact to
follow-up. The Complete Guide to Truck Lettering,
Pinstriping and Graphics is your one-stop reference for vehicle graphics.
Softcover, 8 1/2 x 11, 180 pages
Master Principles
Larry Mitchell
More than 80 photos, many in step-by-step
sequence, illustrate the techniques of properly registering, applying, repairing,
reclaiming and removing vinyl graphics.
Make higher profits by:
• Applying vinyl graphics the right way. Improving the quality of your
work
• Eliminating mistakes in installation
• Choosing the right vinyl for the job
• Using creative striping techniques
Master the principles in Vinyl graphics How-to. Its a terrific, inexpensive investment for growing your vinyl graphics business.
Softcover 9 x 12, 44 pages
Getting Started in Computer Graphics
Gary Olsen
A hands-on guide for designers and illustrators with more
than 200 state-of-the-art examples. Recently updated, this
book gives helpful tips and timesaving shortcuts every step of
the way. A comprehensive series of demonstrations takes you
step-by-step through illustration and drawing projects. You'll
quickly develop the skills which will allow you to become
more creative at the computer.
Softcover, 8x11, 160 pages
191
Books
Gold Leaf Techniques
Learn Lettering
Raymond LeBlanc. rev. by Arthur O. Sarti and
Kent H. Smith.
Thoroughly details the Art of gilding with step-bystep instructions and profuse illustrations - both the
basics of handling gold leaf as well as advanced
techniques and applications. Basic procedures for
gold leaf window signs - from layout, making
pounce patterns and gi!ding, to backing up, finishing and varnishing - are carefully explained, Additional chapters show
how to gild carved and sandblasted wood, glue-chipped glass, vinyl
and more as well as how to execute antique effects and procedures
now enjoying a rebirth in popularity. Appendices provide quick-reference guidance on common gilding problems, their causes, prevention
and solutions and a gilding supply source list.
by Lonnie Tettaton
A complete lettering course; used as their textbook by the Midwest
School of Lettering and Design. This book breaks down basic Gothic
and Script alphabets. illustrates how other alphabets are derived from
them and teaches how to properly construct them. These are the methods used by the vast majority of sign painters and commercial artists.
8-1/2 x 11.
Lettering With Felt Tip Marker
by Lonnie Tettaton and Ann Finley
Easy to learn techniques by using both pointed tip
and chisel edged markers Includes discussion of
the best use for various brands and types of markers with many alphabets and illustrations of actual
sign work. Great for fast showcard production
5-1/2 x 8-1/2, 32 pages
Handy Words
by Lonnie Tettaton
A handy little collection of words most often needed, shown in various
lettering styles to fit the mood and mode of the message. Many styles
of numerals and ampersands also shown. Flip chart format makes
book easy to use standing or Iying flat.
Spiral bound, 5-1/2 x 8-1/2, 20 pages
Making Banners
by Tettaton
A digest on making and painting all types of banners - fully illustrated.
How to produce banners for all occasions, fancy or plain, using a variety of materials. Furnish and install a banner for any budget.
5-1/2 x 8-1/2,18 pages
How to Design Trademarks & Logos
J. Murphy and M. Rowe
This complete guide to creating visually exciting, effective symbols lays
out the step-by-step process involved - design and conceptualization,
idea editing and refinement, product placement, strategy development,
even the legalities of implementing your work in the marketplace.
Through case
studies, actual trademark and logo samples, and insightful tips gleaned
from top studios worldwide, the mystery that has always surrounded
the creation of corporate identities is unveiled.
Softcover, 9 x 9, 144 pages
How to Paint Watercolor
Window Splashes
Nick Barber
Learn the art of painting watercolor window
splashes - those colorful window designs
clients want for temporary ads at the point of
sale.
This book explains:
• Materials, paint and additives
• Creating the ads
• Special effect techniques
• Pricing and selling your work.
There’s also a gallery section featuring excellent designs, many in full
color. For sign painters interested in pursuing this niche, this book has
something for both beginners and experienced pros.
Softcover, 8-1/2 x 7, 95 pages
Mastering Layout
Mike Stevens on the Art of Eye Appeal
Mike Stevens
This book addresses the fundamental principles of
layout for signs. It teaches how to see, organize
and manipulate graphic elements for unified, legible and visually appealing results. Over 80 illustrations demonstrate
“before-and-after” results of applying the principles. Includes a troubleshooting checklist for isolating, analyzing and correcting layout
weaknesses in your own designs. “The major thrust and attraction of
this book is Stevens ability to give names to previously mysterious concepts – to identify, define and illustrate the key elements of the design
process . . . in a down-to-earth, honest and almost folksy style, he introduces abstract concepts and transforms them into common sense.
Calligraphy Idea Exchange.
New And Used Ideas
Tettaton
Learn creativity in developing your ideas from rough to finished art
work. Add flair, depth and dimension to your layouts and create
moods in an interesting manner. Learn how to conceive ideas and
develop them into designs. You can design logos, signs, albums, book
and menu covers. Do brochures, flyers, printed ads and illustrations.
With this book you will never be stumped for ideas again.
Perfect bound 148 pages
192
Books
Sign Design and Layout
Signs of the Times
Ken Woodward
This book is a primary, practical approach to sign design. With 485
sample designs, it covers the basic principles of layout, lettering
styles, reverse panels, borders and space fillers, logos, trademarks
and more.
Softcover, 8-1/2 x 11, 72 pages
As the trade journal devoted to the sign industry, Signs of the Times
provides pertinent information about the operation of a modern sign
company. With ties into the graphic mind, commercial arts fields, the
editorial scope of articles appearing in each issue varies as trends,
techniques and new materials are continually updated.
Sign Structures and Foundations
Strong's Book of Designs
A Guide for Estimators and Designers
Peter Horsley.
This detailed handbook explains how to calculate costs on electric
sign erection jobs, and basic engineering techniques for estimating
and designing steel and concrete projects. It also includes numerous
charts, diagrams, mathematical formulas and step-by-step illustrations.
Softcover, 8-1/2 x 11, 115 pages
Charles J. Strong and L.S. Strong
A unique compilation of Art Nouveau design, originally published in
1910. Includes full-color and black-and-white reproductions of
designs for showcards, panels, ribbons, airbrush, scrolls and borders,
as well as nine complete period alphabets.
Hardcover, 10-1/2 x 8, 92 pages
101 Tricks of the Trade
E.C. Matthews
Includes tips such as repairing gold leaf on windows, cleaning soiled
gold leaf on raised wood, making instant drying putty, how to make
good corrections on various surfaces, how to save money on supplies
by using materials you have on hand, and much more.
5-1/2 x 8-1/2, 32 pages
Pinstriping and Vehicle Graphics
John Hannukaine.
This book guides you through a basic pinstriping and a simple longline project, and covers the skills you need to create your own unique
designs. It also features step-by-step color photo’s that detail splatter
and dry brush effects, sponge-applied graphics, cartoon’s and much
more. As an added benefit, you'll find a l9-page gallery that showcases full-color photos of some of this country's best examples of pinstriping. Softcover, 8-1/2 x 7, 124 pages
Rod Graphics
Practical Sign Shop Operation
Bob Fitzgerald
Now in its seventh edition, this best-selling manual has been updated
to include information on using personal computers in your sign
shop. This new edition also covers the design and application of vinyl
letters and images to trucks and signs. Practical Sign Shop Operation
still explains every concern of the small sign shop operator, from
basic how-to information on tools, materials, sign design, letter styles
and installation, sign forms and sign erection, to business basics of
operating your own shop, sales and service policies, pricing, billing,
recordkeeping, promotion and sales. It contains all the information
you need to keep your sign business active and profitable.
Softcover, 8-1/2 x 11, 280 pages
Signs, Graphics & Other Neat Stuff
Gary Anderson
The winner of over 50 Signs of the Times contest awards shares the
design solutions that have worked for him. His opening discussion
“On Sign Design and Sketches” is well worth the price of the book,
but there’s much more, including over 150 sketch examples and 50
logo designs. This book shows the range of contemporary demands
made on the designer to be creative at all levels and budgets.
Softcover, 8-1/2 x 7, 119 pages
A unique and exciting book, covering the latest in graphics, pinstriping, flashy lettering and designs. Instructions and examples for application on race cars, show and street vehicles. Features work by 2 top
nationally known craftsmen. Vinyl graphics included.
Soft bound 8-1/2 x 11, 48 pages
Show Card Techniques
Lonnie Tettaton
Put pizzazz into your show cards! Techniques are presented in a manner easy to understand and include balancing and accenting your layout, color tips, use of tools and materials, sizing letters to appear optically correct, time saving tips, and more. Many examples shown.
5-1/2 x 8-1/2, 50 pages
Sign Painting Techniques
Ralph Gregory
This comprehensive guide focuses on the basics beginners need while
providing professionals a quick reference on tools, equipment and
procedures. Part one teaches sign painting basics in a
step-by-step manner with helpful, clear illustrations.
emphasizing the two most commonly used alphabets
in the sign painter’s lexicon. Part two contains
advanced information which explains hundreds of
complicated procedures and techniques to increase
professional know-how.
Hardcover, 5-1/2 x 8-1/2, 380 pages
193
Books
Speed Lettering
A Practical Guide to Screen Printing
Lonnie Tettaton
A book designed to increase your profits by as much as 30% - adding
flair and impact to commercial sign work and showcards.
5-1/7 x 8-1/2, 48 pages
Merrill Green explains the basic principles of screen making, stencil
preparation and printing procedures. Large sections of the book are
devoted to step-by-step descriptions of screen and stencil preparation,
with troubleshooting charts for each of the main photographic stencil
systems.
Truck Lettering
The Artist's Silkscreen Manual
Lonnie Tettaton
All aspects of truck lettering, includes removing old lettering, preparation of surfaces, lettering on corrugated trailers, gold leaf work, pictorials, layout & design, choice of paint & its application, and more.
5-1/2 x 8-1/2, 50 pages
Andrew B. Gardner
A step-by-step manual for the student or hobbyist to
learn the art of silk screen, including screen-making,
equipment, inks, supplies, stencils, and multi-color
printing. Illustrated with photographs and line
drawings. 8-1/2 x 10-3/4
Trucks
Bob Behounek.
A collection of 148 of the author's best car, truck and van designs with
85 of them in full color. The section titled “Vehicle Lettering” outlines
how to handle customers while creating the best design for their businesses. It also discusses Behounek's basic philosophy of design for
vehicle Iettering. The "Sketches & Photos" section is a compilation of
the author's designs that will, as the review in Signs of the Times stated, “Inspire both the novice and the seasoned designer”.
Softcover, 8-1/2 x 7, 95 pages
222 Alphabets
Lonnie Tettaton
A comprehensive collection. including commonly used, as well as
unusual and hard to find alphabets. 222 Alphabets can provide the
signman with a lettering style to fill any need in the production of
signs, showcards or layouts
Spiral bound, 8-1/2 x 11, 124 pages
Window Lettering
Lonnie Tettaton
Covers various procedures of lettering on glass, including gold
bronze, ribbons, transparencies, stippling, blended rainbow effect,
gold leaf, two-toned gold leaf, pictorials on glass, and window layouts. Illustrated step by step with photos and diagrams.
5-1/2 X 8-1/2, 48 pages
Control Without Confusion
Troubleshooting Screen-Printed Process Color
Joe Clarke
This illustration-packed handbook provides a
full spectrum of practical steps you can take to
ensure the quality and consistency of your 4color jobs. It shows how to test, evaluate and
control the process before you invest time and
materials in a complete run. Each chapter examines one phase of the process - from the shirt to
the dryer - pointing out potential pitfalls, as well as providing helpful
guidelines for optimizing the performance of equipment and materials.
Also included is a complete glossary for quick reference to unfamiliar
terms.
Softcover, 8 x 11, 82 pages
Photographic Screen Printing
Albert Kosloff
Focuses on explaining basic techniques, processes, technology and
equipment. Added and revised chapters include discussions of ultraviolet drying, synthetic screen fabrics, the newest photo emulsions and
printing screens and methods and capillary direct/indirect films. More
than 100 illustrations and photos compliment the text.
Hardcover, 6 x 9, 311 pages
How to Print T-Shirts
For Fun and Profit
Wood Crafted Signs
Zander Brody/Tettaton
A how-to book covering all aspects of wood signs;
plaques, shields, sandblasted, routed, carved, and
wood cut-out letters. Illustrated instructions from
layout thru installation. Included are color as well
as black and white photos from the United States
and Canada.
Successful Sign Design 2
Scott and Pat Fresener
This recently updated edition of the "Bible" of
the garment printing industry covers everything from printing T-shirts and heat transfers
to nylon jackets, baseball caps and more. More
than 250 photographs - 50 in full color - and 50
charts and diagrams illustrate the text. How to
Print T-Shirts for Fun and Profit tells you how to
set up your own shop, where to find customers, and how to run the
business. Plus, it contains a complete and revised listing of equipment
plans and suppliers. Softcover, 8 1/2 x 11, 250 pages
This book features the most compelling and dramatic sign design
trends of retailers, restaurants, hotels, casinos, condominiums, banks
and more. These are the best from the Signs of the Times annual
design competition submissions. Over 350 full-color photographs
cover the spectrum from entry monuments to wall signs, backlit
awnings and sign systems. Hardcover, 9 x 12, 240 pages
194
Books
Screen Printing Techniques
Sign Contractors Pricing Guide
Albert Kosloff
The third edition of this comprehensive, clearly written resource presents the processes, techniques and products of screen printing.
Includes complete coverage of screen printing from the basics of
handcut screens, constructing frames and stretching fabrics, to the
advanced details of electronic circuits, ceramic and textile printing, as
well as the photographs process. Over 200 illustrations, supplemented by illustrative chart and diagrams, highlight equipment, procedures and results.
Softcover, 5 1/2 x 8 1/2, 352 pages
The Signwriter's Guide to Easier
Pricing, Computer Graphics (VINYL)
Pricing Guide, and Screenprinter’s
Pricing Guide. Have all three
Signwriters pricing guide's in one
handy desk top reference. This guide
will help more brush, vinyl and screen
artists price any kind and every kind
of work with one, easy-to-use: reference.
Now includes pricing information for
Gerber EDGE® printed graphics. This
is the one-stop guidebook sign professionals around the country have trusted since 1974 for accurate and
fair sign estimating and pricing. Before you price your next job,
check it against the industry standard. Softcover, 8.5x11, 118 pages
Troubleshooting the Printed
Image
Tamas S. Frecska
This concise, easy to use handbook of printed
imaging-faults is an ideal problem-solver for
the screen-process operator and an excellent
training guide for in-plant training programs.
The book discusses 24 imaging problems ranging from sawtooth to moire patterns. All problems are fully described and illustrated giving
the primary and secondary reasons for their
occurrences. The problems are cross referenced with 41 screen-printing variables, depicted on an 11 x 17 pull-out wall chart. Tables, flowcharts, and a Troubleshooting Record form provide for easy referencing and documentation of problems.
Softcover, 5 x 8, 40 pages
Signwriter's Guide to Easier Pricing
Neon Techniques and Handling
Samuel C . Miller;
Revised by E.R. Samuels.
Still the only comprehensive guide to neon sign and
cold cathode lighting. This practical book explains
step-by-step the how-to of luminous tube and fluorescent lamp design, manufacture and installation
for signs and other applications. The guide covers
materials, electrical equipment, designing the sign,
glass bending, pumping systems, bombarding, filling, testing and
aging, flashers and time switches, installation, maintenance, and
much more.
The New Let There Be Neon
Rudi Stern
Back by popular demand, this favorite
explores the “light of the American
dream” in all its razzle dazzle, sinuous
beauty and raucous glory. Neon is a part
of our visual consciousness, but this is the
only book in which it is studied as a
unique handcraft and as an artistic medium with its own expressive potential. This
book will delight anyone interested in the
contemporary arts, especially designers, architects, sculptors, and of
course, electric sign designers and fabricators.
Hardcover, 9 x 12,160 pages
This Booklet offers guidance on pricing all types of signs, including
material costs and labor. Under headings from artwork, Banners and
goldleaf, to showcards, truck and window lettering, prices are organized progressively according to format size and amount of custom
work involved. Softcover, 3 x 5, 44 pages
Computer Graphics (Vinyl Pricing Guide)
The pricing guide for banners, boat lettering, bulletin boards, installation of signs, interior (architectural) signs, magnetic signs, menu
signs, pinstriping, plywood signs, race car lettering, repainted signs,
showcards, vehicle lettering, window lettering and wood signs.
Softcover, 3 x 5, 48 pages
Screenprinter's Pricing Guide
Convenient guide for all types of custom screen-printed products,
organized according to size, number of colors and number of pieces
produced. Covers artwork, T-shirts, banners, signs, decals, posters
and more. Softcover, 3 x 5, 36 pages
Screen Printer's Tip Book
Jeff Russ
This handy guide offers more than 100
tips from industry experts covering every
phase of screenprint production, plus
marketing and business administration.
Includes previously unpublished tips
from the editors of Screenplay magazine.
Much of this information is not in any
other book or magazine. Learn to be a
better screen printer the inexpensive way.
Softcover, 7 x 10, 54 pages
195
Books
Color Harmony
Cartooning the Head & Figure
Hideaki Chijiwa
This best-selling title has been used the world over
by artists in every school and trade. More than 1,600
color combinations grouped by hue, shade and purpose show you how to select just the right combination from thousands of options to convey a mood or
create a dynamic impression. Discussion of color theory, philosophies of color and examples of colors
that do not work well together will help you gain a
much better understanding of how to use colors in signs, corporate identities, visual merchandising and store design, or screen printing. Anyone
who chooses color combinations will value and enjoy using this terrific
little book. Softcover, 5-3/4 x 8-1/4, 158 pages
Classic Ads & Posters
Jack Hamm
Tried and proven methods that explain, simplify, and teach
everyone–regardless of age–fun and lucrative drawing techniques.
Step-by-step procedures with more than 3,000 illustrations.
8-1/8 x 10-7/8
Drawing and Cartooning
For Laughs
Jack Hamm
Teaches how to create exaggerated faces, funny lettering, visuals for sounds and smells, trick cartooning, and more! For all ages and levels of skill.
Features 1,200 illustrations. 8-1/8 x 10-7/8
Drawing and Cartooning 1,001 Faces
Lonnie Tettaton
Everything from Schlitz to Shinola – from the 1880’s to the 1980’s –
Classic Ads & Posters is a treasury of ideas for lettering, design and layout. Whether your work is logos and labels, or banners and billboards,
this book provides an inspiring collection from the visual masters of the
eras. Truly a special book – one hundred years worth!
8-1/2 x 11, 112 pages
Dick Gautier
A fun approach introducing aspiring artists to the wide variety of ways
to draw and cartoon faces with thorough explanations and hundreds of
illustrations throughout.
8-1/8 x 10-7/8
Pictures For Enlarging
How To Draw Animals
Clean, thin, line drawings, illustrated especially for enlarging with an
opaque projector or by using the grid method. The subjects are fully
indexed and easy to find, and are the most requested and commonly
used by sign painters. Many are done in graphic symbols as well as line
drawings. Spiral bound, 8-1/2 x 11, 56 pages
Jack Hamm
Simple, clear instructions for drawing common and
not-so-common creatures. More than 1,000 illustrations, with principles and techniques for beginners
and professionals alike.
8-1/8 x 10-7/8
The Career Cartoonist
A Step-By-Step Guide To Presenting Your Artwork
Dick Gautier
A practical guide to the secrets of turning artistic talent into a career.
8-1/8 x 10-7/8
The Creative Cartoonist
Dick Gautier
Gautier uses simple series of drawings and step-bystep instructions to teach the fundamentals of cartooning the human face
and figure in a fun and easy way. 8-1/8 x 10-7/8
International Logos & Trademarks
Supon Pharnirunlit
Presents the best logos and trademarks from 7,000 entries in the
Washington Trademark Designer’s competition during the 1980s. More
than 31 countries and five continents are represented. Categories include
corporate and product logo types, stationery, packaging and identity
campaigns. This is a comprehensive and practical volume that those
interested in identity will find to be indispensible.
Hardcover, 9 x 12, 256 pages.
Drawing and Cartooning Monsters
How To Draw Adventure
Comics
Tony Tallarico
Provides hundreds of detailed, step-by-step instructions for drawing and
cartooning scores of creepy, crawly creatures ,from the simple to the
sophisticated. Illustrated with line drawings throughout.
8-1/8 x 10-7/8
Burcham
Learn the basics of comic book art! Butch
Burcham, one of the nation’s top adventure comic
illustrators, does a dynamic job on this instruction
manual. Create action and impact in your art
work. Features: – How to illustrate the human figure in action, – How to develop the comic book
page. 5-1/2 x 8-1/2, 30 pages.
The Art of Caricature
Dick Gautier
The definitive book that will entertain both adults and kids alike and
teach anyone how to draw caricatures using simple, step-by-step
methods. 8-1/8 x 10-7/8
196
Video Training Tapes
Understand The Entire Screen Printing Process!
Basics of Garment Screen Printing
This is a great primer tape for that new employee and for anyone thinking of getting into the
business! You can see what processes are involved in T-Shirt printing before you take the
plunge! Topics include an overview of artwork preparation, screen making, inks, printing
techniques and more.
By Scott and Pat Fresener 20 minutes.
English Item# VC-BASIC $19.95 (PAL $30.00) Spanish Item# VC-BASIC-SP
How To Use Plastisol Inks
Questions on how to use your inks? The answers are here! This tape was shot live at the U.S.
Screen Printing Institute and features Scott Fresener lecturing and demonstrating the use of
Plastisol Inks.
How To Use Plastisol Inks is a how to-do-it video cassette covering the important aspects of
using plastisol ink in the garment screen printing shop.
Topics include types of plastisol, using additives and reducers properly, curing techniques,
using high opacity and low-bleed inks, troubleshooting and much more. 45 minutes.
Item# VC-INKS $39.95 (PAL $50.00)
New Ergonomic Video......
Power Printing Through Full Body Force
Are you tired of being sore at the end of the day? Does fatigue have an effect on production?
This video features industry ergonomics expert, Cathy Coulson, of Squeegee Plus® and will
teach you the proper printing technique to minimize stress and increase production. 40 minutes.
English Item# VC-POWER $19.95 (PAL $30.00)
BEGINNING LETTERING Pat Reynolds
This is One of the best videos ever produced for the beginning airbrush artist
seeking to master basic airbrush skills and lettering. Pat takes you through the
process of learning about lettering styles and creating special effects, such as
chrome and gradients quickly and professionally. #V4PR01 52 min.
ADVANCED LETTERING Pat Reynolds
In this follow up to Beginning Lettering, Pat teaches additional airbrush lettering techniques. Learn how to make your lettering and graphics jump off your
artwork in this information-packed video. It's a must for creating professional
lettering and artwork. #V4PR02 69 min.
BEGINNING SIGN PAINTING Don Edwards
Don guides beginners through the process of professional sign painting from
beginner tips to expert tricks. This comprehensive video has everything you
need to know about sign painting and airbrushing including surface preparation, material selection, and color mixing. #V4DEC146 min.
INTERMEDIATE SIGN PAINTING Don Edwards
Don continues to teach experienced artists more aspects of professional sign
painting. This video is an excellent instructional tool for intermediate sign
painters looking to enhance their skills for professional advancement. #V4DE02
45 min.
ADVANCED SIGN PAINTING Don Edwards
This third video of the series elevates the intermediate sign artist to advanced
Ievels by incorporating all the techniques used by professional sign painters.
This is a must for anyone wanting to learn some of the hottest professional tips
and tricks from world renowned sign artist Don Edwards. #V4DE03 62 min.
View Ulano's Technical Literature
ON VIDEO!
Introducing three professional application videos
on Ulano's photographic stencil systems. Ulano's
videos feature Direct Emulsions, CDF™ DirectFilms, and Indirect Films. Ulano's full color
videos run from 15 to 18 minutes and include
information on proper stencil system and product selection, correct fabric preparation, stencil
production, exposure time calculations, and stencil removal.
Ulano's Technical Videos are excellent for either
training or teaching purposes.
All three stencil system VHS format videos are available in English, in addition the Direct
Emulsion and CDF™ videos are available in French, German and Spanish.
Multi-Color Printing
If you are doing or want to do multi-color printing then you need this tape in your library! It
covers the important aspects of printing multi-color designs on garments in a step-by-step manner utilizing professional techniques used in the industry. Topics include art & overlay preparation screen set-up and mesh selection, color sequence, ink usage, wet-on wet and flash-cure
printing, overprinting, troubleshooting and much more.
By Scott and Pat Fresener 30 minutes.
English Item# VC-MULTI $29.95(PAL $40.00) Spanish Item# VC-MULT-SP
Health and Safety in the Screening Shop
It's time to think about the health and safety of you and your employees in the screen printing
shop AND complying with the law. This video cassette covers al! of the important points of both
OSHA and EPA regulations and how you can come into compliance with regulations that effect
your business. This video tape was filmed live at the U.S. Screen Printing Institute and features
Bob Alabaster. 75 minutes
Item# VC-HEALTH $39.95 (PAL $50.00)
Making Plastisol Transfers
Heat Transfer Production
Transfers are useful when you need to print more colors than your press allows, for "event" and
concession work, and in other ventures where a large pre-printed inventory would be required
and therefore prohibitive. This step-by-step video shows you how easy it is to make your own
transfers!
Topics include hot and cold split transfers, sublimations, all about papers and inks, curing and
drying, mesh and stencil systems, multi-color transfers, puff and foil, cap transfers, art
requirements and much more. 30 minutes.
English Item# VC-TRANS $39.95 (PAL $50.00) Spanish Item# VC-TRANS-SP
Easy Screen Making!
Screen Making Techniques
This terrific video is a must for every screen making department - whether you are using
wooden hand-stretched frames or the latest retensionable frames. It covers all about frames,
mesh, emulsions, direct film, exposure, wash-out, screen prep, reclaiming, troubleshooting and
much more. This presentation was videotaped live at the U.S. Screen Printing Institute and
features Bob Alabaster. Two tape set - 180 minutes.
Item# VC-SCREEN $79.95 Set (PAL $100.00)
It's Not Difficult!
Jacket Printing
Jackets can be very profitable! Now you can quit turning down those jacket orders. If you
already print jackets this video will help you minimize your mistakes and teach you how to
do top quality work. Salvaging just one or two jackets could pay for this tape!
Topics include screen making and art requirements, nylon inks, multicolor prints, printing lined
jackets, troubleshooting and more.
By Scott Fresener 30 minutes.
Item# VC-JACK $39.95 (PAL $50.00)
Art Preparation
Non-Computer Techniques
Art Prep is a step-by-step video tape that covers all aspects of creating artwork without a
computer for screen printing using traditional hand and camera techniques including cutting
overlays, using halftone dots, working with clip art and more. It is designed for non-artists as
well as artists who want to learn how to apply their knowledge to the screen printing process.
There is also a brief overview of computer graphics. This presentation was videotaped live at
the U.S. Screen Printing Institute and features instructor Bob Alabaster.
Two Tape Set - 180 minutes Item# VC-ART $79.95 Set (PAL$100.00)
The videos are priced at $16.95 each. The complete set can be ordered for only $39.96.
197
ORACAL
Quick Reference Guide
Digital Media for Solvent/Eco-Solvent/UV-Curable Inkjet Printers
Standard Size
Series
Description
Recommended Application
Thickness
width
Adhesive
Colors/
Finish
Release
Liner
length
3951
Professional Wrapping
Cast w/Command Form;
10 Year
Complex Fleet and Vehicle Graphics;
Marine and Motor sport Wraps;
Outdoor Signage and Banners
2 mil
15", 30", 36"
48", 54"
54" RW* 60"
164'
(50 meters)
Grey, solvent-based
repositionable permanent;
4 year removability
White/ G
•Transparent / G
PE-coated silicone
paper, 80 #
3951RA
Professional Wrapping
Cast w/RapidAir; 10 Year
Complex Fleet and Vehicle
Graphics;
Outdoor Signage and Banners
2 mil
30", 54"
54" RW*, 60"
164'
(50 meters)
Grey, solvent-based
repositionable permanent;
4 year removability
White/ G
•Transparent / G
PE-coated silicone
paper, 80 #
3850
Translucent Calendered
PVC; 7 Year
Backlit Signage
3 mil
30", 54"
54" RW* 60'*
164'
(50 meters)
Clear,
solvent-based
permanent
White / SG
PE-coated silicone
paper, 80 #
3751
Premium Calendered
PVC; 8 Year
Fleet and Vehicle Graphics; Outdoor
Signage and Banners
2.5 mil
36"
54", 54" RW*
60"
164'
(50 meters)
Grey, solvent-based
repositionable permanent;
4 year removability
White / G, SG, M
PE-coated silicone
paper, 80 #
3691
Intermediate Grade
PVC; 5 Year
Medium-Term Promotional; Outdoor
Signage and Banners
2.5 mil
54", 54" RW*
60"
164 '
(50 meters)
Grey,
solvent-based
removable
White / G, SG, M
PE-coated silicone
paper, 80 #
3651
Intermediate Grade
PVC; 5 Year
Medium-Term Promotional; POP/
Exhibit; Outdoor Signage and Banners
2.5 mil
30" 36", 54"
54" RW*, 60"
164'
(50 meters)
Grey,
solvent-based
permanent
White / G, SG, M
•Transparent /G
PE-coated silicone
paper, 80 #
Soft Calendered PVC; 4 Short-Term Promotional; POP/Exhibit;
Year
Outdoor Signage and Banners
3 mil
30"
54", 54" RW*
60"**, 80"*
164'
(50 meters)
Clear,
water-based
permanent
•White / G, M
PE-coated silicone
paper, 78 #
3640
3621
Economy PVC;
3 Year
Short-Term Promotional; POP/Exhibit;
Outdoor Signage and Banners;
Transit Advertising
3 mil
30", 36"
50", 54"
60"**, 80"**
164'
(50 meters)
Grey,
water-based
removable
White / G, M
PE-coated silicone
paper, 78 #
3620
Transparent Window
Graphics; 4 Year
Short-Term Promotional; POP/Exhibit;
Architectural Window Graphics
3 mil
30", 54"
60"**, 80"**
164'
(50 meters)
Clear,
water-based
removable
•Transparent /G,M
PE-coated silicone
paper, 78 #
3551
High Performance
Calendered PVC
w/Command Form; 7Year
30", 36", 54"
54" RW*, 60"
164'
(50 meters)
Grey, solvent-based
repositionable permanent
4 year removability
White / G
PE-coated silicone
paper, 80 #
3551
High Performance
Calendered PVC
w/RapidAir; 7 Year
2.75 mil
30", 54"
54" RW*, 60"
164'
(50 meters)
Grey, solvent-based
repositionable permanent;
4 year removability
White / G
PE-coated silicone
paper, 80 #
3.75 mil
30", 54"
54" RW*
60"**, 80"**
164'
(50 meters)
Clean
water-based
permanent
White / G, M
PE-coated silicone
paper; 78 #
3.75 mil
54", 54" RW*
60"**
164'
(50 meters)
Grey,
solvent-based
permanent
White / G, SG, M
PE-coated silicone
paper, 80 #
4.25 mil
36" 50", 54"
54" RW*, 60"
164'
(50 meters)
Clear,
solvent-based
removable
White / G, M
PE-coated silicone
paper, 78 #
Simple to Moderate Fleet end vehicle
Graphics; Outdoor Signage and Banners 2.75 mil
Simple to Moderate Fleet end vehicle
Graphics; Outdoor Signage and Banners
Short-Term Promotional; POP/Exhibit;
Outdoor Signage and Banners
3164
Soft Calendered
PVC; 4 Year
Short-Term Promotional; POP/Exhibit;
Outdoor Signage and Banners
3165
Calendered PVC;
5 Year
Floor Graphics
1663
Floor Graphics PVC;
3 Year
198
ORACAL
Quick Reference Guide
Digital Media for Solvent/Eco-Solvent/UV-Curable Inkjet Printers
Recommended Printers
The following printers have been tested for compatibility with ORAJET digital media. Please check
www.oracal.com for the latest supported printers and color profiles
Manufacturer
Model
Inkset
Agfa Graphics®
Dupont
Gandinnovations®
HP®
Leggett and Platt®
Macdermid® Colorspan
Mimaki®
Mutoh®
Grand Sherpa
Chromaprint 22UV
Jeti3312/3318/5000 Solvent
8000S/9000S
Virtu 36,72,TX
725 "Gator" /72UVR/72UVX/98UVX
JV-3-75 SP/160 SP/250 SP
Falcon Outdoor/Outdoor Junior/Outdoor
II
Toucan LT
Valujet 1204
Salsa
Fresco
Blueboard
Versacamm SP-300V/SP-540V
SOLJET Pro IIV SC-545/645/ 745 EX
SOLJET Pro III XC-540
XLJet Premium/Plus/C
XLJet +/C
Grandjet
Pressjet
Idanit Novo
TURBOJet
Colorpainter 64S/ 100S
UltraVU 2360/2600
UltraVU II 3360
Sherpa
Chromaprint
Gandinnovations Ink
HP Low-Solvent
HueV
Solachrome
SS2
Eco-Ultra
Eco-Ultra
Eco-Ultra
Nur Spirit Solvent
Nur Spirit Solvent
Nur Spirit Solvent
Eco-Sol MAX
Eco-Sol MAX
Eco-Sol MAX
Visionink XL300 Supreme
Visionink XL200 Supreme
Visionink GR100 Supreme
Visionink DR100 Supreme
Visionink DR100 Supreme
Visionink TJ100 Supreme
EG-Outdoor
Vutek
Vutek
Vutek
Nur®
Roland®
HP Scitex®
Seiko®
Vutek®
OCS*
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
* The OCS Warranty from ORACAL USA applies to specified combinations of ORAJET digital media and ORAGUARD laminating films when used in combination with approved wide-format printers and OEM ink sets.
199
ORACAL
Quick Reference Guide
Laminating Films
Standard Size
Series
Description
Recommended Application
Thickness
width
length
Adhesive
Extension
Factor of
UV Protection
Colors/
Finish
Release
Liner
200
2 Year
Economy
PVC Film
Economy laminate, indoor/
outdoor protection.
2.5 mil
30", 36",
40" 50", 54"
60"
164'
(50 meters)
Clear, water-based,
permanent
+1 Year
Transparent /
G, SG, M
Silicone -coated
51 # paper
210
4 Year
PVC Film
Indoor/outdoor protection.
Suitable for heat transfer
and wet processing of E-stat prints
2.5 mil
30", 36",
40" 50", 54"
60"
164'
(50 meters)
Clear, solvent-based,
permanent
+2 Years
Transparent /
G, SG, M
Silicone -coated
51# paper
215
5 Year
PVC Film
Indoor/outdoor protection.
Suitable for heat transfer
and wet processing of E-stat prints
2.75 mil
30", 36",
40" 50", 54"
60"
164'
(50 meters)
Clear, solvent-based.
permanent
+3 Years
Transparent /
G, SG, M
Silicone -coated
51# paper
220 HG
2 Year
Polyester Film
Indoor/outdoor protection.
Suitable for heat transfer
and wet processing of E-stat prints
1.5 mil
30", 36",
40" 50", 54"
60"
164'
(50 meters)
Clear, solvent-based,
permanent
+2 Years
Transparent /
High Gloss
Silicone -coated
51# paper
240
7 Year
Polyvinyl
Fluoride Film
Anti-graffiti film. Designed for highquality protection of large-format
digital prints in outdoor applications.
1 mil
30", 36",
50", 54"
60"
164 '
(50 meters)
Clear, solvent-based,
permanent
+5 Years
Transparent /
High Gloss
Silicone -coated
51# paper
250 AS
2 Year
PVC Film
Suitable for floor graphics protection.
Recommended for Series 1663 film
4.5 mil
30", 36"
40", 50' 54"
164'
(50 meters)
Clear, solvent-based,
permanent
Transparent /
Not Applicable Raised Non-Skid
Texture
Silicone -coated
51# paper
255 AS
2 Year
PVC Film
Suitable for protection of floor graphics
exposed to very high loads.
6.5 mil
30", 36"
40", 50", 54"
164'
(50 meters)
Clear, solvent-based,
permanent
Transparent /
Raised
Non-Skid
Not Applicable
Texture
Silicone -coated
51# paper
290
8 Year
Premium PVC
Cast Film
Recommended for fleet
and large graphics applications.
2 mil
30", 36",
40" 50", 54"
60"
164'
(50 meters)
Clear, solvent-based,
permanent
+4 Years
Transparent /G,M
Silicone -coated
51# paper
8 Year
Optically Clear
PVC Cast Film
Recommended for protection
of Series 3631 Window Graphic Film
2 mil
30", 36", 40"
50", 54", 60"
164'
(50 meters)
Clear, solvent-based,
permanent
+4 Years
Transparent /G,M
Silicone-coated
polyester film
1.5 mil
8 Year
Optically Clear
PVC Cast Film
Recommended for protection of Series 3631
Window Graphic Film when a thicker film is 2.75 mil
needed to reduce visible squeegee marks.
24", 30': 36"
40", 54', 60"
164'
(50 meters)
Clear, solvent-based,
permanent
+4 Years
Transparent /
Gloss
Silicone-coated
polyester film
1.5 mil
290 F
297 F
NOTE: Rated outdoor life expectancy based on accepted application procedures and vertical surface exposure.
200
ORACAL
Product Series
ORAGUARD® ORAGUARD® ORAGUARD® ORAGUARD® ORAGUARD® ORAGUARD® ORAGUARD® ORAGUARD® ORAGUARD® ORAGUARD®
200
210
215
220 HG
240
250 AS
255 AS
290
290F
297F
3951
❹
❶
❶
3951RA
❹
❶
❶
3850
❹
3751
❹
❶
❶
3551
❹
❶
❶
3551RA
❹
❶
❶
3691
❷
❹
3651
❷❸
❹
3640
❷❸
❹
3621
❷❸
❹
3620
❷❸
❻
❷❸
3165
3164
❷❸
❹
❹
❼
1663
❼
Match Recommended Laminate to Application
❶ Fleet/vehicle Graphics
❷ Short-term Promotional
❸ P.O.P./exhibit
❹ Outdoor Signage & Banners
❺ Backlit Signage
201
❻ Window Graphics-architectural
❼ Floor Graphics
ORACAL
QUICK SELECTION GUIDE for VEHICLE WRAPS
ORACAL® offers a full range of splice-free vehicle wrapping films - all featuring easy-to-use
repositionable adhesives and clean removability for up to four years. Matched with ORAGUARD®
laminating films, these films provide unrivaled durability and conformability, along with outstanding
print quality for vivid images that last!
Application
Recommended Media
C
O
M
P
L
E
X
Full vehicle wraps and other
wrapping applications with
challenging complex curves.
S
I
M
P
L
E
Wraps with simple-to-moderate curves, corrugations
and rivets. Ideal for many
pickups, box trucks and
trailers.
M
A
R
I
N
E
Extreme environment
applications on boats and
other forms of watercraft.
M
O
T
O
R
S
P
O
R
T
Vehicle wraps on race
cars and other motorsport
applications.
C
O
L
O
R
C
H
A
N
G
E
Intended for vehicle wraps
which require solid color
transformation. Also suitable
for motorsport and marine
applications.
202
Recommended Laminate
ORAJET® Series 3951
ORAGUARD® Series 290
ORAJET® Series 3951RA
ORAGUARD® Series 290
ORAJET® Series 3551
ORAGUARD® Series 290
ORAJET® Series 3551RA
ORAGUARD® Series 290
ORAJET® Series 3951
ORAGUARD® Series 290
ORAJET® Series 3951
ORAGUARD® Series 290
ORAJET® Series 3951RA
ORAGUARD® Series 290
ORACAL® Series 870
Laminate Not Required
ORACAL
Introducing the Industry's
TOP Outcloor Digital Print Warranty
Up to 7 Years Protection for Your Printed Graphics
THE ORALIFE™ COMPONENT SYSTEM WARRANTY
The ORALIFE™ Component System (OCS) warranty from ORACAL USA includes specially
matched media and laminates to fit almost any graphic application where a pressure sensitive
adhesive is needed. Combined with your approved wide-format inkjet printer and corresponding
OEM ink sets, the OCS warranty can help you achieve an unrivaled level of performance and
guaranteed reliability for your outdoor digital prints.
OCS7™
Superior engineering allows ORACAL USA to offer the
longest outdoor print warranty in today's graphic marketplace, seven years for your covered digital prints.
Qualifying Media
ORAJET® Series 3951 Professional Wrapping Film
ORAJET® Series 3951 RA Professional Wrapping Film
with RapidAir™
ORAJET® Series 3751 Premium Calendered Inkjet Media
Required Laminate
ORAGUARD® 290 Premium Cast Laminating Film
OCS6™
For slightly less demanding applications, this warranty system
provides a six-year outdoor durability rating for your covered
digital prints.
Qualifying Media
ORAJET® Series 3551 RA High Performance
Inkjet Media with RapidAir™
ORAJET® Series 3551 High Performance Inkjet Media
Required Laminate
ORAGUARD® 290 Premium Cast Laminating Film
Choose the OCS Warranty that's
Right for Your Specific Job:
OCS4™
For shorter-term applications such as transit signage and POP graphics
where performance and value are a must, this system provides
a four-year outdoor durability rating for your covered digital prints.
OCS5™
Qualifying Media
ORAJET® Series 3621 Economy Transit Inkjet Media
ORAJET® Series 3640 Promotional Inkjet Media
ORAJET® Series 3164 Economy Inkjet Media
ORAJET® Series 3165 High Density Intermediate Inkjet Media
For clients who demand high value without sacrificing longer-term reliability,
these matched materials provide a five-year outdoor durability rating for your
covered digital prints.
Qualifying Media
ORAJET® Series 3850 Translucent Inkjet Media
ORAJET® Series 3651 Intermediate Inkjet Media
ORAJET® Series 3551 High Performance Inkjet Media
Required Laminate
ORAGUARD® 210 Intermediate Laminating Film
Required Laminate
ORAGUARD® 215 High Performance Laminating Film
203
ORACAL
Eligible OCS™ Print System Combinations
ORACAL offers an extensive array of color profiles developed for most of today's popular printers, with new and updated profiles added on a regular basis. All color profiles are readily available on our website at www.oracal.com.
MANUFACTURER
MODEL
INKSET
Dupont®
Chromaprint 22UV
Chromaprint
Gandinnovations®
Jeti 3312/3318/5000 Solvent
Gandinnovations Ink
HP®
8000S/9000S
HP Low-solvent
Leggett and Platt®
Virtu 36, 72, TX
HueV
Mimaki®
JV3-75 SP/160 SP/250 SP/JV5
SS2
Mutoh®
Falcon Outdoor/Outdoor Junior/ll Outdoor
Eco-Ultra
Mutoh®
Falcon Toucan LT
Eco-Ultra
Nur®
Salsa
Nur Spirit Solvent
Nur®
Fresco
Nur Spirit Solvent
Nur®
Blueboard
Nur Spirit Solvent
Roland®
Verscamm SP-300V/SP-540V
Eco-Sol MAX
Roland®
SOLJET Pro 11 V SC-54516451745 EX/Pro 111 XC-540
Eco-Sol MAX
Scitex®
XLJet Premium/Plus/C
Visionink XL300 Supreme
Scitex®
XLJet +/C
Visionink XL200 Supreme
Scitex®
Grandjet
Visionink GR100 Supreme
Scitex®
Pressjet
Visionink DR100 Supreme
Scitex®
Idanit Novo
Visionink DR100 Supreme
Scitex®
TURBOJet
VisioninkTJ100 Supreme
Seiko®
Colorpainter 64S/100S
EG-Outdoor
Vutek®
UltraVU 113360
Vutek
Advanced Color Management
ORACAL's specially developed Advanced Color Management program provides exceptional technical expertise for any questions that may arise when using our
ORAJET® line of digital print media. Prom offering advice on choosing the appropriate media for your application to helping with RIP software, color management
or profile issues, our experts are always just a phone cail away, ready to provide the assistance you need to ensure the high-quality results you expect.
ORALIFE™ COMPONENT SYSTEM Warranty Details
The OCS Warranty from ORACAL USA applies to specified combinations of ORAJET digical media and ORAGUARD laminating films when used in combination
with approved wide-format inkjet printers and OEM ink sets. For an up-to-date list of approved materials and printers, visit the "Support" section of the ORACAL
website at www.oracal.com.
Covered failures include cracking, blistering, fading or peeling of the media or printed image in vertical exposure applications in the United States (excluding the
desert Southwest, which includes the southern regions of CA, NV, UT the entire states of AZ and NM and northwes: TX, wherein this warrany will be reduced by 2
years). Film failure caused by ink over-saturation is not covered. In the case of vehicle wraps, image bde on horizontally exposed surfaces such as the vehicle hood,
roof and trunk will be warranted on a pro-rated basis in proportion co the stared OEM ink life expectancy in such an exposure.
204
ORACAL
THE RESULTS YOU WANT.
ORACAL's digital printing materials are
manufactured in the industry's most advanced
computer-controlled facilities, assuring you
of consistent, splice-free quality from
roll to roll.
THE SUPPORTYOU NEED.
Advanced Color Management & Support
ORACAL's industry-leading Advanced Color Management program provides exceptional technical expertise for any questions
that may arise when using our ORAJET~ line of digital print media.
From advice on choosing the appropriate media for your application to help with RIP software, color management or profile issues,
our experts are always just a phone call away at 800-ORACAL-1 ext
213.
Professsional Wrapping Academy
With the explosion of the vehicle wrapping market, ORACAL has
developed a hands-on course that teaches the benefits and correct
methods of applying our Professional Wrapping Films. Offered in
cities throughout the United States, this two-day course—taught by
members of the ORACAL team along with a certified master
installer—instructs attendees in a variety of concepts and methods
to ensure your success in this rapidly evolving market. For information on upcoming classes, visit our website at www.oracal.com.
ORALIFE™ Component System Warranty Up to
7 Years of Protection for Your Printed Graphics
The ORALIFE™ Component System {OCS) warranty from ORACAL USA includes specially matched media and laminates to fit
almost any graphic application where a pressure sensitive adhesive
is needed.Combined with your approved wide-format inkjet printer
and corresponding OEM ink sets,the OCS warranty can help you
achieve an unrivaled level of performance and guaranteed reliability for your outdoor digital prints. For more information and enrollment forms, visit our website at www.oracal.com.
205
ORACAL
New from ORACAL
Introducing... RapidAir™
• Advanced Air-Release Liner • Reduces Bubbles & Creases
• Improves Productivity
Now Available in ORAJET® Series 3951 RA Professional Wrapping Film
with RapidAir™ Technology ORAJET® Series 3951 RA features an
advanced air release system without visible channels and cast construction for highly conformable performance over the most difficult
curves, corrugations and rivets.
ORAJET® Series 3551 RA A great alternative to higher-cost wrapping films, ORAJET® Series 3551 RA features an advanced air
release system without visible channels—and ultra-calendared construction for cast-like performance over simple and moderate curves,
corrugations and rivets.
Match 3951RA and 3551RA with ORAGUARD® Series 290 laminating film to
protect and enhance your digital masterpiece.
Quick Color Changes! ORACAL Series 870 Wrapping Cast
A Unique Alternative to Paint. No Overlaminate or
Printing Required.
This 2.75 mil high-gloss film, is available in 17 brilliant colors and combines the look and feel of paint with the versatility of a highly conformable, repositionable film.
Plus, it offers outstanding dimensional stability and
four-year clean removability. Great for fleet and
ORAJET® Series 3560 Conformable Reflective Film
ORAJET® Series 3560 combines conformability and
printability for virtually unlimited creative options. An
ideal film for applications over flat surfaces, rivets, and simple
corrugations, ORAJETe Series 3560 is compatible with today's popular solvent
inkjet printers.
ORAJET® Series 3675 & 3676 Perforated Window Film
One-way vision film for vehicle windows and architectural applications.
ORAJET® Series 3675 has a 50% printable area. ORAJET® Series 3676 has a
60% printable area.
206
ORACAL
Processing and Handling
❶
Storage and Processing Conditions
The self-adhesive products ORACAL®, ORAJET®, ORAGUARD®, ORABOND®, and
ORAMOUNT® are supplied in rolls and should at all times be stored either suspended or
standing on end on the roll blocks provided, and never Iaying on the material side. For storage
and processing they should be kept in a cool, dry place protected from sunlight. Relative air
humidity between 50% and 60% and temperature between +64°F and +72°F should be ensured.
Direct sunlight, storage beside radiators, etc. should by all means be avoided. Please observe
the shelf life instructions contained in the technical data sheet available for each film at
www.oracal.com.
❷
Instructions for Printing
Digital printing materials should be handled with a high degree of care. Lint-free gloves should
be used to prevent surface damage. Check surface quality prior to printing. Make sure to load
the correct media profile for your job, based on your specific combination of media, ink, printer
and RIP software. Each series of ORAJET® digital media requires different print and RIP software parameter settings due to its individual qualities, such as thickness of adhesive layer.
In addition, be sure to match the digital media with the correct inks based on the durability
and intended use (i.e. indoor/outdoor).
❸
Lamination
Lamination of inkjet prints is recommended to ensure longer lives at optimum quality (gloss,
color, depth, mechanical damage). ORAGUARD® laminate films enhance the color effect for the
desired appearance of the surface (gloss, matte, semi-gloss), provide excellent protection
against the UV rays of the sun destroying color pigments, and against humidity and abrasion.
Soiling can easily be removed by using common household cleaning agents. It is important for
all lamination that the ink of the print has thoroughly cured before application (minimum of 24
hours). Insuffficient drying of the used inks may lead to damaging of the laminate adhesive or
bubble formation. Moreover, difficulties might arise with the stability of inks not full, cured.
Spread freshly printed media out for proper drying.
207
ORACAL
A P P L I C AT I O N
ORAJET
®
INK TYPE
SOLVENT/ECO-SOLVENT/UV CURABLE
C
A
S
T
U
L
T
R
A
C
A
L
E
N
D
E
R
E
D
SERIES
DESCRIPTION/ADHESIVE
3951
2 mil, 10-year/Repositionable
3951RA
2 mil, 10-year/Repositionable
with RapidAir™
3560
5 mil, 7-year Conformable Reflective
3850
3 mil, 7-year Translucent/Permanent*
3751
2.5mil, 8-year/Repositionable
3551
2.75 mil, 7-year/Repositionable
3551RA
2.75 mil, 7-year/Repositionable
with RapidAir™
3691
2.5 mil, 5-year/Removable
3676
4 mil, 3-year/Permanent* (60%/40%)
3675
4 mil, 3-year/Permanent* (50%/50%)
3651
2.5 mil, 5-year/Permanent*
3640
3 mil, 4-year/Permanent*
3621
3 mil, 4-year/Removable
3620
3 mil,4-year Transparent/Removable
3165
3.75 mil, 5-year/Permanent*
3164
3.75 mil,4-year/Permanent*
1663
4.25 mil, 3-year/Removable
Window
Graphics
Fleet
Vehicle
Graphics
Short-Term
Promotional
208
POP/
Exhibit
Outdoor
Signage
& Banners
Backlit
Signage
Architectural
Vehicle
Floor
Graphics
ORACAL
A P P L I C AT I O N
209
Oracal 651 Intermediate Calendered Film
Thickness 2.5 Mil
Outdoor Durability 6 Years
Printability Thermal Print Compatible
Adhesive Solvent Polyacrylate, Permanent
The Industry Standard in High
Performance Calendered Film
000
Transparent
040
Violet
053
Light Blue
070
Black
010
White
043
Lavender
056
Ice Blue
073
Dark Grey
020
Golden
Yellow
042
Lilac
066
Turquoise
Blue
071
Grey
019
Signal Yellow
041
Pink
054
Turquoise
076
Telegrey
021
Yellow
045
Soft Pink
055
Mint
074
Middle Grey
022
Light Yellow
562
Deep Sea
Blue
060
Dark Green
072
Light Grey
025
Brimstone
Yellow
518
Steel Blue
613
Forest Green
090
Silver Grey
026
Purple Red
050
Dark Blue
061
Green
091
Gold
312
Burgundy
065
Cobalt Blue
068
Grass Green
092
Copper
030
Dark Red
049
King Blue
062
Light Green
824
Imitation
Gold
031
Red
086
Brilliant Blue
064
Yellow Green
032
Light Red
067
Blue
063
Lime-tree
Green
047
Orange Red
057
Traffic Blue
080
Brown
034
Orange
051
Gentian Blue
083
Nut Brown
036
Light Orange
098
Gentian
081
Light Brown
035
Pastel
Orange
052
Azure Blue
082
Beige
404
Purple
084
Sky Blue
023
Cream
210
Oracal 751
HIGH PERFORMANCE CAST - Broadest Color Selection of Any Value-Priced Cast Film
Thickness 2.0 Mil, Outdoor Durability 8Years
Printability Thermal Print Compatible Adhesive Solvent Polyacrylate, Permanent
000
Transparent
047
Orange Red
049
King Blue
062
Light Green
*010
White
033
Red Orange
086
Brilliant Blue
064
Yellow Green
020
Golden
Yellow
034
Orange
536
Middle Blue
063
Lime-tree
Green
211
Fun Yellow
035
Pastel
Orange
067
Blue
080
Brown
019
Signal Yellow
048
Bordeaux
057
Traffic Blue
079
Red Brown
209
Maize Yellow
040
Violet
051
Gentian Blue
083
Nut Brown
021
Yellow
403
Light Violet
052
Azure Blue
081
Light Brown
022
Light Yellow
043
Lavender
517
Euro Blue
070*
Black
025
Brimstone
Yellow
042
Lilac
053
Light Blue
720
Komatsu
Grey
023
Cream
041
Pink
056
Ice Blue
093
Anthracite
018
Light Ivory
077
Telemagenta
608
Petrol
073
Dark Grey
026
Purple Red
044
Magenta
066
Turquoise
Blue
713
Iron Grey
030
Dark Red
045
Soft Pink
054
Turquoise
071
Grey
031
Red
532
Black Blue
055
Mint
721
Slate Grey
027
Tomato Red
518
Steel Blue
060
Dark Green
076
Telegrey
028
Cardinal Red
050
Dark Blue
078
Foliage Green
074
Middle Grey
032
Light Red
058
Ultramarine
Blue
617
Emerald
072
Light Grey
324
Blood Red
537
Deep Blue
607
Turquoise
Green
090
Silver Grey
Metallic
325
Middle Red
065
Cobalt Blue
061
Green
091
Gold Metallic
326
Signal Red
540
Classic Blue
068
Grass Green
824
Imitation Gold
211
Specialty Materials
ThermoFlex Plus
ThermoFlex Xtra
™
™
Digital Decoration Systems For: cottons,
blends, and polyester knit fabrics
Digital Decoration Systems for nylon
and heat sensitive products
PLUS is a product of Poli-Tape USA
White - PLS-9100
White - TFE 8100
Storm Grey - PLS-9150
Black-TFE 8236
Black- PLS-9236
Red-TFE 8301
Red - PLS-9301
Pink - TFE-8310
Orange - PLS-9333
Orange - TFE-8333
Maroon - PLS-9350
Maroon - TFE-8350
Athletic Gold - PLS-9426
Athletic Yellow - TFE 8426
Medium Yellow- PLS-9450
Navy Blue - TFE-8513
Lemon Yellow - PLS-9472
Royal Blue - TFE-8522
Navy Blue - PLS-9513
Royal Purple - TFE-8584
Royal Blue
Kelly Green - TFE-8633
Teal - PLS-9540
Antique Silver - TFE-8834
Columbia Blue- PLS-9576
Old Gold - TFE-8843
Royal Purple - PLS-9584
Kelly Green - PLS-9633
These computer plotter-cutable materials are designed
for transfer to heat sensitive materials such as nylon
and leather. They have also been proven successful on
sillconized materials with sufficient surface texture for
the adhesive to grip. Transfer requires 300°F to 315°F
temperatures
for 3 to 5 seconds with firm pressure. Let cool, remove
the polyester liner sheet, cover the Image with a Teflon
or silicon sheet and reheat for 10 seconds to complete
cure.
Always cut in mirror image and peel cold.
*** For longer wear, turn garment inside out, wash in
cool and tumble dry! ***
Forest Green - PLS-9676
Vanilla Cream - PLS-9729
Chocolate Brown - PLS-9789
Antique Silver - PLS-9834
Old Gold - PLS-9843
Neon Pink- PLS-9910
Neon Yellow - PLS-9920
Neon Orange - PLS-9930
New and Improved - Enhanced Opacity - Brighter
Colors Non-Bleeding Formula - More Versatile - Long
Lasting
Due to the limitations of printing inks, the swatches
shown in this brochure are only representative
Neon Green - PLS-9940
Introducing Silver Flake - PLS-9858
212
Specialty Materials
Color Jet III
SAFETY REFLECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER FILM
Safety Silver- RF9501
™
300°- 320° F for 2-4 sec, let cool
remove backing, cover & reheat 10 sec.
remove heat liner before, plotting
Available in 8.5” x I I” and I I” x 17” sheets for desktop use.
Prints on most ink jet printers with no special inks required.
Use ink jet “print and cut system” or cut by hand
Computer-Cut, Heat-Transfer Reflective Film
for use on nylon and heat sensitive fabrics
Safety Silver- RF9505
Adheres to most products
300° F for 6 sec., let cool, remove
backing, cover & reheat 10 sec.
remove heat liner before plotting
APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS
PRINTING - The print side is the unprinted side of the sheet.
Follow your printer instructions for loading the sheet and
feed one sheet at a time. Print right side reading. DO NOT
MIRROR THE IMAGE.
Computer-Cut, Heat-Transfer Reflective Film
for use on cotton and cotton-blend fabrics
Our brightest reflective film produces a maximum reflectivity of 675 cd/lux/m2 and standard reflectivity of 560
cd/lux/m2. Test before using and always seek appropriate
approvals prior to production.
HEAT PRESS - Set the heat press to 350°F. Prepress fabric
for a few seconds to remove wrinkle and excess moisture.
Although the garment to cool. Place the transfer face upon the
garment and cover the transfer with the ironing sheet. Using
medium pressure, press for 20 seconds. Allow
transfer to cool before removing paper in an even motion.
Ref-Lite REFLECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER FILM
Computer Cut, Heat-Transfer Reflective Film for use on
cotton/cotton blend and nylon fabrics.
See detailed instructions on product packaging
White- RF8503
Green - RF8512
Red - RF8506
Black - RF8518
Fluor. Yellow- RF8508
Cobalt Blue - RF8513
White - TB-7100
Fluor. Orange - RF8509
TF Orange - RF8514
Black - TB-7236
Fluor. Red - RF8510
GT Yellow- RF8515
Red - TB-7301
Fluor. Green - RF8511
NK Yellow- RF8516
Orange - TB-7333
ThermoBanner
™
Yellow - TB-7426
Ref-Lite APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS
Blue - TB-7522
1. Prepare design as mirror image
2. Remove the protective film (usually blue but may be pink).
3. Plotter-cut Ref-lite 8500 series as mirror image through the micro
glass bead reflective layer and thermo-sensitive adhesive to the clear film
carrier. Use a sharp knife. Cut to but not through the clear backing film.
4. Weed and remove unwanted material
5. Place Ref-lite adhesive side down on the fabric in the desired location.
Press firmly with a hand iron or with a heat press at 275°- 305° F for 3 to 5
seconds to tack the Ref-lite to fabric. Do not use more pressure, temperature or dwell time than is recommended because the adhesive on the weeded backing may stick to fabric.
6. Remove the protective clear film from the fabric after it has cooled completely.
7. Place a Teflon coated protective sheet over the image and reheat at 275°305° F for 5 - 7 seconds. Let cool completely. Peel away Teflon sheet to finish the transfer process.
Green - TB-7633
Brown TB-7839
ThermoBanner is an economical material designed for transfer to heat sensitive surfaces, such as coated canvas, coated
nylons, and most vinyl and plastic coated surfaces. Typical
applications include banners, awnings, umbrellas, tire covers, toneau covers, and truck and trailer side coverings.
ThermoBanner can be heat transferred at low temperatures
(212°F to 285°F for 10 -15 seconds). Very little pressure is
required and application can be done with hand irons and
heat guns as well as with any standard heat press.
ThermoBanner exhibits excellent outdoor durability! Always
cut in mirror image and peel cold
Test these films with scrap materials prior to actual production
For best results, wash this product inside-out, gentle cycle, cool water, tumble dry!
213
Specialty Materials
Deco Sparkle
Glitterflex
™
™
Computer-Cut, Heat Transfer Decorative Film
for use on cotton /cotton blend fabrics.
Silver- GF 5820
Gold - GF 5823
Red-GF 5821
Green-GF 5824
Red DS-5620
Gold DS-5660
Blue - GF 5822
Black-GF 5825
Black DS-5630
Pink DS-5670
Purple DS-5640
Green DS-5680
Silver DS-5650
Blue DS-5690
Introducing ThermoFlex’s new GlitterFlex in six great decorator colors. This series features multi-color holographic particles in a polyurethane matrix. Works on cotton,
cotton/polyester blends, and polyester/acrylic blends. Press
at 300°F with medium pressure for 6-8 seconds, cool and peel
backing and repress with release sheet for another 6 seconds.
For best wear, turn garments inside/out and wash in cool or
warm water and tumble or hang dry. Always test materials
before proceeding with print runs.
This computer plotter-cutable heat transfer film transfers at 300°F. Press with
medium to firm pressure for 10 -12 seconds. Let garment cool before removing backing sheet. Deco Sparkle will adhere to most fabrics Including
some mesh athletic uniforms, Always test before production.
Deco Film
™
Computer-Cut, Heat-Transfer Decorative Film for use on
most garment fabrics.
E-Z Weed
White - EZ 9100
Navy Blue - EZ 9513
Black - EZ 9236
Royal Blue - EZ 9522
Red - EZ 9301
Kelly Green - EZ 9633
Athletic Yellow - EZ 9426
E-Z Weed is an economy version of our best selling ThermoFlex PLUS. This film is manufactured without the self adhesive
layer which, while useful for repositioning letters that may
move during weeding, can be a problem when large numbers of
shirts are being lettered and numbered for athletic teams.
E-Z Weed does not stick to itself and allows weeded designs to
be stacked . The backing sheet is also much easier to weed and
“peel”. Transfer requires 345°F to 350°F for 15 to 20 seconds
with firm pressure. This product may be peeled "warm".
Polyester fabrics may require lower temperatures and dwell
times to prevent dye migration.(bleeding through)
SuperSilver
SuperGold
SS5200
SS5250
These computer cut heat /transfer films transfer at 310°F to
330°F with firm pressure for 10-15 seconds. They will adhere
to most sportswear and T-shirt fabrics which can withstand
the transfer application temperature, pressure and dwell time.
These are bright shiny metallics. Always cut in mirror image
and peel cold. A release paper or teflon sheet should always
be placed between the heat platen and the plastic carrier sheet
to prevent sticking and edge damage to the transferred
design. Turn garment inside out. Wash cool and tumble dry!
Deco Flock
™
Computer-Cut, Heat Transfer Decorative Flock for use on
most garment fabrics.
ThermoFlex Sport
®
White - SP 4100
Navy Blue - SP 4513
Black - SP 4236
Royal Blue - SP 4522
Red - SP 4301
Kelly Green - SP 4633
Athletic Yellow - SP 9426
ThermoFlex Sport is a thicker film designed for application
on polyester mesh and polyester jersey athletic uniforms.
The extra thickness bridges the mesh openings better than
our other products. This film is applied at lower temperatures and with shorter dwell times to prevent the excessive
dye migration (bleed) which can occur on many of today's
imported polyester fabrics. Transfer requires 300°F to 320°F
for 8 to 10 seconds with medium pressure. This product may
be peeled “warm”.
White - DF 6100
Athletic Gold - DF 6426
Grey - DF 6150
Lemon Yellow - DF 6472
Black - DF 6236
Navy Blue - DF 6513
Red - DF 6301
Royal Blue - DF 6522
Orange -DF 6333
Royal Purple - DF 6584
Flamingo Pink - DF 6341
Bright Green - DF 6620
Magenta - DF 6355
Kelly Green - DF 6633
Panther Pink - DF 6369
Brown - DF 6789
This computer plotter-cutable heat transfer flock transfers at
320°F to 340°F. Press with medium to firm pressure for 10-15
seconds, pool backing cold DecoFlock will adhere to most fabrics including some nylon-mesh and poly-mesh athletic uniforms. Always cut in mirror image and peel cold. A release
paper or teflon sheet should always be placed between the
heat platen and the plastic carrier sheet to prevent sticking
and edge damage to the transferred design.
214
Specialty Materials
DIGITAL MEDIA for TEXTILE TRANSFERS
Thermal Transfer Printing with RESIN
Ribbons on dark or light fabrics
ThermoFlex Plus
™
Color Print Standard - White-CP2100
Best all around product, cuts the finest
detail and prints the brightest colors
Application
Parameters
Washing
Temperature
Decorate
These materials
345-350°F for 20
seconds. Firm to hard
pressure. Peel warm
or cold.
Withstands medium to
high wash and dry
temperatures. Our most
durable product.
Cotton, cotton-poly,
polyester, spandex, Iycra,
wool, linen and some
athletic mesh garments.
Will not adhere to nylon.
Color Print Nylon - White-CPN2150
Special adhesive for nylon garments
The computer cut textile decoration
& sports lettering solution
This semi-gloss material is designed for thermal transfer
printing and computer plotter cutting. It transfers to
most cotton and cotton blend fabrics as well as some
textured synthetics. Transfer with firm pressure at 300° to
315°F for 30 seconds. Works on all Roland Color-Camms
Including the new PC-12 and other thermal transfer products.
All of these digital materials are available punched for Gerber
brand printers.
Print and cut this material “right reading” Weed away unwanted background and use our “Special” Transfer &
Seal tape (T&S 1220) to remove the image from the clear backing and transfer imaged material to the garment. Our T&S1220
transfer Medium peels warm, all other brands
must peel cold.
If the design is a monolithic circle, rectangle, or crest
the entire design may be peeled from the carrier sheet,
placed on the garment and covered with a Teflon sheet or
siliconized release sheet. Let the design cool before
removing the cover sheet.
Color Print
Solvent/Ecosol
White-CPN2160
1 - Create plotter file in
mirror image
2 - Cut mirror image on
plotter and weed design
3 - Position weeded
design on shirt
4 - Place Teflon sheet or
silicone release sheet over
design
5 - Hard pressure 345° to
350° F for 20 seconds
6 - Rub design with pad or
eraser while still hot
7 - Remove backing after
cooling
8 - Completed shirt
This is a glass white polyurethane material designed
for printing with solvent or eco-solvent Inklet print
engines. ColorPrint Solvent transfers to cotton and
blended fabrics, polyester fabrics, and has been successfully Applied to other fabrics Including nylon and
spandex. The material contains blockers to prevent dye
The best
quality,
brightest
digital prints
we have
ever seen.
Excellent
stretch and
durability
migration (bleed) from reactive and sub-dyed fabrics
Transfer with firm pressure at 290 to 300F for 6-8
seconds.
(Manufacturer recommends reheating prints an
additional 10-15 seconds for greatest durability)
Print and cut this material “right reading” Weed away
unwanted background and use our “Special”
Transfer & Seal Tape (T&S 1220) to remove the image
from the paper backing and transfer imaged
material to the garment.Our T&S 1220 Transfer
Medium peels warm, all other brands must peel cold.
All technical information and recommendations are based on tests we believe to be reliable. However,
we cannot guarantee performance for conditions not under manufacturer's control. Before using,
please determine the suitability of product for its intended use. The user assumes all risk and liability
whatsoever in connection with the use of this product. Seller's and manufacturer's only obligation
shall be to replace such quantity of the product deemed to be defective by manufacturer.
To ensure greatest durability of digital prints, decorated
garments should always be turned inside out, wash in cold
water on gentle cycle and tumble dry!
215
Avery A9 High Performance Opaque Film
Now with
DURABILITY
CONFORMABILITY
PRINTABILITY
ADHESIVE
GLOSS
TYPE
up to 8-years
rivets/corrugations, compound curves
CAS, thermal transfer
permanent solvent
90
cast vinyl
White
A9001-0
Cocoa
A9278-0
Medium Yellow
A9130-0
True
White
A9005-0
Terra Cotta
A9260-0
Sunflower
A9140-0
Matte White
A9002-0
Imitation
Gold
A9250-0
Dark Yellow
A9150-0
Clear
A9003-0
Parchment
A9205-0
Apricot
A9155-0
Matte Clear
A9004-0
Almond
A9210-0
Pantone
Orange 021C
A9169-0
Pantone
Warm Gray 2 C
A9022-0
Navajo Beige
Pantone 468 C
A9255-0
Orange
A9160-0
Light Gray
A9010-0
Beige
A9220-0
Bright
Orange
A9180-0
Palm Oyster
A9020-0
Dark Beige
A9230-0
Tangerine
A9315-0
Light Ash
Gray
A9025-0
Dark Taupe
Pantone 466 C
A9252-0
Warm Red
A9304-0
Slate Gray
A9030-0
Sandstone
A9265-0
Luminous
Red
A9318-0
colors
Medium
Gray
A9035-0
Buckskin
A9270-0
Pantone
Red 032 C
A9306-0
including 25
Pewter
A9050-0
Camel
A9240-0
Real Red
A9317-0
Silver Shimmer
Pantone 877 C
A9069-0
Putty
A9235-0
Firecracker
Pantone 485 C
A9321-0
Dark Gray
A9055-0
Pantone Process
Yellow C
A9106-0
Holiday Red
Pantone 1797 C
A9305-0
Medium
Marine Gray
A9060-0
Luminous
Yellow
A9102-0
Tomato Red
A9325-0
Matte Black
A9080-0
Butter
A9105-0
Fire Red
A9345-0
Black
A9090-0
Lemon Zest
Pantone l09 C
A9113-0
Cardinal
Red
A9330-0
Brown
A9295-0
Canary
Yellow
A9120-0
Dark Red
A9350-0
one more
year of
durability,
choose from
126 High
Performance
industry
standard
matched to
PANTONE's
most specific
colors.
216
Avery A9 High Performance Opaque Film
Apple Red
A9365-0
Periwinkle
A9510-0
Wave Blue
Pantone 285 C
A9526-0
Nautical Blue
A9635-0
Crimson
Pantone 2001 C
A9335-0
Dark
Navy Blue
A9597-0
Olympic Blue
A9530-0
Dark Ivy
A9650-0
Spectra Red
A9360-0
Dark Plue
A9595-0
Tropical Blue
Pantone 279 C
A9503-0
Olive Green
A9665-0
Burgundy
A9370-0
Light Navy
A9590-0
Light Blue
A9540-0
Vibrant Green
A9655-0
Burgundy
Maroon
A9380-0
Shadow Blue
A9520-0
Bayshore
Pantone 292 C
A9557-0
Lime
A9632-0
Coral
A9405-0
Majestic Blue
A9525-0
Baby Blue
Pantone 277 C
A9502-0
Jungle Green
Pantone 375 C
A9634-0
Tickle
Pink
A9417-0
Interstate
Blue
A9575-0
Peacock Blue
A9545-0
Apple Green
A9660-0
Light
Magenta
A9410-0
Sapphire
Blue
A9580-0
Powder Blue
A9550-0
Hyper
Green
A9663-0
Blossom
A9415-0
Pantone
Reflex Blue C
A9579-0
Butterfly Blue
A9552-0
Grow Green
A9672-0
Pantone Process
Magenta C
A9411-0
Pantone
Blue 072 C
A9501-0
Cadet Blue
A9515-0
Clover Green
Pantone 354 C
A9626-0
Magenta
A9430-0
Midnight Blue
Pantone 286 C
A9528-0
Aquamarine
A9633-0
Kelly Green
A9670-0
Raspberry
A9435-0
Vivid Blue
A9570-0
Real Teal
A9615-0
Spectra
Everglade
A9610-0
Pale
Lilac
A9476-0
Slate Blue
Pantone 293 C
A9559-0
Dark Aqua
A9605-0
Bright Green
A9675-0
Lavender
A9475-0
Intense Blue
A9565-0
Seafoam
Green
A9603-0
Forest Green
A9685-0
Plum
A9440-0
Peacock
Pantone 300 C
A9578-0
Light
Sage
A9609-0
Spruce Green
A9640-0
Deep Purple
A9450-0
Pantone
Process Blue C
A9582-0
Glass
Green
A9608-0
Deep Green
A9690-0
Purple
A9465-0
Medium Blue
A9555-0
Teal
A9620-0
Dark Green
A9693-0
Pantone
Violet C
A9413-0
Copenhagen
A9505-0
Dark Teal
A9630-0
Polo Green
A9695-0
217
Avery A6 Intermediate Opaque Film
DURABILITY
CONFORMABILITY
PRINTABILITY
ADHESIVE
GLOSS
TYPE
The industry benchmark in intermediate signage,
with unparalleled cutting and weeding. Available
with vinyl to the edge in 72 colors.
6-years
flat, simple curves
CAS, thermal transfer
permanent solvent
70
calendered vinyl
Clear
A6003-0
Salmon
A6406-0
Burgundy
A6370-0
Wedgewood
Blue
A6532-0
Matte
White
A6002-0
Eggshell
A6215-0
Soft Pink
A6408-0
Olympic
Blue
A6530-0
White
A6001-0
Creme
Brulee
A6208-0
Deep Pink
A6412-0
Cool Blue
A6533-0
True
White
A6005-0
Primrose
Yellow
A6110-0
Blossom
A6415-0
Cascade
Blue
A6542-0
Slate
Gray
A6030-0
Rubber
Duckie
A6125-0
Blush
A6419-0
Light
Blue
A6540-0
Medium
Gray
A6035-0
Yellow
A6135-0
Raspberry
A6435-0
Real Teal
A6615-0
Silver
A6077-0
Mustard
A6152-0
Berry
A6470-0
Teal
A6620-0
Dark Gray
A6055-0
Dark
Yellow
A6150-0
Hydrangea
Purple
A6480-0
Turquoise
A6625-0
Battleship
Gray
A6070-0
Bright
Orange
A6180-0
Lavender
A6475-0
Turquoise
Green
A6682-0
Matte
Black
A6080-0
Tangerine
A6315-0
Purple
A6465-0
Seafoam
Green
A6603-0
Black
A6090-0
True Red
A6332-0
Dark
Navy Blue
A6597-0
Iguana
Green
A6658-0
Terra
Cotta
A6260-0
Tomato
Red
A6325-0
Dark Blue
A6595-0
Yellow
Green
A6680-0
Chocolate
Brown
A6290-0
Red
A6340-0
Majestic
Blue
A6525-0
Olive
Green
A6665-0
Dark
Brown
A6283-0
Fire
Red
A6345-0
Impulse
Blue
A6587-0
Kelly
Green
A6670-0
Imitation
Gold
A6250-0
Cardinal
Red
A6330-0
Royal Blue
A6583-0
Green
A6678-0
Gold
A6247-0
Dark
Red
A6350-0
Vibrant
Blue
A6508-0
Forest
Green
A6685-0
Carmel
A6273-0
Spectra Red
A63608-60
Vivid Blue
A6570-0
Sherwood
Green
A6666-0
Beige
A6220-0
Wine Berry
A6367-0
Medium Blue
A6573-0
Dark Green
A6693-0
218
Universal Products
Specialty Graphic Films
Translucent
Fluorescent
Reflective
Conspicuity Tape
T01
White
163
Yellow
601
White
T03
Medium Gray
159
Orange
602
Black
T02
Black
160
Pink
603
Yellow
T07
Yellow
161
Red
604
Gold
T08
Orange
157
Blue
605
Orange
T09
Tomato Red
158
Green
606
Red
T10
Red
607
Dark Red
T12
Dk Magenta
608
Light Blue
T11
Burgundy
609
Blue
T13
Purple
610
Green
T15
Bright Blue
T14
Olympic Blue
T16
Royal Blue
T06
Teal
T04
Green
T05
Dark Green
219
997 11” Red / 7” White Pattern
2” x 150' Roll
(High Visibility Safety Tape)
998 6” Red / 6” White Pattern
2” x 150' Roll
Universal Products
Specialty Graphic Films
Ultra Metallic
Luster
Metallized
662 Um
White Diamond
884 Empire
Blue Luster
670 Brushed
Chrome
014 Um
Silver
886 Imperial
Purple Luster
671 Silver
Carbon Fiber
011 Um
Black
887 Aquamarine
Luster
775 Black
Carbon Fiber
181 Um
Fire Opal
673 LG Engine
Turn Silver
Tru-Shade
019 Um
Gold
164
Tru-shade
677 Diamond
Plate
182 Um
Cobalt
681 Textured
Chrome
Thru-Vision
107 Um
Wintermint
965
White
682 Silver
Frost
683 Premium
Chrome Mirror
Shimmer
Thru-Etch
871 Shimmer
Pearl Met
151
Tru-etch
772 Premium
Gold Mirror
645 Shimmer
Silver Met
770 Brushed
Gold
Stencil Mask
974 Shimmer
Oyster Met
087 Yellow
Stencil Mask
773 LG Engine
Turn Gold
044 Hammered
Gold Leaf
UniGard
Radiance
197 Patina
Radiance
641
Unigard
771 Florentine
Gold
198 Tealite
Radiance
774 Sml Engine
Turn Gold
Non-Skid
199 Marine Blue
Radiance
990 Non-skid
Black
Polyester
046
Chrome Mirror
051
Double Gold
220
Universal Products
Premium Graphic Films
Metallic
064
Silver Met
141
Red Met
059 Electric
Blue Met
060
Pewter Met
050 Met
Burgundy
092
Met Blue
875 Gun Metal
Gray Met
843 Autumn
Firemist Met
848 Light
Jadestone Met
062
Charcoal Met
934 Dark
Maple Met
037 Cool
Mist Met
063 Dark
Charcoal Met
030
Canyon Met
872
Wintergreen Met
112
Magnesium Met
831
Champagne Met
056 Teal
Blue Met
055
Black Met
054 Light
Antelope Met
033 Celestial
Blue Met
111 Chocolate
Brown Met
874 Dark
Titanium Met
674 Mist
Green Met
088
Met Brown
031 Dark
Mocha Met
080 Seafoam
Green Met
070
Copper Met
138
Mauve Met
154 Pine Green
Met
084 Antique
Bronze Met
081
Amethyst Met
846 Light
Copper Met
825 Violet
Mist Met
828
Bay Gold Met
876 Bright
Purple Met
873 Light
Mocha Met
826 Violet
Blue Met
847 Light
Doeskin Met
824 Navy
Blue Met
099
Gold Met
091 Royal
Blue Met
098 Autumn
Gold Met
085 Mist
Blue Met
821 Dark
Mesa Met
820 Denim
Blue Met
221
Universal Products
Premium Graphic Films
Opaque
065
White
145
Canary Yellow
082
Blue
126
Clear
073
Dark Yellow
940
Intense Blue
135 Light
Ash Gray
076
Orange
057
Olympic Blue
095
Dove Gray
072
Tangerine
058
Peacock Blue
101
Marine Gray
077
Red
006
Aqua
136 Medium
Marine Gray
015
Cardinal Red
001
Dark Aqua
016
Matte Black
078
Dark Red
103
Dark Ivy
061
Black
089
Burgundy
002
Vibrant Green
071
Cocoa
102
Wineberry
096
Emerald Green
075
Burnt Orange
018
Magenta
097
Forest Green
658
Imitation Gold
025
Fiesta
643
Polo Green
004
Almond
026
Raspberry
938
Beige
007
Regal Purple
991
Cyan/purple
066
Sandstone
090
Dark Blue
992
Magenta/gold
068
Buckskin
146
Light Navy
993
Green/purple
121
Regal Antelope
855
Passport Blue
994
Silver/green
067
Camel
133
Imperial Blue
995
Gold/silver
005
Lemon Yellow
083
Sapphire Blue
996
Blue/red
222
Shade-Shifter
Universal Products
Intermediate Graphic Films
Uni-Cal
Uni-Cal
Trans-Cal
Easy Removable
503
Clear
546
Purple
900
White
194
White
501
White
514
Arctic Blue
901
Medium Gray
193
Black
505
Gray
513
0cean Blue
902
Black
192
Yellow
502
Black
510
Vivid Blue
903
Cardinal Red
191
Red
524
Daffodil
508
Sapphire Blue
904
Red
190
Blue
522
Dark Yellow
506
Midnight Blue
906
Orange
189
Green
544
Orange
516
Teal
909
Fire Red
538
Tomato Red
518
Dark Green
910
Yellow
537
Cherry
519
Green
911
Canary Yellow
534
Burgundy
520
Kelly Green
913
Royal Blue
541
Pink
551
Silver
915
Vivid Blue
530
Brown
550
Gold
916
Intense Blue
917
Mission Blue
918
Bright Green
223
Universal Products
Product Specifications
Opaque, Clear, and Matte - A high performance cast PVC film with a permanent, acrylic, pressure-sensitive adhesive. Designed
for superior quality exterior graphics for the automotive, signage, and commercial industries. Conformability: Rivets, corrugations,
compound curves. Printability: Screenprint, thermal transfer. Film: 2.0-mil premium cast vinyl with clear, acrylic, permanent, pressuresensitive adhesive. Liner: 78# white kraft. Exterior Durability: 7 years.*
Metallic - A high performance cast PVC film with a permanent, acrylic, pressure-sensitive adhesive. Designed for use in architectural,
transportation, and general signage markings. Conformability: Rivets, corrugations, compound curves. Printability: Screenprint,
thermal transfer. Film: 2.0-mil premium cast vinyl with clear, acrylic, permanent, pressure-sensitive adhesive. Liner: 78# white kraft.
Exterior Durability: 5-7 years.*
Ultra Metallic - A high performance brilliant metallic cast vinyl film used to create eye-catching designs. These films are excellent for
vehicles, sign graphics, and trade show exhibits. Conformability: Flat, simple curves. Printability: Screenprint, thermal transfer. Film:
3.0-mil premium cast vinyl with opaque, acrylic, permanent, pressure-sensitive adhesive. Liner: 78# white kraft. Exterior Durability: 5
years.*
Shimmer - A high performance brilliant metallic cast vinyl ideal to accentuate your sign and vehicle graphics applications.
Conformability: Flat, simple curves. Printability: Screenprint, thermal transfer. Film: 3.0-mil premium cast vinyl with opaque, acrylic,
permanent, pressure-sensitive adhesive. Liner: 78# white kraft. Exterior Durability: 5 years.*
Shade-Shifter* - A premium cast iridescent vinyl film with a dramatic color shift appearance. Designed for use as decorative decals
and in a variety of general-purpose and signage applications. Conformability: Flat compound curves. Printability: Thermal Transfer
with UV resistant overlaminate. Film: 2.0 mil iridescent cast vinyl with a black, acrylic, permanent, pressure-sensitive adhesive.
Liner: 78# white Kraft. Exterior Durability: 5 years.*
Radiance - A pearlized, high gloss premium grade cast vinyl designed for sign graphics, automotive, marine, and recreational
vehicles. Conformability: Flat, flat w/rivets. Printability: Screenprint, thermal transfer. Film: 2.0-mil premium cast vinyl with opaque,
acrylic, permanent, pressure-sensitive adhesive. Liner: 78# white kraft. Exterior Durability: 5 years.*
Luster - A premium cast vinyl film with a bright lustrous finish. Designed for a variety of decorative decals and signage applications.
Conformability. Flat, simple curves. Printability: Screenprint,thermal transfer. Film: 2.0-mil premium cast vinyl with opaque,acrylic,
permanent, pressure-sensitive adhesive. Liner: 78# white kraft. Exterior Durability: 5 years.*
Metallized - A metallized specialty vinyl film exceptionally suited for general purpose signage applications. Conformability: Flat
surfaces. Printability: Screenprint, thermal transfer, solvent based inkjet, and hot foil stamp devices. Film: 3.0-mil metallized vinyl
with clear, acrylic, permanent, pressure-sensitive adhesive. Liner: 78# white kraft. Exterior Durability: S years.*
Polyester - These rich lusters are manufactured with a polyester base to retain metallic brilliance. Conformability: Flat and curved
surfaces. Printability: Screenprint. Film: l.5 mil metallized vinyl with clear, acrylic, permanent, pressure-sensitive adhesive. Liner: 78#
white kraft. Exterior Durability: Chrome up to 2 years.* Double Gold up to 1 year.*
Translucent - A premium, high performance cast film designed for high-impact appeal, featuring brilliant, uniform colors. Used to
produce graphics or background colors for awnings, flexible sign face materials, glass, acrylic, and polycarbonate sign or window
substrates where daylight highlights the bright colors and backlighting is used to illuminate the film at night. Conformability: Flat,
curved surfaces. Printability: Screenprint, thermal transfer. Film: 2.0-mil cast vinyl with clear, acrylic, permanent pressure-sensitive
adhesive. Liner: 78# white kraft. Exterior Durability: 5 years.*
Reflective - A retroreflective engineering grade film which meets or exceeds the applicable requirements of Federal Standards.
Designed for high visibility : and weatherability (wet application not recommended). Conformability: Flat surfaces. Printability:
Screenprint, thermal transfer. Film: 7-mil retroreflective vinyl, with permanent, opaque, acrylic, pressure-sensitive adhesive.
Liner: 78# white kraft. Exterior Durability: 7 years.*
Conspicuity - A DOT-2 approved retro reflective prismatic lens material. Designed for use on vehicles for easy nighttime vehicle
recognition. Conformability: Flat surfaces. Printability: Not printable. Film: 15.0 mil retro reflective film with clear, acrylic, permanent,
pressure-sensitive adhesive. Liner: 1.5 mil polyethylene film. Exterior Durability: 8 years.*
224
Universal Products
Product Specifications
Fluorescent - These films provide high impact graphic accents for short-term indoor and outdoor applications. Engineered for easy
application over flat and contoured surfaces, and ideal for retail window signage, exhibits, displays, die cut letters and numbers, and
screenprinted decals. Conformability: Flat, curved, corrugated surfaces. Printability: Screen print thermal transfer. Film: 2.0 mil cast
vinyl with opaque, acrylic, permanent, pressure-sensitive adhesive. Liner: 78# white kraft. Exterior Durability Up to 6 months.*
Tru-Shade - A specialty cast, semi-transparent vinyl designed to increase the dimension of vinyl graphics and create the authentic look
of a shadow. Conformability: Flat surfaces and compound curves. Printability: Not printable. Film: 2.0-mil cast vinyl with a clear,
acrylic, permanent, pressure-sensitive adhesive. Liner: 78# white kraft. Exterior Durability: 7 years.*
Thru-Vision - A perforated black/white PVC laminate with a pressure sensitive adhesive coated with release sheet. Designed for
window application to view a printed image on one side of glass while remaining invisible on the other side. Ideal for rear window
application on vehicles and recreational vehicles. Conformability: Glass only. Printability: Screenprint, thermal transfer. Film: 8.0-mil
cast vinyl with an acrylic, permanent, pressure-sensitive adhesive.
Liner: N/A Exterior Durability: 3 years.*
Tru-Etch - A specialty cast vinyl that provides the look of real etched glass, eliminating the need for sandblasting. Conformability:
Flat surfaces. Printability: Not printable. Film: 2.0-mil cast vinyl, with a clear, acrylic, permanent, pressure-sensitive adhesive. Liner:
78# white kraft. Exterior Durability: 5 years.*
Stencil Mask - 3.4-mil calendered, flexible, pressure-sensitive film for paint masking. Easily removable. Conformability: Flat surfaces
and simple curves. Printability: Not recommended. Film: 3.4-mil calendered vinyl, plus a removable adhesive. Liner:~78# white kraft.
Exterior Durability: Not intended for long-term exterior use.
UniGard - An optically clear film specifically designed to provide superior protection to painted surfaces:from the damaging effects
of stone chips, road debris, bug stains and weathering. Conformability: Flat, simple, and compound surfaces. Printability: Not
recommended. Film: 8.0-mil aliphatic polyurethane film with clear, acrylic, permanent, pressure-sensitive adhesive. Liner: 78# white
kraft. Exterior Durability: 3-5 years.*
Non-Skid - An anti-slip film in a resilient vinyl. The textured surface provides unusually good anti-slip properties in both wet and dry
conditions. Conformability: Flat surfaces. Printability: Not recommended. Film: 25-mil with acrylic, permanent, pressure-sensitive
adhesive. Liner: 78# white kraft. Exterior Durability: 3-5 years.*
Uni-CaI - A premium 3.0 mil polished polymeric calendered vinyl recommended for indoor and outdoor use where flexibility,
durability, and resistance to sunlight are required. Ideal for use as architectural signage, commercial-retail signage, graphics, and
decals. Conformability: Flat and simple curves.Printability: Screenprint, thermal transfer. Film: 3.0-mil premium calendered film
with clear, acrylic, permanent, pressure-sensitive adhesive. Liner: 78# white kraft. Exterior Durability: 5 years.*
Trans-Cal - A 4.0 mil translucent semi-gloss calendered PVC product. Designed for use as shorter-term architectural and
commercial/retail signage, graphics and back-lit applications. Conformability: Flat surfaces only. Printability: Screenprint, thermal
transfer. Film: 3.0 mil calendered film with a l.0 mil clear, acrylic, permanent, pressure-sensitive adhesive. Liner: 78# white kraft.
Exterior Durability: 3-5 years.*
Easy Removable - A 3.0 mil calendered polished polymeric product with a removable adhesive. Designed for use as temporary
commercial/retaiI signage where clean graphic removal is a requirement. Conformability: Flat and simple curves. Printability:
Screenprint, thermal transfer. Film: 3.0 mil calendered film with a 1.0 mil clear, acrylic, pressure-sensitive adhesive. Liner: 78# white
kraft. Exterior Durability: 5 years.* Removability: up to 1 year.
*Exterior durability is based on proper application and vertical exposure.
• Any horizontal application of products, such as on a vehicle hood or roof, is considered non-warrantable
•Complete product specification sheets are available upon request.
225
Universal Products - Supplies
TFX® Cleaner
Specially formulated for cleaning surfaces in
preparation for vinyl graphics applications.
TFX Cleaner removes residue. (A) 1 Gallon
refills P/N 905 4-Pack, 4 each 20 oz. bottles,
1 spray head P/N 904, (B) 20 oz. TFX cleaner,
1 spray head P/N 900, (Spray head for 20 oz.
bottle P/N 906 and 20 oz. refill bottle P/N
921 available separately.)
Position Perfect™
A decal application fluid. (C) Gallon P/N
928, (D) 20 oz. bottle w/spray head P/N 927.
Adheze Off P/N 943
(E) Adheze Off adhesive remover, eliminates
residues from stickers, tapes, labels, window
tinting film, glues, tar, grease, oil, tree sap,
bugs and wax. Also removes sealants, surface
discoloration, scuff marks, marker and pen
ink, crayon, lipstick, and much more. 32 oz.,
one spray head.
12" Magnetic Ruler P/N 941 (F)
For measuring graphic application placement
on metal surfaces. (10 pack).
Samples P/N 90011
4 oz. sample bottle TFX Cleaner P/N 922
4 oz. sample bottle Position Perfect P/N 923.
4 oz. sample bottle Adheze Off P/N 924.
Knife & Pick Holder P/N 914
(G) A tool for weeding and cutting purposes,
this all aluminum holder will hold picks up
to 1/16" size as well as most standard blades.
Knife blades not included. (H) High quality
interchangeable blades made to fit standard
blade holders (100 pack) P/N 915. (I) High
quality interchangeable picks made to fit
standard blade holders (12 pack) P/N 958.
Lil'Chisler P/N 944
(J) Small, high-impact plastic chisel for
removing vinyl.
Stainless Steel Cutter P/N 909
(K) A multi-purpose cutter combining quality
and durability. Stainless steel cutter blade
refills 10 pack (120 snap-off blades per box)
P/N 910, 50 pack (600 snap-off blades per
box) P/N 911.
Application Squeegee P/N 907
(L) A standard 3" x 4" double bladed
squeegee for even pressure distribution when
applying vinyl. Squeegee sleeves 5 pack P/N
940 low friction sleeve slips over squeegee to
protect the film or markings from scratches.
Felt Squeegee P/N 945
(M) A felt squeegee for even pressure distribution and no scratches when applying vinyl,
3"W x 41/4"L x 1/2"D.
Paper Application Tape
Non-heat activated, high tack premium
grade paper application tape. This tape offers
superior adhesion to liner, and excellent
6" x 100 yds. P/N 2022-006
8" x 100 yds. P/N 2022-008
14" x 100 yds. P/N 2022-014
18" x 100 yds. P/N2022-018
24" x 100 yds. P/N 2022-024
48" x 100 yds. P/N 2022-048
Rivet Brush
(N) A handy sign makers tool available in 1"
P/N 916 for use when applying over rivets
and other protrusions.
Release Liner
A 78 lb. white kraft liner, silicone coated on
one side for easy transfer and release.
Ronan's 2" Taper Slitter P/N 938
(O) Designed specifically for cutting tapers.
(P) Taper slitter replacement blade & holder
P/N 939.
4" x 100 yds P/N 2023-004
6" x 100 yds. P/N 2023-006
8" x 100 yds. P/N 2023-008
14" x 100 yds. P/N2023-014
24" x 100 yds. P/N 2023-024
30" x 100 yds. P/N 2023-030
Ronan's Vinyl Slitters
Vinyl slitters are designed for slitting down
vinyl roll striping to any desired width.
Available in (Q) 2" P/N 947, (R) 6" P/N 948
Replacement blades & holders for 2" & 6"
P/N 950. Replacement blades only (all slitters) 10 per pack P/N 949.
Sealitpen Vinyl Edge Sealer P/N 957
(S) Sealitpen Vinyl Edge Sealer is an easy to
use marker type applicator filled with One
Shot Acrylic Clear Coat for all your edge
sealing needs.
We Deliver The Goods'T-Shirt P/N 90039
(T) Linyl Vinyl making sure our graphic
films are delivered on time: Bright colors
printed
on 100% cotton Hanes "Beefy-T" T-Shirt.
Available in Med., Large, X-Large, XX-Large.
Clear Application Tape
An ultra clear, medium tack, non-heat
application tape with "snap to tear" feature.
This application tape provides greater adhesion to liner, no tunneling, and no haze.
6"x 100 yds. P/N2021-006
8"x 100 yds. P/N2021-008
14"x 100 yds. P/N2021-014
18"x 100 yds. P/N2021-018
24"x 100 yds. P/N2021-024
48"x 100 yds. P/N2021-048
226
20# Drawing/Pouncing Paper
This 20 lb. paper is a cost effective production material for computerized drawing of
proofs and layouts, and for creating durable
pounce patterns.
15" Perf x 325' P/N 69159200
15" NP x 325' P/N 69169200
24" NP x 325' P/N 69249200
30" NP x 325' P/N 69309200
Series One
Printer-friendly solutions for manual and athletic printing on today's cotton, polyester and nylon fabrics.
S1802
Lemon
Yellow
S1602
Royal Blue
S1933
Process
Yellow
S1801
Golden
Yellow
S1600
Navy Blue
S1932
Process
Magenta
S1800
Gold
S1701
Aqua
S1931
Process Cyan
S1301
Lt. Orange
S1700
Kelly Green
S1930
Process Black
S1300
Orange
S1702
Dark Green
S1910
Fluo. Yellow
S1302
Burnt Orange
S1200
Army Tan
S1914
Fluo. Pink
S1400
Scarlet
S1303
Texas Orange
S1915
Fluo. Red
S1401
Bright Scarlet
S1201
Brown
S1913
Fluo. Purple
S1402
Cardinal
S1804
Vegas Gold
S1911
Fluo. Blue
S1403
Maroon
S1803
Old Gold
S1912
Fluo. Green
S1500
Purple
S1901
Gray
S11075
Metallic Gold
S1601
Columbia
Blue
S1100
White
S11055
Metallic
Silver
S1603
Light Royal
S1900
Black
S11085
Metallic
Copper
227
S1 Cotton Pro
Cotton Pro's unique formulation helps manual printers
achieve bright, opaque colors without a flashed white
underbase - even on dark
fabrics. From the beginning,
we set out to engineer a new
kind of ink that maximizes
opacity and color development while minimizing
screens, flashing and printer
fatigue. The result - a new
type of ink that is highly
opaque yet incredibly easy
to print. Coupled with a
satin finish and super soft
hand, Cotton Pro is ideal for
all your 100% cotton printing
applications.
S1 Poly Max
Today's polyester-based fabrics present serious production challenges for even the
most experienced printers.
Many of these fabrics are.
prone to dye migration and
require bleed-resistant inks
that are equally up to the
challenge. That's why we
created the Poly Max line.
Poly Max combines highopacity coverage with maximum bleed-resistance for
100% polyester and poly
blended fabrics.
S1 Nylon Plus
Whether you're printing on
porthole, micromesh or dazzle cloth - Nylon Plus is the
ink for the job. Nylon Plus is
engineered to produce a
high-gloss finish with excellent adhesion and durability.
Nylon Plus prints easily
through recommended mesh
counts and delivers opaque
results with either printflash-print or flashed underbase applications.
Triangle Ink - Textile Ink Color Chart
Process Plastisol Colors
Shimmer Sparkle Colors
110 Process Yellow
1190-1-88 Silver Glitter
120 Rubine Red
1190-3-88 Gold Glitter
122 Process Magenta
1190-25 Ruby Red
150 Process Blue
1190-40 Emerald Green
152 Reflex Blue
1190-51 Aquamarine Blue
153 Process Cyan
1190-53 Ultra Blue
1190-57 Royal Blue
Fluorescent Plastisol Colors
310 Fluo.Yellow
1190-59 Amethyst Purple
318 Fluo.Orange
1190-70 Gunmetal
320 Fluo.Red
1190-76 Carat Gold
330 Fluo. Pink
1190-77 Rich Gold
340 Fluo. Green
1190-78 Pale Gold
350 Fluo. Blue
1190-79 Brite Silver
359 Fluo.Violet
1190-799 Super Silver
390 Fluo. Magenta
Specialty Product Series
Specialty Complimentary Products
F.R. Series Inks - All of our standard colors can be made flame
retardant upon request, except metallics.
Nylon Mesh Inks - High adhesion series available for use on
Nylon Mesh fabrics.
Glow in-the-Dark Colors - Phosphorescent Series available in all
standard fluorescent colors.
1100-797 Foil Adhesive Base - This product facilitates the transference of foil films to
most fabrics. Characteristic residual tack ensures complete film removal during
transfer process.
1100-813 Coning Base - High gloss coning adhesive for bead effect or where high but
smooth ink build is required. Colors are achieved when tinted with our plastisol toners, and is fast curing for complete adhesion and resistance to abrasion.
1190-200 Sparkle Brite Coat - Undercoat used to enhance and brighten Shimmer colors, as well as reduce washed-out effects on 100% cotton goods.
228
Triangle Ink - Textile Ink Color Chart
Standard Plastisol Colors
12 Old Gold
43 Op.Bright Green
13 Chrome Yellow
44 Dallas Green
14 Lakers Gold
49 Navy
15 Gold
50 Light Navy
16 Lemon Yellow
51 Light Blue
17 Gold Yellow
52 Op.Reflex Blue
18 Dolphin Orange
53 Ultra Blue
21 Light Red
54 Navy Blue
22 Scarlet
55 Brite Blue
23 Triangle Red
56 Columbia Blue
24 Deep Red
57 Royal Blue
25 Bright Red
58 Turquoise
26 Flag Red
59 Purple
27 Burgundy
60 Tan
28 Cardinal
64 Med. Brown
29 Maroon
66 Dark Brown
35 Gray
92 Fuchsia
42 Kelly Green
94 Violet
229
Triangle
Crystalina Iridescent Colors:
Similar in characteristics to Metallic Glitter Colors, these products utilize iridescent flakes. These products are
available in red, blue and fluorescent varieties as well as the standard green shade.
Glow in the Dark/Phosphorescent Colors:
These products absorb light energy and glow when the light source is removed. Popular standard is a light yellow/green (1100-331) also available in standard fluorescent colors.
Foil Adhesive Bases:
The 1100-797 facilitates the transfer of foil films to most fabrics. This provides durable means of foil and metallic
enhancement to printed garments.
Flock Adhesive Bases:
Our 1100-4090 Product is offered for use with flock transfer
High Elongation Inks:
Our STRC products offer high stretch properties for use with Lycra™ and similar fabrics. When properly cured,
the white ink can be used as a stretch base for use with standard plastisol products. Standard products are White,
Black and Base for use with Color Concentrates.
High Density Matte Inks:
These products provide high definition coats in use with thick stencils. Rapid curing with a matte effect is used to
provide the contrast necessary for this definitive effect. Offered in White, Black, and Base for use with Color
Concentrates.
Nylon Mesh Inks:
These are high adhesion products offered for use on Nylon mesh fabrics. Formulation characteristics facilitate
after-tack and ease of printing, yet excellent bonding properties. Offered in White, Black and Base as well as
Metallic Silver and Gold.
Outdoor Banner Inks:
These products have been formulated for extreme weather resistance properties when used to produce decorative
or informative banners. The use of high performance Pigment selection ,and low migratory coating and formulation expects to achieve quite extensive outdoor durability with recommended curing. Color availability on request,
many popular standard colors in series.
Shimmer Sparkle Colors:
These are metallic colors formulated to give brilliant sparkle effects using conventional mesh sizes. Although an
undercoat must be used, the use of the Sparkle Brite coat is highly recommended, to achieve the best effect. When
used on 100° cotton goods as an undercoat for standard plastisol colors, the Sparkle Brite Coat reduces the defective washed out effect (lining).
Glitter Colors:
In addition to the Silver and Gold Standard colors, these are offered in many popular color variations. Color
requests are available with a five-gallon minimum. Prices do vary and will be quoted by order.
230
Permaset
Permaset Aqua Fabric Magic -The Perfect Fabric and Screen Printing Color
Mid Green*
Pearl White
Green B*
Silver
Orange R*
Glow Yellow*
Gold
Scarlet*
Glow
Orange *
Copper
Mid Red*
Glow Red*
Process Cyan
Rose*
Glow Pink*
Process
Magenta
Purple*
Glow
Magenta*
Process
Yellow
Mid Yellow*
Yellow R*
Junior Navy
S/C Ultra
Blue*
Glow Violet*
Process Black
Jet Black S/C
Black
Blue B*
Glow Green*
Transparent
& Standard
White
Light Blue*
Glow Blue*
S/C White
First Down
White
Permaset Aqua is a water-based version offering superior performance eliminating the
trade-off between durability and softness.
This 100% solvent free, environmentally friendly formula provides pigments that are rich in
coverage, intense and produce exceptional colour yield. The resilient resin base holds fast
during rub, wash or dry clean while having virtually no feel on fabrics.
Permaset Aqua performs at a higher standard with enhanced screen stability and an
extended open time to produce cleaner results, longer. Ideal for use on Cotton, Polyester,
Silk and most synthetic fabrics. Permaset Aqua is low odor and can be easily cleaned up
with water. A first-rate innovation, Permaset Aqua is the perfect textile artwork solution
that consistently enables limitless creativity.
231
• Solvent free
• Water-based
• Environmentally friendly
• Unsurpassed softness
• Low odor
• Enhanced screen stability
• Rub, wash & dry clean
resistance
• Unparalleled adhesion
• Includes "glow'' "metallic"
and "process" colors
• Plus Supercover colors for
use on very dark fabrics
WHICH WHITE DO YOU
NEED?
• TRANSPARENT WHITE
has minimum opacity and is
designed for use as a blending white to achieve Pastel
colors for printing on light
fabrics. Lower levels of
Titanium dioxide maintain
softest handle of the print
• STANDARD WHITE is
formulated with higher levels of titanium dioxide to
achieve better opacity however a stiffer handle will
result.
• SUPERCOVER WHITE is
our Premium Opaque White
for use on dark colored fabrics
• FlRST DOWN WHITE is a
Flash White designed for
Trade printers who wish to
use regular Aqua colors on
darker fabrics
JAR CONTAINER SIZES
• 100 mL (3.4 US Fl oz)
• 300 mL (10 US Fl oz)
• 1L (33.8 US Fl oz)
• 4L (1.06 US Gal)
• 15L (3.96 US Gal)
International Coatings
Multipurpose Direct Print or Transfer Plastisol
22LF
Primrose
Yellow
65LF
Ultra
Blue
24LF
Medium
Yellow
66LF
Royal
Blue
25LF
Process
Yellow
68LF
Navy
Blue
26LF
Gold
69LF
Turquoise
35LF
Burnt
Orange
71 LF
Lime
Green
37LF
Dark
Orange
73LF
Kelly
Green
44LF
Process
Red
76LF
Dark
Green
46LF
Scarlet
83LF
Tan
52LF
Cardinal
84LF
Red
Brown
56LF
Maroon
86LF
Light
Brown
60LF
Columbia
Blue
89LF
Chocolate
Brown
62LF
Light
Blue
106LF
Purple
63LF
Process
Blue
112LF
Light
Grey
MULTIPURPOSE DIRECT PRINT OR TRANSFER PLASTISOL
A 100% solids plastisol ink that is truly multipurpose.
Multipurpose Series inks can be used-for direct printing and
cold or hot peel transfers (with the addition of 500 Quick-Trans
Additive). Multipurpose Series inks are available in over 40
standard colors, including 15 premixed metallics and glitters,
and a litho backing white. When you need a versatile, multitask ink, think Multipurpose. See our specialty color card for
metallics, glitters and fluorescent colors. Also available are:
10LF Clear
12LF High Pigment White
13LF Litho Backing White
16LF Black
700 SERIES DIRECT PRINT PLASTISOL
A plastisol developed specifically for printing wet on wet with
reduced ink build up. The 700 Series includes a popular selection of high pigment (HP) colors for dark fabrics, low bleed
white inks and standard colors for light fabrics. 700 Series
Softhand additive can be mixed with the inks to soften the
print feel. The economically priced 700 series inks produce
excellent results in almost any printing situation. See our specialty color card for fluorescent colors. Also available are:
710LF Softhand Additive
711LF HP LB FF White
714LF HP LB FF White
716LF Black
717LF Jet Black
718LF Matte Black
719LF LC Black
720LF Softhand Clear Base
741 HP LB Poly White
742LF HP LB White
1100 SERIES ATHLETIC PLASTISOL
A very durable, high viscosity plastisol ink formulated for
printing directly on most athletic garments and nylon mesh
jerseys. 1100 Series inks can be used for cold peel transfers.
Available colors match the most popular athletic colors used
for athletic garment printing. For greater adhesion and durability on tightly knitted mesh jerseys, add International
Coatings' 900LF catalyst. Also available are:
1110LF Curable Reducer
1113LF Athletic White
1116LF Athletic Black
1199LF Stretch Additive
232
International Coatings
700 Series Direct Print Plastisol
1100 Series Athletic Plastisol
706LF
Purple
766LF
Royal
Blue
1106LF
Purple
1168LF
Navy
723LF
Lemon
Yellow
768LF
Navy
Blue
1112LF
Sky
Gray
1169LF
Light
Teal
724LF
Pro-Brite
Yellow
769LF
Teal
1127LF
Gold
1170LF
Dark
Teal
727LF
Golden
Yellow
772HP LF
Bright
Green
1136LF
Tenn.
Orange
1172LF
Dallas
Green
730HP LF
Burnt
Orange
773LF
Kelly
Green
1138LF
Winter
Orange
1173LF
Kelly
Green
737LF
Dk.
Orange
775LF
Dallas
Green
1143LF
Winter
Red
1176LF
Dark
Grey
743LF
Pro-Brite
Magenta
784LF
Pro-Brite
Black
1146LF
Scarlet
1181LF
Vegas
Gold
745LF
Dallas
Red
788LF
Brown
1153LF
Cardinal
1182LF
Old Gold
746LF
Scarlet
791HP LF
Lemon
Yellow
1156LF
Maroon
1184LF
Texas
Orange
755LF
Maroon
792HP LF
Dk. Orange
1160LF
Columbia
Blue
1189LF
Dark
Brown
756LF
Maroon
793HP LF
Scarlet
1164LF
Dolphin
Blue
762LF
Light
Blue
794HP LF
Light
Blue
1166LF
Royal
Blue
764LF
Pro-Brite
Cyan
796HP LF
Turquoise
765LF
Ultra
Blue
797HP LF
Golden
Yellow
233
APPLICATION FOR CREDIT
Supply Co., Inc.
2010 S. MAIN ST., L.A., CA 90007 Phone: (213) 749-2262 Fax: (213) 745-6540
FIRM NAME
OWNERSHIP
DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS
ADDRESS
CITY
STATE
AT PRESENT LOCATION SINCE (DATE)
ZIP
YEAR ESTABLISHED
OWNERS HOME ADDRESS
REFERENCES
(GIVE ONLY NAMES OF THOSE YOU BUY FROM ON OPEN ACCOUNT)
NAME
PHONE
FAX
ADDRESS
CITY
STATE
NAME
PHONE
FAX
ADDRESS
CITY
STATE:
NAME
PHONE
FAX
ADDRESS
CITY
STATE
NAME
PHONE
FAX
ADDRESS
CITY
STATE:
REAL ESTATE OWNED
VALUE
MORTGAGE ON MACHINERY / EQUIP. $
ZIP
ZIP
ZIP
ZIP
ZIP
HELD BY
DO YOU PLEDGE OR BORROW ON YOUR ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE?
(IF YES) FROM WHOM
INSURANCE CARRIED (SPECIFY)
YOUR BANK
BRANCH
PHONE
PLEASE NOTE!!!
NET 30 DAYS MINIMUM CHARGE $25.00
In the event it it becomes necessary to retain an attorney to enforce any of the transactions that may arise between
the parties pursuant hereto, the undersigned agrees to pay any and all costs of said enforcement, including attorneys fees and court costs.
Signed
Date
By
Title
Screen Printing & Sign Supplies
Fax Completed Form to McLogan (LA) 213-745-6540 Attn: Accounting Dept.
Additional information may be written on the other side of this sheet
234

Similar documents